S-1/A

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 11, 2005

Registration No. 333-122466

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

Amendment No. 2 to

Form S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

INERGY HOLDINGS, LLC

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware	5984	43-1792470
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

Two Brush Creek Boulevard, Suite 200

Kansas City, Missouri 64112

(816) 842-8181

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

Laura L. Ozenberger

Two Brush Creek Boulevard, Suite 200

Kansas City, Missouri 64112

(816) 842-8181

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

Copies to:

David P. Oelman Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. 1001 Fannin, Suite 2300 Houston, Texas 77002-6760 (713) 758-2222 Joshua Davidson Douglass M. Rayburn Baker Botts L.L.P. One Shell Plaza, 910 Louisiana Houston, Texas 77002 (713) 229-1234

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:    As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If the only securities being registered on this Form are being offered pursuant to dividend or interest reinvestment plans, please check the following box.  ¨

If any of the securities registered on this Form are being offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, other than securities offered only in connection with dividend or interest reinvestment plans, check the following box.  ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box and list the Securities Act of 1933 registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box and list the Securities Act of 1933 registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box and list the Securities Act of 1933 registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, please check the following box.  ¨

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

EXPLANATORY NOTE

Inergy Holdings, LLC, the registrant whose name appears on the cover of this registration statement, is a Delaware limited liability company. Before the completion of the offering of common units pursuant to this registration statement, Inergy Holdings, LLC will be converted into a Delaware limited partnership and renamed Inergy Holdings, L.P. Common units representing limited partner interests in Inergy Holdings, L.P. are being offered by the prospectus included as a part of this registration statement.

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities, and we are not soliciting an offer to buy these securities, in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to Completion, dated April 11, 2005

PROSPECTUS

3,400,000 Common Units

Representing Limited Partner Interests

This is an initial public offering of our common units. We expect the initial public offering price to be between $19.00 and $21.00 per common unit. We own and control the general partners of, and hold an aggregate 12.8% partnership interest and the incentive distribution rights in, Inergy, L.P., a geographically diverse retail and wholesale propane supply, marketing and distribution business. Our cash-generating assets consist of our partnership interests in Inergy, L.P.

Before this offering, there has been no public market for our common units. We have applied to list the common units on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol “NRGP.”

We will use all of the net proceeds from this offering to repay amounts borrowed under a term loan with an affiliate of Lehman Brothers, an underwriter in this offering. See “Use of Proceeds” and “Underwriting.”

Investing in our common units involves risks. Please read “ Risk Factors” beginning on page 16.

These risks include the following:

• Our only cash-generating assets are our partnership interests in Inergy, L.P., and our cash flow is therefore completely dependent upon the ability of Inergy, L.P. to make distributions to its partners.

• Our unitholders cannot easily remove our general partner.

• You will experience immediate and substantial dilution of $40.50 per common unit in the net tangible book value of your common units.

• The fiduciary duties of our general partner’s officers and directors may conflict with those of Inergy GP, LLC, which is the managing general partner of Inergy, L.P.

• If we or Inergy, L.P. were treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes, or if we or Inergy, L.P. were to become subject to entity-level taxation for state tax purposes, then our cash available for distribution to you would be substantially reduced.

	Per Common Unit	Total
Public offering price	$	$
Underwriting discount	$	$
Proceeds to us, before expenses	$	$

We have granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to an additional 510,000 common units on the same terms and conditions as set forth above if the underwriters sell more than 3,400,000 common units in this offering.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Lehman Brothers, on behalf of the underwriters, expects to deliver the common units on or about                     , 2005.

LEHMAN BROTHERS	A.G. EDWARDS
CITIGROUP	WACHOVIA SECURITIES

                    , 2005

We own and control the general partners of, and hold an aggregate 12.8% partnership interest and the incentive distribution rights in, Inergy, L.P., a geographically diverse retail and wholesale propane supply, marketing and distribution business. Our cash-generating assets consist of our partnership interests in Inergy, L.P.

Inergy, L.P. Major Asset Locations

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Prospectus Summary	1
Inergy Holdings, L.P.	1
Limited Partnership Structure and Management	4
Ownership of Inergy Holdings, L.P.	5
Inergy, L.P.	6
Summary of Risk Factors	9
The Offering	11
Summary of Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Responsibilities	12
Summary Historical Consolidated and Pro Forma Financial Data	13
Forward-Looking Statements	15
Risk Factors	16
Risks Inherent in Our Dependence on Distributions from Inergy, L.P.	16
Risks Inherent in Inergy, L.P.’s Business	17
Risks Inherent in an Investment in Us	23
Risks Related to Conflicts of Interest	27
Tax Risks to Our Common Unitholders	30
Use of Proceeds	33
Capitalization	34
Dilution	36
Cash Distribution Policy	37
Incentive Distribution Rights—Hypothetical Allocations of Distributions to Our Unitholders and the Inergy Unitholders	37
Distributions of Cash Upon Liquidation	38
Cash Available for Distribution	39
Selected Consolidated Financial Data	40
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	43
Overview	43
Results of Operations	45
Liquidity and Sources of Capital	53
Description of Indebtedness	56
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements	62
Critical Accounting Policies	63
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk	64
Business	66
Inergy Holdings, L.P.	66
Inergy, L.P.	71

Overview	71
Recent Developments	72
Industry Background and Competition	73
Inergy’s Business Strategy	75
Inergy’s Operations	76
Inergy’s Wholesale Supply, Marketing and Distribution Operations	80
Employees	81
Government Regulation	81
Title to Properties	82
Litigation	82
Management	84
Inergy Holdings, L.P.	84
Inergy, L.P.	86
Executive Officer Compensation	87
Option Grants	88
Options Exercised and Year End Option Values	88
Long-Term Incentive Plan	88
Employee Unit Purchase Plan	92
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management	94
Inergy Holdings, L.P.	94
Inergy Holdings GP, LLC	95
Inergy, L.P.	96
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions	97
Our Relationship with Inergy, L.P.	97
Our Relationship with Inergy, L.P.’s General Partners	97
Indebtedness to Our Directors, Executive Officers and Others	98
Indemnification of Directors and Officers	98
Related Party Transactions Involving Inergy	98
Material Provisions of Our General Partner’s Limited Liability Company Agreement	99
Restrictions on the Ability of Our Existing Owners to Transfer Their Interests in Us	99
Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Responsibilities	101
Conflicts of Interest	101
Fiduciary Duties	103
Description of the Common Units	106
Common Units	106

i

Transfer Agent and Registrar	106
Transfer of Common Units	106
Material Provisions of the Partnership Agreement of Inergy Holdings, L.P.	108
Organization	108
Purpose	108
Power of Attorney	108
Capital Contributions	108
Limited Liability	108
Issuance of Additional Securities	109
Amendment of the Partnership Agreement	110
Merger, Sale or Other Disposition of Assets	111
Termination and Dissolution	112
Liquidation and Distribution of Proceeds	112
Withdrawal or Removal of the General Partner	112
Transfer of General Partner Interests	113
Change of Management Provisions	113
Limited Call Right	113
Meetings; Voting	114
Status as Limited Partner	114
Non-Citizen Assignees; Redemption	114
Indemnification	115
Books and Reports	115
Right to Inspect Our Books and Records	116
Material Provisions of the Partnership Agreement of Inergy, L.P.	117
Organization	117
Purpose	117
Power of Attorney	117
Capital Contributions	117
Limited Liability	118
Cash Distribution Policy	119
Issuance of Additional Securities	126
Amendment of the Inergy Partnership Agreement	127
Action Relating to the Operating Company	129
Merger, Sale or Other Disposition of Assets	129

Termination and Dissolution	130
Liquidation and Distribution of Proceeds	130
Withdrawal or Removal of the Managing General Partner	131
Transfer of Inergy’s General Partner Interests and Incentive Distribution Rights	132
Change of Management Provisions	133
Limited Call Right	133
Meetings; Voting	133
Status as Limited Partner or Assignee	134
Non-Citizen Assignees; Redemption	134
Indemnification	135
Books and Reports	135
Right to Inspect Inergy’s Books and Records	135
Registration Rights	136
Units Eligible for Future Sale	137
Material Tax Consequences	138
Partnership Status	138
Limited Partner Status	140
Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership	140
Tax Treatment of Operations	145
Disposition of Units	146
Uniformity of Units	147
Tax-Exempt Organizations and Other Investors	148
Administrative Matters	149
State, Local, Foreign and Other Tax Considerations	150
Underwriting	152
Legal Matters	156
Experts	156
Where You Can Find More Information	156
Index to Financial Statements	F-1
Appendix A—Form of Agreement of Limited Partnership	A-1
Appendix B—Estimated Available Cash From Operating Surplus	B-1

ii

You should rely only on information contained in this prospectus. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized any other person to provide you with information different from that contained in this prospectus. Neither the delivery of this prospectus nor sale of common units means that information contained in the prospectus is correct after the date of this prospectus. This prospectus is not an offer to sell or solicitation of an offer to buy these common units in any circumstances under which the offer or solicitation is unlawful.

Until                     , 2005 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade our common units, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

iii

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, including the historical consolidated financial statements and pro forma financial statements and the notes to those financial statements. Furthermore, you should carefully read “Summary of Risk Factors” and “Risk Factors” for more information about important factors that you should consider before making a decision to purchase common units in this offering.

Prior to the closing of this initial public offering, Inergy Holdings, LLC will convert from a Delaware limited liability company to a Delaware limited partnership and change its name to Inergy Holdings, L.P. Unless specifically stated, the information in this prospectus assumes that this conversion has occurred. All references in this prospectus to “our,” “we,” and “us” refer to Inergy Holdings, LLC and its wholly owned subsidiaries and, upon its conversion, Inergy Holdings, L.P. and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All references in this prospectus to “Inergy” refer to Inergy, L.P. and its wholly owned subsidiaries. Unless we indicate otherwise, the information presented in this prospectus assumes that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional common units.

Inergy Holdings, L.P.

Our cash-generating assets consist of our partnership interests, including incentive distribution rights, in Inergy, L.P. (Nasdaq symbol: NRGY), a publicly traded Delaware limited partnership, which operates a rapidly growing, geographically diverse retail and wholesale propane supply, marketing and distribution business. Our primary objective is to increase distributable cash flow to our unitholders through our ownership of these partnership interests in Inergy. Our incentive distribution rights in Inergy entitle us to receive an increasing percentage of total cash distributions made by Inergy as it reaches certain target distribution levels and have resulted in significantly increasing cash distributions to us.

Inergy’s primary objective is to increase distributable cash flow to its unitholders. Inergy has primarily grown through acquisitions of retail propane operations. Since the inception of Inergy’s predecessor in 1996, Inergy has acquired 45 propane businesses. Inergy further intends to pursue its growth objectives through, among other things, future acquisitions, maintaining a high percentage of retail sales to residential customers, operating in attractive markets and focusing its operations under established, locally recognized trade names.

Our aggregate partnership interests in Inergy consist of the following:

• a 100% ownership interest in each of the managing general partner of Inergy, which manages Inergy’s business and affairs, and the non-managing general partner of Inergy, which owns an approximate 1.4% general partner interest in Inergy;

• 1,243,388 Inergy common units, 1,568,028 Inergy senior subordinated units and 975,924 Inergy junior subordinated units, representing an aggregate limited partner interest in Inergy of approximately 11.4%; and

• all of the incentive distribution rights in Inergy, which entitle us to receive increasing percentages, up to a maximum of 48.0%, of any cash distributed by Inergy as certain target distribution levels are reached in excess of $0.33 per Inergy unit in any quarter.

Our cash flows consist of distributions from Inergy on the partnership interests we own. Inergy is required by its partnership agreement to distribute all of its cash on hand at the end of each quarter, less reserves

1

established by its managing general partner in its sole discretion to provide for the proper conduct of Inergy’s business or to provide for future distributions. While we, like Inergy, are structured as a limited partnership, our capital structure and cash distribution policy differ materially from those of Inergy. Most notably, our general partner does not have an economic interest in us and is not entitled to receive any distributions from us and our capital structure does not include incentive distribution rights. Therefore our distributions are allocated exclusively to our common units, which is our only class of security outstanding.

Inergy has increased its quarterly distribution 14 times since its initial public offering in July 2001 based on the most recent declaration by the board of directors of its general partner. During that time, Inergy increased the per unit quarterly cash distribution on its common units by approximately 67%, from $0.30, which is Inergy’s minimum quarterly distribution, to $0.50. Under Inergy’s current ownership structure, a distribution of $0.50 per unit will result in a quarterly distribution to us of $4,698,497, consisting of $1,893,670 on our ownership of Inergy common and subordinated units, $270,291 on our ownership of Inergy’s approximate 1.4% general partner interest, and $2,534,535 on our ownership of Inergy’s approximate incentive distribution rights.

The incentive distribution rights entitle us to receive an increasing percentage of cash distributed by Inergy as certain target distribution levels are reached. They generally entitle us to receive 13.0% of all cash distributed in a quarter after each Inergy unit has received $0.33 for that quarter, 23.0% of all cash distributed after each Inergy unit has received $0.375 for that quarter and 48.0% of all cash distributed after each Inergy unit has received $0.45 for that quarter. For the quarter ended March 31, 2005, Inergy declared a distribution of $0.50 per unit, which entitles us to receive 48.0% of the $0.05 incremental cash distribution per unit from Inergy in excess of its highest distribution level.

The graph set forth below demonstrates the cash allocated to us as a result of our ownership interests in Inergy, including the incentive distribution rights, by showing the total cash allocated to us across a range of hypothetical annualized distributions made by Inergy. This information assumes:

• Inergy has 32,878,297 total units outstanding, representing the number of Inergy units outstanding at January 31, 2005; and

• our ownership of (i) 1,243,388 Inergy common units, 1,568,028 Inergy senior subordinated units and 975,924 Inergy junior subordinated units, comprising an 11.4% limited partner interest in Inergy, (ii) a 1.4% general partner interest and (iii) the incentive distribution rights.

2

The graph below shows the impact to us of Inergy raising or lowering its distribution from the most recently declared distribution of $0.50 per common unit ($2.00 on an annualized basis) which will be paid on May 13, 2005. This information is presented for illustrative purposes only and is not intended to be a prediction of future performance.

The impact to us of changes in Inergy’s distribution levels will vary depending on several factors, including Inergy’s outstanding partnership interests at the time of the distributions, our percentage of such interests and the impact of the incentive distribution structure described above. In addition, the level of distributions we receive may be affected by the various risks associated with an investment in us and the underlying business of Inergy. See “Risk Factors.”

We intend to pay to our unitholders, on a quarterly basis, distributions equal to the cash we receive from our Inergy distributions, less certain reserves for expenses and other uses of cash, including:

• the expenses associated with being a public company and other general and administrative expenses;

• interest expense related to any current and future indebtedness;

• costs related to tax liabilities of our corporate subsidiaries;

• expenditures, at our election, to maintain or increase our ownership interest in Inergy; and

• reserves our general partner believes prudent to maintain for the proper conduct of our business or to provide for future distributions.

Based on the current cash distribution policy of Inergy, as well as our expected level of expenses and reserves that our general partner believes prudent to maintain, we expect that our initial quarterly distribution rate will be $0.225 per common unit. If Inergy is successful in implementing its business strategy and increasing distributions to its limited partners, we would generally expect to increase distributions to our unitholders, although the timing and amount of any such increased distributions will not necessarily be comparable to the increased Inergy distributions. On or about August 19, 2005, we expect to pay a prorated distribution for the portion of the quarter ending June 30, 2005 that we are public. However, we cannot assure you that any distributions will be declared or paid. We expect to make a distribution to our existing owners on or about May 16, 2005 for the quarter ended March 31, 2005. You will not participate in this distribution. Please read “Cash Distribution Policy.”

Executive Offices

Our principal executive offices are located at Two Brush Creek Boulevard, Suite 200, Kansas City, Missouri 64112, and our phone number is (816) 842-8181.

3

Limited Partnership Structure and Management

We were formed in November 1996 as a Delaware limited liability company. Prior to the closing of this offering, Inergy Holdings, LLC will convert from a Delaware limited liability company to a Delaware limited partnership and change its name to Inergy Holdings, L.P. The chart on the following page depicts our organization and ownership upon completion of this offering, at which time:

• The public unitholders will own a 17.4% limited partner interest in us represented by 3,400,000 common units.

• Our current owners, including certain of our officers, will own an 82.6% limited partner interest in us represented by 16,090,000 common units.

• We will continue to own a 100% membership interest in Inergy GP, LLC, the managing general partner of Inergy. Inergy GP, LLC has sole responsibility for conducting Inergy’s business and managing its operations. Inergy GP, LLC’s only interest in Inergy is its management rights. Inergy GP, LLC has no direct economic interest in Inergy and does not receive a management fee, but it is reimbursed for expenses that it incurs on behalf of Inergy.

• We will continue to own a 100% membership interest in Inergy Partners, LLC, the non-managing general partner of Inergy. Inergy Partners, LLC currently owns an approximate 1.4% general partner interest in Inergy. Inergy Partners, LLC will receive its proportionate share of allocations and distributions from Inergy. Inergy Partners, LLC has no operational or managerial responsibilities under Inergy’s partnership agreement.

• We will continue to directly or indirectly own 1,243,388 Inergy common units, 1,568,028 Inergy senior subordinated units and 975,924 Inergy junior subordinated units, representing an aggregate limited partner interest in Inergy of approximately 11.4%.

• We will continue to own all of Inergy incentive distribution rights, which entitles us to receive increasing percentages, up to a maximum of 48.0%, of any cash distributed by Inergy as certain target distribution levels are reached in excess of $0.33 per Inergy unit in any quarter.

Inergy Holdings GP, LLC, our general partner, will manage our operations and activities, including, among other things, establishing the quarterly cash distribution levels for our common units and reserves it believes prudent to maintain for the proper conduct of our business. Our general partner will not receive any fees or other compensation in connection with this offering. Our general partner is entitled to reimbursement for out-of-pocket expenses it incurs on our behalf, but is not entitled to any other compensation, fees, profits or other benefits for acting in its capacity as our general partner. All of our executive officers and a majority of the directors of our general partner also serve as executive officers and directors of the managing general partner of Inergy. Members of our management will hold direct interests in our general partner. The net proceeds of this offering will be used to retire indebtedness that was incurred to make distributions to our existing owners.

4

Ownership of Inergy Holdings, L.P.

5

Inergy, L.P.

Inergy owns and operates a rapidly growing, geographically diverse retail and wholesale propane supply, marketing and distribution business. Inergy believes it is currently the fifth largest propane retailer in the United States, based on retail propane gallons sold. Inergy’s retail business includes the retail marketing, sale and distribution of propane, including the sale and lease of propane supplies and equipment, to residential, commercial, industrial and agricultural customers. Inergy currently serves approximately 600,000 customers in 27 states from 280 customer service centers which have an aggregate of approximately 22.4 million gallons of above-ground propane storage capacity. In addition to Inergy’s retail business, Inergy operates a wholesale supply, marketing and distribution business through which it provides propane procurement, transportation and supply and price risk management services to its customer service centers and multi-state marketers, petrochemical companies, refinery and gas processors and a number of other natural gas liquids marketing and distribution companies in the United States and in Canada. During the year ended September 30, 2004, or fiscal 2004, pro forma for its acquisition of Star Gas Propane, L.P., Inergy sold and physically delivered approximately 309 million gallons of propane to retail customers and approximately 385 million gallons of propane to wholesale customers.

Inergy has grown primarily through acquisitions of retail propane operations. Since Inergy’s predecessor’s inception in November 1996 and through December 31, 2004, Inergy acquired 45 propane businesses in 18 states and Canada for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $991 million, including working capital, assumed liabilities and acquisition costs.

On December 17, 2004, Inergy completed its acquisition of 100% of the partnership interests in Star Gas Propane, L.P., the propane operating partnership of Star Gas Partners, L.P. (NYSE: SGU, SGH), for approximately $475 million plus working capital adjustments. Star Gas Propane is primarily engaged in the retail distribution of propane and related supplies and equipment to residential, commercial, industrial, agricultural and motor fuel customers. We believe that this acquisition, which we refer to as the Star Gas Propane Acquisition, provides Inergy with several key strategic benefits. The acquisition more than doubled Inergy’s customer base, while further strengthening its position in the Great Lakes region and expanding its retail propane business into the attractive Northeast markets.

6

Comparison of Rights of Holders of Our Common Units and Inergy’s Common Units

Our common units and Inergy’s common units are unlikely to trade in simple relation or proportion to one another. Instead, while the trading prices of our common units and Inergy’s common units are likely to follow generally similar broad trends, the trading prices may diverge because, among other things:

• with respect to Inergy distributions, Inergy’s common unitholders have a priority over the incentive distribution rights and the subordinated units during the subordination period; and

• we participate in Inergy’s managing general partner’s distributions and the incentive distribution rights, and Inergy’s common unitholders do not.

The following table compares certain features of Inergy’s common units and our common units.

	Inergy’s Common Units	Our Common Units
Distributions	During the subordination period, common units have a priority over other units to a minimum quarterly distribution from Inergy’s distributable cash flow. In addition, during the subordination period, Inergy’s common units carry arrearage rights, which are similar to cumulative rights on preferred stock. If the minimum quarterly distribution is not paid, Inergy must pay all arrearages in addition to current minimum quarterly distribution before distributions are made on the subordinated units or the incentive distribution rights. For a more detailed discussion, please read “Material Provisions of the Partnership Agreement of Inergy, L.P.—Cash Distribution Policy—Subordination Period.”	We intend to pay our unitholders quarterly distributions equal to the cash we receive from our Inergy distributions, less certain reserves for expenses and other uses of cash. Our general partner does not have an economic interest in us and is not entitled to receive any distributions from us, and our capital structure does not include incentive distribution rights. Therefore, our distributions are allocated exclusively to our one class of security outstanding, the common units.

7

	Inergy’s Common Units	Our Common Units
Taxation of Entity and Entity Owners	Inergy is a flow-through entity that is not subject to an entity-level federal income tax.	Similarly, we are a flow-through entity that is not subject to an entity-level federal income tax.
	Inergy expects that holders of its common units, other than us, will benefit for a period of time from tax basis adjustments and remedial allocations of deductions so that they will be allocated a relatively small amount of federal taxable income compared to the cash distributed to them.	We also expect that holders of our common units will benefit for a period of time from tax basis adjustments and remedial allocations of deductions; however, our ratio of taxable income to cash distributions will be much greater than the ratio applicable to holders of common units in Inergy, other than us, as remedial allocations of deductions will be very limited. Moreover, our ownership of incentive distribution rights will cause more taxable income to be allocated to us. If Inergy is successful in increasing distributable cash flow over time, our income allocations from incentive distribution rights will increase and, therefore, our ratio of federal taxable income to cash distributions will increase.
	Inergy common unitholders will receive Schedule K-1’s from Inergy reflecting the unitholders’ share of Inergy’s items of income, gain, loss and deduction at the end of each fiscal year.	Our common unitholders also will receive Schedule K-1’s from us reflecting the unitholders’ share of our items of income, gain, loss and deduction at the end of each fiscal year.
Competition	Inergy is our operating subsidiary and may, generally, engage in acquisition and development activities that expand its business and operations.	Our cash-generating assets consist of our partnership interests in Inergy, and we currently have no independent operations. Accordingly, our financial performance and our ability to pay cash distributions to our unitholders is directly dependent upon the performance of Inergy.

8

	Inergy’s Common Units	Our Common Units
Limitation on Issuance of Additional Units	In general, while any of its senior subordinated units remain outstanding, Inergy is limited in the number of additional common units it may issue without obtaining unitholder approval. Inergy may, however, issue an unlimited number of common units for acquisitions that increase cash flow from operations per unit on a pro forma basis.	We may issue an unlimited number of additional partnership interests and other equity securities without obtaining unitholder approval.

Summary of Risk Factors

An investment in our common units involves risks. For more information about these risks, please read “Risk Factors.” You should consider carefully these risk factors together with all of the other information included in this prospectus before you invest in our common units.

Risks Inherent in Our Dependence on Distributions from Inergy, L.P.

• Our only cash-generating assets are our partnership interests in Inergy, and our cash flow is therefore completely dependent upon the ability of Inergy to make distributions to its partners.

• A substantial portion of our partnership interests in Inergy are subordinated to Inergy’s common units, which would result in decreased distributions to us if Inergy is unable to meet its minimum quarterly distribution.

Risks Inherent in Inergy, L.P.’s Business

• Since weather conditions may adversely affect the demand for propane, Inergy’s financial condition and results of operations are vulnerable to, and will be adversely affected by, warm winters.

• Inergy may be unable to successfully integrate the Star Gas Propane Acquisition or Inergy’s other acquisitions with its operations or realize all of the anticipated benefits of these acquisitions.

• Inergy’s indebtedness may limit its ability to borrow additional funds, make distributions to its unitholders, including us, or capitalize on acquisition or other business opportunities.

• Competition from alternative energy sources may cause Inergy to lose customers, thereby reducing its revenues.

• Inergy’s business would be adversely affected if service at its principal storage facilities or on the common carrier pipelines it uses is interrupted.

9

Risks Inherent in an Investment in Us

• We are largely dependent on Inergy for our growth. As a result of the fiduciary obligations of Inergy’s managing general partner, which is our wholly owned subsidiary, to the unitholders of Inergy, our ability to pursue business opportunities independently will be limited.

• A substantial portion of our partnership interests in Inergy are not publicly traded, which may limit our ability to sell these interests.

• The market price of our common units could be adversely affected by sales of substantial amounts of our common units in the public markets, including sales by our existing partners.

• Certain executive officers of Inergy’s managing general partner have a controlling interest in us and own our general partner, and they can determine the outcome of all matters voted upon by our unitholders.

• Our unitholders cannot easily remove our general partner.

• Inergy may issue additional Inergy common units, including Inergy common units senior to the subordinated units we own, which may increase the risk that Inergy will not have sufficient available cash to maintain or increase the per Inergy unit distribution level.

• You will experience immediate and substantial dilution of $40.50 per common unit in the net tangible book value of your common units.

Risks Related to Conflicts of Interest

• Although we control Inergy through our ownership of its managing general partner, Inergy’s managing general partner owes fiduciary duties to Inergy and the Inergy’s unitholders, which may conflict with our interests.

• The fiduciary duties of our general partner’s officers and directors may conflict with those of Inergy GP, LLC, Inergy’s managing general partner.

• Our general partner has conflicts of interest and limited fiduciary responsibilities to us, which may allow it to favor its own interests to the detriment of our unitholders.

Tax Risks to Our Common Unitholders

• If we or Inergy were treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes, or if we or Inergy were to become subject to entity-level taxation for state tax purposes, then our cash available for distribution to you would be substantially reduced.

• A successful IRS contest of the federal income tax positions we, or Inergy, take may adversely affect the market for our common units or Inergy units, and the costs of any contest will reduce cash available for distribution to our unitholders.

10

The Offering

Common units offered 3,400,000 common units.

3,910,000 common units if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full.

Common units outstanding after this offering 19,490,000 common units, or 20,000,000 common units if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional common units.

Use of proceeds We estimate that we will receive approximately $62.1 million from the sale of the common units, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering to repay outstanding indebtedness that was incurred to make distributions to our owners. See “Use of Proceeds” and “Underwriting.”

Limited voting rights Our general partner will manage and operate us. Unlike the holders of common stock in a corporation, you will have only limited voting rights on matters affecting our business. You will have no right to elect our general partner or its directors on an annual or other continuing basis. Our general partner may not be removed except by a vote of the holders of at least 66 ²/3% of the outstanding units, including any units owned by our affiliates, voting together as a single class. Our current owners, including certain officers of our general partner, will own an aggregate of 82.6% of our common units. This will give our current owners the practical ability to prevent our general partner’s involuntary removal. Please read “Material Provisions of the Partnership Agreement of Inergy Holdings, L.P.—Withdrawal or Removal of the General Partner.”

Limited call right If at any time our affiliates own more than 85% of the outstanding common units, our general partner has the right, but not the obligation, to purchase all of the remaining common units at a price not less than the then-current market price of the common units. At the completion of this offering, our current owners, including certain officers of our general partners, will own approximately 82.6% of our common units.

Estimated ratio of taxable income to distributions We estimate that if you own the common units you purchase in this offering through the record date for distributions for the period ending December 31, 2005, you will be allocated, on a cumulative basis, an amount of federal taxable income for that period that will be less than         % of the cash distributed to you with respect to that period. This estimate is based on an assumed distribution of $0.225 per quarter and other assumptions with respect to our operations, gross income, capital expenditures, cash flow and anticipated distributions. Moreover, if Inergy is successful in increasing its distributions over time, our ratio of taxable income to cash distributions will increase. For the basis of this estimate, please read “Material Tax Consequences—Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership—Ratio of Taxable Income to Distributions.”

Exchange listing We have applied to list the common units on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol “NRGP.”

11

Summary of Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Responsibilities

Our general partner has a legal duty to manage us in a manner beneficial to our unitholders. This legal duty originates in state statutes and judicial decisions and is commonly referred to as a “fiduciary” duty. However, the officers and directors of our general partner also have fiduciary duties to manage our general partner’s business in a manner beneficial to our general partner and its affiliates. As a result of these and other relationships, conflicts of interest may arise in the future between us and our unitholders, on the one hand, and our general partner and its affiliates, on the other. For a more detailed description of the conflicts of interest and fiduciary responsibilities of our general partner, please read “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Responsibilities.”

Our partnership agreement limits the liability and reduces the fiduciary duties owed by our general partner to our unitholders. Our partnership agreement also restricts the remedies available to unitholders for actions that might otherwise constitute breaches of our general partner’s fiduciary duties. By purchasing a common unit, you are treated as having consented to various actions contemplated in the partnership agreement and conflicts of interest that might otherwise be considered a breach of fiduciary or other duties under applicable state law.

12

Summary Historical Consolidated and Pro Forma Financial Data

The following table shows summary historical consolidated and pro forma financial data for Inergy Holdings, LLC, in each case for the periods and as of the dates indicated. The summary historical consolidated statement of operations and cash flow data for the years ended September 30, 2002, 2003 and 2004 and the balance sheet data as of September 30, 2003 and 2004 are derived from our audited financial statements. The historical balance sheet data as of September 30, 2002 as well as the statement of operations, balance sheet, and cash flow data for the three months ended December 31, 2004, are derived from our unaudited financial statements. The unaudited financial statements include all adjustments, consisting of normal, recurring accruals, which Inergy Holdings, LLC considers necessary for fair presentation of the financial position and results of operations for these periods.

We have no separate operating activities apart from those conducted by Inergy, and our cash flows consist of distributions from Inergy on the partnership interests we own. Accordingly, the summary historical consolidated financial data set forth in the following table primarily reflects the operating activities and results of operations of Inergy. Since we control the managing general partner of Inergy, we reflect our ownership interest in Inergy on a consolidated basis, which means that our financial results are combined with Inergy’s financial results and the results of our other subsidiaries. The limited partner interests in Inergy not owned by affiliates of the managing general partner are reflected as a liability on our balance sheet and the non-controlling partners’ shares of income from Inergy is reflected as an expense in our results of operations.

The summary pro forma statement of operations for the three months ended December 31, 2004 and for the year ended September 30, 2004 reflect our consolidated historical operating results as adjusted for the following transactions as if these transactions occurred on October 1, 2003:

• Inergy’s Star Gas Propane Acquisition;

• Inergy’s December 2004 senior notes offering;

• Inergy’s December 2004 issuances of common units;

• our issuance in November 2004 of membership interests and related distributions of proceeds;

• our anticipated new term loan and related expenses and distributions of such borrowings;

• our anticipated new credit facility entered into concurrently with the close of this offering; and

• this offering and the application of the net proceeds as described under “Use of Proceeds.”

The unaudited pro forma summary balance sheet data as of December 31, 2004 reflect our consolidated historical operating results as adjusted for the following transactions as if these transactions occurred on December 31, 2004:

• our anticipated new term loan and related expenses and distributions of such borrowings;

• our anticipated new credit facility entered concurrently with the close of this offering;

• this offering and the application of the net proceeds as described under “Use of Proceeds”; and

• the change in our organizational structure from a limited liability company to a limited partnership.

For a description of all of the assumptions used in preparing the summary pro forma financial and operating data, you should read the notes to the pro forma financial statements for Inergy Holdings, L.P. The pro forma financial and operating data should not be considered as indicative of the historical results we would have had or the future results that we will have after this offering.

We derived the data in the following table from, and it should be read together with and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, the historical consolidated and pro forma financial statements and the accompanying notes included in this prospectus. The table should also be read together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

13

	Historical (a)															Pro Forma
	Years Ended September 30,									Three Months Ended December 31,						Year Ended September 30, 2004			Three Months Ended December 31, 2004
	2002			2003			2004			2003			2004(b)
	(in thousands except per unit data)
Statement of Operations Data:
Revenues	$	208,700		$	363,365		$	482,496		$	132,581		$	257,465		$	831,342		$	316,187
Cost of product sold		134,999			267,010			359,053			95,464			192,777			556,051			231,219
Gross profit		73,701			96,355			123,443			37,117			64,688			275,291			84,968
Expenses:
Operating and administrative		45,315			59,424			81,388			20,300			34,836			184,181			54,728
Depreciation and amortization		11,444			13,843			21,089			4,718			8,849			41,633			12,273
Operating income		16,942			23,088			20,966			12,099			21,003			49,477			17,967
Other income (expense):
Interest expense		(8,366	)		(9,947	)		(7,917	)		(2,896	)		(3,762	)		(35,649	)		(8,028	)
Interest expense related to write-off of deferred financing costs		(585	)		—			(1,216	)(c)		—			(6,990	)(d)		(1,382	)		(6,990	)
Interest expense related to make whole premium charge		—			—			(17,949	)(c)		—			—			(17,949	)		—
Interest income related to swap value received		—			—			949	(c)		—			—			949			—
Gain (loss) on sale of property, plant and equipment		151			(91	)		(203	)		45			173			(203	)		173
Finance charges		115			339			704			115			236			704			236
Other		140			86			117			40			59			186			59
Income (loss) before gain on issuance of units in Inergy, income taxes and interest of non-controlling partners in Inergy’s net income		8,397			13,475			(4,549	)		9,403			10,719			(3,867	)		3,417
Gain on issuance of units in Inergy		9,550			5,241			10,431			—			15,092			10,431			15,092
Provision for income taxes		(1,132	)		(869	)		(1,176	)		(189	)		(1,434	)		(2,166	)		(1,482	)
Interest of non-controlling partners in Inergy’s net income (loss)		(5,936	)		(10,041	)		4,827			(7,350	)		(9,240	)		4,100			(3,077	)
Net income	$	10,879		$	7,806		$	9,533		$	1,864		$	15,137		$	8,498		$	13,950
Net income applicable to redeemable members’ interest	$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	631		$	—		$	—
Net income applicable to members’ common interest	$	10,879		$	7,806		$	9,533		$	1,864		$	14,506		$	8,498		$	13,950
Unaudited pro forma net income per limited partner unit—Basic (e)	$	0.79		$	0.63		$	0.72		$	0.15		$	1.03		$	0.44		$	0.72
Unaudited pro forma net income per limited partner unit—Diluted (e)	$	0.68		$	0.49		$	0.57		$	0.12		$	0.92		$	0.44		$	0.72
Unaudited pro forma weighted average limited partner units outstanding—Basic (e)		13,789			12,373			13,150			12,373			14,060			19,490			19,490
Unaudited pro forma weighted average limited partner units outstanding—Diluted (e)		16,690			16,090			16,689			16,090			16,442			19,490			19,490
Balance Sheet Data (end of period):
Net property, plant and equipment	$	124,550		$	157,201		$	215,253					$	533,067					$	544,267
Total assets		296,146			373,370			511,741						1,255,201						1,268,941
Total debt, including current portion		124,596			131,127			153,253						598,647						580,392
Members’ equity/Partners’ capital (a)		24,928			30,654			18,067						13,714						31,424
Cash Flow Data:
Net cash provided by operating activities	$	7,426		$	33,572		$	31,132		$	(4,796	)	$	(10,234	)
Net cash used in investing activities		(94,077	)		(35,060	)		(98,065	)		(17,623	)		(597,205	)
Net cash provided by financing activities		85,211			5,038			63,287			24,434			626,271

(a) We were formed as a Delaware limited liability company in November 1996. Prior to the closing of this initial public offering, Inergy Holdings, LLC will convert from a Delaware limited liability company to a Delaware limited partnership and change its name to Inergy Holdings, L.P.

(b) The Star Gas Propane Acquisition closed effective for financial reporting purposes as if the transaction was consummated on December 1, 2004. Accordingly, the Inergy Holdings, LLC historical statement of operations for the three months ended December 31, 2004 includes one month of the Star Gas Propane, L.P. results of operations.

(c) Reflects amounts recognized in the quarter ended March 31, 2004, incurred in connection with the early repayment of $85.0 million of senior secured notes. Such amounts were related to the write-off of $1.2 million of deferred financing costs, a make whole premium charge of $17.9 million and $0.9 million gain from cancellation of the related interest rate swaps.

(d) Reflects amounts recognized as expense in the quarter ended December 31, 2004, incurred in connection with the retirement of Inergy’s 364-day credit facility used to fund a portion of the Star Gas Propane Acquisition, and deferred financing costs written off with the retirement of Inergy’s previous credit facility.

(e) The unaudited pro forma net income per limited partner unit is based on the weighted average number of partnership units outstanding for each period after giving effect to our conversion to a limited partnership, and an adjustment for additional units to reflect our distributions to our existing owners which are in excess of our earnings.

14

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Some of the information in this prospectus may contain forward-looking statements. All statements other than statements of historical fact are forward-looking statements. These statements can be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology including “may,” “believe,” “will,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “continue” or other similar words. These statements discuss plans, strategies, events or developments that we expect or anticipate will or may occur in the future. Specific factors could cause our actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statement. These factors include, but are not limited to:

• our ability to pay distributions to our unitholders;

• our expected receipt of distributions from Inergy;

• anticipated trends in Inergy’s business;

• the price volatility and availability of propane;

• the availability of capacity to transport propane to market areas and to Inergy’s customers;

• our future results of operations;

• our liquidity and ability to finance our activities;

• market conditions in Inergy’s industry;

• competition from other energy sources and within the propane industry;

• conflicts of interest between Inergy, its managing general partner and us;

• the treatment of Inergy or us as a corporation for federal income tax purposes or if we or Inergy become subject to entity-level taxation for state tax purposes;

• Inergy’s ability to make and integrate acquisitions and successfully complete its business strategy; and

• the impact of governmental legislation and regulation on us and Inergy.

A forward-looking statement may include a statement of the assumptions or bases underlying the forward-looking statement. We believe that we have chosen these assumptions or bases in good faith and that they are reasonable. However, we caution you that assumed facts or bases almost always vary from actual results, and the differences between assumed facts or bases and actual results can be material, depending on the circumstances. When considering forward-looking statements, you should keep in mind the risk factors and other cautionary statements in this prospectus, including those described in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus. We will not update these statements unless the securities laws require us to do so.

15

RISK FACTORS

You should consider carefully the following risk factors, which we believe include all material risks to our business, together with all of the other information included in this prospectus, in your evaluation of an investment in our common units. Realization of any of the following risks could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. In that case, the trading price of our common units could decline and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Inherent in Our Dependence on Distributions from Inergy, L.P.

Our only cash-generating assets are our partnership interests in Inergy, L.P., and our cash flow is therefore completely dependent upon the ability of Inergy to make distributions to its partners.

The amount of cash that Inergy can distribute to its partners each quarter, including us, principally depends upon the amount of cash it generates from its operations, which will fluctuate from quarter to quarter based on, among other things:

• the temperatures in its operating areas;

• the cost to Inergy of the propane it buys for resale;

• the level of competition from other propane companies; and

• other energy providers and the prevailing economic conditions.

In addition, the actual amount of cash Inergy will have available for distribution will depend on other factors, some of which are beyond its control, including:

• the level of capital expenditures it makes;

• the cost of acquisitions, if any;

• debt service requirements;

• fluctuations in working capital needs;

• restrictions on distributions contained in Inergy’s credit facility and senior notes;

• Inergy’s ability to borrow under its working capital facility to make distributions;

• prevailing economic conditions; and

• the amount, if any, of cash reserves established by Inergy’s managing general partner in its discretion for the proper conduct of business.

Because of these factors, Inergy may not have sufficient available cash each quarter to pay the current declared distribution of $0.50 per quarter or any other amount. Furthermore, you should also be aware that the amount of cash that Inergy has available for distribution depends primarily upon its cash flow, including cash flow from financial reserves and working capital borrowings, and is not solely a function of profitability, which will be affected by non-cash items. As a result, Inergy may be able to make cash distributions during periods when Inergy records losses and may not be able to make cash distributions during periods when Inergy records net income. Please read “—Risks Inherent in Inergy, L.P.’s Business” for a discussion of risks affecting Inergy’s ability to generate distributable cash flow.

A substantial portion of our partnership interests in Inergy are subordinated to Inergy’s common units, which would result in decreased distributions to us if Inergy is unable to meet its minimum quarterly distribution.

We own, directly or indirectly, 3,787,340 units representing limited partner interests in Inergy, of which approximately 41.4% are senior subordinated units, 25.8% are junior subordinated units and 32.8% are common

16

units. During the subordination period, the senior and junior subordinated units will not receive any distributions in a quarter until Inergy has paid the minimum quarterly distribution of $0.30 per Inergy unit, plus any arrearages in the payment of the minimum quarterly distribution from prior quarters, on all of the outstanding Inergy common units. In addition, the junior subordinated units will not receive distributions until the senior subordinated units have received the distributions to which they are entitled. Distributions on the senior and junior subordinated units are therefore more uncertain than distributions on Inergy’s common units. Furthermore, no distributions may be made on the incentive distribution rights until the minimum quarterly distribution has been paid on all outstanding Inergy units. Therefore, distributions with respect to the incentive distribution rights are even more uncertain than distributions on the subordinated units. Neither the senior nor junior subordinated units nor the incentive distribution rights are entitled to any arrearages from prior quarters.

Generally, the subordination period ends, and the senior and junior subordinated units convert into common units of Inergy, only after June 30, 2006 and only upon the satisfaction of certain financial tests as described in “Material Provisions of the Partnership Agreement of Inergy, L.P.—Cash Distribution Policy—Subordination Period.”

The managing general partner of Inergy has the ability to limit the incentive distributions we are entitled to receive in order to facilitate the growth strategy of Inergy.

We hold incentive distribution rights in Inergy that entitle us to receive increasing percentages, up to a maximum of 48.0%, of any cash distributed by Inergy as certain target distribution levels are reached in excess of $0.33 per Inergy unit in any quarter. A substantial portion of the cash flows we receive from Inergy is provided by these incentive distributions. There may be instances in which the amount of cash we receive from the incentive distributions could limit Inergy’s growth through acquisitions. This is because a potential acquisition might not be accretive to Inergy’s unitholders as a result of the significant portion of that acquisition’s cash flows which would be paid as incentive distributions to us. By limiting the level of incentive distributions in connection with a particular acquisition or issuance of units of Inergy, the cash flows associated with that acquisition could be accretive to Inergy’s unitholders as well as substantially beneficial to us. Accordingly, in order to facilitate acquisitions by Inergy, the managing general partner of Inergy may elect to limit the incentive distributions we are entitled to receive with respect to a particular acquisition or unit issuance contemplated by Inergy. In doing so, the board of directors of the managing general partner would be required to consider both its fiduciary obligations to investors in Inergy as well as to us as its sole member.

The amount of cash distributions from Inergy that we will be able to distribute to you will be reduced by the costs associated with being a public company, other general and administrative expenses, and reserves that our general partner believes prudent to maintain for the proper conduct of our business and for future distributions.

Before we can pay distributions to our unitholders, we must first pay or reserve funds for our expenses, including the costs of being a public company and other operating expenses, and reserves for future distributions during periods of limited cash flows. In addition, we may reserve funds to meet the right of our wholly owned subsidiary, Inergy Partners, LLC, to maintain its approximate 1.4% general partner interest by making a capital contribution to Inergy when Inergy issues additional Inergy common units.

Risks Inherent in Inergy, L.P.’s Business

Because we are substantially dependent on the distributions we receive from Inergy, risks to Inergy’s operations are also risks to us. We have set forth below risks to Inergy’s business and operations, the occurrence of which could negatively impact Inergy’s financial performance and decrease the amount of cash it is able to distribute to us.

17

Since weather conditions may adversely affect the demand for propane, Inergy’s financial condition and results of operations are vulnerable to, and will be adversely affected by, warm winters.

Weather conditions have a significant impact on the demand for propane because Inergy’s customers depend on propane principally for heating purposes. As a result, warm weather conditions will adversely impact Inergy’s operating results and financial condition. Actual weather conditions can substantially change from one year to the next. Furthermore, warmer than normal temperatures in one or more regions in which Inergy operates can significantly decrease the total volume of propane it sells. Consequently, Inergy’s operating results may vary significantly due to actual changes in temperature. During the fiscal years ended September 30, 1999, 2000, 2002 and 2004, temperatures were significantly warmer than normal in Inergy’s areas of operation. We believe that Inergy’s results of operations during these periods were adversely affected as a result of this warm weather.

Inergy may be unable to successfully integrate the Star Gas Propane Acquisition or Inergy’s other acquisitions with its operations or realize all of the anticipated benefits of these acquisitions.

Integration of the Star Gas Propane business and operations and the businesses and operations of Inergy’s other acquisitions with Inergy’s existing business and operations will be a complex, time-consuming and costly process, particularly given that the acquisitions will more than double Inergy’s size and significantly diversify the geographic areas in which Inergy operates. Failure to successfully integrate the acquired businesses and operations with Inergy’s existing business and operations in a timely manner may have a material adverse effect on Inergy’s business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. The difficulties of combining the acquired operations include, among other things:

• operating a significantly larger combined organization and integrating additional retail and wholesale distribution operations to Inergy’s existing supply, marketing and distribution operations;

• coordinating geographically disparate organizations, systems and facilities;

• integrating personnel from diverse business backgrounds and organizational cultures;

• consolidating corporate technological and administrative functions;

• integrating internal controls, compliance under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and other corporate governance matters;

• the diversion of management’s attention from other business concerns;

• customer or key employee loss from the acquired businesses;

• a significant increase in Inergy’s indebtedness; and

• potential environmental or regulatory liabilities and title problems.

In addition, Inergy may not realize all of the anticipated benefits from the Star Gas Propane Acquisition and other acquisitions, such as cost savings and revenue enhancements, for various reasons, including difficulties integrating operations and personnel, higher costs, unknown liabilities and fluctuations in markets. Furthermore, because Inergy is already in the heating season, it will not be able to undertake much of the integration until after the heating season has ended.

Inergy’s acquisition of Star Gas Propane exposes it to potential significant liabilities.

In the Star Gas Propane Acquisition, Inergy purchased the partnership interests of Star Gas Propane rather than just its assets. As a result, Inergy purchased the liabilities of Star Gas Propane as well, including unknown and contingent liabilities. Inergy has performed a certain level of due diligence in connection with the Star Gas Propane Acquisition, but there may be pending, threatened, contemplated or contingent claims against Star Gas Propane related to environmental, title, regulatory, litigation or other matters of which Inergy is unaware.

18

Although Star Gas Partners, L.P., the former parent company of Star Gas Propane, has agreed to indemnify Inergy against some of these liabilities, there is a risk that Inergy could ultimately be liable for some or all of these indemnified risks.

Star Gas Partners, L.P. is a named defendant in multiple federal securities class action lawsuits alleging that public disclosures made by it contained materially misleading information or omits to state material information. Star Gas Propane is a named defendant in one of these lawsuits and it is possible that Star Gas Propane and its subsidiaries could be named as a defendant in additional lawsuits relating to the allegations described above. Star Gas Propane remained a defendant in this lawsuit after the closing of the Star Gas Propane Acquisition.

Under Inergy’s purchase agreement entered into in connection with the Star Gas Propane Acquisition, Star Gas Partners, L.P. agreed to indemnify Inergy for damages relating to the securities disclosure claims described above without limitation as to the ultimate amount of such indemnity. Star Gas Partners, L.P. has also agreed to generally indemnify Inergy against other liabilities up to a maximum aggregate amount of approximately $107 million, subject to certain of Inergy’s claims being brought within specific time periods. On December 14, 2004, Star Gas Partners, L.P. filed its annual report on Form 10-K. The audit opinion contained in that report indicated that there is substantial doubt about the ability of Star Gas Partners, L.P. to continue as a going concern. The audit opinion for the audited combined financial statements of Star Gas Propane included in this prospectus similarly indicates that there is substantial doubt about the ability of Star Gas Propane to continue as a going concern. If Inergy incurs damages arising from any such liabilities and Star Gas Partners, L.P. is financially or contractually unable to fulfill its indemnification obligations to Inergy or disputes its liability under the indemnity, Inergy could be responsible for any amounts not covered. Accordingly, these potential liabilities may have a material adverse effect on Inergy.

If Star Gas Partners, L.P. is unable to meet its obligations to its creditors and the creditors successfully challenge the Star Gas Propane Acquisition under federal or state bankruptcy or fraudulent transfer laws, which would require the creditors to prove that (1) Star Gas Partners, L.P. received inadequate consideration for the Star Gas Propane Acquisition and that Star Gas Partners, L.P. was insolvent or was rendered insolvent by reason of the acquisition, or (2) that such acquisition was made with the intent of defrauding Star Gas Partners, L.P.’s creditors, Inergy could be subject to material losses. While Inergy believes that a successful fraudulent conveyance claim is unlikely, we cannot assure you that such a claim will not be made. Moreover, any such claim, if resolved adversely to Inergy, may have a material adverse effect on Inergy.

If Inergy does not continue to make acquisitions on economically acceptable terms, its future financial performance will be limited.

The propane industry is not a growth industry because of increased competition from alternative energy sources. In addition, as a result of long-standing customer relationships that are typical in the retail home propane industry, the inconvenience of switching tanks and suppliers and propane’s higher cost as compared to other energy sources, Inergy may have difficulty in increasing its retail customer base other than through acquisitions. Therefore, while Inergy’s business strategy includes internal growth, its ability to grow will depend principally on acquisitions. Inergy’s future financial performance depends on its ability to continue to make acquisitions at attractive prices. We cannot assure you that Inergy will be able to continue to identify attractive acquisition candidates in the future or that it will be able to acquire businesses on economically acceptable terms. In particular, competition for acquisitions in the propane business has intensified and become more costly. Inergy may not be able to grow as rapidly as it expects through its acquisition of additional businesses after this offering closes for various reasons. For example, Inergy will use its cash from operations primarily for distributions to unitholders and reinvestment in its business. Consequently, the extent to which Inergy is unable to use cash or access capital to pay for additional acquisitions may limit its growth and impair its operating results. Further, Inergy is subject to certain debt incurrence covenants under its bank credit facility and its indenture for its senior notes that may restrict its ability to incur additional debt to finance acquisitions. In addition, any new debt Inergy incurs to finance acquisitions may adversely affect its ability to make distributions to its unitholders.

19

Sudden and sharp propane price increases that cannot be passed on to customers may adversely affect Inergy’s profit margins.

The propane industry is a “margin-based” business in which gross profits depend on the excess of sales prices over supply costs. As a result, Inergy’s profitability will be sensitive to changes in wholesale prices of propane caused by changes in supply or other market conditions. When there are sudden and sharp increases in the wholesale cost of propane, Inergy may not be able to pass on these increases to its customers through retail or wholesale prices. Propane is a commodity and the price Inergy pays for it can fluctuate significantly in response to changes in supply or other market conditions. Inergy has no control over supply or market conditions. In addition, the timing of cost pass-throughs can significantly affect margins. Sudden and extended wholesale price increases could reduce Inergy’s gross profits and could, if continued over an extended period of time, reduce demand by encouraging its retail customers to conserve or convert to alternative energy sources.

Inergy’s indebtedness may limit its ability to borrow additional funds, make distributions to its unitholders, including us, or capitalize on acquisition or other business opportunities.

As of December 31, 2004, Inergy had approximately $568 million of total outstanding long-term indebtedness. Inergy’s leverage, various limitations in its credit facility, other restrictions governing its indebtedness and the indenture governing Inergy’s senior notes may reduce its ability to incur additional indebtedness, to engage in some transactions and to capitalize on acquisition or other business opportunities.

Inergy’s indebtedness and other financial obligations could have important consequences to you. For example, they could:

• make it more difficult for Inergy to make distributions to its unitholders;

• impair Inergy’s ability to obtain additional financing in the future for working capital expenditures acquisitions, general partnership purposes or other purposes;

• result in higher interest expense in the event of increases in interest rates since some of Inergy’s debt is, and will continue to be, at variable rates of interest;

• have a material adverse effect on Inergy if it fails to comply with financial and restrictive covenants in its debt agreements and an event of default occurs as a result of that failure that is not cured or waived;

• require Inergy to dedicate a substantial portion of its cash flow to payments of Inergy’s indebtedness and other financial obligations, thereby reducing the availability of Inergy’s cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures and other general partnership requirements;

• limit Inergy’s flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in its business and the propane industry; and

• place Inergy at a competitive disadvantage compared to its competitors that have proportionately less debt.

If Inergy is unable to meet its debt service obligations and other financial obligations, it could be forced to restructure or refinance its indebtedness and other financial transactions, seek additional equity capital or sell its assets. Inergy may then be unable to obtain such financing or capital or sell its assets on satisfactory terms, if at all.

Restrictive covenants in the agreements governing Inergy’s indebtedness may reduce its operating flexibility.

The agreements governing Inergy’s credit facility, the indenture governing its senior notes, and other future indebtedness contain or will contain various covenants limiting Inergy’s ability and the ability of specified subsidiaries of Inergy to, among other things:

• pay distributions on, redeem or repurchase Inergy’s equity interests or redeem or repurchase Inergy’s subordinated debt;

20

• make investments;

• incur or guarantee additional indebtedness or issue preferred securities;

• create or incur certain liens;

• enter into agreements that restrict distributions or other payments from Inergy’s restricted subsidiaries to Inergy;

• consolidate, merge or transfer all or substantially all of Inergy’s assets;

• engage in transactions with affiliates;

• create unrestricted subsidiaries;

• create non-guarantor subsidiaries;

• enter into sale and leaseback transactions; and

• engage in any material business other than a permitted business.

These restrictions could limit Inergy’s ability and the ability of its subsidiaries to obtain future financings, make needed capital expenditures, withstand a future downturn in Inergy’s business or the economy in general, conduct operations or otherwise take advantage of business opportunities that may arise. Inergy’s credit facility contains covenants requiring it to maintain specified financial ratios and satisfy other financial conditions. Inergy may be unable to meet those ratios and conditions. Any future breach of these covenants and Inergy’s failure to meet any of those ratios and conditions could result in a default under the terms of Inergy’s credit facility, which could result in the acceleration of Inergy’s debt and other financial obligations. If Inergy were unable to repay these amounts, the lenders could initiate a bankruptcy proceeding or liquidation proceeding or proceed against the collateral.

The highly competitive nature of the retail propane business could cause Inergy to lose customers or affect its ability to acquire new customers, thereby reducing its revenues.

Inergy has competitors and potential competitors who are larger and have substantially greater financial resources than it does, which may provide them with some advantages. Also, because of relatively low barriers to entry into the retail propane business, numerous small retail propane distributors, as well as companies not engaged in retail propane distribution, may enter Inergy’s markets and compete with it. Most of Inergy’s propane retail branch locations compete with several marketers or distributors. The principal factors influencing competition with other retail marketers are:

• price;

• reliability and quality of service;

• responsiveness to customer needs;

• safety concerns;

• long-standing customer relationships;

• the inconvenience of switching tanks and suppliers; and

• the lack of growth in the industry.

We can make no assurances that Inergy will be able to compete successfully on the basis of these factors. If a competitor attempts to increase market share by reducing prices, Inergy may lose customers, which would reduce its revenues.

21

If Inergy is not able to purchase propane from its principal suppliers, Inergy’s results of operations would be adversely affected.

Most of Inergy’s total volume purchases are made under supply contracts that have a term of one year, are subject to annual renewal, and provide various pricing formulas. Three of Inergy’s suppliers, Sunoco, Inc. (18%), Dominion Transmission Inc. (12%) and ExxonMobil Oil Corp. (11%), accounted for approximately 41% of propane purchases during fiscal 2004. Similarly, Star Gas Propane purchases a significant amount of its propane from certain suppliers, several of whom are also suppliers to Inergy. In the event that Inergy is unable to purchase propane from its significant suppliers, Inergy’s failure to obtain alternate sources of supply at competitive prices and on a timely basis would hurt its ability to satisfy customer demand, reduce its revenues and adversely affect its results of operations.

Competition from alternative energy sources may cause Inergy to lose customers, thereby reducing its revenues.

Competition from alternative energy sources, including natural gas and electricity, has been increasing as a result of reduced regulation of many utilities, including natural gas and electricity. Propane is generally not competitive with natural gas in areas where natural gas pipelines already exist because natural gas is a less expensive source of energy than propane. The gradual expansion of natural gas distribution systems and availability of natural gas in many areas that previously depended upon propane could cause Inergy to lose customers, thereby reducing its revenues.

Inergy’s business would be adversely affected if service at its principal storage facilities or on the common carrier pipelines it uses is interrupted.

Historically, a substantial portion of the propane purchased to support Inergy’s operations has originated at Conway, Kansas, Hattiesburg, Mississippi and Mont Belvieu, Texas and has been shipped to it through major common carrier pipelines. Any significant interruption in the service at these storage facilities or on the common carrier pipelines Inergy uses would adversely affect its ability to obtain propane.

If Inergy is not able to sell propane that it has purchased through wholesale supply agreements to either its own retail propane customers or to other retailers and wholesalers, the results of its operations would be adversely affected.

Inergy currently is party to propane supply contracts and expects to enter into additional propane supply contracts which require it to purchase substantially all the propane production from certain refineries. Inergy’s inability to sell the propane supply in its own propane distribution business, to other retail propane distributors, or to other propane wholesalers would have a substantial adverse impact on its operating results and could adversely impact its capital liquidity.

Inergy is subject to operating and litigation risks that could adversely affect its operating results to the extent not covered by insurance.

Inergy’s operations are subject to all operating hazards and risks incident to handling, storing, transporting and providing customers with combustible liquids such as propane. As a result, Inergy has been, and likely will be, a defendant in legal proceedings and litigation arising in the ordinary course of business. Inergy maintains insurance policies with insurers in such amounts and with such coverages and deductibles as it believes are reasonable and prudent. However, Inergy’s insurance may not be adequate to protect it from all material expenses related to potential future claims for personal injury and property damage. In addition, the occurrence of a serious accident, whether or not Inergy is involved, may have an adverse effect on the public’s desire to use its products.

22

Inergy’s operations are subject to compliance with environmental laws and regulations that can adversely affect Inergy’s results of operations and financial condition.

Inergy’s operations are subject to the environmental laws and regulations of federal, state, and local authorities. Such environmental laws and regulations impose restrictions on the generation, handling, treatment, storage, disposal, and transportation of certain materials and wastes. Failure to comply with such environmental laws and regulations can result in the assessment of substantial administrative, civil, and criminal penalties and even the issuance of injunctions restricting or prohibiting Inergy’s activities. Certain environmental laws impose strict, joint and several liability for costs required to clean up and restore sites where hazardous substances have been disposed or otherwise released. Many of the properties owned or leased by Inergy were previously operated by third parties whose management, disposal, or release of materials and wastes was not under Inergy’s control. Accordingly, Inergy may be liable for the costs of cleaning up or remediating contamination caused by releases of hazardous substances at properties that it owns or operates or will own or operate or at properties to which hazardous substances were transported from these properties. It is also possible that implementation of stricter environmental laws and regulations in the future could result in additional costs or liabilities to Inergy as well as the industry in general.

Energy efficiency and new technology may reduce the demand for propane and adversely affect Inergy’s operating results.

Increased conservation and technological advances, including installation of improved insulation and the development of more efficient furnaces and other heating devices, have adversely affected the demand for propane by retail customers. Future conservation measures or technological advances in heating, conservation, energy generation or other devices might reduce demand for propane and adversely affect Inergy’s operating results.

Due to Inergy’s lack of asset diversification, adverse developments in its propane business would adversely affect Inergy’s operating results and reduce its ability to make distributions to its unitholders.

Inergy relies almost exclusively on the revenues generated from its propane business. Due to Inergy’s lack of asset diversification, an adverse development in this business would have a significantly greater impact on Inergy’s financial condition and results of operations than if it maintained more diverse assets.

Inergy’s business and operations could be adversely affected by terrorist attacks.

On September 11, 2001, the United States was the target of terrorist attacks of unprecedented scope, and the United States and others instituted military action in response. Since the September 11th attacks, the U.S. government has issued public warnings that indicate that energy assets, specifically our nation’s pipeline infrastructure, production facilities and transmission and distribution facilities, might be specific targets of terrorist organizations. The continued threat of terrorism and the impact of military and other actions will likely lead to increased volatility in prices for natural gas and oil and could affect the markets for Inergy’s products. In addition, future acts of terrorism could be directed against companies operating in the United States, particularly those engaged in sectors essential to Inergy’s economic prosperity, such as natural resources. These developments have subjected Inergy’s operations to increased risk and, depending on their ultimate magnitude, could have a material adverse affect on Inergy’s business.

Risks Inherent in an Investment in Us

We are largely dependent on Inergy, L.P. for our growth. As a result of the fiduciary obligations of Inergy’s managing general partner, which is our wholly owned subsidiary, to the unitholders of Inergy, our ability to pursue business opportunities independently will be limited.

We currently intend to grow primarily through the growth of Inergy. While we are not precluded from pursuing business opportunities independent of Inergy, Inergy’s managing general partner, which is our wholly

23

owned subsidiary, has fiduciary duties to Inergy unitholders which would make it difficult for us to engage in any business activity that is competitive with Inergy. Those fiduciary duties are applicable to us because we control the managing general partner through our ability to elect all of its directors. While there may be circumstances in which these fiduciary duties may be satisfied while allowing us to pursue business opportunities independent of Inergy, we expect such opportunities to be limited. Accordingly, we may be unable to diversify our sources of revenue in order to increase cash distributions to you. See also “—Risks Related to Conflicts of Interest.”

A substantial portion of our partnership interests in Inergy are not publicly traded, which may limit our ability to sell these interests.

The only publicly traded securities that we own are 1,243,388 Inergy common units, all of which are unregistered, restricted securities, within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933. We therefore face restrictions on the volume of Inergy common units we can sell in any three-month period. There is no public market for Inergy’s senior and junior subordinated units and we do not expect one to develop. If we were required to sell senior or junior subordinated units for any reason, we likely would receive a discount to the current market price of Inergy’s common units, and that discount may be substantial. In addition, our investments in Inergy’s general partners and New Inergy Propane, LLC are illiquid, and our ability to sell such interests is limited because there is no market for them.

The market price of our common units could be adversely affected by sales of substantial amounts of our common units in the public markets, including sales by our existing partners.

After this offering, we will have outstanding 19,490,000 common units, which includes the 3,400,000 common units we are selling in this offering that may be resold in the public market immediately. All of our common units that were outstanding prior to our initial public offering will be subject to resale restrictions under 180-day lock-up agreements with our underwriters. In addition, approximately 16.1 million of these common units will be subject to resale restrictions until August 2006 pursuant to an agreement among our holders prior to the completion of this offering. Each of the lock-up arrangements with the underwriters as well as the resale restriction agreement among our holders may be waived in the discretion of the underwriters or the voting majority of our general partner, as applicable. In the event these restrictions are waived, sales by any of our existing partners of a substantial number of our common units in the public markets following this offering, or the perception that such sales might occur, could have a material adverse effect on the price of our common units or could impair our ability to obtain capital through an offering of equity securities. In addition, our general partner has agreed to provide registration rights to these holders, subject to certain limitations. Please read “Units Eligible for Future Sale.”

Cost reimbursements due our general partner may be substantial and will reduce our cash available for distribution to holders of our common units.

Prior to making any distribution on our common units, we will reimburse our general partner for expenses it incurs on our behalf. The reimbursement of expenses could adversely affect our ability to pay cash distributions to holders of our common units. Our general partner has sole discretion to determine the amount of these expenses. In addition, our general partner and its affiliates may perform other services for us for which we will be charged fees as determined by our general partner.

Certain executive officers of Inergy’s managing general partner have a controlling interest in us and own our general partner, and they can determine the outcome of all matters voted upon by our unitholders.

After this offering, the executive officers of Inergy GP, LLC, which is our wholly owned subsidiary and the managing general partner of Inergy, will own approximately 82.6% of our common units in the aggregate and will own our general partner. As a result, if these executive officers were to act together, they would be able to control the outcome of any matter that comes before a unitholder vote.

24

The control of our general partner may be transferred to a third party, and that party could replace our current management team, in each case without unitholder consent.

Our general partner may transfer its general partner interest to a third party in a merger or in a sale of all or substantially all of its assets without the consent of our unitholders. Furthermore, there is no restriction in our partnership agreement on the ability of the owners of our general partner to transfer their ownership interest in our general partner to a third party. The new owner of our general partner would then be in a position to replace the board of directors and officers of our general partner with its own choices and to control the decisions taken by the board of directors and officers.

If Inergy’s managing general partner is not fully reimbursed or indemnified for obligations and liabilities it incurs in managing the business and affairs of Inergy, its value, and therefore the value of our common units, could decline.

The managing general partner of Inergy may make expenditures on behalf of Inergy for which it will seek reimbursement from Inergy. In addition, under Delaware partnership law, the managing general partner, in its capacity as the managing general partner of Inergy, has unlimited liability for the obligations of Inergy, such as its debts and environmental liabilities, except for those contractual obligations of Inergy that are expressly made without recourse to the managing general partner. To the extent Inergy GP, LLC incurs obligations on behalf of Inergy, it is entitled to be reimbursed or indemnified by Inergy. If Inergy is unable or unwilling to reimburse or indemnify its managing general partner, Inergy GP, LLC may be unable to satisfy these liabilities or obligations, which would reduce its value and therefore the value of our common units.

The initial public offering price of our common units may not be indicative of the market price of our common units after this offering. In addition, our unit price may be volatile.

Prior to this offering there has been no public market for our common units. An active market for our common units may not develop or may not be sustained after this offering. The initial public offering price of our common units will be determined by negotiations between us and the underwriters based on numerous factors which we discuss in the “Underwriting” section of this prospectus. This price may not be indicative of the market price for our common units after this initial public offering. The market price of our common units could be subject to significant fluctuations after this offering, and may decline below the initial public offering price. You may not be able to resell your common units at or above the initial public offering price. The following factors could affect our common unit price:

• Inergy’s operating and financial performance and prospects;

• quarterly variations in the rate of growth of our financial indicators, such as net income per common unit, net income and revenues;

• changes in revenue or earnings estimates or publication of research reports by analysts;

• speculation in the press or investment community;

• sales of our common units by our unitholders;

• actions by our existing unitholders prior to their disposition of our common units;

• announcements by Inergy or its competitors of significant contracts, acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments;

• general market conditions; and

• domestic and international economic, legal and regulatory factors unrelated to our performance.

The stock markets in general have experienced extreme volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies and partnerships. These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the trading price of our common units.

25

You may have limited liquidity for your common units. A trading market may not develop for our common units, and you may not be able to resell your common units at the initial public offering price.

Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for our common units. We do not know the extent to which investor interest will lead to the development of a trading market or how liquid that market might be. Potential investors may be deterred from investing in our common units for various reasons, including the very limited number of publicly traded entities whose assets consist exclusively of partnership interests in a publicly traded limited partnership. Also, you may not be able to resell your common units at or above the initial public offering price. Additionally, the lack of liquidity may result in wide bid-ask spreads, contribute to significant fluctuations in the market price of our common units and limit the number of investors who are able to buy our common units.

Our unitholders cannot easily remove our general partner.

Unlike the holders of common stock in a corporation, our unitholders have only limited voting rights on matters affecting our business and, therefore, limited ability to influence management’s decisions regarding our business. Our unitholders did not elect our general partner or the directors of our general partner and will have no right to elect our general partner or the directors of our general partner on an annual or other continuing basis in the future.

Furthermore, if our unitholders are dissatisfied with the performance of our general partner, they will have little ability to remove our general partner. Our general partner may not be removed except upon the vote of the holders of at least 66 ²/3% of the outstanding units voting together as a single class. Because affiliates of our general partner own more than one-third of our outstanding units, our general partner currently cannot be removed without the consent of our general partner and its affiliates.

Our unitholders’ voting rights are further restricted by the provision in our partnership agreement stating that any units held by a person that owns 20% or more of any class of units then outstanding, other than our general partner and its affiliates, cannot be voted on any matter. In addition, our partnership agreement contains provisions limiting the ability of our unitholders to call meetings or to acquire information about our operations, as well as other provisions limiting our unitholders’ ability to influence the manner or direction of our management.

As a result of these provisions, the price at which our common units will trade may be lower because of the absence or reduction of a takeover premium in the trading price.

Inergy may issue additional Inergy common units, including Inergy common units senior to the subordinated units we own, which may increase the risk that Inergy will not have sufficient available cash to maintain or increase the per Inergy unit distribution level.

Inergy has wide latitude to issue additional Inergy common units, including Inergy common units that rank senior to the senior and junior subordinated units and the incentive distributions rights as to quarterly cash distributions, on the terms and conditions established by Inergy’s managing general partner. The payment of distributions on these additional Inergy common units may increase the risk that Inergy will be unable to maintain or increase the per Inergy unit distribution level. To the extent these new Inergy common units are senior to the subordinated units and incentive distribution rights, their issuance will render more uncertain the payment of distributions on the subordinated units and incentive distribution rights. In addition, such issuance of additional Inergy common units may make it more difficult for the senior and junior subordinated units to convert into Inergy common units since conversion requires that we meet specific financial tests with respect to all outstanding Inergy common units.

26

If in the future we cease to manage and control Inergy through our direct and indirect ownership of the general partner interests in Inergy, we may be deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

If we cease to manage and control Inergy and are deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, we would either have to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, obtain exemptive relief from the SEC or modify our organizational structure or our contract rights to fall outside the definition of an investment company. Registering as an investment company could, among other things, materially limit our ability to engage in transactions with affiliates, including the purchase and sale of certain securities or other property to or from our affiliates, restrict our ability to borrow funds or engage in other transactions involving leverage and require us to add additional directors who are independent of us or our affiliates.

You will experience immediate and substantial dilution of $40.50 per common unit in the net tangible book value of your common units.

The offering price of our common units will be substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per common unit of the outstanding common units immediately after the offering. If you purchase common units in this offering you will incur immediate and substantial dilution in the pro forma net tangible book value per common unit from the price you pay for the common units.

You may not have limited liability if a court finds that unitholder action constitutes control of our business.

Under Delaware law, you could be held liable for our obligations to the same extent as a general partner if a court determined that the right or the exercise of the right by our unitholders as a group to remove or replace our general partner, to approve some amendments to the partnership agreement or to take other action under our partnership agreement constituted participation in the “control” of our business.

Our general partner generally has unlimited liability for the obligations of the partnership, such as its debts and environmental liabilities, except for those contractual obligations of the partnership that are expressly made without recourse to our general partner.

In addition, Section 17-607 of the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act provides that, under some circumstances, a unitholder may be liable to us for the amount of a distribution for a period of three years from the date of the distribution. Please read “Material Provisions of the Partnership Agreement of Inergy Holdings, L.P.—Limited Liability” for a discussion of the implications of the limitations on liability to a unitholder.

Restrictions in our credit facility could limit our ability to make distributions to our unitholders.

Our credit facility contains covenants limiting our ability to incur indebtedness, grant liens, engage in transactions with affiliates and make distributions to our unitholders. This facility also contains covenants requiring us to maintain certain financial ratios. We are prohibited from making any distribution to unitholders if such distribution would cause an event of default or otherwise violate a covenant under this facility.

Risks Related to Conflicts of Interest

Although we control Inergy through our ownership of its managing general partner, Inergy’s managing general partner owes fiduciary duties to Inergy and Inergy’s unitholders, which may conflict with our interests.

Conflicts of interest exist and may arise in the future as a result of the relationships between us and our affiliates, including Inergy’s managing general partner, on the one hand, and Inergy and its limited partners,

27

on the other hand. The directors and officers of Inergy GP, LLC have fiduciary duties to manage Inergy in a manner beneficial to us, its owner. At the same time, the general partner has a fiduciary duty to manage Inergy in a manner beneficial to Inergy and its limited partners. The board of directors of Inergy GP, LLC will resolve any such conflict and has broad latitude to consider the interests of all parties to the conflict. The resolution of these conflicts may not always be in our best interest or that of our unitholders.

For example, conflicts of interest may arise in the following situations:

• the allocation of shared overhead expenses to Inergy and us;

• the interpretation and enforcement of contractual obligations between us and our affiliates, on the one hand, and Inergy, on the other hand;

• the determination of the amount of cash to be distributed to Inergy’s partners and the amount of cash to be reserved for the future conduct of Inergy’s business;

• the determination whether to make borrowings under Inergy’s revolving working capital facility to pay distributions to Inergy’s partners, including borrowings that might hasten the end of the subordination period; and

• any decision we make in the future to engage in business activities independent of Inergy.

The fiduciary duties of our general partner’s officers and directors may conflict with those of Inergy GP, LLC, Inergy’s managing general partner.

Conflicts of interest may arise because of the relationships between Inergy GP, LLC, Inergy and us. Our general partner’s directors and officers have fiduciary duties to manage our business in a manner beneficial to us and our unitholders. Simultaneously, a majority of our general partner’s directors and all of its officers are also directors and officers of Inergy GP, LLC, Inergy’s managing general partner, and have fiduciary duties to manage the business of Inergy in a manner beneficial to Inergy and Inergy’s unitholders. The resolution of these conflicts may not always be in our best interest or that of our unitholders.

Our general partner has conflicts of interest and limited fiduciary responsibilities to us, which may allow it to favor its own interests to the detriment of our unitholders.

Following the offering, our general partner and its affiliates will own a non-economic general partner interest and an 82.6% limited partner interest in us. In addition, following the offering certain officers of our general partner and certain directors and officers of the managing general partner of Inergy will own 93.1% of our general partner. Conflicts of interest may arise between our general partner and us. As a result of these conflicts, our general partner may favor its own interests and the interests of its affiliates over the interests of our unitholders. These conflicts include, among others, the following situations:

Conflicts Relating to Control:

• our general partner is allowed to take into account the interests of parties other than us in resolving conflicts of interest, which has the effect of limiting its fiduciary duty to our unitholders;

• our general partner may limit its liability and reduce its fiduciary duties, while also restricting the remedies available to our unitholders for actions that, without the limitations, might constitute breaches of fiduciary duty. As a result of purchasing units, our unitholders consent to some actions and conflicts of interest that might otherwise constitute a breach of fiduciary or other duties under applicable state law;

• our general partner controls the enforcement of obligations owed to us by our general partner and its affiliates;

28

• our general partner decides whether to retain separate counsel, accountants or others to perform services for us; and

• our partnership agreement gives our general partner broad discretion in establishing financial reserves for the proper conduct of our business. These reserves also will affect the amount of cash available for distribution.

Conflicts Relating to Costs:

• our general partner determines the amount and timing of asset purchases and sales, capital expenditures, borrowings, issuance of additional partnership securities and reserves, each of which can affect the amount of cash that is distributed to our unitholders;

• our general partner determines which costs incurred by our general partner and its affiliates are reimbursable by us; and

• our partnership agreement does not restrict our general partner from causing us to pay it or its affiliates for any services rendered on terms that are fair and reasonable to us or entering into additional contractual arrangements with any of these entities on our behalf.

Please read “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Our Relationship with Inergy, L.P.” and “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Responsibilities—Conflicts of Interest.”

Our general partner may not be fully reimbursed for the use of its officers and employees by Inergy’s managing general partner.

Our general partner shares officers and administrative personnel with Inergy’s managing general partner to operate both our business and Inergy’s business. In that case, our general partner’s officers, who are also the officers of Inergy’s managing general partner, will allocate, in their reasonable and sole discretion, the time its employees spend on our behalf and on behalf of Inergy. These allocations may not necessarily be the result of arms-length negotiations between Inergy’s managing general partner and our general partner. Although our general partner intends to be reimbursed for its employee’s activities, due to the nature of the allocations, this reimbursement may not exactly match the actual time and overhead spent.

Our partnership agreement contains provisions that reduce the remedies available to unitholders for actions that might otherwise constitute a breach of fiduciary duty by our general partner. It will be difficult for a unitholder to challenge a resolution of a conflict of interest by our general partner or by its conflicts committee.

Whenever our general partner makes a determination or takes or declines to take any other action in its capacity as our general partner, it will be obligated to act in good faith, which means it must reasonably believe that the determination or other action is in our best interests. Whenever a potential conflict of interest exists between us and our general partner, our general partner may resolve such conflict of interest. If our general partner determines that its resolution of the conflict of interest is on terms no less favorable to us than those generally being provided to or available from unrelated third parties or is fair and reasonable to us, taking into account the totality of the relationships between us and our general partner, then it shall be presumed that in making this determination, our general partner acted in good faith. A unitholder seeking to challenge this resolution of the conflict of interest would bear the burden of overcoming such presumption. This is different from the situation with Delaware corporations, where a conflict resolution by an interested party would be presumed to be unfair and the interested party would have the burden of demonstrating that the resolution was fair.

Furthermore, if our general partner obtains the approval of our conflicts committee, the resolution will be conclusively deemed to be fair and reasonable to us and not a breach by our general partner of any duties it may

29

owe to us or our unitholders. This is different from the situation with Delaware corporations, where a conflict resolution by a committee consisting solely of independent directors would merely shift the burden of demonstrating unfairness to the plaintiff. If you chose to purchase a common unit, you will be treated as having consented to the various actions contemplated in the partnership agreement and conflicts of interest that might otherwise be considered a breach of fiduciary duties under applicable state law. As a result, unitholders will effectively not be able to challenge a decision by the conflicts committee.

Unlike Inergy and most other master limited partnerships, which require at least two independent members of the conflicts committee, our partnership agreement provides that a conflicts committee may be comprised of one or more directors. If we establish a conflicts committee with only one director, your interests may not be as well served as if we had a conflicts committee with at least two independent directors. A single member committee would not have the benefit of discussion with and input from other independent directors. See “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Responsibilities.”

Our general partner may cause us to issue additional common units without your approval, which would dilute your ownership interests.

Our general partner may cause us to issue an unlimited number of additional common units or other equity securities of equal rank with the common units, without unitholder approval. Such issuances may occur in connection with acquisitions or capital improvements by us or by Inergy or as a result of grants made under our long-term incentive plan.

The issuance of additional common units or other equity securities of equal rank will have the following effects:

• our unitholders’ proportionate ownership interest in us will decrease;

• the amount of cash available for distribution on each common unit may increase;

• the relative voting strength of each previously outstanding common unit may be diminished; and

• the market price of the common units may decline.

Furthermore, our partnership agreement does not give our unitholders the right to approve our issuance of equity securities ranking junior to the common units at any time.

Our general partner has a limited call right that may require you to sell your common units at an undesirable time or price.

If at any time more than 85% of the outstanding common units are owned by our general partner and its affiliates, our general partner will have the right, but not the obligation, which it may assign to any of its affiliates or to us, to acquire all, but not less than all, of the remaining common units held by unaffiliated persons at a price not less than their then-current market price. As a result, you may be required to sell your common units at an undesirable time or price and may not receive any return on your investment. You may also incur a tax liability upon a sale of your common units. At the completion of this offering and assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional units, our general partner and its affiliates will own 82.6% of the common units. For additional information about the call right, please read “Material Provisions of the Partnership Agreement of Inergy Holdings, L.P.—Limited Call Right.”

Tax Risks to Our Common Unitholders

You should read “Material Tax Consequences” for a more complete discussion of the expected material federal income tax consequences of owning and disposing of common units.

30

If we or Inergy were treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes, or if we or Inergy were to become subject to entity-level taxation for state tax purposes, then our cash available for distribution to you would be substantially reduced.

The value of our investment in Inergy depends largely on Inergy being treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, which requires that 90% or more of Inergy’s gross income for every taxable year consist of qualifying income, as defined in Section 7704 of the Internal Revenue Code. Inergy may not meet this requirement or current law may change so as to cause, in either event, Inergy to be treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes or otherwise subject to federal income tax. Moreover, the anticipated after-tax benefit of an investment in our common units depends largely on our being treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes. We have not requested, and do not plan to request, a ruling from the IRS on this or any other matter affecting us.

If Inergy were treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes, it would pay federal income tax on its taxable income at the corporate tax rate, which is currently a maximum of 35%. Distributions to us would generally be taxed again as corporate distributions, and no income, gains, losses, deductions or credits would flow through to us. As a result, there would be a material reduction in our anticipated cash flow, likely causing a substantial reduction in the value of our units.

If we were treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes, we would pay federal income tax on our taxable income at the corporate tax rate. Distributions to you would generally be taxed again as corporate distributions, and no income, gains, losses, deductions or credits would flow through to you. Because a tax would be imposed upon us as a corporation, our cash available for distribution to you would be substantially reduced. Thus, treatment of us as a corporation would result in a material reduction in our anticipated cash flow, likely causing a substantial reduction in the value of our units.

Current law may change, causing us or Inergy to be treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes or otherwise subjecting us or Inergy to entity level taxation. For example, because of widespread state budget deficits, several states are evaluating ways to subject partnerships to entity level taxation through the imposition of state income, franchise or other forms of taxation. If any state were to impose a tax upon us or Inergy as an entity, the cash available for distribution to you would be reduced.

A successful IRS contest of the federal income tax positions we, or Inergy, take may adversely affect the market for our common units or Inergy units, and the costs of any contest will reduce cash available for distribution to our unitholders.

We have not requested a ruling from the IRS with respect to our treatment as a partnership for federal income tax purposes or any other matter that affects us. Moreover, Inergy has not requested any ruling from the IRS with respect to its treatment as a partnership for federal income tax purposes or any other matter that affects it. The IRS may adopt positions that differ from the positions we or Inergy take. It may be necessary to resort to administrative or court proceedings to sustain some or all of the positions we or Inergy take. A court may disagree with some or all of the positions we or Inergy take. Any contest with the IRS may materially and adversely impact the market for our common units or Inergy units and the price at which they trade. In addition, the cost of any contest between Inergy and the IRS will result in a reduction in cash available for distribution to Inergy unitholders and thus indirectly by us, as a unitholder and as the owner of the general partner of Inergy. Moreover, the costs of any contest between us and the IRS will result in a reduction in cash available for distribution to our unitholders and thus will be borne indirectly by our unitholders.

You may be required to pay taxes on income from us even if you do not receive any cash distributions from us.

You will be required to pay any federal income taxes and, in some cases, state and local income taxes on your share of our taxable income, whether or not you receive cash distributions from us. You may not receive cash distributions from us equal to your share of our taxable income or even equal to the tax liability that results from the taxation of your share of our taxable income.

31

Tax gain or loss on disposition of our common units could be more or less than expected.

If you sell your common units, you will recognize a gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized and the adjusted tax basis in those common units. Prior distributions to you in excess of the total net taxable income allocated to you, which decreased the tax basis in your common units, will, in effect, become taxable income to you if the common units are sold at a price greater than your tax basis in those common units, even if the price is less than the original cost. A substantial portion of the amount realized, whether or not representing gain, may be ordinary income to you.

Tax-exempt entities, regulated investment companies and foreign persons face unique tax issues from owning common units that may result in adverse tax consequences to them.

Investment in common units by tax-exempt entities, including employee benefit plans and individual retirement accounts (known as IRAs), regulated investment companies (known as mutual funds) and non-U.S. persons raises issues unique to them. For example, virtually all of our income allocated to organizations exempt from federal income tax, including individual retirement accounts and other retirement plans, will be unrelated business taxable income and will be taxable to such a unitholder. Recent legislation treats net income derived from the ownership of certain publicly traded partnerships (including us) as qualifying income to a regulated investment company. However, this legislation is only effective for taxable years beginning after October 22, 2004, the date of enactment. For taxable years beginning prior to the date of enactment, very little of our income will be qualifying income to a regulated investment company. Distributions to non-U.S. persons will be reduced by withholding taxes imposed at the highest effective applicable tax rate, and non-U.S. persons will be required to file United States federal income tax returns and pay tax on their share of our taxable income.

We treat each purchaser of our common units as having the same tax benefits without regard to the common units purchased. The IRS may challenge this treatment, which could adversely affect the value of the common units.

Because we cannot match transferors and transferees of common units, we will adopt depreciation and amortization positions that may not conform with all aspects of existing Treasury regulations. A successful IRS challenge to those positions could adversely affect the amount of tax benefits available to our unitholders. It also could affect the timing of these tax benefits or the amount of gain on the sale of common units and could have a negative impact on the value of our common units or result in audits of and adjustments to our unitholders’ tax returns.

Unitholders may be subject to state and local taxes and return filing requirements as a result of investing in our common units.

In addition to federal income taxes, our unitholders will likely be subject to other taxes, including foreign, state and local taxes, unincorporated business taxes and estate, inheritance or intangible taxes that are imposed by the various jurisdictions in which we or Inergy do business or own property now or in the future, even if our unitholders do not reside in any of those jurisdictions. Our unitholders will likely be required to file state and local income tax returns and pay state and local income taxes in some or all of these jurisdictions. Further, unitholders may be subject to penalties for failure to comply with those requirements. We and Inergy presently anticipate that substantially all of our income will be generated in the following states: Arkansas, California, Connecticut, Florida, Georgia, Illinois, Indiana, Kentucky, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, Michigan, Minnesota, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New York, North Carolina, Ohio, Oklahoma, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, South Carolina, Tennessee, Texas, Vermont, Virginia, West Virginia and Wisconsin. Each of those states, except Florida and Texas, currently impose a personal income tax. We or Inergy may do business or own property in other states in the future. It is the responsibility of each unitholder to file all United States federal, state and local tax returns that may be required of such unitholder. Our counsel has not rendered an opinion on the state or local tax consequences of an investment in the common units.

32

USE OF PROCEEDS

We expect to receive net proceeds of approximately $62.1 million from the sale of 3,400,000 common units offered by this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We will use the net proceeds of this offering and borrowings under a new credit facility entered into concurrently with the closing of this offering to repay amounts borrowed under our new term loan. Prior to the consummation of this offering, we intend to incur $66.9 million of indebtedness under the new term loan. We expect this term loan to bear interest at 5.5% and mature on the earlier of the closing date of this offering or December 31, 2005.

Substantially all of our indebtedness was incurred to make distributions to owners of our general partner, some of whom are current directors and officers of our general partner. We intend to use the net proceeds from the anticipated term loan to partially repay such indebtedness and to make additional distributions. See “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Indebtedness to Our Directors, Executive Officers and Others.”

The lender under our new term loan is Lehman Commercial Paper Inc., an affiliate of Lehman Brothers Inc., one of the underwriters in this offering. As a result, Lehman Brothers may have a conflict of interest with respect to this offering because it has interests in the successful completion of this offering beyond the underwriting discount and commissions it will receive. For this reason, A.G. Edwards & Sons, Inc. has agreed to act as a “qualified independent underwriter” as such role is defined by Rule 2720 of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.’s Conduct Rules. See “Underwriting.”

We will use any net proceeds from the exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional units to repay outstanding indebtedness and for general partnership purposes.

33

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and our capitalization as of December 31, 2004:

• on a consolidated historical basis;

• as adjusted to give effect to:

• the following transactions by Inergy: (1) repayment of $18.2 million of indebtedness under Inergy’s revolving acquisition credit facility and $11.2 million of additional borrowings incurred subsequent to December 31, 2004, (2) exercise of the overallotment option in connection with the Inergy’s common unit offering in December 2004; and

• the following transactions by us: (1) repayment of $18.6 million of indebtedness under our credit agreement, including an additional $2.9 million of borrowings incurred subsequent to December 31, 2004, (2) expected borrowings of $66.9 million under our new term loan entered into subsequent to December 31, 2004 and prior to the consummation of this offering; and

• as further adjusted to reflect this offering of common units and the application of the estimated net proceeds therefrom as described in “Use of Proceeds” and additional borrowings of $4.8 million under an expected new credit facility to be entered into concurrently with the closing of this offering.

You should read our financial statements and notes that are included elsewhere in this prospectus for additional information regarding us.

	As of December 31, 2004
	Historical		As Adjusted			As Further Adjusted
	($ in millions)
Cash	$	21,206	$	21,206		$	21,206
Debt:
Inergy Holdings, L.P. credit agreement	$	15,692	$	—	(a)	$	4,812	(b)
Inergy Holdings, L.P. term loan		—		66,942	(a)		—	(c)
Inergy Holdings, L.P. promissory notes		15,000		14,625	(d)		14,625
Inergy revolving working capital credit facility		51,000		51,000			51,000
Inergy revolving acquisition credit facility		81,000		74,000	(e)		74,000
Inergy senior notes		425,000		425,000			425,000
Other Inergy debt		10,955		10,955			10,955
Total Debt		598,647		642,522			580,392
Total Redeemable Members’ Interest		2,935		—	(g)		—
Total Member’s Equity/Partners’ Capital/(Deficit) (f)		13,714		(30,371	)(g)		31,424	(c)
Total Capitalization	$	615,296	$	612,151		$	611,816

(a) Reflects additional borrowings subsequent to December 31, 2004 of $66.9 million from a new term loan entered into in 2005, and the repayment of $18.6 million of indebtedness under our credit agreement (including additional borrowings of $2.9 million incurred subsequent to December 31, 2004) with proceeds from the term loan.

(b) Reflects additional borrowings of $4.8 million under an expected new credit facility to be entered into concurrently with the closing of this offering.

(c) Reflects additional partner capital from the net proceeds from this offering of $62.1 million, net of $0.3 million of deferred finance costs written off with the repayment of the new term loan, and the associated use of the proceeds as described in this prospectus.

(d) Reflects the repayment of $0.4 million on the promissory notes subsequent to December 31, 2004.

34

(e) Reflects the repayment of $18.2 million of Inergy’s indebtedness with proceeds from the exercise of the overallotment option in connection with Inergy’s public unit offering in December 2004 and additional borrowings by Inergy of $11.2 million incurred subsequent to December 31, 2004.

(f) We were formed as a Delaware limited liability company in November 1996. Prior to the closing of this initial public offering, Inergy Holdings, LLC will convert from a Delaware limited liability company to a Delaware limited partnership and will change its name to Inergy Holdings, L.P.

(g) Reflects the reduction to member’s equity from the payment of a $45.0 million distribution to members, net of a gain of approximately $1.0 million recorded subsequent to December 31, 2004 from the issuance of units in Inergy in connection with the exercise of the overallotment option in connection with Inergy’s public units offering in December 2004. In addition, we recognized a $3.0 million reduction to member’s equity from the purchase of member interests from one of our members, who was formerly an employee of Inergy. Finally, the redemption provisions related to the redeemable members’ interest expired in March and April 2005 and have been reclassified to members’ equity.

35

DILUTION

On a pro forma basis as of December 31, 2004 after giving effect to the offering of our common units and the related transactions, the net tangible book value of our assets would have been $(461.7) million, or $(28.70) per common unit, at an assumed initial public offering price of $20.00 per common unit. Purchasers of our common units in this offering will experience immediate dilution in net tangible book value per common unit for financial accounting purposes, as illustrated in the following table. The pro forma tangible net book value per common unit after the offering is determined by dividing the 19,490,000 common units outstanding after the offering into our pro forma net tangible book value, after giving effect to the application of the net proceeds of the offering.

Assumed initial public offering price per common unit				$	20.00
Pro forma net tangible book value per common unit before the offering	$	(28.70	)
Decrease in net tangible book value per common unit attributable to new investors		8.19
Less: Pro forma net tangible book value per common unit after the offering					(20.50	)
Immediate dilution in net tangible book value per common unit to new investors				$	40.50

The following table sets forth the number of common units that we will issue and the total consideration contributed to us by our current owners and their affiliates in respect of their common units and by the purchasers of common units in this offering upon consummation of the transactions contemplated by this prospectus:

	Units Acquired			Total Consideration				Average Price Paid Per Unit
	Number	Percent		Amount		Percent
Current owners	16,090,000	82.6	%	$	11,512,805	14.5	%	$	0.72
New investors	3,400,000	17.4	%		68,000,000	85.5	%	$	20.00
Total	19,490,000	100.0	%	$	79,512,805	100.0	%	$	4.08

36

CASH DISTRIBUTION POLICY

We intend to pay to our unitholders, within 50 days following the end of each quarter, distributions equal to the cash we receive from our Inergy distributions, less reserves for expenses and other uses of cash, including:

• the expenses associated with being a public company and other general and administrative expenses;

• interest expense related to any current and future indebtedness;

• costs related to tax liabilities of our corporate subsidiaries;

• expenditures, at our election, to maintain or increase our ownership interest in Inergy; and

• reserves our general partner believes prudent to maintain for the proper conduct of our business or to provide for future distributions.

Based on the current cash distribution policy of Inergy, as well as our expected level of expenses and reserves that our general partner believes prudent to maintain, we expect that our initial quarterly distribution rate will be $0.225 per common unit. If Inergy is successful in implementing its business strategy and increasing distributions to its limited partners, we would generally expect to increase distributions to our unitholders, although the timing and amount of any such increased distributions will not necessarily be comparable to the increased Inergy distributions. On or about August 19, 2005, we expect to pay a prorated distribution for the portion of the quarter ending June 30, 2005 that we are public. However, we cannot assure you that any distributions will be declared or paid. We expect to make a distribution to our existing owners on or about May 5, 2005 for the quarter ended March 31, 2005. You will not participate in this distribution.

The determination of the amount of our cash distributions, including the quarterly distributions referred to above, if any, to be declared and paid will depend upon cash distributions we receive from Inergy, our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, the level of our capital expenditures, future business prospects and any other matters that our general partner deems relevant. If Inergy cannot make incentive distributions to its general partner or limited partner distributions to us, then we will be unable to pay distributions on our common units.

Incentive Distribution Rights—Hypothetical Allocations of Distributions to Our Unitholders and Inergy’s Unitholders

Incentive distribution rights represent the right to receive an increasing percentage of quarterly distributions of available cash from operating surplus after the minimum quarterly distribution and the target distribution levels have been achieved. If for any quarter:

• Inergy has distributed available cash from operating surplus to Inergy common and Inergy subordinated unitholders in an amount equal to the minimum quarterly distribution, and

• Inergy has distributed available cash from operating surplus on outstanding Inergy common units in an amount necessary to eliminate any cumulative arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution,

then, Inergy will distribute any additional available cash from operating surplus for that quarter among Inergy unitholders and Inergy non-managing general partner in the following manner:

• First, approximately 98.6% to all Inergy unitholders, pro rata, and approximately 1.4% to Inergy’s non-managing general partner, until each Inergy unitholder receives a total of $0.33 per unit for that quarter (the “first target distribution”),

• Second, approximately 85.6% to all Inergy unitholders, pro rata, approximately 1.4% to Inergy’s non-managing general partner and 13% to us until each Inergy unitholder receives a total of $0.375 per Inergy unit for that quarter (the “second target distribution”),

37

• Third, approximately 75.6% to all Inergy unitholders, pro rata, approximately 1.4% to Inergy’s non-managing general partner and 23% to us until each Inergy unitholder receives a total of $0.45 per Inergy unit for that quarter (the “third target distribution”), and

• Thereafter, approximately 50.6% to all Inergy unitholders, pro rata, approximately 1.4% to Inergy’s non-managing general partner and 48% to us.

In each case the amount of the target distribution set forth above is exclusive of any distributions to Inergy common unitholders to eliminate any cumulative arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the Inergy common units.

The table set forth below illustrates the percentage allocations among the non-affiliated Inergy unitholders and Inergy Holdings, L.P. as a result of certain assumed quarterly distribution payments per limited partner unit made by Inergy, including the target distribution levels contained in Inergy’s partnership agreement. This information assumes:

• Inergy has 32,878,297 total units outstanding, representing the number of Inergy units outstanding at January 31, 2005; and

• our ownership of (i) 1,243,388 Inergy common units, 1,568,028 Inergy senior subordinated units and 975,924 Inergy junior subordinated units, comprising an 11.4% limited partner interest in Inergy, (ii) a 1.4% general partner interest and (iii) the incentive distribution rights.

We based the calculations on the assumption that the quarterly distribution amounts shown do not include any Inergy common unit arrearages. The percentage interests shown for the non-affiliated Inergy unitholders and Inergy Holdings, L.P. for the minimum quarterly distribution amount are also applicable to distribution amounts that are less than the minimum quarterly distribution. The amounts presented below are intended to be illustrative of the way in which we are entitled to an increasing share of distributions from Inergy as total distributions from Inergy increase and are not intended to represent a prediction of future performance.

Distribution Level	Inergy Quarterly Distribution Per Unit		Distributions to Non-Affiliated Inergy Unitholders as a Percentage of Total Distributions		Distributions to Inergy Holdings, L.P. as a Percentage of Total Distributions(1)
Minimum Quarterly Distribution	$	0.300	87.2	%	12.8	%
First Target Distribution	$	0.330	87.2	%	12.8	%
Second Target Distribution	$	0.375	85.7	%	14.3	%
Third Target Distribution	$	0.450	81.8	%	18.2	%
Other Hypothetical Distributions	$	0.475	78.4	%	21.6	%
	$	0.550	71.1	%	28.9	%
	$	0.600	67.8	%	32.2	%

(1) Includes distributions made with respect to our 1.4% general partner interest, our 11.4% interest in Inergy’s limited partnership interests and our incentive distribution rights.

Distributions of Cash Upon Liquidation

If our partnership dissolves in accordance with our partnership agreement, we will sell or otherwise dispose of our assets in a process called liquidation. We will first apply the proceeds of the liquidation to the payment of our creditors. We will distribute the remaining proceeds to our unitholders in accordance with our capital account balances, as adjusted to reflect any gain or loss upon the sale or other disposition of its assets in liquidation.

38

CASH AVAILABLE FOR DISTRIBUTION

We intend to pay each quarter, to the extent we have sufficient available cash from operating surplus, distributions to our unitholders equal to the cash distributions we receive from Inergy less certain reserves for expenses and other uses of cash.

Based on Inergy’s distribution of $0.50 per unit declared on March 10, 2005, we estimate our pro forma available cash from operating surplus to be approximately $4.4 million and approximately $17.8 million for the three-month period ended March 31, 2005 and on an annualized basis, respectively. These amounts are sufficient to fully fund our expected initial quarterly distribution of $0.225 on all of our outstanding common units. Our pro forma available cash from operating surplus is derived from our aggregate ownership interests in Inergy, consisting of the following:

• a 100% ownership interest in each of the managing general partner of Inergy, which manages Inergy’s business and affairs, and the non-managing general partner of Inergy, which owns an approximate 1.4% general partner interest in Inergy;

• 1,243,388 Inergy common units, 1,568,028 Inergy senior subordinated units and 975,924 Inergy junior subordinated units, representing an aggregate limited partner interest in Inergy of approximately 11.4%; and

• all of the incentive distribution rights in Inergy, which entitle us to receive increasing percentages, up to a maximum of 48.0%, of any cash distributed by Inergy as certain target distribution levels are reached in excess of $0.33 per Inergy unit in any quarter.

The computation of estimated cash available from operating surplus is reflected in Appendix B hereto. Estimated cash available from operating surplus includes general and administrative expenses, such as cost of accounting support services, filing annual and periodic reports with the SEC, investor relations, directors’ and officers’ insurance and registrar and transfer agent fees, of approximately $0.3 million per year that we expect to incur as a result of being a publicly traded partnership. In addition, estimated cash available for distribution reflects anticipated interest expense of approximately $0.7 million per year. The amount of distributions from Inergy we actually receive is subject to the risks described in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus.

39

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table shows selected consolidated financial data for Inergy Holdings, LLC, in each case for the periods and as of the dates indicated. The selected historical statement of operations and cash flow data for the years ended September 30, 2002, 2003 and 2004 and the balance sheet data as of September 30, 2003 and 2004 are derived from our audited financial statements. The selected historical statement of operations and cash flow data for the years ended September 30, 2000 and 2001 and balance sheet data as of September 30, 2000, 2001 and 2002 as well as the statement of operations, balance sheet, and cash flow data as of and for the three months ended December 31, 2004, are derived from our unaudited financial statements. These financial statements do not include the pro forma impact of the Star Gas Propane Acquisition. The unaudited financial statements include all adjustments, consisting of normal, recurring accruals, which we consider necessary for fair presentation of the financial position and results of operations for these periods.

We have no separate operating activities apart from those conducted by Inergy, and our cash flows consist of distributions from Inergy on the partnership interests we own. Accordingly, the selected historical consolidated financial data set forth in the following table primarily reflects the operating activities and results of operations of Inergy. Since we control the managing general partner of Inergy, we reflect our ownership interest in Inergy on a consolidated basis, which means that our financial results are combined with Inergy’s financial results and the results of our other subsidiaries. The interest owned by non-controlling partners in Inergy is reflected as a liability on our balance sheet and the non-controlling partner’s share of income for Inergy is reflected as an expense in our results of operations.

Our selected historical consolidated financial data for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003 and 2004 and for the three months ended December 31, 2003 and 2004 includes the effect of the acquisitions Inergy made during these periods from the date of each acquisition, but not on a pro forma or full period basis.

We derived the data in the following table from, and it should be read together with and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, the consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes included in this prospectus. Operating results for the three months ended December 31, 2004 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for our entire fiscal year ending September 30, 2005. The table should also be read together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

40

	Historical (a)
	Years Ended September 30,															Three Months Ended December 31,
	2000			2001			2002			2003			2004			2003			2004 (b)
	(in thousands except per unit data)															(unaudited)
Statement of Operations Data:
Revenues	$	93,595		$	223,139		$	208,700		$	363,365		$	482,496		$	132,581		$	257,465
Cost of product sold		81,636			182,582			134,999			267,010			359,053			95,464			192,777
Gross profit		11,959			40,557			73,701			96,355			123,443			37,117			64,688
Expenses:
Operating and administrative (c)		8,990			23,501			45,315			59,424			81,388			20,300			34,836
Depreciation and amortization		2,286			6,532			11,444			13,843			21,089			4,718			8,849
Operating income		683			10,524			16,942			23,088			20,966			12,099			21,003
Other income (expense):
Interest expense		(2,740	)		(6,670	)		(8,366	)		(9,947	)		(7,917	)		(2,896	)		(3,762	)
Interest expense related to write-off of deferred financing costs		—			—			(585	)		—			(1,216	)(d)		—			(6,990	)(e)
Interest expense related to make whole premium charge		—			—			—			—			(17,949	)(d)		—			—
Interest income related to swap value received		—			—			—			—			949	(d)		—			—
Gain (loss) on sale of property, plant and equipment		—			37			151			(91	)		(203	)		45			173
Finance charges		176			290			115			339			704			115			236
Other		59			168			140			86			117			40			59
Income (loss) before gain on issuance of units in Inergy, income taxes and interest of non-controlling partners in Inergy’s net income		(1,822	)		4,349			8,397			13,475			(4,549	)		9,403			10,719
Gain in issuance of units in Inergy		—			19,848			9,550			5,241			10,431			—			15,092
Provision for income taxes		(7	)		—			(1,132	)		(869	)		(1,176	)		(189	)		(1,434	)
Interest of non-controlling partners in Inergy’s net income (loss)		72			1,298			(5,936	)		(10,041	)		4,827			(7,350	)		(9,240	)
Net income (loss)	$	(1,757	)	$	25,495		$	10,879		$	7,806		$	9,533		$	1,864		$	15,137
Net income applicable to redeemable members’ interest	$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	631
Net income (loss) applicable to members’ common interest	$	(1,757	)	$	25,495		$	10,879		$	7,806		$	9,533		$	1,864		$	14,506
Unaudited pro forma net income (loss) per limited partner unit—Basic (f)	$	(0.11	)	$	1.58		$	0.79		$	0.63		$	0.72		$	0.15		$	1.03
Unaudited pro forma net income (loss) per limited partner unit—Diluted (f)	$	(0.11	)	$	1.58		$	0.68		$	0.49		$	0.57		$	0.12		$	0.92
Unaudited pro forma weighted average limited partner units outstanding—Basic (f)		16,090			16,090			13,789			12,373			13,150			12,373			14,060
Unaudited pro forma weighted average limited partner units outstanding—Diluted (f)		16,090			16,090			16,090			16,090			16,689			16,090			16,442
Balance Sheet Data (end of period):
Net property, plant and equipment	$	33,436		$	70,043		$	124,550		$	157,201		$	215,253					$	533,067
Total assets		68,924			157,256			296,146			373,370		$	511,741						1,255,201
Total debt, including current portion		34,927			54,132			124,596			131,127		$	153,253						598,647
Members’ equity (a)		(908	)		20,059			24,928			30,654			18,067						13,714
Other Financial Data:
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities		(222	)		4,647			7,426			33,572			31,132			(4,796	)		(10,234	)
Net cash used in investing activities		(12,464	)		(64,260	)		(94,034	)		(35,060	)		(98,065	)		(17,623	)		(597,205	)
Net cash provided by financing activities		13,907			62,014			85,211			5,038			63,287			24,434			626,271

(a) We were formed as a Delaware limited liability company in November 1996. Concurrently with the closing of this initial public offering, Inergy Holdings, LLC will convert from a Delaware limited liability company to a Delaware limited partnership and change its name to Inergy Holdings, L.P.

41

(b) The Star Gas Propane Acquisition closed effective for financial reporting purposes as if the transaction was consummated on December 1, 2004. Accordingly, the Inergy Holdings, LLC historical statement of operations for the three months ended December 31, 2004 includes one month of the Star Gas Propane, L.P. results of operations.

(c) The historical financial statements include non-cash charges related to amortization of deferred compensation of $234,000 and $79,000 for the years ended September 30, 2000, and 2001, respectively.

(d) Reflects amounts recognized in the quarter ended March 31, 2004, incurred in connection with the early repayment of $85.0 million of senior secured notes. Such amounts were related to the write-off of $1.2 million of deferred financing costs, a make whole premium charge of $17.9 million and $0.9 million gain from cancellation of the related interest rate swaps.

(e) Reflects amounts recognized as expense in the quarter ended December 31, 2004, incurred in connection with the retirement of Inergy’s 364-day credit facility used to fund a portion of the Star Gas Propane Acquisition, and deferred financing costs written off with the retirement of Inergy’s previous credit facility.

(f) The unaudited pro forma net income per limited partner unit is based on the weighted average number of partnership units outstanding for each period after giving effect to our conversion to a limited partnership and an adjustment for additional units to reflect our distributions to our existing owners which are in excess of our earnings.

42

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations in conjunction with the historical and pro forma combined financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. For more detailed information regarding the basis of presentation for the following information, you should read the notes to the historical and pro forma financial statements included in this prospectus.

Overview

Our cash-generating assets consist of our partnership interests, including incentive distribution rights, in Inergy, L.P., a publicly traded Delaware limited partnership, which operates a rapidly growing, geographically diverse retail and wholesale propane supply, marketing and distribution business. Our primary objective is to increase distributable cash flow to our unitholders through our ownership of partnership interests in Inergy. Our incentive distribution rights entitle us to receive an increasing percentage of total cash distributions made by Inergy as it reaches certain target distribution levels and have resulted in significantly increasing cash distributions to us.

Inergy’s primary objective is to increase distributable cash flow to its unitholders. Inergy has primarily grown through acquisitions of retail propane operations. Since the inception of Inergy’s predecessor in 1996, Inergy has acquired 45 propane businesses. Inergy further intends to pursue its growth objectives through, among other things, future acquisitions, maintaining a high percentage of retail sales to residential customers, operating in attractive markets and focusing its operations under established, locally recognized trade names.

Our aggregate partnership interests in Inergy consist of the following:

• a 100% ownership interest in each of the managing general partner of Inergy, which manages Inergy’s business and affairs, and the non-managing general partner of Inergy, which owns an approximate 1.4% general partner interest in Inergy;

• 1,243,388 Inergy common units, 1,568,028 Inergy senior subordinated units and 975,924 Inergy junior subordinated units, representing an aggregate limited partner interest in Inergy of approximately 11.4%; and

• all of the incentive distribution rights in Inergy which entitle us to receive increasing percentages, up to a maximum of 48.0%, of any cash distributed by Inergy as certain target distribution levels are reached in excess of $0.33 per Inergy unit in any quarter.

The following table sets forth the distributions that we have received from Inergy since its initial public offering in July 2001 and reflects our partnership interests as of the dates indicated.

	Cash Distributions Received by Us
	Year Ended September 30,						Twelve Months Ended February 28, 2005
	2002		2003		2004
Inergy, L.P. distribution per unit	$	1.1800	$	1.4475	$	1.6000	$	1.7200
Distributions on common and subordinated units held by us	$	4,306,465	$	5,337,185	$	5,819,204	$	6,298,532
Distributions from ownership interest in the general partner		323,937		504,327		747,432		857,487
Distributions from incentive distribution rights		17,699		336,218		1,299,544		3,101,315
Total	$	4,648,101	$	6,177,730	$	7,866,180	$	10,257,335

43

Since we control the managing general partner of Inergy, we reflect our ownership interest in Inergy on a consolidated basis, which means that our financial results are combined with Inergy’s financial results and the results of our other subsidiaries. The limited partner interests in Inergy not owned by affiliates of the managing general partner are reflected as an expense in our results of operations. We have no separate operating activities apart from those conducted by Inergy, and our cash flows consist of distributions from Inergy on the partnership interests we own. Our consolidated results of operations principally reflect the results of operations of Inergy, and also include our gains on the issuance of Inergy common units, provision for income taxes and interest of non-controlling partners in Inergy’s net income. Accordingly, the discussion of our financial position and results of operations in this “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” reflects the operating activities and results of operations of Inergy. The historical results of our operations do not reflect the incremental expenses we expect to incur as a result of being a public entity.

Inergy’s retail distribution business is largely seasonal due to propane’s primary use as a heating source in residential and commercial buildings. As a result, cash flows from operations are highest from November through April when customers pay for propane purchased during the six-month peak heating season of October through March. Inergy generally experiences net losses in the six-month, off season of April through September.

Because a substantial portion of Inergy’s propane is used in the weather-sensitive residential markets, the temperatures realized in Inergy’s areas of operations, particularly during the six-month peak heating season, have a significant effect on its financial performance. In any given area, warmer-than-normal temperatures will tend to result in reduced propane use, while sustained colder-than-normal temperatures will tend to result in greater propane use. Therefore, Inergy uses information on normal temperatures in understanding how historical results of operations are affected by temperatures that are colder or warmer than normal and in preparing forecasts of future operations, which are based on the assumption that normal weather will prevail in each of Inergy’s regions. “Heating degree days” are a general indicator of weather impacting propane usage and are calculated for any given period by adding the difference between 65 degrees and the average temperature of each day in the period (if less than 65 degrees).

In determining actual and normal weather for a given period of time, Inergy compares the actual number of heating degree days for such period to the average number of heating degree days for a longer, historical time period assumed to more accurately reflect the average normal weather, in each case as such information is published by the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, for each measuring point in each of its regions. When Inergy discusses “normal” weather in its results of operations presented below, Inergy is referring to a 30-year average consisting of the years 1974 through 2003. Inergy then calculates weighted averages, based on retail volumes attributable to each measuring point, of actual and normal heating degree days within each region. Based on this information, Inergy calculates a ratio of actual heating degree days to normal heating degree days, first on a regional basis and then on a partnership-wide basis.

The propane business is a “margin-based” business where the level of profitability is largely dependent on the difference between sales prices and product cost. The unit cost of propane is subject to volatile changes as a result of product supply or other market conditions. Propane unit cost changes can occur rapidly over a short period of time and can impact margins as sales prices may not change as rapidly. There is no assurance that Inergy will be able to fully pass on product cost increases, particularly when product costs increase rapidly. Inergy has generally been successful in passing on higher propane costs to Inergy’s customers and has historically maintained or increased its gross margin per gallon in periods of rising costs. In periods of increasing costs, Inergy has experienced a decline in its gross profit as a percentage of revenues. In periods of decreasing costs, Inergy has experienced an increase in its gross profit as a percentage of revenues. Propane is a by-product of crude oil refining and natural gas processing and, therefore, its cost tends to correlate with the price fluctuations of these underlying commodities. The price of crude oil and natural gas have maintained historically high costs in 2003 and 2004, and propane has also been at historically high costs. As such, our selling prices have been at higher levels in order to attempt to maintain our historical gross margin per gallon. We expect the historical high cost of crude oil and natural gas to remain so for the foreseeable future and accordingly expect

44

both our propane costs and our selling prices to remain at higher levels. Retail sales generate significantly higher margins than wholesale sales, and sales to residential customers generally generate higher margins than sales to Inergy’s other retail customers.

Inergy purchased Star Gas Propane, L.P. from Star Gas Partners, L.P. in December 2004. Star Gas Partners, L.P. is a named defendant in multiple federal securities class action lawsuits alleging that public disclosures made by it contained materially misleading information or omitted to state material information. Star Gas Propane is also a named defendant in one of these lawsuits and it is possible that Star Gas Propane and its subsidiaries could be named as a defendant in additional lawsuits relating to the allegations described above. Star Gas Propane remained a defendant in this lawsuit after the closing of the Star Gas Propane Acquisition. Under Inergy’s purchase agreement entered into in connection with the Star Gas Propane Acquisition, Star Gas Partners, L.P. agreed to indemnify Inergy for damages relating to the securities disclosure claims described above without limitation as to the ultimate amount of such indemnity. Star Gas Partners, L.P. has also agreed to generally indemnify Inergy against other liabilities up to a maximum aggregate amount of approximately $107 million, subject to certain of Inergy’s claims being brought within specific time periods.

We have outstanding indebtedness that carries variable interest rates which are subject to change with changes in the interest rate markets. In a period of rising interest rates, our interest expense could increase making it more difficult to meet our other obligations including the payment of distributions to our unitholders and the unitholders of Inergy. Interest rates have been in a rising state since approximately June 2004 and it is currently expected that rates will continue to increase.

Inergy believes its wholesale supply, marketing and distribution business complements its retail distribution business. Through Inergy’s wholesale operations, it distributes propane and also offers price risk management services to propane retailers, resellers and other related businesses as well as energy marketers and dealers, through a variety of financial and other instruments, including:

• forward contracts involving the physical delivery of propane;

• swap agreements which require payments to (or receipt of payments from) counterparties based on the differential between a fixed and variable price for propane; and

• options, futures contracts on the New York Mercantile Exchange and other contractual arrangements.

Inergy engages in derivative transactions to reduce the effect of price volatility on its product costs and to help ensure the availability of propane during periods of short supply. Inergy attempts to balance its contractual portfolio by purchasing volumes only when it has a matching purchase commitment from its wholesale customers. However, Inergy may experience net unbalanced positions from time to time.

Results of Operations

The results of operations discussed below principally reflect the activities of Inergy on and after July 31, 2001, the closing date of its initial public offering, and of its predecessor, Inergy Partners, LLC prior to July 31, 2001. Because our financial statements represent combined consolidated results of Inergy, our financial statements are substantially similar to Inergy’s. The primary differences in our financial statements include the following adjustments to the income statement:

• Our recognition of gain on issuance of units in Inergy.    In accordance with Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 51, we recognize an increase in the value of our investment in Inergy when Inergy issues additional common units to third parties at a unit price that exceeds the current carrying value of our investment in Inergy common units. This gain is recognized as income in the period in which the sale to third parties occurs. Historically, Inergy has grown through acquisitions funded in part through the issuance of equity. Because we expect Inergy’s acquisition and related financing activity to continue for the foreseeable future, it is likely that we will continue to recognize gains as a result of future equity issuances by Inergy.

45

• Provision for Income Taxes.    Our provision for income taxes is primarily related to cash flows received by certain of our wholly owned corporate subsidiaries.

• Interest of non-controlling partners in Inergy’s net income (loss).    We adjust our net income by excluding the cash flows distributed on Inergy limited partner units that are not directly or indirectly owned by us. At the time of completion of the offering, we will own an 11.4% limited partner interest in Inergy and the non-affiliated unitholders will own a 87.6% limited partner interest in Inergy.

Since the inception of Inergy’s predecessor in November 1996 through December 31, 2004, Inergy has acquired 45 companies for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $991 million, including working capital, assumed liabilities and acquisition costs. In the first quarter of fiscal 2005, Inergy completed certain acquisitions, including the Star Gas Propane Acquisition. We expect that these acquisitions will have a material impact on our results of operations in the future. As an example, Star Gas Propane, L.P. sold 168.6 million retail gallons of propane, generating total revenues of $348.8 million in fiscal 2004.

For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2004, pro forma for its acquisition of Star Gas Propane L.P., Inergy sold approximately 309 million gallons of propane to retail customers and delivered approximately 385 million gallons of propane to wholesale customers. Inergy’s retail business includes the retail marketing, sale and distribution of propane, including the sale and lease of propane supplies and equipment, to residential, commercial, industrial and agricultural customers. In addition to Inergy’s retail business, it operates a wholesale supply, marketing and distribution business, providing propane procurement, transportation, supply and price risk management services to its customer service centers, as well as to independent dealers, multi-state marketers, petrochemical companies, refinery and gas processors and a number of other NGL marketing and distribution companies.

Three Months Ended December 31, 2004 Compared to Three Months Ended December 31, 2003

Volume.    During the three months ended December 31, 2004, Inergy sold 73.3 million retail gallons of propane, an increase of 30.8 million gallons, or 72%, from the 42.5 million retail gallons sold during the same three-month period in 2003. The increase in retail sales volume was principally due to the acquisition of Star Gas Propane, L.P. and ten other retail propane companies after December 31, 2003. Acquisition-related volume accounted for approximately 34.6 million gallons of the increase, offset by approximately 3.8 million lesser gallon sales due to higher selling prices as a result of an approximate 42% higher propane cost of $0.95 per gallon on average for the three months ended December 31, 2004 compared to $0.67 during the same three-month period in 2003.

Wholesale gallons delivered increased 14.9 million gallons, or 14%, to 125.2 million gallons in the three months ended December 31, 2004 from 110.3 million gallons in the same three-month period in 2003. Approximately 9.5 million gallons of this increase was attributable to increased sales volumes to our existing customer base in addition to an increase of approximately 5.4 million gallons as as result of the acquisitions of Star Gas Propane, L.P. and two other retail propane companies where wholesale operations volumes existed and were otherwise acquired.

Revenues.    Revenues in the three months ended December 31, 2004 were $257.5 million, an increase of $124.9 million, or 94%, from $132.6 million of revenues during the same period in 2003.

Revenues from retail sales were $140.4 million in the three months ended December 31, 2004 (after elimination of sales to our wholesale operations), an increase of $78.1 million, or 125%, from $62.3 million during the same three-month period in 2003. Approximately $56.7 million of this increase is the result of acquisition-related volume increase and $12.8 million is attributable to higher selling prices of propane due to the higher cost of propane in 2004, partially offset by approximately $6.7 million from lesser volume sales at existing locations as discussed above. In addition to retail propane sales, these revenues consist of transportation revenues, other gas liquid sales, tank rentals, appliance sales and service income which accounted for an increase of approximately $15.2 million as a result of acquisitions.

46

Revenues from wholesale sales were $117.1 million (after elimination of sales to our retail operations) in the three months ended December 31, 2004, an increase of $46.8 million or 67%, from $70.3 million during the same three-month period in 2003. Approximately $28.2 million of this increase was attributable to the higher per gallon selling price of propane due to its higher cost, approximately $13.2 million of the increase due to the volume increase generated from our existing customer base in our wholesale propane operations with the balance of approximately $5.4 million resulting from the volume increases associated with acquisitions.

Cost of Product Sold.    Retail cost of product sold in the three months ended December 31, 2004 was $81.0 million, an increase of $50.5 million or 166%, from retail cost of product sold of $30.5 million during the same three-month period in 2003. Approximately $11.9 million of this increase was attributable to the increase in the average cost of propane and a net additional increase of $29.2 million the result of retail propane acquisition-related volume increases described above, partially offset by lesser volume sales at our existing locations. Other retail cost of product sold increased approximately $9.4 million as a result of acquisitions. Wholesale cost of product sold in the three months ended December 31, 2004 was $111.8 million, an increase of $46.8 million or 72%, from wholesale cost of product sold of $65.0 million during the same period in 2003. Approximately $29.2 million of this increase was related to the increased average cost of propane in the three months ended December 31, 2004 with the balance of the increase of $17.6 million attributable to the increased volumes experienced in our wholesale propane areas of operations described above. Our cost of product sold consists of tangible products sold including all propane and other natural gas liquids sold and all propane-related appliances sold. Other costs incurred in conjunction with the distribution of these products are included in operating and administrative expenses and consist primarily of wages to delivery personnel and delivery vehicle costs consisting of fuel costs, repair and maintenance and lease expense. These costs approximated $8.1 million and $4.7 million in the three months ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. In addition, the depreciation expense associated with the delivery vehicles is reported within depreciation and amortization expense and amounted to $1.4 million and $1.0 million in the three months ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. Since we include these costs in our operating and administrative expenses rather than in cost of product sold, our results may not be comparable to other entities in our lines of business if they include these costs in cost of product sold.

Gross Profit.    Retail gross profit was $59.4 million in the three months ended December 31, 2004 compared to $31.8 million during the same three-month period in 2003, an increase of $27.6 million, or 87%. This increase was primarily attributable to the increase in retail gallons sold primarily as a result of acquisitions which accounted for approximately $23.5 million of the increase as well as an increase in margin per gallon, due to higher selling prices, which amounted to an increase of approximately $0.7 million. The remaining increase of $3.4 million is a result of an increase of approximately $5.7 million from other retail product sales partially offset by approximately $2.3 million from the lesser retail propane volume sales as discussed above. Wholesale gross profit was $5.3 million (after elimination of gross profit attributable to our retail operations) in both the three months ended December 31, 2004 and 2003.

Operating and Administrative Expenses.    Operating and administrative expenses increased $14.5 million, or 71%, to $34.8 million in the three months ended December 31, 2004 as compared to $20.3 million in the same three-month period in 2003. The increase in our operating and administrative expenses was attributable to increases in personnel expenses of $8.6 million, general operating expenses of $4.0 million including insurance, professional services and facility costs, and increased vehicle costs of $1.9 million resulting primarily from acquisitions.

Depreciation and Amortization.    Depreciation and amortization increased $4.1 million, or 87%, to $8.8 million in the three months ended December 31, 2004 from $4.7 million in the same three-month period in 2003 as a result of retail propane acquisitions.

Interest Expense.    Interest expense increased $0.9 million, or 30%, to $3.8 million in the three months ended December 31, 2004 as compared to $2.9 million in the same three-month period in 2003. Interest expense increased primarily due to an increase in the average debt outstanding including the additional financing related to the acquisition of Star Gas Propane, L.P. and higher average interest rates.

47

Write-off of Deferred Financing Costs.    A charge of $7.0 million was recorded in the three-month period ended December 31, 2004 as a result of the write-off of the deferred financing costs associated with the repayment of the previously existing credit agreement and the 364-day facility.

Gain on issuance of units in Inergy.    As a result of issuances of additional Inergy common units at a price per unit greater than our equivalent carrying value, our share of the net assets of Inergy increases. Inergy issued additional common units in two separate transactions in the period ended December 31, 2004 in connection with the Star Gas Propane Acquisition. On December 17, 2004 Inergy issued 3,568,139 common units to unrelated third parties resulting in net proceeds to Inergy of $91 million and on December 22, 2004 Inergy issued 4,400,000 common units in a public offering resulting in net proceeds of $121.3 million. These issuances resulted in a gain of $15.1 million for the three months ended December 31, 2004.

Provision for Income Taxes.    The provision for income taxes is primarily related to certain of our corporate subsidiaries. The provision for income taxes increased to $1.4 million in the period ended December 31, 2004 from $0.2 million in the same three month period in 2003. The provision for income taxes of $1.4 million in the three months ended December 31, 2004 is composed of $0.5 million of current income tax and $0.9 million of deferred income taxes. The 2003 provision for income taxes of $0.2 million is composed of $0.3 million of current income tax expense partially offset by $0.2 million of deferred income tax benefit.

Interest of non-controlling partners in Inergy’s net income (loss).    We recorded an expense of $9.2 million in the three month period ended December 31, 2004 as compared to $7.4 million in the same three month period of 2003 associated with the interests of non-controlling partners in Inergy. The increase of $1.8 million in expense is primarily the result of increased net income reported by Inergy of $11.0 million in the three month period ended December 31, 2004 as compared $9.4 million in the same three month period in 2003.

Net Income.    Net income for the three months ended December 31, 2004 was $15.1 million compared to net income of $1.9 million in the same three-month period in 2003. The increase in net income was primarily attributable to the increased gain on issuance of units in Inergy of $15.1 million partially offset by higher expenses reported for the interest in non-controlling partners in Inergy’s net income and the provision for income taxes.

Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2004 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2003

Volume.    During fiscal 2004, Inergy sold 140.7 million retail gallons of propane, an increase of 21.0 million gallons, or 18%, from the 119.7 million retail gallons sold in fiscal 2003. The increase in retail sales volume was principally due to the acquisition of 16 retail propane companies in fiscal 2004 in addition to the acquisition of four retail propane companies and five locations of a large regional distributor in the fourth fiscal quarter of 2003. Acquisition-related volume accounted for approximately 35.2 million gallons of the increase, partially offset by approximately 14.2 million lesser gallon sales due to a combination of warmer weather and deferral of purchases by Inergy’s customers due to an approximate 14% higher propane cost in our retail operations of $0.75 per gallon on average in 2004 compared to $0.66 in 2003. The weather was approximately 12% warmer in fiscal 2004 as compared to fiscal 2003 in Inergy’s retail areas of operations, and approximately 6% warmer than normal.

Wholesale gallons delivered increased 83.6 million gallons, or 29%, to 368.3 million gallons in fiscal 2004 from 284.7 million gallons in fiscal 2003. This increase was primarily attributable to increased sales volumes and to a lesser extent wholesale sales volumes through Inergy’s NGL business, offset by the warmer weather in 2004 in Inergy’s wholesale areas of operations.

Revenues.    Revenues in fiscal 2004 were $482.5 million, an increase of $119.1 million, or 33%, from $363.4 million of revenues in fiscal 2003.

Revenues from retail sales were $218.1 million in fiscal 2004 (after elimination of sales to Inergy’s wholesale operations), an increase of $45.0 million, or 26%, from $173.1 million in fiscal 2003. Retail propane

48

revenues accounted for approximately $43.0 million of this increase with approximately $49.3 million of this increase the result of the acquisition-related volume increase together with an increase of approximately $13.6 million due to higher selling prices of propane due to the higher cost of propane in 2004. This increase was partially offset by lower sales volumes as a result of the warmer weather in fiscal 2004 as compared to fiscal 2003, resulting in approximately $19.9 million decrease in revenues. In addition to retail propane sales, these revenues consist of transportation revenues, tank rentals, appliance sales and service income with these revenues increasing by approximately $2.0 million due to acquisitions.

Revenues from wholesale sales were $264.4 million (after elimination of sales to Inergy’s retail operations) in fiscal 2004, an increase of $74.1 million or 39%, from $190.3 million in fiscal 2003. Approximately $38.2 million of this increase was attributable to the acquisition of our NGL business with the volume increase generated in our wholesale propane operations accounting for an increase of approximately $44.6 million. These increases were partially offset by a lower per gallon selling price of propane in our wholesale division resulting in a reduction of revenues of approximately $8.7 million. The lower selling price in our wholesale division in 2004 compared to 2003 is the result of the lower cost of propane in our wholesale division in addition to competitive pressure in certain markets.

Cost of Product Sold.    Retail cost of product sold in fiscal 2004 was $112.1 million, an increase of $25.1 million or 29%, from retail cost of product sold of $87.0 million in fiscal 2003. Approximately $10.4 million of this increase was attributable to the increase in the average cost of propane in our retail division as described above and a net additional increase of approximately $15.7 million the result of retail propane acquisition-related volume described above in excess of the lesser volumes from existing locations. This increase was partially offset by an approximate $1.0 million decrease in other retail cost of product sales. Wholesale cost of product sold in fiscal 2004 was $246.9 million, an increase of $66.9 million or 37%, from wholesale cost of product sold of $180.0 million in 2003. Approximately $25.8 million of this increase was related to the cost generated by Inergy’s NGL business in California in fiscal 2004 in addition to an increase of approximately $44.0 million as a result of the increased volumes experienced in Inergy’s wholesale propane areas of operations. These increases were partially offset by the average lower cost of product in our wholesale division resulting in an approximate $2.9 million decrease. Our cost of product sold consists of tangible products sold including all propane and other natural gas liquids sold and all propane-related appliances sold. Other costs incurred in conjunction with the distribution of these products are included in operating and administrative expenses and consist primarily of wages to delivery personnel and delivery vehicle costs consisting of fuel costs, repair and maintenance and lease expense. These costs approximated $23.5 million and $17.2 million in 2004 and 2003, respectively. In addition, the depreciation expense associated with the delivery vehicles is reported within depreciation and amortization expense and amounted to $4.7 million and $3.6 million in 2004 and 2003, respectively. Since we include these costs in our operating and administrative expenses rather than in cost of product sold, our results may not be comparable to other entities in our lines of business if they include these costs in cost of product sold.

Gross Profit.    Retail gross profit was $106.0 million in fiscal 2004 compared to $86.1 million in fiscal 2003, an increase of $19.9 million, or 23%. This increase was primarily attributable to the increase in retail gallons sold primarily as a result of acquisitions which accounted for approximately $16.0 million of the increase as well as an increase in margin per gallon which amounted to an increase of approximately $3.2 million. These increases were partially offset by approximately $2.3 million lesser retail propane gross profit at our existing locations due to the warmer weather in fiscal 2004 and the deferral of purchases by Inergy’s customers due to the higher cost of propane in 2004 as compared to 2003. The increase in margin per gallon is primarily the result of our ability to increase our selling prices in certain markets in excess of our increased cost of propane. Other retail gross profit increased by approximately $3.0 million as a result of acquisitions. Wholesale gross profit was $17.5 million (after elimination of gross profit attributable to Inergy’s retail operations) in fiscal 2004 compared to $10.3 million in fiscal 2003, an increase of $7.2 million or 70%. Approximately $11.7 million of this increase is due to the gross profit generated by Inergy’s NGL business in fiscal 2004 and approximately $1.3 million is a result of increased wholesale volumes from Inergy’s existing business. These increases were partially offset by lesser margin per gallon from Inergy’s existing business resulting in lesser gross profit of approximately $5.8

49

million. The decrease in the wholesale margin per gallon is attributable to the volatile propane costs resulting in our inability to sell the product at an appropriate price to maintain our historical margin per gallon.

Operating and Administrative Expenses.    Operating and administrative expenses increased $22.0 million, or 37%, to $81.4 million in fiscal 2004 as compared to $59.4 million in fiscal 2003. The increase in Inergy’s operating and administrative expenses were primarily attributable to increases in personnel expenses of $13.4 million, general operating expenses of $5.9 million including insurance, professional services and facility costs, and increased vehicle costs of $2.7 million resulting primarily from acquisitions.

Depreciation and Amortization.    Depreciation and amortization increased $7.3 million, or 52%, to $21.1 million in fiscal 2004 from $13.8 million in fiscal 2003 as a result of retail propane acquisitions as well as the acquisition of Inergy’s NGL business in California in October of 2003.

Interest Expense.    Interest expense decreased $2.0 million, or 20%, to $7.9 million in fiscal 2004 as compared to $9.9 million in fiscal 2003. Interest expense decreased primarily due to an approximate 2.15% lower average interest rate in 2004 compared to 2003, partially offset by an approximate $5.3 million increase in the average debt outstanding in 2004 compared to 2003 including the January 2004 early retirement of the $85.0 million senior secured notes. The average debt outstanding in 2004 was greater than that outstanding on average compared to 2003 as a result borrowings for acquisitions exceeding the utilization of net proceeds from Inergy’s common unit offerings for debt repayment.

Interest Expense and Income related to Make-Whole Premium Charge, Write-off of Deferred Financing Costs, and Swap Value Received.    In January 2004, Inergy repaid in full its $85.0 million senior secured notes before their scheduled maturity dates. As such, Inergy was required to pay an additional amount of approximately $17.9 million as a make-whole payment which was recorded as a charge to earnings in the quarter ended March 31, 2004. Inergy used proceeds from its January 2004 common unit offering and borrowings from its bank credit facility for this repayment. In addition, Inergy also recorded a charge to earnings of approximately $1.2 million to write off deferred financing costs associated with the senior secured notes. Partially offsetting these charges was a $0.9 million gain from the cancellation of interest rate swap agreements also associated with the senior secured notes.

Gain on issuance of units in Inergy.    As a result of any Inergy issuances of additional Inergy common units at a price per unit greater than our equivalent carrying value, our share of the net assets of Inergy increases. Inergy issued additional common units in two transactions in 2004 and issued additional common units and senior subordinated units in two transactions in 2003. These issuances resulted in gains of $10.4 million in 2004 and $5.2 million in 2003.

Provision for Income Taxes.    Our provision for income taxes is primarily related to certain of our corporate subsidiaries. The 2004 provision for income taxes of $1.2 million is composed of $1.8 million of current income tax partially offset by a $0.6 million deferred income tax benefit. The 2003 provision for income taxes of $0.9 million is composed of $0.5 million of current income tax expense and $0.4 million of deferred income tax expense.

Interest of non-controlling partners in Inergy’s net income (loss).    We recorded a gain of $4.8 million in 2004 and an expense of $10.0 million in 2003 associated with the interests of non-controlling partners in Inergy. The 2004 gain is recognized by us since Inergy incurred a net loss of $5.8 million in 2004 with the 2003 expense recognized as a result of Inergy’s net income of $12.9 million in 2003.

Net Income (loss).    Net Income in 2004 was $9.5 million compared to net income of $7.8 million in fiscal 2003. The increase in net income was primarily the result of an increase of $14.8 million in the interests in non-controlling partners in Inergy’s net income (loss) to $4.8 million in fiscal 2004 from $($10.0) million in fiscal 2003, as a result of Inergy reporting a net loss in 2004 versus net income in 2003 driven primarily by the

50

increased interest expense resulting from the makewhole premium charge discussed above. This was partially offset by an increase in the gain on issuance of units in Inergy of $5.2 million to $10.4 million in fiscal 2004 from $5.2 million in fiscal 2003.

Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2003 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2002

Volume.    During fiscal 2003, Inergy sold 119.7 million retail gallons of propane, an increase of 31.2 million gallons, or 35%, from the 88.5 million retail gallons sold in fiscal 2002. The increase in retail sales volume was principally due to the November 2001 acquisition of Pro Gas, the December 2001 acquisition of Independent Propane Company, the October 2002 acquisition of Hancock Gas, and the July 2003 acquisition of United Propane which acquisitions resulted in increased sales volume of approximately 20.1 million gallons in 2003 over 2002. In addition, the weather was approximately 18% colder in fiscal 2003 as compared to fiscal 2002 in Inergy’s retail areas of operations, and approximately 6% colder than normal with this colder weather accounting for the balance of the increase in retail propane sales volume.

Wholesale gallons delivered increased 27.8 million gallons, or 11%, to 284.7 million gallons in fiscal 2003 from 256.9 million gallons in fiscal 2002. This increase was primarily attributable to growth of Inergy’s existing wholesale operations and partially due to the colder weather in 2003 in Inergy’s wholesale areas of operations.

Revenues.    Revenues in fiscal 2003 were $363.4 million, an increase of $154.7 million, or 74%, from $208.7 million of revenues in fiscal 2002.

Revenues from retail sales were $173.1 million in fiscal 2003 (after elimination of sales to Inergy’s wholesale operations), an increase of $61.4 million, or 55%, from $111.7 million in fiscal 2002. These revenues consist of retail propane sales, transportation revenues, tank rentals, heating oil sales, appliance sales and service. Retail propane revenues represented approximately $58.2 million of the increase with approximately $24.4 million of this increase attributable to acquisition-related volume, approximately $18.3 million of the increase the result of higher selling prices of propane due to the higher cost of propane and the remaining $15.5 million increase a result of volume increases at Inergy’s existing locations primarily as a result of colder weather in fiscal 2003. The remaining $3.2 million increase in retail revenues is due to increases in other retail revenues as a result of acquisitions.

Revenues from wholesale sales were $190.3 million (after elimination of sales to Inergy’s retail operations) in fiscal 2003, an increase of $ 93.3 million or 96%, from $97.0 million in fiscal 2002. Approximately $74.7 million of this increase was the result of an increase in selling prices due to the higher cost of propane in 2003 over 2002 with the balance of the increase of approximately $18.6 million primarily attributable to colder weather in 2003, thus higher wholesale volumes.

Cost of Product Sold.    Retail cost of product sold in fiscal 2003 was $87.0 million, an increase of $43.9 million, or 103%, from retail cost of product sold of $43.1 million in fiscal 2002. Approximately $20.6 million of this increase was the result of higher retail propane volume sales and $20.7 million of the increase attributable to the higher average cost of propane. The $2.6 million balance of the increase in retail cost of produce sold is due to increases in other retail product sales as a result of acquisitions. Wholesale cost of product sold in fiscal 2003 was $180.0 million, an increase of $88.1 million or, 96%, from wholesale cost of product sold of $91.9 million in 2002. Approximately $70.5 million of this increase was attributable to an increase in the average per gallon cost of propane, with the balance of the increase, $17.6 million, the result of the increased sales volume. Our cost of product sold consists of tangible products sold including all propane and other natural gas liquids sold and all propane-related appliances sold. Other costs incurred in conjunction with the distribution of these products are included in operating and administrative expenses and consist primarily of wages to delivery personnel and delivery vehicle costs consisting of fuel costs, repair and maintenance and lease expense. These costs approximated $17.2 million and $12.1 million in 2003 and 2002, respectively. In addition the depreciation expense associated with the delivery vehicles is reported within depreciation and amortization expense and

51

amounted to $3.6 million and $2.9 million in 2003 and 2002, respectively. Since we include these costs in our operating and administrative expenses rather than in cost of product sold, our results may not be comparable to other entities in our lines of business if they include these costs in cost of product sold.

Gross Profit.    Retail gross profit was $87.0 million in fiscal 2003 compared to $69.4 million in fiscal 2002, an increase of $17.6 million, or 25%. This increase was primarily attributable to an increase in retail gallons sold due to acquisitions resulting in an increase of approximately $12.2 million and an additional $7.2 million increase the result of the increased volume from existing locations due to the colder weather, offset by approximately $2.4 million due to lower margins per gallon. The approximate 4% lower retail margin per gallon was attributable to rapidly escalating propane prices during the winter period resulting in our being unable to fully pass along to our retail customers the higher costs. Other retail gross profits increased by approximately $0.6 million due to acquisitions. Wholesale gross profit was $10.3 million (after elimination of gross profit attributable to Inergy’s retail operations) in fiscal 2003 compared to $5.1 million in fiscal 2002, an increase of $5.2 million, or 102%. Approximately $1.0 million of this increase was attributable to an increase in wholesale volume primarily due to the colder weather with the remaining increase of approximately $4.2 million the result of our wholesale division’s ability to capture higher selling prices despite the higher cost environment in 2003 compared to 2002.

Operating and Administrative Expenses.    Operating and administrative expense increased $14.1 million, or 31%, to $59.4 million in fiscal 2003 as compared to $45.3 million in fiscal 2002. This increase resulted primarily from acquisitions, including increases of approximately $7.9 million in personnel costs and approximately $1.3 million a results of higher-transportation costs together with various facility and other cost increases associated with Inergy’s growth.

Depreciation and Amortization.    Depreciation and amortization increased $2.4 million, or 21%, to $13.8 million in fiscal 2003 from $11.4 million in fiscal 2002 primarily as a result of retail acquisitions.

Interest Expense.    Interest expense increased $1.5 million, or 19%, to $9.9 million in fiscal 2003 as compared to $8.4 million, including interest expense related to write-off of deferred financing costs of $0.6 million, in fiscal 2002. This increase is the result of the higher interest rates associated with Inergy’s senior secured notes issued in June 2002 and higher average borrowings outstanding during fiscal 2003 as compared to fiscal 2002 principally related to acquisition financing.

Gain on issuance of units in Inergy.    As a result of any Inergy issuances of additional Inergy common units at a price per unit greater than our equivalent carrying value, our share of the net assets of Inergy increase. Inergy issued additional common and senior subordinated units in two transactions in 2003 and issued additional common units in two transactions in 2002. These issuances resulted in gains of $5.2 million in 2003 and $9.6 million in 2002.

Provision for Income Taxes.    Our provision for income taxes is primarily related to certain of our corporate subsidiaries. The 2003 provision for income taxes of $0.9 million is composed of $0.5 million of current income tax expense and $0.4 million of deferred income tax expense. The 2002 provision for income taxes of $1.1 million is composed of $0.1 million of current income tax expense and $1.0 million of deferred income tax expense.

Interest of non-controlling partners in Inergy’s net income (loss).    We recorded an expense of $10.0 million in 2003 and an expense of $5.9 million in 2002 associated with the interests of non-controlling partners in Inergy.

Net Income.    Net income decreased $3.1 million, or 28%, to $7.8 million in fiscal 2003 from $10.9 million in fiscal 2002. This increase in net income was attributable to the increase in retail and wholesale gross profit, partially offset by increases in operating expenses, depreciation and amortization, and interest expense, all primarily the result of acquisitions.

52

Liquidity and Sources of Capital

Historically, we have relied on distributions from Inergy and on borrowings under our existing credit agreement to fund any cash requirements for our operations. We are, and have been for all periods for which our financial information is included in this prospectus, in compliance with all material financial covenants.

Three Months Ended December 31, 2004

In December 2004, Inergy issued 3,568,139 of its common units to unrelated third parties resulting in proceeds of $91.0 million net of offering expenses. These proceeds were obtained to partially fund the acquisition of Star Gas Propane, L.P.

Also in December 2004, Inergy issued 4,400,000 of its common units in a public offering, resulting in proceeds of $121.3 million, net of underwriter’s discount, commission, and offering expenses. These funds were used to repay borrowings under Inergy’s credit agreement.

Cash flows used in operating activities of $10.2 million in the three months ended December 31, 2004 consisted of cash provided by: net income of $15.1 million; net non-cash charges of $26.4 million relating to the interest of non-controlling partners in Inergy’s net income of $9.2 million, depreciation and amortization of $8.8 million, $7.0 million in write-offs of deferred financing costs related to the repayment of Inergy’s previously existing credit agreement and the 364-day credit facility, $1.0 million in deferred income taxes, and $0.4 million of other non-cash charges; and a decrease in cash flows of $51.8 million relating to the gain on issuance of common units in Inergy of $15.1 million and $36.7 million relating to changes in operating assets and liabilities, including net liabilities from price risk management activities. The cash used in the changes in operating assets and liabilities is primarily due to an increase in accounts receivable due to acquisition-related revenue growth, the seasonal nature of the business and increased wholesale volumes, an increase in net liabilities from price risk management activities, and an increase in customer deposits as a result of acquisition related activity offset by an increase in accounts payable due to propane purchases.

Cash flows used in operating activities of $4.8 million in the three months ended December 31, 2003 consisted of: net income of $1.9 million; net non-cash charges of $12.5 million, principally related to the interest of non-controlling partners in Inergy’s net income of $7.4 million and depreciation and amortization of $5.2 million; and a decrease in cash flows of $19.1 million associated with the changes in operating assets and liabilities, including net liabilities from price risk management activities. The cash used in the changes in operating assets and liabilities is primarily due to an increase of $40.8 million in accounts receivable and a $6.1 million increase in propane inventory, partially offset by an increase of $28.7 in accounts payable. These changes were attributable to the seasonal nature of our business and our retail and wholesale growth through acquisitions.

Cash used in investing activities was $597.0 million in the three months ended December 31, 2004 as compared to $17.6 million in the three months ended December 31, 2003. The three months ended December 31, 2004 investing activities included a use of cash of $569.9 million, net of cash acquired, for the acquisition of three retail propane companies, including Star Gas Propane, L.P. The three months ended December 31, 2003 investing activities included a use of cash of $14.9 million, net of cash acquired, for the acquisition of five retail propane companies and EOTT, Inergy, L.P.’s West Coast NGL business. Additionally, in the three months ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, we expended $6.0 million and $3.4 million, respectively for additions of property, plant and equipment to accommodate our growing operations. Deferred financing costs of $21.8 million were incurred in the three months ended December 31, 2004, related to debt incurred to complete the acquisitions.

Cash provided by financing activities was $626.3 million in the three months ended December 31, 2004 and $24.4 million in the three months ended December 31, 2003. Cash provided by financing activities in the three months ended December 31, 2004 and the three months ended December 31, 2003 included net borrowings of $439.3 million and $33.2 million, respectively, under debt agreements, including borrowings and repayments of our revolving working capital and acquisition credit facility and the issuance of our senior unsecured notes in the

53

three months ended December 31, 2004. In addition, net proceeds were received from the issuance of common units of $212.3 million and from member contributions of $5.6 million in the three months ended December 31, 2004. Offsetting these cash sources were $30.9 million and $8.0 million of distributions in the three months ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively, and a net redemption of member interests of $0.8 million in the three months ended December 31, 2003.

Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2004

Cash flows provided by operating activities of $31.1 million in fiscal 2004 consisted primarily of: net income of $9.5 million; net non-cash charges of $42.4 million, principally related to depreciation and amortization of $21.1 million, interest expense related to make whole premium charge of $17.9 million associated with the early repayment of the senior secured notes and $1.7 million related to the amortization of deferred financing costs; less a net non-cash gain on issuance of partnership units of $10.4 million and $4.8 million of the interest of non-controlling partners in the partnership’s net loss; and a decrease in cash flows of $5.6 million associated with the changes in operating assets and liabilities, including net liabilities from price risk management activities. The cash used in the changes in operating assets and liabilities is primarily due to an increase in propane inventory as a result of building inventory for the peak heating season and an increase in accounts receivable due to acquisition related growth, the seasonal nature of the business and increased wholesale volumes, offset by an increase in accounts payable due to propane purchases and an increase in net assets from price risk management activities which is consistent with the increase in wholesale inventory. Cash flows provided by operating activities of $33.6 million in fiscal 2003 consisted primarily of: net income of $7.8 million; net non-cash charges of $16.2 million, principally related to depreciation and amortization of $13.8 million, $1.5 million related to the amortization of deferred financing costs and $10.0 million of the interest of non-controlling partners in the partnership’s net loss; less a net non-cash gain on issuance of partnership units of $5.2 million and $4.4 million associated with the changes in operating assets and liabilities, including net liabilities from price risk management activities. The cash provided by the changes in operating assets and liabilities is primarily due to a decrease in propane inventory resulting from Inergy’s decision to reduce physical position in our wholesale operations due to higher propane costs, and an increase in accounts payable due primarily to acquisition related growth. These changes were partially offset by the effects of working capital used by the reduction in price risk management liabilities, consistent with the reduction in wholesale propane inventories, and an increase in accounts receivable related to the growth of our retail and wholesale operations.

Cash used in investing activities was $98.1 million in fiscal 2004 as compared to $35.1 million in fiscal 2003. Fiscal 2004 investing activities included a use of cash of $85.2 million, net of cash acquired, for the acquisition of sixteen retail propane companies and Inergy’s NGL business in California. Fiscal 2003 investing activities included a use of cash of $25.9 million, net of cash acquired, for the acquisition of twelve retail propane companies. Additionally, in fiscal 2004 and 2003, we expended $14.5 million and $6.2 million, respectively for additions of property, plant and equipment to accommodate our growing operations. Deferred financing costs of $1.1 million and $3.0 million were incurred in fiscal 2004 and 2003, respectively, related to debt incurred to complete the acquisitions.

Cash provided by financing activities was $63.3 million in fiscal 2004 and $5.0 million in fiscal 2003. Cash provided by financing activities in fiscal 2004 and fiscal 2003 included net borrowings of $20.8 million and $1.8 million, respectively, under debt agreements, including $15 million borrowed under a term loan facility and borrowings and repayments of the our revolving working capital facilities and acquisition credit facility and the early repayment in full of Inergy’s senior secured notes in the second quarter of fiscal 2004. The early repayment of Inergy’s senior secured notes resulted in interest expense related to make whole premium payment to the lenders in the amount of $17.9 million. In addition, net proceeds were received from the issuance of Inergy common units of $113.2 million and $23.3 million in fiscal 2004 and 2003, respectively. Offsetting these cash sources were $29.5 million and $19.0 million of distributions paid to non-controlling partners of Inergy in fiscal 2004 and fiscal 2003, respectively in addition to $21.5 million and $4.7 million in distributions to our members in 2004 and 2003, respectively.

54

At December 31, 2004 and 2003, we had goodwill of $209.7 million and $72.5 million, representing approximately 17% and 16% of total assets, respectively. This goodwill is primarily attributable to acquisitions and we expect recovery of the goodwill through future cash flows associated with these acquisitions.

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of September 30, 2004, in thousands of dollars:

	Total		Less than 1 year		1-3 years		4-5 years		After 5 years
Aggregate amount of principal and interest to be paid on the outstanding long-term debt(a)	$	164,843	$	30,671	$	126,214	$	7,226	$	731
Future minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating leases		14,887		5,072		6,715		2,810		290
Fixed price purchase commitments		134,886		134,886		—		—		—
Standby letters of credit		5,645		5,645		—		—		—

(a) $147.7 million of our long-term debt is variable interest rate debt at prime rate or LIBOR plus an applicable spread. These rates plus their applicable spreads were between 3.77% and 4.75% at September 30, 2004. These rates have been applied for each period presented in the table.

Our contractual obligations with respect to the aggregate amount of principal and interest to be paid on the outstanding long-term debt have increased subsequent to September 30, 2004 due to the following items: (1) the issuance of $425 million of senior unsecured notes bearing interest at 6.875% which are due 2014 in connection with Star Gas Propane Acquisition, (2) the incurrence of approximately $5.5 million of indebtedness primarily related to non-compete obligations in connection with acquisitions completed by Inergy after September 30, 2004, and (3) the issuance of $15 million in promissory notes to our members, with the principal on these promissory notes amortizing quarterly and bearing interest at 3.0%. It is anticipated that these promissory notes will be repaid with a portion of the net proceeds from this offering or our new credit facility. These increases in our outstanding long-term debt obligations were offset partially by a net reduction in working capital borrowings consistent with the seasonal nature of the propane business of $26.4 million. As such, our contractual obligations with respect to the aggregate amount of principal and interest to be paid on the outstanding long-term debt have increased since September 30, 2004.

As of September 30, 2004, our total energy contracts had an outstanding net fair value recorded as a (liability) of $(6.6) million, as compared to total energy contracts outstanding with a net fair value at September 30, 2003 of $3.1 million. The net change of $(9.7) million includes a net increase in fair value of $0.7 million from energy contracts settled during the 2004 fiscal year period, and a net decrease of $(10.4) million from other changes in fair value related to net unrealized gains on energy contracts still outstanding at the end of fiscal 2004. Of the outstanding fair value as of September 30, 2004, energy contracts with a maturity of less than one year totaled $(6.6) million, and there were no energy contracts maturing between one and two years. In addition, at September 30, 2004, Inergy has committed to purchase approximately 50 million gallons of propane at future dates at the prevailing market price.

In January 2004, Inergy issued 3,625,000 Inergy common units in a public offering, resulting in proceeds of $83.3 million, net of underwriters’ discounts, commissions, and offering expenses. We contributed $1.8 million in cash to Inergy in conjunction with the issuance in order to maintain Inergy Partner’s LLC’s non-managing general partner interest in Inergy, and together with the common unit proceeds, these funds were used to repay borrowings under Inergy’s credit agreement.

In August 2004, Inergy issued 1,300,000 Inergy common units to Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation resulting in proceeds of $29.9 million. These funds were used to repay borrowings under Inergy’s credit agreement.

55

On September 28, 2004, Inergy’s shelf registration statement (File No. 333-118941) was declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission for the periodic sale by Inergy of up to $625 million of Inergy common units, partnership securities and debt securities, or any combination thereof. Pursuant to the shelf registration statement, Inergy is permitted to issue these securities from time to time for general business purposes, including debt repayment, future acquisitions, capital expenditures and working capital, or for other potential uses identified in a prospectus supplement. No offerings of partnership securities or debt securities under the shelf registration statement have been made since it was declared effective, except for the recent public offering of 5,060,000 Inergy common units and 3,568,139 Inergy common units issued pursuant to three privately negotiated equity purchase commitments.

We believe that anticipated cash from operations and borrowings under our new credit facilities described below will be sufficient to meet our liquidity needs for the foreseeable future. If our plans or assumptions change or are inaccurate, we make any further acquisitions, we may need to raise additional capital. We may not be able to raise additional funds or may not be able to raise such funds on favorable terms.

Description of Indebtedness

Inergy Holdings, L.P.

Term Loan

Prior to the closing of this offering, we anticipate that we will enter into an approximate $70.0 million term loan with Lehman Commercial Paper Inc., as administrative agent for the lenders under the term loan, which we refer to as the Term Loan. The proposed maturity date of the Term Loan will be December 31, 2005 and will be collateralized by all of our interests in Inergy. In addition, the Term Loan will be guaranteed by each of our wholly-owned subsidiaries. Borrowings under the Term Loan will bear interest at our option at a floating rate equal to either the prime rate plus 1.50% or LIBOR (preadjusted for reserves) plus 2.50%. Borrowings under the Term Loan will be used to refinance the credit agreement describe below, to repurchase certain interests from our members prior to the commencement of the offering and to make distributions to owners of our general partner.

We anticipate that the Term Loan will require us to use 100% of the net cash proceeds from (1) the issuance or sale of any equity securities (including the net proceeds from this offering), (2) the issuance or sale of any debt securities or loans or (3) the sale of any collateral securing the Term Loan to reduce borrowings under the Term Loan.

The Term Loan is expected to contain various covenants limiting the ability of us and our subsidiaries to (subject to various exceptions), among other things:

• incur other indebtedness (other than unsecured subordinated debt approved by the lenders);

• grant or incur liens or agree to any negative pledge;

• enter into a merger, consolidation or sale of assets;

• pay dividends or make distributions in excess of available cash or if we are in default under the Term Loan;

• permit capital expenditures to exceed $250,000 in any fiscal year;

• make investments, loans and acquisitions;

• modify the organizational documents of us or our wholly-owned subsidiaries in a manner materially adverse to the lenders under the Term Loan;

• enter into certain affiliate transactions;

• enter into any sale-leaseback transaction or enter into any new business;

56

• prepay, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire any subordinated debt or make certain amendments to subordinated debt;

• modify or amend material agreements in a manner materially adverse to the lenders; and

• enter into hedge agreements, except that we may enter into agreements that hedge or mitigate interest rate and foreign currency risks to which we have actual exposure.

The Term Loan is expected to contain the following financial covenants:

• the ratio of the total debt of us and our wholly-owned subsidiaries, excluding subordinated debt, to consolidated free cash flow (as defined in the Term Loan) as of the last day of any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters must not exceed (i) 6.0 to 1.0 for the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2005 and (ii) 5.0 to 1.0 for each fiscal quarter ending thereafter.

• the ratio of the total debt of us and our wholly-owned subsidiaries to consolidated free cash flow as of the last day of any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters must not exceed (i) 7.25 to 1.0 for the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2005 and (ii) 6.25 to 1.0 for each fiscal quarter ending thereafter.

• the ratio of our consolidated free cash flow to consolidated interest expense (as defined in the Term Loan) as of the last day of any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters must not be less than 4.0 to 1.0.

• the total leverage ratio in the Inergy 5-Year Agreement (which is described below) as of the last day of any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters must not exceed 6.0 to 1.0 after the closing of this offering.

Events of default under the Term Loan are expected to include, among others:

• default in the payment of principal when due;

• default in payment of interest or other amounts within five business days of their due date;

• violation of specified affirmative and negative covenants contained in the Term Loan;

• default in the performance or observance of any other covenant, condition or agreement contained in the Term Loan or any ancillary document related to the Term Loan for 30 days;

• specified cross defaults;

• bankruptcy and other insolvency events of us or our subsidiaries;

• certain defaults under ERISA that could reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse effect;

• judgments exceeding $15 million (to the extent not covered by insurance) against us or any of our subsidiaries are undischarged or unstayed for a period of 30 consecutive days;

• any of the security agreements or guarantees for the Term Loan or the liens created by those documents cease to be in full force and effect;

• the occurrence of certain change of control events;

• our subordinated debt ceases to be subordinated to the Term Loan;

• Inergy amends its 5-Year Agreement, Senior Notes or partnership agreement in a manner adverse to the lenders under the Term Loan;

• we or any of our subsidiaries agree to restrictions on the ability of our subsidiaries to make restricted payments to us; or

• our general partner engages in any business or operations other than acting as our general partner or incurs any indebtedness other than in its capacity as our general partner.

57

Credit Agreement

On August 30, 2004, we entered into a Credit Agreement with Enterprise Bank & Trust, which we refer to as the Credit Agreement. Pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, we obtained a $15 million five-year term loan and a $5.0 million working capital facility.

The loans under the Credit Agreement bear interest at LIBOR (adjusted for any reserve requirements), plus an applicable margin. The applicable margin varies quarterly based on our leverage ratio and may range from 2.25% to 3.50%. The outstanding balance of the term loan is payable in five installments as follows: $750,000 on August 30, 2005; $1,500,000 on August 30, 2006; $3,000,000 on August 30, 2007; $3,750,000 on August 30, 2008; and $6,000,000 at maturity of the term loan on August 30, 2009.

The obligations of the Credit Agreement are secured by our pledge of Inergy units. In addition, our obligations under the Credit Agreement are guaranteed by two of our subsidiaries. The Credit Agreement contains various customary covenants limiting the ability of us or our subsidiaries to (subject to various exceptions), among other things, incur indebtedness, enter into a merger, consolidation or acquisition, enter into a sale-leaseback transaction, and enter into certain transactions with our affiliates.

The Credit Agreement contains the following financial covenants:

• the ratio of consolidated EBITDA to consolidated debt service, in each case for the four fiscal quarters then most recently ended, must be at least 1.5 to 1.0.

• the ratio of consolidated EBITDA to consolidated debt service on the loans under the Credit Agreement, in each case for the four fiscal quarters most recently ended, must be at least 3.0 to 1.0.

• the value of the common units, the senior subordinated units, the junior subordinated units and the general partner interests of Inergy held by us and our consolidated subsidiaries on a consolidated basis at the end of each fiscal quarter must be not less than the greater of (1) $30,000,000, or (2) three times the sum of (a) the outstanding principal balance of the loans under the Credit Agreement and (b) the difference between $5,000,000 and the outstanding principal balance of any revolving credit loans under the Credit Agreement.

We currently have $18.6 million of borrowings outstanding under our credit agreement, all of which will be repaid from the borrowings under our Term Loan.

Promissory Notes

On November 5, 2004, Inergy Holdings, LLC, our predecessor, entered into a series of promissory notes totaling $15 million in favor of its members as of such date. Each of the promissory notes bears interest at a rate of 3.0% per annum. Interest accrues from November 16, 2004 and is payable quarterly on February 15, May 15, August 15 and November 15 each year, commencing on February 15, 2005 and continuing until November 15, 2014, the maturity date. The promissory notes were issued in payment of a distribution declared on November 5, 2004 to existing members. Accordingly, no cash was contributed to us in exchange for the issuance of the promissory notes. The promissory notes are subordinated to our outstanding indebtedness under the terms of our credit agreement and will be subordinated to our indebtedness under our Term Loan. For more information, please read “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Indebtedness to Our Directors, Executive Officers and Others.”

This distribution in excess of net income caused a reduction in the exercise price of our outstanding equity option agreements in accordance with the anti-dilution provisions of those agreements. The equity option agreements were fully exercised during November 2004 resulting in cash payments to us of approximately $5.1 million.

58

Inergy, L.P.

5-Year Credit Agreement

On December 17, 2004, Inergy entered into a 5-Year Credit Agreement (the “5-Year Agreement”) under which Inergy may borrow up to $250 million in revolving loans (the “Acquisition Facility”) for the purposes of:

• refinancing the indebtedness of Inergy Propane, LLC, Inergy’s operating company, under its then existing credit agreement;

• financing the acquisition of Star Gas Propane, L.P. and Stellar Propane Service, LLC by Inergy Propane, LLC;

• financing certain permitted acquisitions;

• financing certain expansion capital expenditures; and

• financing Inergy’s working capital needs and those of its subsidiaries (up to $25 million).

Inergy may also borrow up to $75 million in revolving loans (the “Working Capital Facility”) for the purposes of:

• refinancing indebtedness of Inergy Propane, LLC under its then existing credit agreement; and

• financing Inergy’s working capital needs and those of its subsidiaries.

During each fiscal year, the outstanding balance of the Working Capital Facility must be reduced to $5.0 million or less for a minimum of 30 consecutive days during the period commencing March 1 and ending September 30 of each calendar year.

At Inergy’s option, loans under the Credit Agreement bear interest at either the prime rate or LIBOR (preadjusted for reserves), plus, in each case, an applicable margin. The applicable margin varies quarterly based on its leverage ratio. Inergy also pays a fee based on the average daily unused commitments under the Credit Agreement.

The obligations under the Credit Agreement are secured by a first priority lien on substantially all of Inergy’s assets and those of its domestic subsidiaries and the pledge of all of the equity interests or membership interests in its domestic subsidiaries. In addition, the Credit Agreement is guaranteed by each of Inergy’s domestic subsidiaries.

Inergy is required to use 50% of the net cash proceeds (that are not applied to purchase replacement assets) from asset dispositions (other than the sale of inventory and motor vehicles in the ordinary course of business, sales of assets among Inergy and its domestic subsidiaries, and the sale or disposition of obsolete or worn-out equipment) to reduce borrowings under the Credit Agreement during any fiscal year in which unapplied net cash proceeds are in excess of $50 million. Any such mandatory prepayments are first applied to reduce borrowings under the Acquisition Facility and under then the Working Capital Facility.

The Credit Agreement contains various covenants limiting Inergy and Inergy’s subsidiaries’ ability to (subject to various exceptions), among other things:

• incur other indebtedness (other than permitted junior debt on the terms described below);

• grant or incur liens;

• make investments, loans and acquisitions;

• enter into a merger, consolidation or sale of assets;

• enter into any sale-leaseback transaction or enter into any new business;

59

• enter into any agreement that conflicts with the credit facility or ancillary agreements;

• make any change in its principles and methods of accounting as currently in effect, except as such changes are permitted by GAAP;

• enter into certain affiliate transactions;

• pay dividends or make distributions in excess of available cash or if Inergy is in default under the 5-Year Agreement;

• permit operating lease obligations to exceed $20 million in any fiscal year;

• enter into any debt (other than permitted junior debt) that contains covenants more restrictive than those of the Credit Agreement or enter into any permitted junior debt that contains negative covenants more restrictive than those of the Credit Agreement;

• enter into hedge agreements that do not hedge or mitigate risks to which Inergy or its subsidiaries have actual exposure;

• enter into put agreements or grant any put rights with respect to equity interests of Inergy or its subsidiaries;

• prepay, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire any permitted junior debt or make certain amendments to permitted junior debt; and

• modify Inergy’s respective organizational documents.

“Permitted junior debt” consists of:

• Inergy’s $425 million 6.875% senior notes due December 15, 2014 that were issued on December 22, 2004;

• other debt that is substantially similar to the 6.875% senior notes; and

• other debt of Inergy and its subsidiaries that is either unsecured debt, or second lien debt that is subordinated to the obligations under the Credit Agreement.

Permitted junior debt may be incurred under the Credit Agreement so long as:

• there is no default under the Credit Agreement;

• the ratio of Inergy’s total funded debt to consolidated EBITDA is less than 5.0 to 1.0 on a pro forma basis;

• the debt does not mature, and no installments of principal are due and payable on the debt, prior to the maturity date of the Credit Agreement; and

• other than in connection with the 6.875% senior notes and other substantially similar debt, the debt does not contain covenants more restrictive than those in the Credit Agreement.

The Credit Agreement contains the following financial covenants:

• the ratio of Inergy’s total funded debt (as defined in the Credit Agreement) to consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the Credit Agreement) for the four fiscal quarters most recently ended must be no greater than 5.50 to 1.0 as of the end of the fiscal quarters ending December 31, 2004 and March 31, 2005 and no greater than 4.75 to 1.0 as of the end of each fiscal quarter thereafter.

• the ratio of Inergy’s senior secured funded debt (as defined in the Credit Agreement) to consolidated EBITDA for the four fiscal quarters most recently ended determined as of the end of each fiscal quarter ending on and after December 31, 2005 for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters ending with the end of such fiscal quarter must be no greater than 3.75 to 1.0.

60

• the ratio of Inergy’s consolidated EBITDA to consolidated interest expense (as defined in the Credit Agreement), for the four fiscal quarters then most recently ended, must not be less than 2.5 to 1.0.

Each of the following is an event of default under the Credit Agreement:

• default in the payment of principal when due;

• default in payment of interest, fees or other amounts within three business days of their due date;

• violation of specified affirmative and negative covenants contained in the Credit Agreement;

• default in the performance or observance of any other covenant, condition or agreement contained in the Credit Agreement or any ancillary document related to the Credit Agreement for 30 days;

• specified cross defaults;

• bankruptcy and other insolvency events of Inergy or its material subsidiaries;

• judgments exceeding $2.5 million (to the extent not covered by insurance) against Inergy or any of its subsidiaries are undischarged or unstayed for a period of 30 consecutive days;

• certain defaults under ERISA that could reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse effect on Inergy; or

• the occurrence of certain change of control events with respect to Inergy.

Senior Notes due 2014

On December 22, 2004, Inergy and its wholly owned subsidiary, Inergy Finance Corp. (“Finance Corp.” and together with Inergy, the “Issuers”), completed a private placement of $425 million in aggregate principal amount of the Issuers’ 6.875% senior unsecured notes due 2014 (the “Senior Notes”). Inergy used the net proceeds from the $425 million private placement of Senior Notes to repay substantially all amounts drawn under the 364-day credit facility, with the $38.4 million balance of the net proceeds being applied to the revolving acquisition credit facility.

The notes represent senior unsecured obligations of Inergy and rank pari passu in right of payment with all other present and future senior indebtedness of Inergy. The notes are effectively subordinated to all of Inergy’s secured indebtedness to the extent of the value of the assets securing the indebtedness and to all existing and future indebtedness and liabilities, including trade payables, of Inergy’s non-guarantor subsidiaries. The notes rank senior in right of payment to all of Inergy’s future subordinated indebtedness.

The Senior Notes are jointly and severally guaranteed by all of Inergy’s current domestic subsidiaries. The subsidiary guarantees rank equally in right of payment with all of the existing and future senior indebtedness of our guarantor subsidiaries. The subsidiary guarantees are effectively subordinated to all existing and future secured indebtedness of our guarantor subsidiaries to the extent of the vale of the assets securing that indebtedness and to all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities, including trade payables, of our non-guarantor subsidiaries (other than indebtedness and other liabilities owed to Inergy). The subsidiary guarantees rank senior in right of payment to all of Inergy’s future subordinated indebtedness.

Before December 15, 2007, Inergy may, at any time or from time to time, redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes with the net proceeds of a public or private equity offering at 106.875% of the principal amount of the Senior Notes, plus any accrued and unpaid interest, if at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes remains outstanding after such redemption and the redemption occurs within 120 days of the date of the closing of such equity offering.

61

The Senior Notes are redeemable, at Inergy’s option, in whole or in part, at any time on or after December 15, 2009, in each case at the redemption prices described in the table below, together with any accrued and unpaid interest to the date of the redemption.

Year	Percentage
2009	103.438	%
2010	102.292	%
2011	101.146	%
2012 and thereafter	100.000	%

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

On December 16, 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment, which is a revision of SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation. SFAS 123(R) supersedes APB Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, and amends FASB Statement No. 95, Statement of Cash Flows. Generally, the approach in SFAS No. 123(R) is similar to the approach described in SFAS No. 123. However, SFAS No. 123(R) requires all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be recognized in the income statement based on their fair values. Pro forma disclosure is no longer an alternative.

SFAS No. 123(R) must be adopted no later than July 1, 2005. Early adoption will be permitted in periods in which financial statements have not yet been issued. We expect to adopt SFAS No. 123(R) on July 1, 2005.

SFAS No. 123(R) permits public companies to adopt its requirements using one of two methods:

A “modified prospective” method in which compensation cost is recognized beginning with the effective date (a) based on the requirements of SFAS No. 123(R) for all share-based payments granted after the effective date and (b) based on the requirements of SFAS No. 123 for all awards granted to employees prior to the effective date of SFAS No. 123(R) that remain unvested on the effective date.

A “modified retrospective” method which includes the requirements of the modified prospective method described above, but also permits entities to restate based on the amounts previously recognized under SFAS No. 123 for purposes of pro forma disclosures either (a) all prior periods presented or (b) prior interim periods of the year of adoption.

The company plans to adopt SFAS No. 123(R) using the modified-prospective method.

As permitted by SFAS No. 123, the company currently accounts for share-based payments to employees using Opinion 25’s intrinsic value method and, as such, generally recognizes no compensation cost for employee stock options. Accordingly, the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R)’s fair value method will have a significant impact on our results of operations, although it will have no impact on our overall financial position. The impact of adoption of SFAS No. 123(R) cannot be predicted at this time because it will depend on levels of share-based payments granted in the future. However, had we adopted SFAS No. 123(R) in prior periods, the impact of that standard would have approximated the impact of SFAS No. 123 as described in the disclosure of pro forma net income and earnings per share in footnotes to the consolidated financial statements.

SFAS No. 151, “Inventory Costs, an amendment of ARB No. 43, Chapter 4,” amends the existing standard that provides guidance on accounting for inventory costs and specifically clarifies that abnormal amounts of costs should be recognized as period costs. This statement is effective for the fiscal year beginning after June 15, 2005. The adoption of SFAS No. 151 is not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

62

SFAS No. 153, “Exchanges of Nonmonetary Assets, an amendment of APB Opinion No. 29, Accounting for Nonmonetary Transactions” eliminates the narrow exception for nonmonetary exchanges of similar productive assets and replaces it with a broader exception for exchanges of nonmonetary assets that do not have commercial substance. Further, the amendments made by SFAS No. 153 are based on the principle that exchanges of nonmonetary assets should be measured based on the fair value of the assets exchanged. Previously, Opinion No. 29 required that the accounting for an exchange of a productive asset for a similar productive asset or an equivalent interest in the same or similar productive asset should be based on the recorded amount of the asset relinquished. The statement is effective for nonmonetary asset exchanges occurring in fiscal periods beginning after June 15, 2005. Earlier application is permitted for nonmonetary asset exchanges occurring in fiscal periods beginning after the date of issuance. The provisions of this statement shall be applied prospectively. The adoption of SFAS No. 153 is not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Critical Accounting Policies

Accounting for Price Risk Management.    Inergy, through its wholesale operations, sells propane to various propane users, retailers, resellers, petrochemical companies, refinery and gas processors and a number of other natural gas liquids, or NGL(s), marketing and distribution companies and offers price risk management services to these customers as part of its marketing and distribution operations. Inergy’s wholesale operations also sells propane and offers certain price risk management services as part of its energy trading activities. Derivative financial instruments utilized in connection with these activities are accounted for in our financial statements using the mark-to-market method in accordance with SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities”, EITF No. 02-3, “Issues Related to Accounting for Contracts Involved in Energy Trading and Risk Management Activities”, as discussed below. Inergy’s overall objective for entering into such derivative financial instruments, including those designated as fair value hedges of our inventory positions, is to manage its exposure to fluctuations in commodity prices and changes in the fair market value of inventories as well as to ensure an adequate physical supply will be available.

SFAS No. 133 requires recognition of all derivative instruments in the balance sheets and measures them at fair value. Beginning in December 2002, certain of Inergy’s commodity derivative financial instruments have been designated as hedges of selected inventory positions, and qualify as fair value hedges, as defined in SFAS No. 133. For derivative instruments designated as hedges, Inergy uses regression analysis and the dollar offset method to formally assess, both at the hedge contract’s inception and on an ongoing basis, whether the hedge contract is highly effective in offsetting changes in fair value of hedged items. Changes in the fair value of derivative instruments designated as fair value hedges are reported in our balance sheet as price risk management assets or liabilities. The ineffective portions of hedging derivatives are recognized immediately in cost of product sold. Changes in the fair value of derivative instruments that are not designated as hedges are recorded in our financial statements in current period earnings in accordance with SFAS No. 133.

Furthermore, we elected to use the special hedge accounting rules in SFAS No. 133 and hedge the fair value of certain of our inventory positions, whereby the hedged inventory is marked to market. Inventories purchased under energy contracts after October 25, 2002, and not otherwise designated as being hedged, as discussed above, are carried at the lower-of-cost or market in our financial statements.

Revenue Recognition.    Sales of propane and other liquids are recognized in our financial statements at the time product is shipped or delivered to the customer. Gas processing and fractionation fees are recognized upon delivery of the product. Revenue from the sale of propane appliances and equipment is recognized at the time of sale or installation. Revenue from repairs and maintenance is recognized upon completion of the service.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets.    Pursuant to SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” goodwill is subject to at least an annual assessment for impairment by applying a fair-value-based test. Additionally, an acquired intangible asset should be separately recognized in our financial statements if the benefit of the intangible asset is obtained through contractual or other legal rights, or if the intangible asset can be sold, transferred, licensed, rented or exchanged, regardless of the acquirer’s intent to do so.

63

Under the provisions of Statement No. 142, we completed the valuation of each of our operating segments and determined no impairment existed as of September 30, 2004.

SFAS No. 144 modifies the financial accounting and reporting for long-lived assets to be disposed of by sale and it broadens the presentation of discontinued operations to include more disposal transactions. We implemented SFAS No. 144 beginning in the fiscal year ending July 31, 2003, with no material effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

Self Insurance.    We are insured by third parties, subject to varying retention levels of self-insurance, which management considers prudent. Such self-insurance relates to losses and liabilities primarily associated with workers’ compensation claims and general, product and vehicle liability. Losses are accrued based upon management’s estimates of the aggregate liability for claims incurred using certain assumptions followed in the insurance industry and based on past experience.

Gain on Issuance of Units in Inergy.    We recognize gains and losses in our consolidated statements of income resulting from subsidiary sales of additional equity interests, including Inergy common units, to unrelated parties.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Interest Rate Risk

We have long-term debt and revolving lines of credit subject to the risk of loss associated with movements in interest rates. At December 31, 2004, we had floating rate obligations totaling approximately $148 million for amounts borrowed under its credit agreement. These floating rate obligations expose us to the risk of increased interest expense in the event of increases in short-term interest rates. If the floating rate were to increase by 100 basis points from December 2004 levels, our combined interest expense would increase by a total of approximately $1.5 million per year.

Commodity Price, Market and Credit Risk

Inherent in Inergy’s contractual portfolio are certain business risks, including market risk and credit risk. Market risk is the risk that the value of the portfolio will change, either favorably or unfavorably, in response to changing market conditions. Credit risk is the risk of loss from nonperformance by suppliers, customers or financial counterparties to a contract. Inergy takes an active role in managing and controlling market and credit risk and has established control procedures, which are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Inergy monitors market risk through a variety of techniques, including daily reporting of the portfolio’s position to senior management. Inergy attempts to minimize credit risk exposure through credit policies and periodic monitoring procedures. The counterparties associated with assets from price risk management activities as of September 30, 2004 and 2003 were propane retailers, resellers and consumers and energy marketers and dealers.

The propane industry is a “margin-based” business in which gross profits depend on the excess of sales prices over supply costs. As a result, Inergy’s profitability will be sensitive to changes in wholesale prices of propane caused by changes in supply or other market conditions. When there are sudden and sharp increases in the wholesale cost of propane, Inergy may not be able to pass on these increases to its customers through retail or wholesale prices. Propane is a commodity and the price Inergy pays for it can fluctuate significantly in response to supply or other market conditions. Inergy has no control over supply or market conditions. In addition, the timing of cost pass-throughs can significantly affect margins. Sudden and extended wholesale price increases could reduce Inergy’s gross profits and could, if continued over an extended period of time, reduce demand by encouraging its retail customers to conserve or convert to alternative energy sources.

Inergy engages in hedging transactions, including various types of forward contracts, options, swaps and future contracts, to reduce the effect of price volatility on Inergy’s product costs, protect the value of its

64

inventory positions, and to help ensure the availability of propane during periods of short supply. Inergy attempts to balance its contractual portfolio by purchasing volumes only when Inergy has a matching purchase commitment from its wholesale customers. However, Inergy may experience net unbalanced positions from time to time which it believes to be immaterial in amount. In addition to Inergy’s ongoing policy to maintain a balanced position, for accounting purposes Inergy is required, on an ongoing basis, to track and report the market value of its purchase obligations and its sales commitments.

Notional Amounts and Terms.    The notional amounts and terms of these financial instruments as of December 31, 2004 and September 30, 2004 include fixed price payor for 4.3 million and 4.9 million barrels of propane and distillates, respectively, and fixed price receiver for 5.6 million and 6.5 million barrels of propane and distillates, respectively. Notional amounts reflect the volume of transactions, but do not represent the amounts exchanged by the parties to the financial instruments. Accordingly, notional amounts do not accurately measure Inergy’s exposure to market or credit risks.

Fair Value.    The fair value of the derivative financial instruments related to price risk management activities as of December 31, 2004 and September 30, 2004 was assets of $12.9 million and $23.0 million related to propane, respectively, and liabilities of $14.7 million and $29.6 million related to propane, respectively. All intercompany transactions have been appropriately eliminated. The market prices used to value these transactions reflect the management’s best estimate considering various factors including closing exchange and over-the-counter quotations, recent transactions, time value and volatility factors underlying the commitments. The net change in unrealized gains and losses related to all price risk management activities and propane based financial instruments for the years ended September 30, 2002, 2003 and 2004 of $0.1 million, $0.8 million and $(1.20) million, respectively, are included in cost of product sold in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

The following table summarizes the change in the unrealized fair value of Inergy’s energy contracts related to its risk management activities where settlement has not yet occurred (in thousands of dollars):

	For The Year Ended September 30,						For The Three Months Ended December 31,
	2003			2004			2003			2004
Net unrealized gains and (losses) in fair value of contracts outstanding at beginning of period	$	(4,653	)	$	3,104		$	3,104		$	(6,626	)
Initial recorded value of new contracts		—			2,723			—			—
Net unrealized gain/(loss) acquired through acquisition		—			—			—			1,881
Change in fair value of contracts attributable to market movement		4,479			(13,148	)		(4,175	)		4,898
Realized (gains)/losses recognized		3,278			695			717			(2,031	)
Net unrealized gains and (losses) in fair value of contracts outstanding at end of period	$	3,104		$	6,626		$	(354	)	$	(1,878	)

Of the outstanding unrealized gain as of December 31, 2004, all contracts had a maturity of less than one year.

Sensitivity Analysis

A theoretical change of 10% in the underlying commodity value would result in a change of less than $0.1 million in the market value of the contracts as there were approximately 0.5 million gallons of net unbalanced positions at December 31, 2004.

65

BUSINESS

Inergy Holdings, L.P.

Our cash-generating assets consist of our partnership interests, including incentive distribution rights, in Inergy, L.P. (Nasdaq symbol: NRGY), a publicly traded Delaware limited partnership, which operates a rapidly growing, geographically diverse retail and wholesale propane supply, marketing and distribution business. Our primary objective is to increase distributable cash flow to our unitholders through our ownership of partnership interests in Inergy. Our incentive distribution rights in Inergy entitle us to receive an increasing percentage of total cash distributions made by Inergy as it reaches certain target distribution levels and have resulted in significantly increasing cash distributions to us.

Inergy’s primary objective is to increase distributable cash flow to its unitholders. Inergy has primarily grown through acquisitions of retail propane operations. Since the inception of Inergy’s predecessor in 1996, Inergy has acquired 45 propane businesses. Inergy further intends to pursue its growth objectives through, among other things, future acquisitions, maintaining a high percentage of retail sales to residential customers, operating in attractive markets and focusing its operations under established, locally recognized trade names.

Our aggregate partnership interests in Inergy consist of the following:

• a 100% ownership interest in each of the managing general partner of Inergy, which manages Inergy’s business and affairs, and the non-managing general partner of Inergy, which owns an approximate 1.4% general partner interest in Inergy;

• 1,243,388 Inergy common units, 1,568,028 Inergy senior subordinated units and 975,924 Inergy junior subordinated units, representing an aggregate limited partner interest in Inergy of approximately 11.4%; and

• all of the incentive distribution rights in Inergy, which entitle us to receive increasing percentages, up to a maximum of 48.0%, of any cash distributed by Inergy as certain target distribution levels are reached in excess of $0.33 per Inergy unit in any quarter.

Our cash flows consist of distributions from Inergy on the partnership interests we own. Inergy is required by its partnership agreement to distribute all of its cash on hand at the end of each quarter, less reserves established by its managing general partner in its sole discretion to provide for the proper conduct of Inergy’s business or to provide for future distributions. While we, like Inergy, are structured as a limited partnership, our capital structure and cash distribution policy differ materially from those of Inergy. Most notably, our general partner does not have an economic interest in us and is not entitled to receive any distributions from us and our capital structure does not include incentive distribution rights. Therefore our distributions are allocated exclusively to our common units, which is our only class of security outstanding.

Inergy has increased its quarterly distribution 14 times since its initial public offering in July 2001 based upon the most recent declaration by the board of directors of Inergy GP, LLC. During that time, Inergy increased the per unit quarterly cash distribution on its common units by approximately 67%, from $0.30, which is Inergy’s minimum quarterly distribution, to $0.50. Under Inergy’s current ownership structure, a distribution of $0.50 per unit will result in a quarterly distribution to us of $4,698,497, consisting of $1,893,670 on our Inergy common and subordinated units, $270,291 on our ownership of Inergy’s approximate 1.4% general partner interest , and $2,534,535 on our ownership of Inergy’s incentive distribution rights.

The incentive distribution rights entitle us to receive an increasing percentage of cash distributed by Inergy as certain target distribution levels are reached. They generally entitle us to receive 13.0% of all cash distributed in a quarter after each Inergy unit has received $0.33 for that quarter, 23.0% of all cash distributed after each Inergy unit has received $0.375 for that quarter and 48.0% of all cash distributed after each Inergy unit has received $0.45 for that quarter. For the quarter ended March 31, 2005, Inergy declared a distribution of $0.50 per unit, which entitles us to receive 48.0% of the $0.05 incremental cash distribution per unit from Inergy in excess of its highest distribution level.

66

The graph set forth below demonstrates the cash allocated to us as a result of the incentive distribution rights by showing the total cash allocated to us across a range of hypothetical annualized distributions made by Inergy . This information assumes:

• Inergy has 32,878,297 total units outstanding, representing the number of Inergy units outstanding at January 31, 2005; and

• our ownership of (i) 1,243,388 Inergy common units, 1,568,028 Inergy senior subordinated units and 975,924 Inergy junior subordinated units, comprising an 11.4% limited partner interest in Inergy, (ii) a 1.4% general partner interest and (iii) the incentive distribution rights.

The graph shows the impact to us of Inergy’s raising or lowering its distribution from the most recently declared distribution of $0.50 per common unit ($2.00 on an annualized basis) that will be paid on May 13, 2005. This information is presented for illustrative purposes only and is not intended to be a prediction of future performance.

The impact to us of changes in Inergy’s distribution levels will vary depending on several factors, including Inergy’s outstanding partnership interests at the time of the distributions, our percentage of such interests and the impact of the incentive distribution structure described above. In addition, the level of distributions we receive may be affected by the various risks associated with an investment in us and the underlying business of Inergy. See “Risk Factors.”

We intend to pay to our unitholders, on a quarterly basis, distributions equal to the cash we receive from our Inergy distributions, less certain reserves for expenses and other uses of cash, including:

• the expenses associated with being a public company and other general and administrative expenses;

• interest expense related to any current and future indebtedness;

• costs related to tax liabilities of our corporate subsidiaries;

• expenditures, at our election, to maintain or increase our ownership interest in Inergy; and

• reserves our general partner believes prudent to maintain for the proper conduct of our business or to provide for future distributions.

Based on the current cash distribution policy of Inergy, as well as our expected level of expenses and reserves that our general partner believes prudent to maintain, we expect that our initial quarterly distribution rate will be $0.225 per common unit. If Inergy is successful in implementing its business strategy and increasing distributions to its limited partners, we would generally expect to increase distributions to our unitholders, although the timing and amount of any such increased distributions will not necessarily be comparable to the

67

increased Inergy distributions. On or about August 19, 2005, we expect to pay a prorated distribution for the portion of the quarter ending June 30, 2005 that we are public. However, we cannot assure you that any distributions will be declared or paid. We expect to make a distribution to our existing owners on or about May 15, 2005 with cash we receive from Inergy with respect to its operations for the quarter ending March 31, 2005. You will not participate in this distribution. Please read “Cash Distribution Policy.”

Our common units and Inergy’s common units are unlikely to trade in simple relation or proportion to one another. Instead, while the trading prices of our common units and Inergy’s common units are likely to follow generally similar broad trends, the trading prices may diverge because, among other things:

• with respect to Inergy distributions, Inergy’s common unitholders have a priority over the incentive distribution rights and the subordinated units during the subordination period; and

• we participate in Inergy’s managing general partner’s distributions and the incentive distribution rights, and Inergy’s common unitholders do not.

The following table compares certain features of Inergy’s common units and our common units.

	Inergy’s Common Units	Our Common Units
Distributions	During the subordination period, common units have a priority over other units to a minimum quarterly distribution from Inergy’s distributable cash flow. In addition, during the subordination period, Inergy’s common units carry arrearage rights, which are similar to cumulative rights on preferred stock. If the minimum quarterly distribution is not paid, Inergy must pay all arrearages in addition to the current minimum quarterly distribution before distributions are made on the subordinated units or the incentive distribution rights. For a more detailed discussion, please read “Material Provisions of the Partnership Agreement of Inergy, L.P.—Cash Distribution Policy—Subordinated Period.”	We intend to pay our unitholders quarterly distributions equal to the cash we receive from our Inergy distributions, less certain reserves for expenses and other uses of cash. Our general partner does not have an economic interest in us and is not entitled to receive any distributions from us, and our capital structure does not include incentive distribution rights. Therefore, our distributions are allocated exclusively to our one class of security outstanding, the common units.
Taxation of Entity and Entity Owners	Inergy is a flow-through entity that is not subject to an entity-level federal income tax.	Similarly, we are a flow-through entity that is not subject to an entity-level federal income tax.
	Inergy expects that holders of its common units, other than us, will benefit for a period of time from tax basis adjustments and remedial allocations of deductions so that they will be allocated a relatively small amount of federal taxable income compared to the cash distributed to them.	We also expect that holders of our common units will benefit for a period of time from tax basis adjustments and remedial allocations of deductions; however, our ratio of taxable income to cash distributions will be much greater than the ratio applicable to the holders of common units in Inergy, other than us, as remedial allocations of deductions

68

	Inergy’s Common Units	Our Common Units
		will be very limited. Moreover, our ownership of incentive distribution rights will cause more taxable income to be allocated to us. If Inergy is successful in increasing distributable cash flow over time, our income allocations from incentive distribution rights will increase and, therefore, our ratio of federal taxable income to cash distributions will increase.
	Inergy common unitholders will receive Schedule K-1’s from Inergy reflecting the unitholders’ share of Inergy’s items of income, gain, loss, and deduction at the end of each fiscal year.	Our common unitholders also will receive Schedule K-1’s from us reflecting the unitholders’ share of our items of income, gain, loss, and deduction at the end of each fiscal year.
Competition	Inergy is our operating subsidiary and may, generally, engage in acquisition and development activities that expand its business and operations.	Our cash-generating assets consist of our partnership interests in Inergy, and we currently have no independent operations. Accordingly, our financial performance and our ability to pay cash distributions to our unitholders is directly dependent upon the performance of Inergy.
Limitation on Issuance of Additional Units	In general, while any of its senior subordinated units remain outstanding, Inergy is limited in the number of additional common units it may issue without obtaining unitholder approval. Inergy may, however, issue an unlimited number of common units for acquisitions that increase cash flow from operations per unit on a pro forma basis.	We may issue an unlimited number of additional partnership interests and other equity securities without obtaining unitholder approval.
Voting	Certain significant decisions require approval by a “unit majority” of Inergy common units, which may be cast either in person or by proxy. A “unit majority” requires, during the subordination period, a majority of the outstanding common units not	Certain significant decisions require approval by a majority of our outstanding common units, which may be cast either in person or by proxy. These significant decisions include, among other things: •      merger of our company or the sale of all or substantially all of our assets; and

69

	Inergy’s Common Units	Our Common Units
	owned by us or our affiliates, together with a vote of a majority of senior and junior subordinated units. These significant decisions include, among other things: •      merger of Inergy or the sale of all or substantially all of its assets; and •      certain amendments to Inergy’s partnership agreement.	•      certain amendments to our partnership agreement.
	For more information, please read “Material Provisions of the Partnership Agreement of Inergy, L.P.—Meetings; Voting.”	For more information, please read “Material Provisions of the Partnership Agreement of Inergy Holdings, L.P.—Meetings; Voting.”
Election, Appointment and Removal of General Partner and Directors	Inergy common unitholders do not elect the directors of Inergy GP, LLC. Instead, these directors are elected annually by us, as the sole member of Inergy GP, LLC.	Similarly, our common unitholders do not elect the directors of Inergy Holdings GP, LLC. Instead, these directors are elected annually by a majority of the voting members.
	Inergy’s general partner may not be removed unless that removal is approved by the vote of the holders of not less than 66 2/3% of the outstanding Inergy units, voting together as a single class, including units held by Inergy’s general partner and its affiliates, and Inergy receives an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax matters.	Our general partner may not be removed unless that removal is approved by the vote of the holders of not less than 66 2/3% of our outstanding common units, voting together as a single class, including common units held by our general partner and its affiliates, and we receive an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax matters.
Preemptive Rights to Acquire Securities	Inergy common unitholders do not have preemptive rights. Whenever Inergy issues equity securities to any person other than its general partner and its affiliates, Inergy’s general partner has a preemptive right to purchase additional limited partnership interests on the same terms in order to maintain its percentage interest.	Similarly, our common unitholders do not have preemptive rights.

70

	Inergy’s Common Units	Our Common Units
Liquidation	Inergy will dissolve upon any of the following: •      the election of Inergy’s general partner to dissolve Inergy, if approved by the holders of Inergy units representing a unit majority; •      the sale, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all of Inergy’s assets and properties and Inergy’s subsidiaries;	We also will dissolve upon any of the following: •      the election of our general partner to dissolve our company, if approved by the holders of common units representing a unit majority; •      the sale, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all of our assets and properties and our subsidiaries;
	•      the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of Inergy; and •      the withdrawal or removal of Inergy’s general partner or any other event that results in its ceasing to be Inergy’s general partner other than by reason of a transfer of its general partner interest in accordance with Inergy’s partnership agreement or withdrawal or removal following approval and admission of a successor.	•      the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of our company; and •      the withdrawal or removal of our general partner or any other event that results in its ceasing to be our general partner other than by reason of a transfer of its general partner interest in accordance with our partnership agreement or withdrawal or removal following approval and admission of a successor.

Inergy, L.P.

Overview

Inergy, L.P., a publicly traded Delaware limited partnership, was formed on March 7, 2001 but did not conduct operations until the closing of its initial public offering, on July 31, 2001. Inergy owns and operates, principally through its operating company, Inergy Propane, LLC, a rapidly growing retail and wholesale propane marketing and distribution business. Since its predecessor’s inception in November 1996 through December 31, 2004, Inergy has acquired the assets and liabilities of 45 companies for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $991 million, including working capital, assumed liabilities and acquisition costs. These acquisitions include the assets and liabilities of 16 propane companies and a natural gas liquids (NGL) business acquired during fiscal 2004 for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $97 million. Pro forma for the acquisition of Star Gas Propane during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2004, or fiscal 2004, Inergy sold and physically delivered approximately 309 million gallons of propane to retail customers and approximately 385 million gallons of propane to wholesale customers.

Inergy believes it is the fifth largest propane retailer in the United States, based on retail propane gallons sold. Inergy’s retail business includes the retail marketing, sale and distribution of propane, including the sale and lease of propane supplies and equipment, to residential, commercial, industrial and agricultural customers. Inergy markets its propane products primarily under 21 regional brand names: Blue Flame, Bradley Propane, Burnwell Gas, Country Gas, Gaylord Gas, Hancock Gas, Highland Propane, Hoosier Propane, Independent Propane Company, McCracken, Modern Gas, Moulton Gas, Northwest Energy, Ohio Gas and Appliance, Pearl

71

Gas, Premier Propane, Pro Gas, Pulver Gas, Silgas, Tru Gas, and United Propane. Inergy serves customers in 27 states from 280 customer service centers which had an aggregate of approximately 22.4 million gallons of above-ground propane storage capacity.

In addition to its retail business, Inergy operates a wholesale supply, marketing and distribution business, providing propane procurement, transportation and supply and price risk management services to its customer service centers, as well as to independent dealers, multi-state marketers, petrochemical companies, refinery and gas processors and a number of other NGL marketing and distribution companies in the United States, primarily in the Midwest and Southeast, and Canada. In October 2003, Inergy acquired from Link Energy, LLC (formerly known as EOTT Energy, L.P.) its West Coast natural gas liquids (NGL) business, which includes gas processing, fractionation, above-ground NGL storage, truck and rail distribution facilities, and a NGL transportation fleet, all located in south central California.

Given that the propane business is seasonal with weather conditions significantly affecting demand for propane, Inergy has built an acquisition strategy that focuses on acquiring attractive propane operations with diverse geographic areas of operations to minimize Inergy’s exposure to regional weather. Inergy is uniquely positioned to execute this strategy as its wholesale business enables it to obtain valuable market intelligence and awareness of potential acquisition opportunities. Additionally, Inergy’s executive officers and key employees, who average more than 15 years experience in the propane and energy-related industries, have developed business relationships with retail propane owners and businesses throughout the United States. These significant industry contacts have enabled Inergy to negotiate most of its acquisitions on an exclusive basis. Inergy believes that this acquisition expertise should allow it to continue to grow through strategic and accretive acquisitions. Its acquisition program will continue to seek:

• businesses in attractive propane market areas;

• established names with local reputations for customer service and reliability;

• high concentration of propane sales to residential customers; and

• the retention of key employees in acquired businesses.

Recent Developments

Star Gas Propane Acquisition

On December 17, 2004, Inergy completed its acquisition of 100% of the partnership interests in Star Gas Propane, L.P., the propane operating partnership of Star Gas Partners, L.P. (NYSE: SGU, SGH), for approximately $475 million plus working capital adjustments. Star Gas Propane is primarily engaged in the retail distribution of propane and related supplies and equipment to residential, commercial, industrial, agricultural and motor fuel customers. Inergy believes that this acquisition provides several key strategic benefits. The acquisition more than doubled Inergy’s customer base, while further strengthening its position in the Great Lakes region and expanding its retail propane business into the attractive Northeast markets. Inergy also believes its acquisition of Star Gas Propane will be beneficial to it because Star Gas Propane, like Inergy, has a retail focus in attractive propane markets with high tank ownership and decentralized operations with local business branding and will also expand its customer base, increase the scale of its operations and strengthen its geographic diversity.

72

Other Recent Acquisitions

The following chart sets forth information about each company Inergy acquired during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2004 and recent acquisitions subsequent to fiscal 2004 in addition to the Star Gas Propane Acquisition:

Acquisition Date	Company (1)	Location
October 2003	Link Energy, LLC’s (formerly EOTT Energy, LP) West Coast natural gas liquids (NGL) business	Bakersfield, CA
October 2003	Smith Propane	La Crosse, VA
October 2003	Peoples Gas and Appliance	Beaufont, SC
November 2003	Pembroke Propane Gas Company, Inc.	Pembroke, GA
December 2003	Assets of a SE Retail Propane Company (2)	Florida
December 2003	Assets of a SE Retail Propane Company (2)	Georgia
January 2004	Dorsey Propane Gas Company	Nashville, GA
February 2004	Direct Propane Inc.	Norristown, PA
March 2004	Premier Propane, LLC	Richmond, VA
March 2004	Hancock Gas Company, Inc.	Scotland Neck, NC
April 2004	Hometown Propane Gas	Cabot, AR
April 2004	Gaylord Gas, Inc.	Gaylord, MI
May 2004	Burnwell Gas Corporation, and affiliates	Peekskill, NY
June 2004	Midland Gas Company, Inc.	Sumter, SC
June 2004	Petersen Propane Company	Chicago, IL
July 2004	Highland Propane Company	Roanoke, VA
August 2004	Suburban Gas Service	Round Lake Beach, IL
November 2004	Moulton Gas Service, Inc.	Wapakoneta, OH
December 2004	Star Gas Propane, L.P.	Stamford, CT
December 2004	Northwest Propane, Inc.	Holly, MI

(1) Name of acquired company or assets as of acquisition date.

(2) Two different companies acquired in separate transactions.

Industry Background and Competition

Propane, a by-product of natural gas processing and petroleum refining, is a clean-burning energy source recognized for its transportability and ease of use relative to alternative stand-alone energy sources. Inergy’s retail propane business consists principally of transporting propane to its customer service centers and other distribution areas and then to tanks located on Inergy’s customers’ premises. Retail propane falls into three broad categories: residential, industrial and commercial, and agricultural. Residential customers use propane primarily for space and water heating. Industrial customers use propane primarily as fuel for forklifts and stationary engines, to fire furnaces, as a cutting gas, in mining operations and in other process applications. Commercial customers, such as restaurants, motels, laundries and commercial buildings, use propane in a variety of applications, including cooking, heating and drying. In the agricultural market, propane is primarily used for tobacco curing, crop drying, poultry brooding and weed control.

Propane is extracted from natural gas or oil wellhead gas at processing plants or separated from crude oil during the refining process. Propane is normally transported and stored in a liquid state under moderate pressure or refrigeration for ease of handling in shipping and distribution. When the pressure is released or the temperature is increased, it is usable as a flammable gas. Propane is colorless and odorless; an odorant is added to allow its detection. Propane is clean-burning, producing negligible amounts of pollutants when consumed.

The retail market for propane is seasonal because it is used primarily for heating in residential and commercial buildings. Approximately three-quarters of Inergy’s retail propane volume is sold during the peak

73

heating season from October through March. Consequently, sales and operating profits are generated mostly in the first and fourth calendar quarters of each calendar year.

Propane competes primarily with natural gas, electricity and fuel oil as an energy source, principally on the basis of price, availability and portability. Propane is more expensive than natural gas on an equivalent BTU basis in locations served by natural gas, but serves as an alternative to natural gas in rural and suburban areas where natural gas is unavailable or portability of product is required. Historically, the expansion of natural gas into traditional propane markets has been inhibited by the capital costs required to expand pipeline and retail distribution systems. Although the extension of natural gas pipelines tends to displace propane distribution in areas affected, Inergy believes that new opportunities for propane sales arise as more geographically remote neighborhoods are developed. Propane is generally less expensive to use than electricity for space heating, water heating, clothes drying and cooking. Although propane is similar to fuel oil in certain applications and market demand, propane and fuel oil compete to a lesser extent than propane and natural gas, primarily because of the cost of converting to fuel oil. The costs associated with switching from appliances that use fuel oil to appliances that use propane are a significant barrier to switching. By contrast, natural gas can generally be substituted for propane in appliances designed to use propane as a principal fuel source.

In addition to competing with alternative energy sources, Inergy competes with other companies engaged in the retail propane distribution business. Competition in the propane industry is highly fragmented and generally occurs on a local basis with other large full-service multi-state propane marketers, smaller local independent marketers and farm cooperatives. Based on industry publications, Inergy believes that the ten largest retailers account for approximately one-third of the total retail sales of propane in the United States, and that no single marketer has a greater than 10% share of the total retail market in the United States. Most of Inergy’s customer service centers compete with several marketers or distributors. Each customer service center operates in its own competitive environment because retail marketers tend to locate in close proximity to customers. Inergy’s typical customer service center generally has an effective marketing radius of approximately 25 miles, although in certain rural areas the marketing radius may be extended by a satellite location.

The ability to compete effectively further depends on the reliability of service, responsiveness to customers and the ability to maintain competitive prices. Inergy believes that its safety programs, policies and procedures are more comprehensive than many of its smaller, independent competitors and give Inergy a competitive advantage over such retailers. Inergy also believes that its service capabilities and customer responsiveness differentiate Inergy from many of these smaller competitors. Inergy’s employees are on call 24-hours and seven-days-a-week for emergency repairs and deliveries.

The wholesale propane business is also highly competitive. Inergy’s competitors in the wholesale business include producers and independent regional wholesalers. Inergy believes that its wholesale supply and distribution business provides Inergy with a stronger regional presence and a reasonably secure, efficient supply base, and positions it well for expansion through acquisitions or start-up operations in new markets.

Inergy also owns, as part of its wholesale and supply operations, a natural gas liquids business in California, which includes natural gas processing, NGL fractionation, NGL rail and truck terminals, bulk storage, trucking and marketing operations. Inergy believes this business complements its existing U.S and Canadian wholesale and supply operations.

Retail propane distributors typically price retail usage based on a per gallon margin over wholesale costs. As a result, distributors generally seek to maintain their operating margins by passing costs through to customers, thus insulating themselves from volatility in wholesale propane prices. During periods of sudden price increases in propane at the wholesale level costs, distributors may be unable or unwilling to pass entire cost increases through to customers. In these cases, significant decreases in per gallon margins may result.

74

The propane distribution industry is characterized by a large number of relatively small, independently owned and operated local distributors. Each year a significant number of these local distributors have sought to sell their business for reasons that include retirement and estate planning. In addition, the propane industry faces increasing environmental regulations and escalating capital requirements needed to acquire advanced, customer-oriented technologies. Primarily as a result of these factors, the industry is undergoing consolidation, and Inergy, as well as other national and regional distributors, has been active consolidators in the propane market. In recent years, an active, competitive market has existed for the acquisition of propane assets and businesses. Inergy expects this acquisition market to continue for the foreseeable future.

Inergy’s Business Strategy

Inergy’s primary objective is to increase distributable cash flow for its unitholders, while (1) providing the highest level of commitment and service to its customers, (2) maintaining a strong credit profile, and (3) maintaining financial flexibility. Inergy intends to pursue this objective by capitalizing on what it believes are its competitive strengths as follows:

High Percentage of Retail Sales to Residential Customers.    Inergy’s retail propane operations concentrate on sales to residential customers. Residential customers tend to generate higher margins and are generally more stable purchasers than other customers. For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2004, pro forma for the Star Gas Propane Acquisition, sales to residential customers represented approximately 67% of Inergy’s retail propane gallons sold. Although overall demand for propane is affected by weather and other factors, Inergy believes that residential propane consumption is not materially affected by general economic conditions because most residential customers consider home space heating to be an essential purchase. In addition, Inergy owns over 85% of the propane tanks located at its customers’ homes. In many states, fire safety regulations restrict the refilling of a leased tank solely to the propane supplier that owns the tank. These regulations, which require customers to switch propane tanks when they switch suppliers, help enhance the stability of Inergy’s customer base because of the inconvenience and costs involved with switching tanks and suppliers.

Operations in Attractive Propane Markets.    A majority of Inergy’s operations are concentrated in attractive propane market areas, where natural gas distribution is not cost effective, margins are relatively stable, and tank control is relatively high. Inergy intends to pursue acquisitions in similar attractive markets.

Regional Branding.    Inergy believes that its success in maintaining customer stability at its customer service centers results from Inergy’s operation under established, locally recognized trade names. Inergy attempts to capitalize on the reputation of the companies it acquires by retaining their local brand names and employees, thereby preserving the goodwill of the acquired business and fostering employee loyalty and customer retention. Inergy expects its local branch management to continue to manage Inergy’s marketing programs, new business development, customer service and customer billing and collections. Inergy believes that its employee incentive programs encourage efficiency and allow it to control costs at the corporate and field levels.

Internal Growth.    Inergy consistently promotes internal growth in its retail operations through a combination of marketing programs and employee incentives. Inergy enjoys strong relationships with builders, mortgage companies and real estate agents, which enables Inergy to access customers as new residences are built. Inergy also provides various financial incentives for customers who sign up for its automatic delivery program, including level payment, fixed price and price cap programs. Inergy provides all customers with supply, repair and maintenance contracts and 24-hour customer service. In addition, Inergy has an employee bonus program and other incentives that foster an entrepreneurial environment by rewarding employees who expand revenues by attracting new customers while controlling costs. Inergy intends to continue to aggressively seek new customers and promote internal growth through local marketing and service programs in its residential propane business.

Strong Wholesale Supply, Marketing and Distribution Business.    One of its distinguishing strengths is Inergy’s procurement and distribution expertise and capabilities. For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2004

75

pro forma for the Star Gas Propane Acquisition, Inergy delivered approximately 385 million gallons of propane on a wholesale basis to independent dealers, multi-state marketers, petrochemical companies, refinery and gas processors and a number of other natural gas liquids (NGL) marketing and distribution companies. These operations are significantly larger on a relative basis than the wholesale operations of most publicly traded propane businesses. Inergy also provides transportation services to these distributors through its fleet of transport vehicles, and price risk management services to its customers through a variety of financial and other instruments. The presence of Inergy’s trucks serving its wholesale customers allows Inergy to take advantage of various pricing and distribution inefficiencies that exist in the market from time to time. Inergy believes its wholesale business enables it to obtain valuable market intelligence and awareness of potential acquisition opportunities. Because Inergy sells on a wholesale basis to many residential and commercial retailers, it has an ongoing relationship with a large number of businesses that may be attractive acquisition opportunities for Inergy. Inergy believes that it will have an adequate supply of propane to support its growing retail operations at prices that are generally available only to large wholesale purchasers. This purchasing scale and resulting expertise also helps Inergy avoid shortages during periods of tight supply to an extent not generally available to other retail propane distributors.

Flexible Financial Structure.    Inergy believes its ability to access the capital markets and maintain a low cost of capital is a competitive strength. Since Inergy’s initial public offering in 2001, Inergy has communicated its intention to maintain a strong credit profile. Concurrently with the consummation of the Star Gas Propane Acquisition, Inergy entered into a new $250.0 million revolving acquisition credit facility and a $75.0 million revolving working capital credit facility with terms substantially similar to its existing facilities. Including its initial public offering in January 2001, Inergy has accessed the equity markets seven times, raising approximately $443 million of net proceeds. In addition, Inergy funded two significant acquisitions directly with equity.

Proven Acquisition Expertise.    Since Inergy’s predecessor’s inception and through December 31, 2004, Inergy has acquired and successfully integrated 45 companies. Inergy’s executive officers and key employees, who average more than 15 years experience in the propane and energy-related industries, have developed business relationships with retail propane owners and businesses throughout the United States. These significant industry contacts have enabled Inergy to negotiate most of its acquisitions on an exclusive basis. Inergy believes that this acquisition expertise should allow it to continue to grow through strategic and accretive acquisitions. Inergy’s acquisition program will continue to seek:

• businesses in attractive propane market areas;

• established names with local reputations for customer service and reliability;

• high concentration of propane sales to residential customers; and

• the retention of key employees in acquired businesses.

Inergy’s Operations

Inergy’s operations reflect its two reportable segments: retail sales operations and wholesale sales operations.

Retail Operations

Customer Service Centers.

Inergy currently distributes propane to approximately 600,000 retail customers from 280 customer service centers in 27 states. Inergy markets propane primarily in rural areas, but also has a significant number of customers in suburban areas where energy alternatives to propane such as natural gas are generally not available.

76

Inergy markets its propane primarily in the eastern half of the United States through its customer service centers using primarily 21 regional brand names. The following table shows Inergy’s customer service centers by state:

State	Number of Customer Service Centers
Arkansas	3
Connecticut	2
Florida	15
Georgia	10
Illinois	4
Indiana	38
Kentucky	3
Maine	4
Maryland	10
Massachusetts	5
Michigan	33
Minnesota	1
New Hampshire	3
New Jersey	4
New York	11
North Carolina	11
Ohio	32
Oklahoma	6
Pennsylvania	6
Rhode Island	1
South Carolina	3
Tennessee	5
Texas	44
Vermont	7
Virginia	7
West Virginia	3
Wisconsin	9
Total	280

From its customer service centers, Inergy also sells, installs and services equipment related to its propane distribution business, including heating and cooking appliances. Typical customer service centers consist of an office and service facilities, with one or more 12,000 to 30,000 gallon bulk storage tanks. Some of Inergy’s customer service centers also have an appliance showroom. Inergy has several satellite facilities that typically contain only large capacity storage tanks. Inergy has approximately 22.4 million gallons of above-ground propane storage capacity at its customer service centers and satellite locations.

Customer Deliveries

Retail deliveries of propane are usually made to customers by means of Inergy’s fleet of bobtail and rack trucks. Propane is pumped from the bobtail truck, which generally holds 2,500 to 3,000 gallons, into a stationary storage tank at the customer’s premises. The capacity of these tanks ranges from 100 gallons to 1,200 gallons, with a typical tank having a capacity of 100 to 300 gallons in milder climates and 500 to 1,000 gallons in colder climates. Inergy also delivers propane to retail customers in portable cylinders, which typically have a capacity of five to 35 gallons. These cylinders are picked up and replenished at Inergy’s distribution locations, then returned to the retail customer. To a limited extent, Inergy also delivers propane to certain customers in larger trucks

77

known as transports, which have an average capacity of approximately 10,000 gallons. These customers include industrial customers, large-scale heating accounts and large agricultural accounts.

During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2004, pro forma for the Star Gas Propane Acquisition, Inergy delivered approximately 309 million gallons to retail accounting for approximately 93% of its gross profit. Inergy’s retail volume sales were made to residential, industrial and commercial, and agricultural customers as follows:

• approximately 67% to residential customers;

• approximately 24% to industrial and commercial; and

• approximately 9% to agricultural customers.

No single retail customer accounted for more than 1% of Inergy’s revenue during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2004.

Over half of Inergy’s residential customers receive their propane supply under an automatic delivery program. Under the automatic delivery program, Inergy delivers propane to its heating customers approximately six times during the year. Inergy determines the amount of propane delivered based on weather conditions and historical consumption patterns. Inergy’s automatic delivery program eliminates the customer’s need to make an affirmative purchase decision, promotes customer retention by ensuring an uninterrupted supply and enables Inergy to efficiently route deliveries on a regular basis. Inergy promotes this program by offering level payment billing, discounts, fixed price options and price caps. In addition, Inergy provides emergency service 24 hours a day, seven days a week, 52 weeks a year. Inergy owns approximately 85% of the retail propane tanks located at customer locations. In most states, due to fire safety regulations, a leased tank may only be refilled by the propane distributor that owns that tank. The inconvenience and costs associated with switching tanks and suppliers greatly reduces a customer’s tendency to change distributors. Inergy’s tank lease programs are valuable from the standpoint of retaining customers and maintaining profitability.

The propane business is seasonal with weather conditions significantly affecting demand for propane. Inergy believes that the geographic diversity of its areas of operations helps to minimize its exposure to regional weather. Although overall demand for propane is affected by climate, changes in price and other factors, Inergy believes its residential and commercial business to be relatively stable due to the following characteristics:

• residential and commercial demand for propane has been relatively unaffected by general economic conditions due to the largely non-discretionary nature of most propane purchases by Inergy’s customers;

• loss of customers to competing energy sources has been low;

• the tendency of its customers to remain with Inergy due to the product being delivered pursuant to a regular delivery schedule and to Inergy’s ownership of approximately 85% of the storage tanks utilized by Inergy’s customers; and

• Inergy’s ability to offset customer losses through internal growth of its customer base in existing markets.

Since home heating usage is the most sensitive to temperature, residential customers account for the greatest usage variation due to weather. Variations in the weather in one or more regions in which Inergy operates, however, can significantly affect the total volumes of propane it sells and the margins it realizes and, consequently, its results of operations. Inergy believes that sales to the commercial and industrial markets, while affected by economic patterns, are not as sensitive to variations in weather conditions as sales to residential and agricultural markets.

78

Supply

Three of Inergy’s suppliers, Sunoco, Inc. (18%), Dominion Transmission Inc. (12%), and ExxonMobil Oil Corp. (11%), accounted for approximately 41% of propane purchases during fiscal 2004. Inergy believes its contracts with these suppliers will enable it to purchase most of its supply needs at market prices and will provide it with adequate supply. No other single supplier accounted for more than 10% of Inergy’s propane purchases in fiscal 2004.

Transportation Assets, Truck Fabrication and Maintenance

Inergy’s transportation assets are operated by L&L Transportation, LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of Inergy’s operating company, Inergy Propane, LLC. The transportation of propane requires specialized equipment. Propane trucks carry specialized steel tanks that maintain the propane in a liquefied state. As of December 31, 2004, Inergy operated a fleet of approximately 88 tractors, 174 transports, 1,359 bobtail and rack trucks and 1,265 other service and pick-up trucks. In addition to supporting its retail and wholesale propane operations, Inergy’s fleet is also used to deliver butane and ammonia for third parties and to distribute natural gas for various processors and refiners.

Inergy owns truck fabrication and maintenance facilities located in Indiana, Florida, and Texas. Inergy believes that its ability to build and maintain the trucks it uses in its propane operations significantly reduces the costs Inergy would otherwise incur in purchasing and maintaining its fleet of trucks.

Pricing Policy

Inergy’s pricing policy is an essential element in its successful marketing of propane. Inergy bases its pricing decisions on, among other things, prevailing supply costs, local market conditions and local management input. Inergy relies on its regional management to set prices based on these factors. Inergy’s local managers are advised regularly of any changes in the posted prices of its propane suppliers. Inergy believes its propane pricing methods allow it to respond to changes in supply costs in a manner that protects Inergy’s customer base and gross margins. In some cases, however, Inergy’s ability to respond quickly to cost increases could cause its retail prices to rise more rapidly than those of its competitors, possibly resulting in a loss of customers.

Billing and Collection Procedures

Inergy retains its customer billing and account collection responsibilities at the local level. Inergy believes that this decentralized approach is beneficial for a number of reasons:

• customers are billed on a timely basis;

• customers are more likely to pay a local business;

• cash payments are received faster; and

• local personnel have current account information available to them at all times in order to answer customer inquiries.

Trademark and Tradenames

Inergy uses a variety of trademarks and tradenames, which Inergy owns, including “Inergy” and “Inergy Services.” Inergy believes that its strategy of retaining the names of the companies Inergy acquires has maintained the local identification of such companies and has been important to the continued success of the acquired businesses. Inergy’s most significant tradenames are “Bradley Propane,” “Burnwell Gas,” “Country Gas,” “Gaylord Gas,” “Hancock Gas,” “Highland Propane,” “Hoosier Propane,” “Independent Propane,” “McCracken,” “Premier Propane,” “Pro Gas” and “United Propane.” As a result of the Star Gas Propane

79

Acquisition and other recent acquisitions, Inergy now markets its propane products under nine additional regional brand names: “Blue Flame,” “Modern Gas,” “Moulton Gas,” “Northwest Energy,” “Ohio Gas and Appliance,” “Pearl Gas,” “Pulver Gas,” “Silgas,” and “Tru Gas.” Inergy regards its trademarks, tradenames and other proprietary rights as valuable assets and believes that they have significant value in the marketing of Inergy’s products.

Inergy’s Wholesale Supply, Marketing and Distribution Operations

Inergy currently provides wholesale supply, marketing and distribution services to independent dealers, multi-state marketers, petrochemical companies, refinery and gas processors and a number of other NGL marketing and distribution companies, primarily in the Midwest and Southeast. During fiscal 2004 pro forma for Star Gas Propane Acquisition, Inergy’s wholesale supply, marketing and distribution operations accounted for approximately 7% of its gross profit.

Marketing and Distribution

One of Inergy’s distinguishing strengths is its procurement and distribution expertise and capabilities. Because of the size of its wholesale operations, Inergy has developed significant procurement and distribution expertise. This is partly the result of the unique background of Inergy’s management team, which has significant experience in the procurement aspects of the propane business. Inergy also offers transportation services to these distributors through Inergy’s fleet of transport trucks and price risk management services to its customers through a variety of financial and other instruments. Inergy’s wholesale supply, marketing and distribution business provides it with a relatively stable and growing income stream as well as extensive market intelligence and acquisition opportunities. In addition, these operations provide Inergy with more secure supplies and better pricing for its customer service centers. Moreover, the presence of its trucks across the Midwest and Southeast allows Inergy to take advantage of various pricing and distribution inefficiencies that exist in the market from time to time.

During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2004, Amerigas Propane LP accounted for approximately 5% of Inergy’s wholesale revenue. No other single wholesale customer accounted for more than 5% of Inergy’s wholesale revenue for the same period.

Supply

Inergy obtains a substantial majority of its propane from domestic suppliers, with Inergy’s remaining propane requirements provided by Canadian suppliers. During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2004, a majority of Inergy’s sales volume was purchased pursuant to contracts that have a term of one year; the balance of Inergy’s sales volume was purchased on the spot market. For the year ended September 30, 2004 Star Gas Propane purchased a majority of the propane supply under annual or longer term supply contracts that generally provide for pricing in accordance with market prices at the time of delivery. The percentage of Inergy’s contract purchases varies from year to year. Supply contracts generally provide for pricing in accordance with posted prices at the time of delivery or the current prices established at major storage points, and some contracts include a pricing formula that typically is based on such market prices. Some of these agreements provide maximum and minimum seasonal purchase guidelines.

Three suppliers accounted for approximately 41% of propane purchases during fiscal 2004. Inergy believes that its contracts with these suppliers will enable it to purchase most of its supply needs at market prices and ensures adequate supply. Those three suppliers, Sunoco, Inc., Dominion Transportation Inc. and ExxonMobil Oil Corp., accounted for 18%, 12%, and 11%, respectively, of Inergy’s propane purchases in fiscal 2004. No other single supplier accounted for more than 10% of its propane purchases in the fiscal 2004.

80

Propane generally is transported from refineries, pipeline terminals, storage facilities and marine terminals to Inergy’s approximately 950 bulk storage tanks. Inergy accomplishes this by using its transports and contracting with common carriers, owner-operators and railroad tank cars. Inergy’s customer service centers and satellite locations typically have one or more 12,000 to 30,000 gallon storage tanks, generally adequate to meet customer usage requirements for seven days during normal winter demand. Additionally, Inergy leases underground storage facilities from third parties under annual lease agreements.

Inergy engages in risk management activities in order to reduce the effect of price volatility on its product costs and to help insure the availability of propane during periods of short supply. Inergy is currently a party to propane futures transactions on the New York Mercantile Exchange and to forward and option contracts with various third parties to purchase and sell propane at fixed prices in the future. Inergy monitors these activities through enforcement of its risk management policy.

For more information on our reportable business segments, please read Note 12 to our Consolidated Financial Statements included in this document.

Employees

As of December 31, 2004, we had 2,773 full-time employees of which 134 were general and administrative and 2,639 were operational employees. Additionally, we employed 116 part-time employees, one of which was general and administrative and 115 were operational employees. We have approximately 158 employees that are members of a labor union. We believe that our relationship with our employees is satisfactory.

Government Regulation

Inergy is subject to various federal, state and local environmental, health and safety laws and regulations related to its propane business as well as those related to its ammonia and butane transportation operations. Generally, these laws impose limitations on the discharge and emission of pollutants and establish standards for the handling of solid and hazardous wastes. These laws generally include the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, or CERCLA, the Clean Air Act, the Occupational Safety and Health Act, the Emergency Planning and Community Right to Know Act, the Clean Water Act and comparable state or local statutes. CERCLA, also known as the “Superfund” law, imposes joint and several liability without regard to fault or the legality of the original conduct on certain classes of persons that are considered to have contributed to the release or threatened release of a hazardous substance into the environment. While propane is not a hazardous substance within the meaning of CERCLA, other chemicals used in Inergy’s operations may be classified as hazardous. The laws and regulations referred to above could result in the imposition of civil or criminal penalties in cases of non-compliance or the imposition of liability for remediation costs. Inergy has not received any notices that it has violated these laws and regulations in any material respect and it has not otherwise incurred any material liability thereunder.

National Fire Protection Association Pamphlets No. 54 and No. 58, which establish rules and procedures governing the safe handling of propane, or comparable regulations, have been adopted as the law in all of the states in which Inergy operates. In some states these laws are administered by state agencies, and in others they are administered on a county or municipal level. Regarding the transportation of propane, ammonia and butane by truck, Inergy is subject to regulations promulgated under the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Act. These regulations cover the transportation of hazardous materials and are administered by the United States Department of Transportation. Inergy conducts ongoing training programs to help ensure that its operations are in compliance with applicable regulations. Inergy maintains various permits that are necessary to operate some of its facilities, some of which may be material to Inergy’s operations. Inergy’s management believes that the procedures currently in effect at all of Inergy’s facilities for the handling, storage and distribution of propane and the transportation of ammonia and butane are consistent with industry standards and are in compliance in all material respects with applicable laws and regulations.

81

Future developments, such as stricter environmental, health or safety laws and regulations could affect Inergy’s operations. It is not anticipated that Inergy’s compliance with or liabilities under environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, including CERCLA, will have a material adverse effect on its business or operations. To the extent that any environmental liabilities, or environmental, health or safety laws, or regulations are made more stringent, there can be no assurance that Inergy’s results of operations will not be materially and adversely affected.

Title to Properties

As of December 31, 2004, Inergy owned 174 of Inergy’s 280 customer service centers and leased the balance. Inergy leases its Kansas City, Missouri headquarters. Inergy leases underground storage facilities with an aggregate capacity of approximately 48.6 million gallons of propane at ten locations under annual lease agreements. Inergy also leases capacity in several pipelines pursuant to annual lease agreements. For information concerning the location of Inergy’s customer service centers, please read “—Inergy’s Operations.”

Tank ownership and control at customer locations are important components to Inergy’s operations and customer retention. As of December 31, 2004, Inergy owned the following:

• approximately 950 bulk storage tanks at approximately 410 locations with typical capacities of 12,000 to 30,000 gallons;

• approximately 630,000 stationary customer storage tanks with typical capacities of 100 to 1,200 gallons; and

• approximately 210,000 portable propane cylinders with typical capacities of up to 35 gallons.

Inergy believes that it has satisfactory title or valid rights to use all of its material properties. Although some of these properties are subject to liabilities and leases, liens for taxes not yet due and payable, encumbrances securing payment obligations under non-competition agreements entered in connection with acquisitions and immaterial encumbrances, easements and restrictions, Inergy does not believe that any of these burdens will materially interfere with Inergy’s continued use of these properties in its business, taken as a whole. Inergy’s obligations under its borrowings are secured by liens and mortgages on Inergy’s real and personal property.

In addition, Inergy believes that it has, or is in the process of obtaining, all required material approvals, authorizations, orders, licenses, permits, franchises and consents of, and has obtained or made all required material registrations, qualifications and filings with, the various state and local governmental and regulatory authorities which relate to ownership of its properties or the operations of its business.

Litigation

Inergy Holdings, L.P.

We are not a party to any litigation.

Inergy, L.P.

Inergy, L.P. is not currently a party to any material litigation. Inergy’s operations are subject to all operating hazards and risks normally incidental to handling, storing, transporting and otherwise providing for use by consumers of combustible liquids such as propane. As a result, at any given time Inergy is a defendant in various legal proceedings and litigation arising in the ordinary course of business. Inergy maintains insurance policies with insurers in amounts and with coverages and deductibles as the managing general partner believes are reasonable and prudent. However, Inergy cannot assure that this insurance will be adequate to protect it from all

82

material expenses related to potential future claims for personal and property damage or that these levels of insurance will be available in the future at economical prices. In addition, the occurrence of an explosion may have an adverse effect on the public’s desire to use Inergy’s products.

In the Star Gas Propane Acquisition, Inergy purchased the partnership interests of Star Gas Propane, L.P. rather than just its assets. Star Gas Partners, L.P., the former parent company of Star Gas Propane, is a named defendant in multiple federal securities class action lawsuits alleging that public disclosures made by it contained materially misleading information or omitted to state material information. Star Gas Propane is a named defendant in one of those lawsuits relating to the allegations described above. Star Gas Propane remained a defendant in this lawsuit after the closing of the Star Gas Propane Acquisition. Under Inergy’s purchase agreement entered into in connection with the Star Gas Propane Acquisition, Star Gas Partners, L.P. agreed to indemnify Inergy for damages relating to the securities disclosure claims described above without limitation as to the ultimate amount of such indemnity.

83

MANAGEMENT

Inergy Holdings, L.P.

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the executive officers and members of the board of directors of our general partner, Inergy Holdings GP, LLC. Executive officers and directors will serve until their successors are duly appointed or elected.

Name	Age	Position with General Partner
John J. Sherman	49	President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
R. Brooks Sherman, Jr.	39	Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Laura L. Ozenberger	47	Vice President—General Counsel & Secretary
Warren H. Gfeller	52	Director
Arthur B. Krause	63	Director

We intend to name an additional independent director within one year following the consummation of this offering.

John J. Sherman will be President, Chief Executive Officer and a director of Inergy Holdings GP, LLC upon closing of this initial public offering and has also served as President, Chief Executive Officer and a director of Inergy GP, LLC since March 2001, and of Inergy’s predecessor from 1997 until July 2001. Prior to joining Inergy’s predecessor, he was a vice president with Dynegy Inc. from 1996 through 1997. He was responsible for all downstream propane marketing operations, which at the time were the country’s largest. From 1991 through 1996, Mr. Sherman was the president of LPG Services Group, Inc., a company he co-founded and grew to become one of the nation’s largest wholesale marketers of propane before Dynegy acquired LPG Services in 1996. From 1984 through 1991, Mr. Sherman was a vice president and member of the management committee of Ferrellgas, which is one of the country’s largest retail propane marketers.

R. Brooks Sherman, Jr. (no relation to Mr. John Sherman) will be Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Inergy Holdings GP, LLC upon closing of this initial public offering and has also served as Senior Vice President since September 2002 and Chief Financial Officer of Inergy GP, LLC since March 2001. Mr. Sherman previously served as Vice President from March 2001 until September 2002. He joined Inergy’s predecessor in December 2000 as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. From 1999 until joining Inergy’s predecessor, he served as chief financial officer of MCM Capital Group. From 1996 through 1999, Mr. Sherman was employed by National Propane Partners, a publicly traded master limited partnership, first as its controller and chief accounting officer and subsequently as its chief financial officer. From 1995 to 1996, Mr. Sherman served as chief financial officer for Berthel Fisher & Co. Leasing Inc. and prior to 1995, Mr. Sherman was in public accounting with Ernst & Young and KPMG Peat Marwick.

Laura L. Ozenberger will be Vice President—General Counsel & Secretary of Inergy Holdings GP, LLC upon closing of this initial public offering and has also served as Vice President—General Counsel & Secretary of Inergy GP, LLC since February 2003. From 1990 to 2003, Ms. Ozenberger worked for Sprint Corporation. While at Sprint, Ms. Ozenberger served in a number of management roles in the Legal and Finance departments, including Assistant Corporate Secretary from 1996 through 2003. Prior to 1990, Ms. Ozenberger was in a private legal practice.

Warren H. Gfeller will be a member of Inergy Holdings GP, LLC’s board of directors upon closing of this initial public offering and has been a member of Inergy GP, LLC’s board of directors since March 2001. He was a member of Inergy’s predecessor’s board of directors since January 2001 until July 2001. He has engaged in private investments since 1991. From 1984 to 1991, Mr. Gfeller served as president and chief executive officer of Ferrellgas, Inc., a retail and wholesale marketer of propane and other natural gas liquids. Mr. Gfeller began his career with Ferrellgas in 1983 as an executive vice president and financial officer. Prior to joining Ferrellgas, Mr. Gfeller was the Chief Financial Officer of Energy Sources, Inc. and a CPA at Arthur Young & Co. He also serves as a director of Zapata Corporation and Chairman of the board of directors of Duckwall-ALCO Stores, Inc.

84

Arthur B. Krause will be a member of Inergy Holdings GP, LLC’s board of directors upon closing of this initial public offering and has been a member of Inergy GP, LLC’s board of directors since May 2003. Mr. Krause retired from Sprint Corporation in 2002, where he served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer from 1988 to 2002. He was President of United Telephone-Eastern Group from 1986 to 1988. From 1980 to 1986, he was Senior Vice President of United Telephone System. He also serves as a director of Westar Energy and Callnet Enterprises, Inc.

Board Committees

Audit Committee

Our general partner’s board of directors has established an audit committee to be effective upon the closing of this offering. Ultimately, three members of our general partner’s board of directors will serve on the audit committee that reviews our external financial reporting, is responsible for engaging our independent auditors and reviews procedures for internal auditing and the adequacy of our internal accounting controls. The members of the audit committee must meet the independence standards established by the Nasdaq National Market. Upon the completion of this offering, Messrs. Krause and Gfeller will be the initial members of the audit committee.

Conflicts Committee

Our general partner’s board of directors has the ability to establish a conflicts committee under our partnership agreement. The conflicts committee will consist of one or more members and will be charged with reviewing specific matters that our general partner’s board of directors believes may involve conflicts of interest. A conflicts committee will determine if the resolution of any conflict of interest submitted to it is fair and reasonable to us. In addition to satisfying certain other requirements, the members of the conflicts committee must meet the independence standards for service on an audit committee of a board of directors, which standards are established by the Nasdaq National Market. Any matters approved by the conflicts committee will be conclusively deemed to be fair and reasonable to us, approved by all of our unitholders, and not a breach by us of any duties we may owe to our unitholders.

Compensation Committee

Our general partner’s board of directors has established a compensation committee of at least two independent directors to be effective upon the closing of this offering. The compensation committee will oversee compensation decisions and benefits for the officers of our general partner and will administer our Long-Term Incentive Plan and the Employee Unit Purchase Plan described below. Upon the completion of this offering, Messrs. Krause and Gfeller will be the members of the Compensation Committee.

Other Committees

Our general partner’s board of directors may establish other committees from time to time to facilitate our management.

Election of our Directors

Our general partner’s limited liability company agreement establishes a board of directors that will be responsible for the oversight of our business and operations. Our general partner’s board of directors will be elected by a voting member majority, as defined in the limited liability company agreement. For so long as John Sherman and his permitted transferees own 33% of our general partner, Mr. Sherman and such transferees will comprise the voting member majority and will be the only voting member of our general partner. Accordingly, Mr. Sherman and his permitted transferees will have the authority to elect all of the directors of our general partner.

85

Compensation of Directors

Historically, our general partner has paid no compensation to members of its board of directors for their service as directors. No additional remuneration will be paid to officers or employees of our general partner who also serve as directors. We anticipate that each independent director will receive a combination of cash and common unit options and restricted common unit grants as compensation for services rendered, including attending annual meetings of the board of directors and committee meetings. In addition, each independent director will be reimbursed for his out-of-pocket expenses in connection with attending meetings of the board of directors or committees. Each director will be fully indemnified for his actions associated with being a director to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law. Further, our general partner has entered into indemnity agreements with each of its directors.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

While certain of our executive officers and directors serve in such roles with the managing general partner of Inergy, none of our executive officers serves as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more of its executive officers serving as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of our general partner.

Inergy, L.P.

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the executive officers and members of the board of directors of Inergy GP, LLC. Executive officers and directors will serve until their successors are duly appointed or elected.

Name	Age	Position with General Partner
John J. Sherman	49	President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Phillip L. Elbert	46	Executive Vice President—Operations and Director
David G. Dehaemers, Jr.	44	Executive Vice President—Corporate Development
R. Brooks Sherman, Jr.	39	Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Dean E. Watson	46	Senior Vice President—Wholesale, Supply Logistics & Transportation
Carl A. Hughes	51	Vice President—Business Development
Laura L. Ozenberger	47	Vice President—General Counsel & Secretary
Andrew L. Atterbury	31	Vice President—Corporate Strategy
Warren H. Gfeller	52	Director
Arthur B. Krause	63	Director
Robert A. Pascal	70	Director

Phillip L. Elbert has served as Executive Vice President—Operations and a director of Inergy GP, LLC since March 2001. He joined Inergy’s predecessor as Executive Vice President—Operations in connection with Inergy’s acquisition of the Hoosier Propane Group in January 2001. Mr. Elbert joined the Hoosier Propane Group in 1992 and was responsible for overall operations, including Hoosier’s retail, wholesale, and transportation divisions. From 1987 through 1992, he was employed by Ferrellgas, serving in a number of management positions relating to retail, transportation and supply. Prior to joining Ferrellgas, he was employed by Buckeye Gas Products, a large propane marketer from 1981 to 1987.

David G. Dehaemers has served as Executive Vice President—Corporate Development of Inergy GP, LLC since November 2003. Prior to joining Inergy, Mr. Dehaemers served as the Vice President—Corporate Development of Kinder Morgan G.P., Inc. (the general partner of Kinder Morgan Energy Partners, L.P.) and Kinder Morgan, Inc. from 2000 until 2003. He served as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Kinder Morgan, Inc. from 1999 until 2000. He served as Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of Kinder Morgan G.P., Inc. from 1997 until 2000.

Dean E. Watson has served as Senior Vice President of Wholesale, Supply Logistics & Transportation of Inergy GP, LLC since September 2002. From 1999 to 2002 he served as President and CEO of Texas Encore Materials. From 1982 to 1999, Mr. Watson worked for Koch Industries. While at Koch, Mr. Watson served in a variety of roles, including President and CEO of Koch Agriculture from 1995 to 1999, President of Koch Nitrogen Company from 1992 to 1995 and Vice President of Koch Carbon, Inc. from 1988 to 1990.

86

Carl A. Hughes has served as Vice President of Business Development of Inergy GP, LLC since March 2001. He joined Inergy’s predecessor as Vice President of Business Development in 1998. From 1996 through 1998, he served as a regional manager for Dynegy Inc., responsible for propane activities in 17 midwest and northeastern states. From 1993 through 1996, Mr. Hughes served as a regional marketing manager for LPG Services Group. From 1985 through 1992, Mr. Hughes was employed by Ferrellgas where he served in a variety of management positions.

Andrew L. Atterbury has served as Vice President—Corporate Strategy of Inergy GP, LLC since 2003. Prior to that, Mr. Atterbury served as Director of Corporate Development from 2002 to 2003. From 1999 to 2001, Mr. Atterbury worked in the Corporate Development Group of Kinder Morgan, Inc. and Kinder Morgan G.P., Inc. From 1996 through 1998, Mr. Atterbury was employed by Lehman Brothers, Inc. in its Real Estate Finance Group. Mr. Atterbury earned a B.A. from Dartmouth College and earned an M.B.A. from Columbia University.

Robert A. Pascal joined Inergy GP, LLC’s board of directors in July 2003, upon Inergy’s acquisition of the assets of United Propane, Inc. He owns the capital stock of the former United Propane and has served as it Chief Executive Officer since 1980. He also has 40 years of industry experience.

Executive Officer Compensation

The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation paid by our general partner and Inergy’s managing general partner to the chief executive officer and each of the four other most highly compensated executive officers for the year ended September 30, 2004. It is not currently anticipated that we will pay additional annual cash or cash bonus compensation to the officers of our general partners for service to us, but that such officers will be compensated through the Long-Term Incentive Plan we are adopting concurrently with this offering.

Summary Compensation Table

Name and Principal Position	Fiscal Year	Annual Compensation						Long Term Compensation Awards
		From Us		From Inergy				Securities Underlying Options
		Salary	Bonus	Salary (1)		Bonus		From Us	From Inergy
John J. Sherman President and Chief Executive Officer	2004 2003 2002	— — — —	— — — —	$	250,000 250,000 250,000	$	—   150,000 150,000	— — —	—   —   —   —
Phillip L. Elbert Executive Vice President Operations	2004 2003 2002	— — — —	— — — —	$	200,000 200,000 200,000	$	125,000 100,000 100,000	— — —	—   —   —   —
David G. Dehaemers, Jr. Executive Vice President—Corporate Development	2004 2003 2002	— — — —	— — — —	$	200,000 8,333 —		—   —   —	— — —	—   50,000 —   —
R. Brooks Sherman, Jr. Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer	2004 2003 2002	— — — —	— — — —	$	170,000 170,000 143,750	$	50,000 100,000 75,000	— — —	—   —   20,000 —
Dean E. Watson Senior Vice President—Wholesale, Supply, Logistics & Transportation	2004 2003 2002	— — —	— — —	$	180,000 180,000 15,000	$	—   90,000 —	— — —	—   —   75,000

(1) Salary for Mr. Dean Watson in fiscal 2002 represents the pro rata portion of his annual salary from the date of his employment with Inergy on September 2, 2002. Salary for Mr. David Dehaemers in fiscal 2003 represents the pro rata portion of his annual salary from the date of his employment with Inergy on September 16, 2003.

87

Option Grants

There were no grants of common unit options to a named executive officer of our general partner or the general partner of Inergy during fiscal 2004.

Options Exercised and Year End Option Values

Inergy, L.P.

The following table sets forth information with respect to each named executive officer of Inergy concerning the number and value of exercisable and unexercisable unit options held as of September 30, 2004.

Aggregated Option/SAR Exercises in last Fiscal Year and September 30, 2004 Option Values

	Units Acquired on Exercise	Value Realized	Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options at September 30, 2004		Value of Unexercised In-the-Money Options at September 30, 2004 (1)
Name			Exercisable	Unexercisable	Exercisable	Unexercisable
John J. Sherman	—	—	—	—	—		—
Phillip L. Elbert	—	—	—	111,000	—	$	1,813,740
David G. Dehaemers, Jr.	—	—	—	50,000	—	$	360,500
R. Brooks Sherman, Jr.	—	—	—	75,500	—	$	1,159,270
Dean E. Watson	—	—	—	75,000	—	$	951,750

(1) Based on the $27.34 per unit fair market value of Inergy’s common units on September 30, 2004, the last trading day of fiscal 2004, less the option exercise price.

Long-Term Incentive Plan

Inergy Holdings, L.P.

We expect to adopt an Inergy Holdings, L.P. Long-Term Incentive Plan for the employees, directors and consultants of our general partner and employees, directors and consultants of our affiliates who perform services for us. The long-term incentive plan will consist of four components: restricted units, phantom units, unit options and unit appreciation rights. The long-term incentive plan will limit the number of units that may be delivered pursuant to awards to 2,000,000 units. Units withheld to satisfy exercise prices or tax withholding obligations are available for delivery pursuant to other awards. The plan will be administered by the compensation committee of the board of directors of our general partner.

The board of directors of our general partner and the compensation committee of the board may terminate or amend the long-term incentive plan at any time with respect to any units for which a grant has not yet been made. Our board of directors and the compensation committee of the board also have the right to alter or amend the long-term incentive plan or any part of the plan from time to time, including increasing the number of units that may be granted subject to unitholder approval as may be required by the exchange upon which the common units are listed at that time, if any. However, no change in any outstanding grant may be made that would materially reduce the benefits of the participant without the consent of the participant. The plan will expire upon its termination by the board of directors or the compensation committee or, if earlier, when no units remain available under the Plan for awards. Awards then outstanding will continue pursuant to the terms of their grants.

Restricted Units.    A restricted unit is a common unit that vests over a period of time and that during such time is subject to forfeiture. Initially, we do not expect to grant restricted units under the long-term incentive plan. In the future, the compensation committee may determine to make grants of restricted units under the plan

88

to employees, directors and consultants containing such terms as the compensation committee determines. The compensation committee will determine the period over which restricted units granted to participants will vest. The compensation committee, in its discretion, may base its determination upon the achievement of specified financial objectives. In addition, the restricted units will vest upon a change of control of our company, as defined in the plan, unless provided otherwise by the committee. Distributions made on restricted units may be subjected to the same vesting provisions as the restricted unit. If a grantee’s employment, consulting or membership on the board of directors terminates for any reason, the grantee’s restricted units will be automatically forfeited unless, and to the extent, the compensation committee or the terms of the award agreement provide otherwise.

Common units to be delivered as restricted units may be common units acquired by us in the open market, common units acquired by us from any other person or any combination of the foregoing. If we issue new common units upon the grant of the restricted units, the total number of common units outstanding will increase.

We intend the restricted units under the plan to serve as a means of incentive compensation for performance and not primarily as an opportunity to participate in the equity appreciation of our common units. Therefore, plan participants will not pay any consideration for the common units they receive, and we will receive no remuneration for the units.

Phantom Units.    A phantom unit entitles the grantee to receive a common unit upon the vesting of the phantom unit or, in the discretion of the compensation committee, cash equivalent to the value of a common unit. Initially, we do not expect to grant phantom units under the long-term incentive plan. In the future, the compensation committee may determine to make grants of phantom units under the plan to employees, consultants and directors containing such terms as the compensation committee determines. The compensation committee will determine the period over which phantom units granted to employees and members of our board will vest. The committee, in its discretion, may base its determination upon the achievement of specified financial objectives. In addition, the phantom units will vest upon a change of control of our company, unless provided otherwise by the committee. If a grantee’s employment, consulting or membership on the board of directors terminates for any reason, the grantee’s phantom units will be automatically forfeited unless, and to the extent, the compensation committee or the terms of the award agreement provide otherwise.

Common units to be delivered upon the vesting of phantom units may be common units acquired by us in the open market, common units acquired by us from any other person or any combination of the foregoing. If we issue new common units upon vesting of the phantom units, the total number of common units outstanding will increase. The compensation committee, in its discretion, may grant tandem distribution equivalent rights with respect to phantom units that entitle the holder to receive cash equal to any cash distributions made on common units while the phantom units are outstanding.

We intend the issuance of any common units upon vesting of the phantom units under the plan to serve as a means of incentive compensation for performance and not primarily as an opportunity to participate in the equity appreciation of our common units. Therefore, plan participants will not pay any consideration for the common units they receive, and we will receive no remuneration for the units.

Unit Options.    The long-term incentive plan will permit the grant of options covering common units. The compensation committee may make grants under the plan to employees, consultants and members of our board containing such terms as the committee determines. Unit options will have an exercise price that may be greater or less than the fair market value of the units on the date of grant, in the discretion of the Compensation Committee. In general, unit options granted will become exercisable over a period determined by the compensation committee. In addition, the unit options will become exercisable upon a change of control of our company, unless provided otherwise by the committee. If a grantee’s employment, consulting or membership on the board of directors terminates for any reason, the grantee’s unvested unit options will be automatically forfeited unless, and to the extent, the option agreement or the compensation committee provides otherwise.

89

Upon exercise of a unit option, we will issue new common units, acquire common units on the open market or directly from any person or use any combination of the foregoing, in the compensation committee’s discretion. If we issue new common units upon exercise of the unit options (or a unit appreciation right settled in common units), the total number of common units outstanding will increase. The availability of unit options is intended to furnish additional compensation to employees, consultants and members of our board of directors and to align their economic interests with those of common unitholders.

It is currently anticipated in connection with this offering that options to purchase              units will be awarded to                         .

Unit Appreciation Rights.    The long-term incentive plan will permit the grant of unit appreciation rights. A unit appreciation right is an award that, upon exercise, entitles the participant to receive the excess of the fair market value of a unit on the exercise date over the exercise price established for the unit appreciation right. Such excess will be paid in common units. Initially, we do not expect to grant unit appreciation rights under our long-term incentive plan. In the future, the compensation committee may determine to make grants of unit appreciation rights under the plan to employees and members of our board of directors containing such terms as the committee determines. Unit appreciation rights will have an exercise price that may be greater or less than the fair market value of the common units on the date of grant, in the discretion of the compensation committee. In general, unit appreciation rights granted will become exercisable over a period determined by the compensation committee. In addition, the unit appreciation rights will become exercisable upon a change in control of our company, unless provided otherwise by the committee. If a grantee’s employment, consulting or membership on the board of directors terminates for any reason, the grantee’s unvested unit appreciation rights will be automatically forfeited unless, and to the extent, the grant agreement or compensation committee provides otherwise.

Upon exercise of a unit option, we will issue new common units, acquire common units on the open market or directly from any person or use any combination of the foregoing, in the compensation committee’s discretion. If we issue new common units upon exercise of the unit appreciation right settled in common units), the total number of common units outstanding will increase. The availability of unit appreciation rights is intended to furnish additional compensation to employees, consultants and members of our board of directors and to align their economic interests with those of common unitholders.

Distribution Equivalent Rights.    The compensation committee may, in its discretion, grant distribution equivalent rights (“DERs”) with respect to awards other than restricted units. DERs entitle the participant to receive cash equal to the amount of any cash distributions made by us during the period the Award is outstanding. Payment of a DER may be subject to the same vesting terms as the Award to which it relates.

U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of Awards Under the Long-Term Incentive Plan.    When an option or unit appreciation right is granted, there are no income tax consequences for the participant or us. When an option or unit appreciation right is exercised, the participant recognizes compensation equal to the excess of the fair market value of the common unit on the date of exercise over the exercise price multiplied by the number of common units subject to the option or unit appreciation right that was exercised. In general, we are entitled to a deduction equal to the compensation recognized by the participant for our taxable year that ends with or within the taxable year in which the participant recognized the compensation. Special tax rules may apply to options and unit appreciation rights that are granted with an exercise price below the fair market value of a unit on the date of grant, which may subject the participant to an additional 20% tax on the compensation recognized with respect to such award.

Generally, when phantom units, DERs or restricted units are granted, there are no income tax consequences for the participant or us. Upon the payment to the participant of common units and/or cash in respect of the award or the release of restrictions on restricted units, including any distributions that have been made thereon, the participant recognizes compensation equal to the fair market value of the cash and/or units as of the date of delivery or release.

90

Inergy, L.P.

Inergy’s managing general partner sponsors the Inergy Long-Term Incentive Plan for its directors, consultants and employees and the employees and consultants of its affiliates who perform services for Inergy. The summary of the long-term incentive plan contained herein does not purport to be complete but outlines its material provisions. The long-term incentive plan permits the grant of awards covering an aggregate of 1,735,100 Inergy common units which are granted in the form of Inergy common unit options and/or restricted Inergy common units; however not more than 565,600 restricted Inergy common units may be granted under the plan. Through February 28, 2004, Inergy has granted an aggregate of 1,161,064 Inergy common unit options pursuant to the Inergy Long-Term Incentive Plan. Inergy has not granted any restricted Inergy common units pursuant to the Long-Term Incentive Plan. The plan is administered by the compensation committee of Inergy’s managing general partner’s board of directors.

Restricted Units.    A restricted Inergy common unit is a “phantom” Inergy common unit that entitles the grantee to receive a Inergy common unit upon the vesting of the restricted Inergy common unit, or in the discretion of the compensation committee, the cash equivalent to the value of a Inergy common unit. The compensation committee may make grants under the plan to employees and directors containing such terms as the compensation committee determines under the plan. In general, restricted Inergy common units are subject to certain vesting conditions as determined by the compensation committee including a condition that restricted Inergy common units will not vest before the conversion of any Inergy senior subordinated units and will only vest upon, and in the same proportion as, the conversion of senior subordinated units into Inergy’s common units. In addition, the restricted Inergy common units will vest upon a change of control of Inergy’s managing general partner or Inergy.

If a grantee’s employment or membership on the board of directors terminates for any reason, the grantee’s restricted Inergy common units will be automatically forfeited unless, and to the extent, the compensation committee provides otherwise. Inergy common units to be delivered upon the vesting of restricted Inergy common units may be Inergy common units acquired by Inergy’s managing general partner in the open market, Inergy common units already owned by Inergy’s managing general partner, Inergy common units acquired by Inergy’s managing general partner directly from us or any other person or any combination of the foregoing. Inergy’s managing general partner will be entitled to reimbursement by Inergy for the cost incurred in acquiring Inergy common units. If Inergy issues new Inergy common units upon vesting of the restricted Inergy common units, the total number of Inergy common units outstanding will increase. Following the subordination period, the compensation committee, in its discretion, may grant tandem distribution equivalent rights with respect to restricted Inergy common units. Distribution equivalent rights entitle the holder to receive “distributions” with respect to the restricted Inergy common unit in the same amount as if the holder owned a Inergy common unit.

Inergy intends the issuance of Inergy common units pursuant to the restricted Inergy common unit portion of the long-term incentive plan to serve as a means of incentive compensation for performance and not primarily as an opportunity to participate in the equity appreciation of Inergy common units. Therefore, plan participants will not pay any consideration for Inergy common units they receive, and Inergy will receive no remuneration for such Inergy common units.

Inergy Common Unit Options.    The long-term incentive plan currently permits, and Inergy’s managing general partner has made, grants of options covering Inergy common units. Pursuant to the plan, the compensation committee determines which employees and directors are granted options and the number of Inergy common units that will be granted to such individual. Inergy common unit options generally will have an exercise price equal to the fair market value of Inergy common units on the date of grant. In general, Inergy common unit options granted will become exercisable over a period determined by the compensation committee. In addition, under most Inergy common unit option grants, Inergy common unit options will become exercisable upon a change of control of Inergy’s managing general partner or Inergy. Generally, Inergy common unit options will expire after 10 years.

91

Upon exercise of a Inergy common unit option, Inergy’s managing general partner will acquire Inergy common units in the open market, or directly from Inergy or any other person, or use Inergy common units already owned by the managing general partner, or any combination of the foregoing. Inergy’s managing general partner will be entitled to reimbursement by Inergy for the difference between the cost incurred by Inergy’s managing general partner in acquiring these Inergy common units and the proceeds received by Inergy’s managing general partner from an optionee at the time of exercise. Thus, the cost of Inergy common unit options will be borne by Inergy. If Inergy issues new Inergy common units upon exercise of Inergy common unit options, the total number of Inergy common units outstanding will increase and Inergy’s managing general partner will pay Inergy the proceeds it received from the optionee upon exercise of Inergy common unit options. Inergy common unit option plan has been designed to furnish additional compensation to employees and directors and to align their economic interests with those of Inergy common unitholders.

Termination and Amendment.    The board of directors of Inergy’s managing general partner in its discretion may terminate the long-term incentive plan at any time with respect to any Inergy common units for which a grant has not yet been made. The managing general partner’s board of directors also has the right to alter or amend the long-term incentive plan or any part of the plan from time to time, including increasing the number of Inergy common units with respect to which awards may be granted subject to Inergy common unitholder approval as required by the exchange upon which Inergy common units are listed at that time. However, no change in any outstanding grant may be made that would materially impair the rights of the participant without the consent of the participant.

Employee Unit Purchase Plan

Inergy Holdings, L.P.

Our general partner sponsors a common unit purchase plan for its employees and the employees of its affiliates. Our common unit purchase plan permits participants to purchase our common units in market transactions from us, our general partner or any other person at the end of each fiscal quarter. We have reserved 100,000 of our common units for purchase under our common unit purchase plan. As determined by the compensation committee, our general partner may match each participant’s cash base pay or salary deferrals by an amount up to 10% of such deferrals and have such amount applied toward the purchase of additional common units. Our general partner has also agreed to pay the brokerage commissions, transfer taxes and other transaction fees associated with a participant’s purchase of our common units under the plan. The maximum amount that a participant may elect to have withheld from his or her salary or cash base pay with respect to common unit purchases in any calendar year may not exceed 10% of his or her base salary or wages for the year. The common units purchased on behalf of a participant under our common unit purchase plan generally are to be held by the participant for at least one year. To the extent a participant desires to sell or dispose of such common units prior to the end of this one-year holding period, the participant will be ineligible to participate in our common unit purchase plan again until the one-year anniversary of the date of such sale. Our common unit purchase plan is intended to serve as a means for encouraging participants to invest in our common units.

Inergy, L.P.

Inergy’s managing general partner sponsors a Inergy common unit purchase plan for its employees and the employees of its affiliates. The Inergy common unit purchase plan permits participants to purchase Inergy common units in market transactions from Inergy, Inergy’s general partners or any other person. All purchases made have been in market transactions, although Inergy’s plan allows it to issue additional Inergy common units. Inergy has reserved 100,000 Inergy common units for purchase under the Inergy common unit purchase plan. As determined by the compensation committee, Inergy’s managing general partner may match each participant’s cash base pay or salary deferrals by an amount up to 10% of such deferrals and have such amount applied toward the purchase of additional Inergy common units. Inergy’s managing general partner has also agreed to pay the brokerage commissions, transfer taxes and other transaction fees associated with a participant’s purchase of the

92

Inergy common units. The maximum amount that a participant may elect to have withheld from his or her salary or cash base pay with respect to Inergy common unit purchases in any calendar year may not exceed 10% of his or her base salary or wages for the year. Inergy common units purchased on behalf of a participant under the Inergy common unit purchase plan generally are to be held by the participant for at least one year. To the extent a participant desires to sell or dispose of such Inergy common units prior to the end of this one-year holding period, the participant will be ineligible to participate in the Inergy common unit purchase plan again until the one-year anniversary of the date of such sale. The Inergy common unit purchase plan is intended to serve as a means for encouraging participants to invest in Inergy common units. Inergy common units purchased through the Inergy common unit purchase plan for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2002, 2003 and 2004 were 3,280 Inergy common units, 10,277 Inergy common units and 9,518 Inergy common units, respectively.

93

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

Inergy Holdings, L.P.

The following table sets forth certain information as of March 31, 2004 regarding the beneficial ownership of our units by:

• each person who then beneficially owned more than 5% of such units then outstanding;

• each of the named executive officers of our general partner;

• all of the directors of our general partner; and

• all of the directors and executive officers of our general partner and the officers of Inergy’s managing general partner as a group.

All information with respect to beneficial ownership has been furnished by the respective directors, officers or 5% or more unitholders, as the case may be.

Name of Beneficial Owner(1):	Common Units Beneficially Owned Prior to Offering			Common Units Beneficially Owned After Offering
	Units	Percent		Percent
John J. Sherman(2)	8,540,406	53.08	%	43.82	%
David G. Dehaemers, Jr.	1,520,702	9.45	%	7.80	%
Phillip L. Elbert	1,069,666	6.65	%	5.49	%
Paul E. McLaughlin	1,067,551	6.63	%	5.48	%
Andrew L. Atterbury	983,280	6.11	%	5.05	%
William C. Gautreaux(3)	969,464	6.03	%	4.97	%
Carl A. Hughes(4)	936,785	5.82	%	4.81	%
R. Brooks Sherman, Jr.	461,552	2.87	%	2.37	%
Warren H. Gfeller	—	—		—
Arthur B. Krause	—	—		—
Laura L. Ozenberger	—	—		—
All directors and officers of our general partner and officers of Inergy’s managing general partner as a group (11 persons)	14,481,854	90.01	%	74.30	%

(1) The address of each person listed above is Two Brush Creek Boulevard, Suite 200, Kansas City, Missouri 64112.

(2) Mr. Sherman may be deemed to beneficially own all of the common units held by the John J. Sherman Revocable Trust dated May 4, 1994, of which Mr. Sherman serves as the trustee.

(3) Mr. Gautreaux may be deemed to beneficially own all of the common units held by the William C. Gautreaux Revocable Trust dated March 8, 2004, of which Mr. Gautreaux serves as the trustee.

(4) Mr. Hughes may be deemed to beneficially own all of the common units held by the Carl A. Hughes Revocable Trust dated September 13, 2002, of which Mr. Hughes serves as the trustee.

94

Inergy Holdings GP, LLC

The following table shows the beneficial ownership of Inergy Holdings GP, LLC upon completion of this offering.

	Beneficial Ownership (2)
Name of Beneficial Owner (1)	Percent
John J. Sherman (3)	54.92	%
David G. Dehaemers, Jr.	9.78	%
Phillip L. Elbert	6.88	%
Paul E. McLaughlin	6.87	%
Andrew L. Atterbury	6.32	%
William C. Gautreaux (4)	6.23	%
Carl A. Hughes (5)	6.02	%
R. Brooks Sherman, Jr.	2.97	%
Warren H. Gfeller	—
Arthur B. Krause	—
Laura L. Ozenberger	—
All directors, officers of our general partner and officers of Inergy’s managing general partner as a group (10 persons)	93.13	%

(1) The address of each person listed above is Two Brush Creek Boulevard, Suite 200, Kansas City, Missouri 64112.

(2) As of the date of this prospectus, voting rights attach only to Mr. John Sherman’s ownership interest. In the event Mr. John Sherman’s ownership fails to exceed 33%, the remaining owners of our general partner will acquire voting rights in proportion to their ownership interest.

(3) Mr. Sherman may be deemed to beneficially own all of the common units held by the John J. Sherman Revocable Trust dated May 4, 1994, of which Mr. Sherman serves as the trustee.

(4) Mr. Gautreaux may be deemed to beneficially own all of the common units held by the William C. Gautreaux Revocable Trust dated March 8, 2004, of which Mr. Gautreaux serves as the trustee.

(5) Mr. Hughes may be deemed to beneficially own all of the common units held by the Carl A. Hughes Revocable Trust dated September 13, 2002, of which Mr. Hughes serves as the trustee.

95

Inergy, L.P.

The following table sets forth certain information as of February 28, 2005 regarding the beneficial ownership of Inergy’s units by:

• each of the named executive officers of Inergy’s managing general partner;

• all of the directors of Inergy’s managing general partner; and

• all of the directors and executive officers of Inergy’s managing general partner as a group.

All information with respect to beneficial ownership has been furnished by the respective directors or officers, as the case may be.

Name of Beneficial Owner (1)	Common Units Beneficially Owned	Percentage of Common Units Beneficially Owned		Senior Subordinated Units Beneficially Owned	Percentage of Senior Subordinated Units Beneficially Owned		Junior Subordinated Units Beneficially Owned	Percentage of Junior Subordinated Units Beneficially Owned		Percentage of Total LP Units Beneficially Owned		Percentage of Total Units Beneficially Owned(2)
John J. Sherman (3)	1,245,223	4.7	%	1,568,028	28.6	%	975,924	85.2	%	11.5	%	12.8	%
Phillip L. Elbert	—	—		—	—		—	—		—		—
R. Brooks Sherman, Jr.	3,012	*		230	*		—	—		*		*
Carl A. Hughes	1,299	*		—	—		—	—		*		*
Laura L. Ozenberger	837	*		384	*		—	—		*		*
Dean E. Watson	1,373	*		—	—		—	—		*		*
David G. Dehaemers, Jr.	—	—		—	—		—	—		—		—
Andrew L. Atterbury	—	—		—	—		—	—		—		—
Arthur B. Krause	—	—		—	—		—	—		—		—
Robert A. Pascal	1,897,881	7.2	%	390,449	7.1	%	—	—		7.0	%	6.9	%
Warren H. Gfeller	2,955	*		9,773	*		—	—		*		*
All directors and executive officers as a group (ten persons)	3,152,580	12.0	%	1,968,864	35.9	%	975,924	85.2	%	18.5	%	19.7	%

* less than 1%

(1) Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each person listed above is: Two Brush Creek Boulevard, Suite 200, Kansas City, Missouri 64112. All persons listed have sole voting power and investment power with respect to their units unless otherwise indicated.

(2) The percentage of total units beneficially owned includes the approximate 1.4% implied units of the non-managing general partner of Inergy.

(3) Includes 1,243,388 Inergy common units, 1,568,028 senior subordinated units and 975,925 junior subordinated units owned by Inergy Holdings, L.P. and its consolidated subsidiaries. In addition, Mr. Sherman may be deemed to beneficially own all of the units held by the John J. Sherman Revocable Trust dated May 4, 1994, of which Mr. Sherman serves as the trustee.

(4) Includes 2,955 common units and 9,773 senior subordinated units held by an entity of which Mr. Gfeller is the managing member.

96

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

Our Relationship with Inergy, L.P.

General.    Our cash-generating assets consist of our partnership interests, including incentive distribution rights, in Inergy, L.P., a publicly traded Delaware limited partnership, which operates a rapidly growing, geographically diverse retail and wholesale propane supply, marketing and distribution business. Our incentive distribution rights in Inergy entitle us to receive an increasing percentage of total cash distributions made by Inergy as it reaches certain target distribution levels and have resulted in significantly increasing cash distributions to us.

Our aggregate partnership interests in Inergy consist of the following:

• a 100% ownership interest in each of the managing general partner of Inergy, which manages Inergy’s business and affairs, and the non-managing general partner of Inergy, which owns an approximate 1.4% general partner interest in Inergy;

• 1,243,388 Inergy common units, 1,568,028 Inergy senior subordinated units and 975,924 Inergy junior subordinated units, representing an aggregate limited partner interest in Inergy of approximately 11.4%; and

• all of the incentive distribution rights in Inergy which entitle us to receive increasing percentages, up to a maximum of 48.0%, of any cash distributed by Inergy as certain target distribution levels are reached in excess of $0.33 per Inergy unit in any quarter.

Our Relationship with Inergy, L.P.’s General Partners

Inergy GP, LLC, Inergy’s managing general partner, manages the operations and activities of Inergy. Inergy Partners, LLC, Inergy’s non-managing general partner, owns an approximate 1.4% general partner interest in Inergy.

Distributions and payments are made by Inergy to its non-managing general partner and its affiliates in connection with the ongoing operation of Inergy. These distributions and payments were determined by and among affiliated entities and are not the result of arm’s length negotiations.

Cash distributions from Inergy are generally made approximately 98.6% to Inergy unitholders, including affiliates of its managing general partner as holders of Inergy common units and Inergy senior and junior subordinated units, and approximately 1.4% to its non-managing general partner. In addition, if distributions exceed the target levels in excess of the minimum quarterly distribution, we are entitled to receive increasing percentages of the distributions, up to a maximum of 48.0% of the distributions above the highest target level.

Inergy’s managing general partner and its affiliates do not receive any management fee or other compensation for the management of Inergy. Its managing general partner and its affiliates are reimbursed, however, for direct and indirect expenses incurred on Inergy’s behalf. For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2004, the expense reimbursement to Inergy’s managing general partner and its affiliates was approximately $2.9 million.

If Inergy’s managing general partner withdraws in violation of Inergy’s partnership agreement or is removed for cause, a successor general partner has the option to buy the general partner interests and incentive distribution rights of Inergy from the non-managing general partner of Inergy for a cash price equal to fair market value. If Inergy’s managing general partner withdraws or is removed under any other circumstances, Inergy’s non-managing general partner has the option to require the successor general partner to buy its general partner interests and incentive distribution rights for a cash price equal to fair market value.

97

If either of these options is not exercised, the general partner interests and incentive distribution rights of Inergy will automatically convert into common units of Inergy equal to the fair market value of those interests. In addition, Inergy will be required to pay the departing general partner for expense reimbursements.

Upon Inergy’s liquidation, the partners, including Inergy’s non-managing general partner, will be entitled to receive liquidating distributions according to their particular capital account balances.

Indebtedness to Our Directors, Executive Officers and Others

On November 5, 2004, we entered into a series of promissory notes totaling $15 million in payment of a distribution declared in favor of our owners, some of whom are directors and officers of our general partner. The promissory notes were issued to the following entities or individuals: Mr. John J. Sherman, as Trustee of the John J. Sherman Revocable Trust ($9,871,080), Mr. Paul E. McLaughlin ($1,233,885), Mr. William C. Gautreaux ($1,120,515), Mr. Carl A. Hughes ($1,082,745), Mr. Andrew Atterbury ($616,950), Mr. David G. Dehaemers, Jr. ($225,000) and a former employee ($849,825).

The promissory notes have identical terms and conditions, other than the amounts owed to each noteholder. Specifically, the promissory notes bear interest at a rate of 3.0% per annum. Interest on the promissory notes accrues from November 16, 2004 and is payable quarterly on February 15, May 15, August 15 and November 15 each year, commencing on February 15, 2005 and continuing until November 15, 2014, the maturity date. The promissory notes are subordinated to our other indebtedness under our Credit Agreement and will be subordinated to our indebtedness under our Term Loan. The promissory notes will be paid in full with the net proceeds of this offering. For a more detailed description of the use of proceeds, please read “Use of Proceeds.”

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Under our limited partnership agreement and subject to specified limitations, we will indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, from and against all losses, claims, damages or similar events any director or officer, or while serving as a director of officer, any person who is or was serving as a tax matters member or as a director, officer, tax matters member, employee, partner, manager, fiduciary or trustee of our partnership or any of our affiliates. Additionally, we will indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against all losses, claims, damages or similar events any person who is or was an employee (other than an officer) or agent of our partnership.

Any indemnification under our limited partnership agreement will only be out of our assets. We are authorized to purchase insurance against liabilities asserted against and expenses incurred by persons for our activities, regardless of whether we would have the power to indemnify the person against liabilities under our limited partnership agreement.

Related Party Transactions Involving Inergy

On July 31, 2003, as adjusted for Inergy’s two-for-one split in January 2004, Inergy acquired substantially all of the propane assets of United Propane, Inc. In exchange for these assets, Inergy issued 1,779,812 Inergy’s common units and 508,518 Inergy’s senior subordinated units to United Propane, paid approximately $2.7 million in cash to United Propane for inventory, accounts receivable, and other current assets, and assumed approximately $5.0 million of United Propane’s liabilities. Inergy filed a registration statement related to these 1,779,812 Inergy common units on August 29, 2003 and it was declared effective by the SEC on September 12, 2003.

Pursuant to a Unitholder Agreement with Inergy, United Propane agreed that for a three-year period it would vote 1,017,036 of Inergy common units it holds in favor of and in accordance with the recommendation of the majority of the board of Inergy’s managing general partner. United Propane also agreed, during this three-year period, to give Inergy a right of first refusal with respect to those same Inergy common units.

98

In connection with Inergy’s acquisition of assets from United Propane, Inc. on July 31, 2003, it entered into ten leases of real property formerly used by United Propane in its business. Inergy entered into five of these leases with United Propane, three of these leases with Pascal Enterprises, Inc. and two of these leases with Robert A. Pascal. Each of these leases provides for an initial five-year term, and is renewable by Inergy for up to two additional terms of five years each. During the initial term of these leases Inergy is required to make monthly rental payments totaling $59,167, of which $17,167 is payable to United Propane, $16,800 is payable to Pascal Enterprises, and $25,200 is payable to Mr. Pascal.

On May 1, 2004, Inergy’s operating company, Inergy Propane, LLC entered into a lease agreement with United Leasing, Inc. to lease a propane rail terminal known as the Curtis Bay Terminal having an address of 3101 Shell Rd., Baltimore, Maryland 21226 for the base monthly rent of $15,000.

Robert A. Pascal is the sole shareholder of United Propane, Pascal Enterprises and United Leasing and is on Inergy’s managing general partner’s board of directors.

In connection with this offering, certain of our officers, including Messrs. John J. Sherman, Atterbury, Gautreaux, and Hughes, will purchase, in the aggregate, up to 170,000 common units under our directed unit program. See “Underwriting.”

Material Provisions of Our General Partner’s Limited Liability Company Agreement

Our general partner’s management and operations are governed by its limited liability company agreement, which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. The limited liability company agreement establishes a board of directors that will be responsible for the oversight of our business and operations. Our general partner’s board of directors will be elected by a voting member majority, as defined in the limited liability company agreement. For so long as John J. Sherman and his trusts and their permitted transferees own at least 33% of the original ownership interests held by our owners prior to this offering (our “Original Unitholders”), Mr. Sherman’s revocable trust will comprise the voting member majority and will be the only voting member of our general partner. Accordingly, Mr. Sherman will have the authority to elect all of the directors of our general partner, as well as vote on any other actions required to be presented to the owners of our general partner. If Mr. Sherman’s ownership fails to exceed 33% of the original ownership interests held by all of the Original Unitholders, the remaining owners of our general partner will acquire voting rights in proportion to their ownership interest of such original ownership interests. Further, these owners will lose their voting rights in proportion to any sales of original ownership interests in us. Our general partner and the owners of our general partner, whether or not voting, have a right of first refusal to purchase any interests in our general partner proposed to be sold to a third party. In addition, in the event Mr. Sherman elects to sell his interest in our general partner, Mr. Sherman will have the right to cause all other members of our general partner to sell their interests on the same terms. Likewise, if Mr. Sherman elects to sell his interest in our general partner, all other members of our general partner will also have the ability to participate in the sale on the same terms.

Restrictions on the Ability of Our Existing Owners to Transfer Their Interests in Us

In addition to the lock-up arrangements with our underwriters described in this prospectus, various agreements among our Original Unitholders will restrict their ability to transfer their interests in us. Pursuant to one such agreement, our Original Unitholders will be unable to transfer their units in us until August 2006 without the consent of the voting member majority of our general partner. In addition, a right of first refusal held by us should enable us to restrict transfers of interests in us by the Original Unitholders. Further, we have entered into agreements with Messrs. Atterbury, Dehaemers, B. Sherman and Elbert pursuant to which we are entitled to repurchase all or a portion of their equity interests in us if they cease to be employees of Inergy or one of its affiliates. The exercise price on such options ranges from $1.84 per common unit to $0.00 per common unit. The exercise price on such options can be further adjusted (but not below $0.00 per common unit) as a result of distributions made by us that are in excess of or less than the portion of net income allocated to such common units.

99

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST AND FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBILITIES

Conflicts of Interest

Conflicts of interest exist and may arise in the future as a result of the relationships between our general partner and its affiliates (including its owners) on the one hand, and our partnership and our limited partners, on the other hand. The directors and officers of our general partner have fiduciary duties to manage our general partner in a manner beneficial to its owners. At the same time, our general partner has a fiduciary duty to manage our partnership in a manner beneficial to us and our unitholders.

Whenever a conflict arises between our general partner or its affiliates, on the one hand, and us or any other partner, on the other hand, our general partner will resolve that conflict. Our partnership agreement contains provisions that modify and limit our general partner’s fiduciary duties to the unitholders. Our partnership agreement also restricts the remedies available to unitholders for actions taken that, without those limitations, might constitute breaches of fiduciary duty.

Our general partner will not be in breach of its obligations under the partnership agreement or its duties to us or our unitholders if the resolution of the conflict is:

• approved by the conflicts committee, if established, although our general partner is not obligated to seek such approval;

• approved by the vote of a majority of the outstanding common units, excluding any common units owned by our general partner or any of its affiliates;

• on terms no less favorable to us than those generally being provided to or available from unrelated third parties; or

• fair and reasonable to us, taking into account the totality of the relationships among the parties involved, including other transactions that may be particularly favorable or advantageous to us.

If a conflicts committee is established, our general partner may, but is not required to, seek the approval of such resolution from the conflicts committee. If our general partner does not seek approval from such conflicts committee and its board of directors determines that the resolution or course of action taken with respect to the conflict of interest satisfies either of the standards set forth in the third and fourth bullet points above, then it will be presumed that, in making its decision, the board of directors acted in good faith, and in any proceeding brought by or on behalf of any limited partner or us, the person bringing or prosecuting such proceeding will have the burden of overcoming such presumption. Unless the resolution of a conflict is specifically provided for in our partnership agreement, our general partner or the conflicts committee may consider any factors it determines in good faith to consider when resolving a conflict. When our partnership agreement requires someone to act in good faith, it requires that person to reasonably believe that he is acting in the best interests of the partnership, unless the context otherwise requires.

Conflicts of interest could arise in the situations described below, among others.

Actions taken by our general partner may affect the amount of cash available for distribution to our common unitholders.

The amount of cash that is available for distribution to our common unitholders is affected by decisions of our general partner regarding such matters as:

• the expenses associated with being a public company and other general and administrative expenses;

• interest expense related to any future indebtedness;

• costs related to certain tax liabilities of one of our subsidiaries;

100

• expenditures, at our election, to maintain or increase our general partner interest in Inergy; and

• reserves our general partner believes prudent to maintain for the proper conduct of our business or to provide for future distributions.

In addition, borrowings by us and our affiliates do not constitute a breach of any duty owed by our general partner to our unitholders.

We do not have any officers or employees and rely solely on officers and employees of Inergy Holdings GP, LLC and its affiliates.

Affiliates of our general partner conduct businesses and activities of their own in which we have no economic interest. If these separate activities are significantly greater than our activities, there could be material competition for the time and effort of the officers and employees who provide services to our general partner. The officers of our general partner are not required to work full time on our affairs.

We will reimburse our general partner and its affiliates for expenses.

We will reimburse our general partner and its affiliates for costs incurred in managing and operating us, including costs incurred in rendering corporate staff and support services to us. Our partnership agreement provides that our general partner will determine the expenses that are allocable to us in good faith.

Our general partner intends to limit its liability regarding our obligations.

Our general partner intends to limit its liability under contractual arrangements so that the other party has recourse only to our assets, and not against our general partner or its assets. Our partnership agreement provides that any action taken by our general partner to limit its liability or our liability is not a breach of our general partner’s fiduciary duties, even if we could have obtained more favorable terms without the limitation on liability.

Common unitholders will have no right to enforce obligations of our general partner and its affiliates under agreements with us.

Any agreements between us on the one hand, and our general partner and its affiliates, on the other, will not grant to the unitholders, separate and apart from us, the right to enforce the obligations of our general partner and its affiliates in our favor.

Contracts between us, on the one hand, and our general partner and its affiliates, on the other, will not be the result of arm’s-length negotiations.

Our partnership agreement allows our general partner to determine, in good faith, any amounts to pay itself or its affiliates for any services rendered to us. Our general partner may also enter into additional contractual arrangements with any of its affiliates on our behalf. Neither the partnership agreement nor any of the other agreements, contracts and arrangements between us, on the one hand, and our general partner and its affiliates, on the other, are or will be the result of arm’s-length negotiations.

Our general partner will determine, in good faith, the terms of any of these transactions entered into after the sale of the common units offered in this offering.

Our general partner and its affiliates will have no obligation to permit us to use any facilities or assets of our general partner and its affiliates, except as may be provided in contracts entered into specifically dealing with that use. There will not be any obligation of our general partner and its affiliates to enter into any contracts of this kind.

Common units are subject to our general partner’s limited call right.

Our general partner may exercise its right to call and purchase common units as provided in our partnership agreement or assign this right to one of its affiliates or to us. Our general partner may use its own discretion, free

101

of fiduciary duty restrictions, in determining whether to exercise this right. As a result, a common unitholder may have his common units purchased from him at an undesirable time or price. Please read “Material Provisions of the Partnership Agreement of Inergy Holdings, L.P.—Limited Call Right.”

We may not choose to retain separate counsel for ourselves or for the holders of common units.

The attorneys, independent accountants and others who have performed services for us regarding this offering have been retained by our general partner. Attorneys, independent accountants and others who will perform services for us are selected by our general partner or the conflicts committee, if established, and may perform services for our general partner and its affiliates. We may retain separate counsel for ourselves or the holders of our common units in the event of a conflict of interest between our general partner and its affiliates, on the one hand, and us or the holders of our common units, on the other, depending on the nature of the conflict. We do not intend to do so in most cases.

Fiduciary Duties

Our general partner is accountable to us and our unitholders as a fiduciary. Fiduciary duties owed to unitholders by our general partner are prescribed by law and our partnership agreement. The Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, which we refer to in this prospectus as the Delaware Act, provides that Delaware limited partnerships may, in their partnership agreements, modify, restrict or expand the fiduciary duties otherwise owed by a general partner to limited partners and the partnership.

Our partnership agreement contains various provisions modifying and restricting the fiduciary duties that might otherwise be owed by our general partner. We have adopted these restrictions to allow our general partner or its affiliates to engage in transactions with us that would otherwise be prohibited by state-law fiduciary duty standards and to take into account the interests of other parties in addition to our interests when resolving conflicts of interest. We believe this is appropriate and necessary because our general partner’s board of directors has fiduciary duties to manage our general partner in a manner beneficial to its owners, as well as to you. Without these modifications, the general partner’s ability to make decisions involving conflicts of interest would be restricted. The modifications to the fiduciary standards enable the general partner to take into consideration all parties involved in the proposed action, so long as the resolution is fair and reasonable to us as described below. These modifications also enable our general partner to attract and retain experienced and capable directors. These modifications are detrimental to the common unitholders because they restrict the remedies available to unitholders for actions that, without those limitations, might constitute breaches of fiduciary duty, as described below, and permit our general partner to take into account the interests of third parties in addition to our interests when resolving conflicts of interest. The following is a summary of the material restrictions of the fiduciary duties owed by our general partner to the limited partners:

State-law fiduciary duty standards Fiduciary duties are generally considered to include an obligation to act in good faith and with due care and loyalty. The duty of care, in the absence of a provision in a partnership agreement providing otherwise, would generally require a general partner to act for the partnership in the same manner as a prudent person would act on his own behalf. The duty of loyalty, in the absence of a provision in a partnership agreement providing otherwise, would generally prohibit a general partner of a Delaware limited partnership from taking any action or engaging in any transaction where a conflict of interest is present.

The Delaware Act generally provides that a limited partner may institute legal action on behalf of the partnership to recover damages from a third party where a general partner has refused to institute the action or where an effort to cause a general partner to do so is not

102

likely to succeed. In addition, the statutory or case law of some jurisdictions may permit a limited partner to institute legal action on behalf of himself and all other similarly situated limited partners to recover damages from a general partner for violations of its fiduciary duties to the limited partners.

Partnership agreement modified standards Our partnership agreement contains provisions that waive or consent to conduct by our general partner and its affiliates that might otherwise raise issues about compliance with fiduciary duties or applicable law. For example, our partnership agreement provides that when our general partner is acting in its capacity as our general partner, as opposed to in its individual capacity, it must act in “good faith” and will not be subject to any other standard under applicable law. In addition, when our general partner is acting in its individual capacity, as opposed to in its capacity as our general partner, it may act without any fiduciary obligation to us or the unitholders whatsoever. These standards reduce the obligations to which our general partner would otherwise be held.

In addition to the other more specific provisions limiting the obligations of our general partner, our partnership agreement further provides that our general partner and its officers and directors will not be liable for monetary damages to us, our limited partners or assignees for errors of judgment or for any acts or omissions unless there has been a final and non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that the general partner or its officers and directors acted in bad faith or engaged in fraud or willful misconduct, or in the case of a criminal matter, acted with the knowledge that such conduct was unlawful.

Special provisions regarding affiliated transactions.    Our partnership agreement generally provides that affiliated transactions and resolutions of conflicts of interest not involving a vote of unitholders and that are not approved by the conflicts committee of the board of directors of our general partner must be:

• on terms no less favorable to us than those generally being provided to or available from unrelated third parties; or

• “fair and reasonable” to us, taking into account the totality of the relationships between the parties involved (including other transactions that may be particularly favorable or advantageous to us).

If our general partner does not seek approval from the conflicts committee and its board of directors determines that the resolution or course of action taken with respect to the conflict of interest satisfies either of the standards set forth in the bullet points above, then it will be presumed that, in making its decision, the board of directors, which may include board members affected by the conflict of interest, acted in good faith and in any proceeding brought by or on behalf of any limited partner or the partnership, the person bringing or prosecuting such proceeding will have the burden of overcoming such presumption. These standards reduce the obligations to which our general partner would otherwise be held.

103

Each common unitholder automatically agrees to be bound by the provisions in our partnership agreement, including the provisions discussed above. This is in accordance with the policy of the Delaware Act favoring the principle of freedom of contract and the enforceability of partnership agreements. The failure of a limited partner or assignee to sign a partnership agreement does not render the partnership agreement unenforceable against that person.

We must indemnify our general partner and its officers, directors, managers and certain other specified persons, to the fullest extent permitted by law, against liabilities, costs and expenses incurred by our general partner or these other persons. We must provide this indemnification unless there has been a final and non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that these persons acted in bad faith or engaged in fraud or willful misconduct. We must also provide this indemnification for criminal proceedings unless our general partner or these other persons acted with knowledge that their conduct was unlawful. Thus, our general partner could be indemnified for its negligent acts if it met the requirements set forth above. To the extent these provisions purport to include indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is contrary to public policy and, therefore, unenforceable. Please read “Material Provisions of the Partnership Agreement of Inergy Holdings, L.P.—Indemnification.”

104

DESCRIPTION OF THE COMMON UNITS

Common Units

Our common units represent limited partner interests in us. The holders of our common units are entitled to participate in our distributions and exercise the rights or privileges available to limited partners under our limited partnership agreement. For a description of the relative rights and preferences of holders of our common units in and to our distributions, please read “Cash Distribution Policy.” For a description of the rights and privileges of limited partners under our limited partnership agreement, including voting rights, please read “Material Provisions of the Partnership Agreement of Inergy Holdings, L.P.”

Transfer Agent and Registrar

Duties.    American Stock Transfer & Trust Company will serve as registrar and transfer agent for our common units. We will pay all fees charged by the transfer agent for transfers of our common units except the following fees that will be paid by unitholders:

• surety bond premiums to replace lost or stolen certificates, taxes and other governmental charges;

• special charges for services requested by a holder of a common unit; and

• other similar fees or charges.

There will be no charge to holders for disbursements of our cash distributions. We will indemnify the transfer agent, its agents and each of their shareholders, directors, officers and employees against all claims and losses that may arise out of acts performed or omitted for its activities in that capacity, except for any liability due to any gross negligence or intentional misconduct of the indemnified person or entity.

Resignation or Removal.    The transfer agent may at any time resign, by notice to us, or be removed by us. The resignation or removal of the transfer agent will become effective upon our appointment of a successor transfer agent and registrar and its acceptance of the appointment. If no successor has been appointed and accepted the appointment within 30 days after notice of the resignation or removal, we are authorized to act as the transfer agent and registrar until a successor is appointed.

Transfer of Common Units

By transfer of our common units in accordance with our partnership agreement, each transferee of our common units will be admitted as a unitholder with respect to the common units transferred when such transfer and admission is reflected in our books and records. Additionally, each transferee of our common units:

• represents that the transferee has the capacity, power and authority to become bound by our partnership agreement;

• automatically agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of, and is deemed to have executed, our partnership agreement;

• gives the consents and approvals contained in our partnership agreement, such as the approval of all transactions and agreements that we are entering into in connection with our formation and this offering.

An assignee will become a substituted limited partner of our partnership for the transferred common units automatically upon the recording of the transfer on our books and records. The general partner will cause any transfers to be recorded on our books and records no less frequently than quarterly.

We may, at our discretion, treat the nominee holder of a common unit as the absolute owner. In that case, the beneficial holder’s rights are limited solely to those that it has against the nominee holder as a result of any agreement between the beneficial owner and the nominee holder.

105

Common units are securities and are transferable according to the laws governing transfers of securities. In addition to other rights acquired upon transfer, the transferor gives the transferee the right to become a substituted limited partner in our partnership for the transferred common units.

Until a common unit has been transferred on our books, we and the transfer agent, notwithstanding any notice to the contrary, may treat the record holder of the unit as the absolute owner for all purposes, except as otherwise required by law or stock exchange regulations.

106

MATERIAL PROVISIONS OF THE

PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT OF INERGY HOLDINGS, L.P.

The following is a summary of the material provisions of the partnership agreement of Inergy Holdings, L.P., which could impact our results of operations. Inergy Holdings, L.P.’s partnership agreement is included as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus constitutes a part.

We summarize the following provisions of the Inergy Holdings, L.P. partnership agreement elsewhere in this prospectus:

• With regard to the transfer of common units, please read “Description of the Common Units—Transfer of Common Units.”

• With regard to distributions of available cash, please read “Cash Distribution Policy.”

• With regard to allocations of taxable income and taxable loss, please read “Material Tax Consequences.”

Organization

The Partnership will be converted to a limited partnership prior to the closing of this offering and will have a perpetual existence.

Purpose

Under our partnership agreement we are permitted to engage, directly or indirectly, in any business activity that is approved by our general partner and that lawfully may be conducted by a limited partnership organized under Delaware law; provided, that our general partner may not cause us to engage, directly or indirectly, in any business activity that the general partner determines would cause us to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise taxable as an entity for federal income tax purposes.

Although our general partner has the ability to cause us, our affiliates or our subsidiaries to engage in activities other than the ownership of partnership interests in Inergy, L.P., our general partner has no current plans to do so and may decline to do so free of any fiduciary duty or obligation whatsoever to us or the limited partners, including any duty to act in good faith or in the best interest of us or our limited partners. Our general partner is authorized in general to perform all acts it determines to be necessary or appropriate to carry out our purposes and to conduct our business.

Power of Attorney

Each limited partner, and each person who acquires a unit from a unitholder, grants to our general partner and, if appointed, a liquidator, a power of attorney to, among other things, execute and file documents required for our qualification, continuance or dissolution. The power of attorney also grants our general partner the authority to amend, and to make consents and waivers under, our partnership agreement.

Capital Contributions

Our unitholders are not obligated to make additional capital contributions, except as described below under “—Limited Liability.”

Limited Liability

Assuming that a limited partner does not participate in the control of our business within the meaning of the Delaware Act and that he otherwise acts in conformity with the provisions of our partnership agreement, his liability under the Delaware Act will be limited, subject to possible exceptions, to the amount of capital he is

107

obligated to contribute to us for his common units plus his share of any undistributed profits and assets. If it were determined, however, that the right, or exercise of the right, by the limited partners as a group:

• to remove or replace our general partner,

• to approve some amendments to our partnership agreement, or

• to take other action under our partnership agreement,

constituted “participation in the control” of our business for the purposes of the Delaware Act, then our limited partners could be held personally liable for our obligations under the laws of Delaware, to the same extent as our general partner. This liability would extend to persons who transact business with us who reasonably believe that the limited partner is a general partner. Neither our partnership agreement nor the Delaware Act specifically provides for legal recourse against our general partner if a limited partner were to lose limited liability through any fault of our general partner. While this does not mean that a limited partner could not seek legal recourse, we know of no precedent for this type of a claim in Delaware case law.

Under the Delaware Act, a limited partnership may not make a distribution to a partner if, after the distribution, all liabilities of the limited partnership, other than liabilities to partners on account of their partnership interests and liabilities for which the recourse of creditors is limited to specific property of the partnership, would exceed the fair value of the assets of the limited partnership. For the purpose of determining the fair value of the assets of a limited partnership, the Delaware Act provides that the fair value of property subject to liability for which recourse of creditors is limited will be included in the assets of the limited partnership only to the extent that the fair value of that property exceeds the nonrecourse liability. The Delaware Act provides that a limited partner who receives a distribution and knew at the time of the distribution that the distribution was in violation of the Delaware Act will be liable to the limited partnership for the amount of the distribution for three years. Under the Delaware Act, an assignee who becomes a substituted limited partner of a limited partnership is liable for the obligations of his assignor to make contributions to the partnership, except the assignee is not obligated for liabilities unknown to him at the time he became a limited partner and that could not be ascertained from the partnership agreement.

Our subsidiaries conduct business in 27 states. If it were determined that the Partnership was conducting business in any state without compliance with the applicable limited partnership or limited liability company statute, or that the right or exercise of the right by the limited partners as a group to remove or replace our general partner, to approve some amendments to our partnership agreement, or to take other action under our partnership agreement constituted “participation in the control” of our business for purposes of the statutes of any relevant jurisdiction, then the limited partners could be held personally liable for our obligations under the law of that jurisdiction to the same extent as our general partner under the circumstances. We operate in a manner that our general partner considers reasonable and necessary or appropriate to preserve the limited liability of the limited partners.

Issuance of Additional Securities

Our partnership agreement authorizes us to issue an unlimited number of additional limited partner interests and other equity securities for the consideration and on the terms and conditions established by our general partner in its sole discretion without the approval of any limited partners.

In accordance with Delaware law and the provisions of our partnership agreement, we may also issue additional partnership interests that, in the sole discretion of our general partner, have special voting rights to which the common units are not entitled.

108

Amendment of the Partnership Agreement

General

Amendments to our partnership agreement may be proposed only by or with the consent of our general partner, which consent may be given or withheld in its sole discretion. To adopt a proposed amendment, other than the amendments discussed below, our general partner must seek approval of a majority of our outstanding units required to approve the amendment or call a meeting of the limited partners to consider and vote upon the proposed amendment.

Prohibited Amendments

No amendment may be made that would:

(1) enlarge the obligations of any limited partner without its consent, unless approved by at least a majority of the type or class of limited partner interests so affected,

(2) enlarge the obligations of, restrict in any way any action by or rights of, or reduce in any way the amounts distributable, reimbursable or otherwise payable by us to our general partner or any of its affiliates without the consent of our general partner, which may be given or withheld in its sole discretion,

(3) change the term of our partnership,

(4) provide that the partnership is not dissolved upon an election to dissolve the partnership by our general partner that is approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding common units, or

(5) give any person the right to dissolve the partnership other than our general partner’s right to dissolve the partnership with the approval of the holders of a majority of the outstanding common units.

The provision of our partnership agreement preventing the amendments having the effects described in clauses (1) through (5) above can be amended upon the approval of the holders of at least 90% of the outstanding units.

No Unitholder Approval

Our general partner may generally make amendments to our partnership agreement without the approval of any limited partner or assignee to reflect:

(1) a change in the name of the partnership., the location of the partnership’s principal place of business, the partnership’s registered agent or its registered office,

(2) the admission, substitution, withdrawal or removal of partners in accordance with the partnership agreement,

(3) a change that, in the sole discretion of our general partner, is necessary or advisable for the partnership to qualify or to continue our qualification as a limited partnership or a partnership in which the limited partners have limited liability under the laws of any state or to ensure that the partnership will not be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise taxed as an entity for federal income tax purposes,

(4) an amendment that is necessary, in the opinion of our counsel, to prevent the partnership or our general partner or its directors, officers, agents or trustees, from in any manner being subjected to the provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Investment Advisors Act of 1940, or “plan asset” regulations adopted under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, whether or not substantially similar to plan asset regulations currently applied or proposed,

(5) any amendment expressly permitted in our partnership agreement to be made by our general partner acting alone,

109

(6) an amendment effected, necessitated or contemplated by a merger agreement that has been approved under the terms of our partnership agreement,

(7) any amendment that, in the discretion of our general partner, is necessary or advisable for the formation by the partnership of, or its investment in, any corporation, partnership or other entity, as otherwise permitted by our partnership agreement,

(8) a change in our fiscal year or taxable year and related changes, and

(9) any other amendments substantially similar to any of the matters described in (1) through (8) above.

In addition, our general partner may make amendments to our partnership agreement without the approval of any limited partner or assignee if those amendments, in the discretion of our general partner:

(1) do not adversely affect our limited partners in any material respect,

(2) are necessary or advisable to satisfy any requirements, conditions or guidelines contained in any opinion, directive, order, ruling or regulation of any federal or state agency or judicial authority or contained in any federal or state statute,

(3) are necessary or advisable to facilitate the trading of limited partner interests or to comply with any rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any securities exchange on which the limited partner interests are or will be listed for trading, compliance with any of which our general partner deems to be in the partnership’s best interest and the best interest of our limited partners,

(4) are necessary or advisable for any action taken by our general partner relating to splits or combinations of units under the provisions of our partnership agreement, or

(5) are required to effect the intent of the provisions of our partnership agreement or are otherwise contemplated by our partnership agreement.

Opinion of Counsel and Unitholder Approval

Our general partner will not be required to obtain an opinion of counsel that an amendment will not result in a loss of limited liability to the limited partners or result in our being treated as an entity for federal income tax purposes if one of the amendments described above under “—No Unitholder Approval” should occur. No other amendments to our partnership agreement will become effective without the approval of holders of at least 90% of the outstanding units, unless we obtain an opinion of counsel to the effect that the amendment will not affect the limited liability under applicable law of any of its limited partners or cause us or our subsidiaries to be taxable as a corporation or otherwise to be taxed as an entity for federal income tax purposes (to the extent not previously taxed as such). Any amendment that reduces the voting percentage required to take any action must be approved by the affirmative vote of limited partners constituting not less than the voting requirement sought to be reduced.

Merger, Sale or Other Disposition of Assets

Our partnership agreement generally prohibits our general partner, without the prior approval of a majority of our outstanding units, from causing us to, among other things, sell, exchange or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, including by way of merger, consolidation or other combination, or approving on our behalf the sale, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of our subsidiaries. Our general partner may, however, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or grant a security interest in all or substantially all of our assets without that approval. Our general partner may also sell all or substantially all of our assets under a foreclosure or other realization upon those encumbrances without that approval.

If conditions specified in our partnership agreement are satisfied, our general partner may merge us or any of our subsidiaries into, or convey some or all of our assets to, a newly formed entity if the sole purpose of that

110

merger or conveyance is to effect a mere change in our legal form into another limited liability entity. The unitholders are not entitled to dissenters’ rights of appraisal under our partnership agreement or applicable Delaware law in the event of a merger or consolidation, a sale of substantially all of our assets or any other transaction or event.

Termination and Dissolution

We will continue as a limited partnership until terminated under the partnership agreement. We will dissolve upon:

(1) the election of our general partner to dissolve us, if approved by a majority of our outstanding units,

(2) the sale, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all of our assets and properties and our subsidiaries,

(3) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of us, or

(4) the withdrawal or removal of our general partner or any other event that results in its ceasing to be our general partner other than by reason of a transfer of general partner interests in accordance with our partnership agreement or withdrawal or removal of our general partner following approval and admission of a successor.

Upon a dissolution under clause (4), the holders of a majority of our outstanding units may also elect, within specific time limitations, to reconstitute us and continue our business on the same terms and conditions described in the partnership agreement by forming a new limited partnership on terms identical to those in our partnership agreement and having as our general partner an entity approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding common units, subject to our receipt of an opinion of counsel to the effect that:

(1) the action would not result in the loss of limited liability of any limited partner, and

(2) neither we nor the reconstituted limited partnership would be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise be taxable as an entity for federal income tax purposes upon the exercise of that right to continue.

Liquidation and Distribution of Proceeds

Upon our dissolution, unless it is reconstituted and continued as a new limited partnership, the liquidator authorized to wind up our affairs will, acting with all of the powers of our general partner that the liquidator deems necessary or desirable in its judgment, liquidate our assets and apply the proceeds of the liquidation as provided in “Cash Distribution Policy—Distributions of Cash upon Liquidation.” The liquidator may defer liquidation of our assets for a reasonable period of time or distribute assets to partners in kind if it determines that a sale would be impractical or would cause undue loss to the partners.

Withdrawal or Removal of the General Partner

Except as described below, our general partner has agreed not to withdraw voluntarily as the general partner prior to March 31, 2015 without obtaining the approval of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding common units, excluding common units held by our general partner and its affiliates (including us), and furnishing an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax matters. On or after March 31, 2015, our general partner may withdraw as general partner without first obtaining approval of any unitholder by giving 90 days’ written notice, and that withdrawal will not constitute a violation of the partnership agreement. Notwithstanding the information above, our general partner may withdraw without unitholder approval upon 90 days’ notice to the limited partners if at least 50% of the outstanding common units are held or controlled by one person and its affiliates other than our general partner and its affiliates. If our general partner is removed or withdraws and no successor is appointed, our general partner will continue the business of Inergy.

111

Upon the withdrawal of our general partner under any circumstances, the holders of a majority of the outstanding units may select a successor to that withdrawing general partner. If a successor is not elected, or is elected but an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax matters cannot be obtained, we will be dissolved, wound up and liquidated, unless within 180 days after that withdrawal, the holders of a majority of the outstanding units agree in writing to continue our business and to appoint a successor general partner. Please read “—Termination and Dissolution” above.

Our general partner may not be removed unless that removal is approved by the vote of the holders of not less than 66 ²/3% of the outstanding units and we receive an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax matters. Any removal of our general partner is also subject to the approval of a successor general partner by the vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding common units. The ownership of more than 33 ¹/3% of the outstanding units by our general partner and its affiliates would give it the practical ability to prevent its removal. Upon completion of this offering, affiliates of our general partner will own approximately 82.6% of the outstanding units.

In addition, we are required to reimburse the departing general partner for all amounts due the departing general partner, including, without limitation, all employee-related liabilities, including severance liabilities, incurred for the termination of any employees employed by the departing general partner or its affiliates for our benefit.

Transfer of General Partner Interests

Except for transfer by our general partner of all, but not less than all, of its general partner interests in us to another entity as part of the merger or consolidation of our general partner with or into another entity or the transfer by our general partner of all or substantially all of its assets to another entity, our general partner may not transfer all or any part of its general partner interest in us to another person prior to March 31, 2015 without the approval of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding common units, excluding common units held by our general partner and its affiliates. As a condition of this transfer, the transferee must assume the rights and duties of the general partner to whose interest that transferee has succeeded, agree to be bound by the provisions of our partnership agreement and furnish an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax matters. At any time, the members of our general partner may sell or transfer all or part of their membership interests in our general partner without the approval of the unitholders, subject to certain restrictions as described elsewhere in this prospectus. Please read “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.”

Change of Management Provisions

Our partnership agreement contains specific provisions that are intended to discourage a person or group from attempting to remove our general partner as general partner or otherwise change management. If any person or group other than our general partner and its affiliates acquires beneficial ownership of 20% or more of any class of units, that person or group loses voting rights on all of its units. This loss of voting rights does not apply to any person or group that acquires the units from our general partner or its affiliates and any transferees of that person or group approved by our general partner.

Limited Call Right

If at any time not more than 15% of the then-issued and outstanding limited partner interests of any class are held by persons other than our general partner and its affiliates, our general partner will have the right, which it may assign in whole or in part to any of its affiliates or to us, to acquire all, but not less than all, of the remaining limited partner interests of the class held by unaffiliated persons as of a record date to be selected by our general partner, on at least ten but not more than 60 days notice. The purchase price in the event of this purchase is the greater of:

(1) the highest cash price paid by our general partner or any of its affiliates for any limited partner interests of the class purchased within the 90 days preceding the date on which our general partner first mails notice of its election to purchase those limited partner interests, and

112

(2) the current market price as of the date three days before the date the notice is mailed.

As a result of our general partner’s right to purchase outstanding limited partner interests, a holder of limited partner interests may have his limited partner interests purchased at an undesirable time or price. The tax consequences to a unitholder of the exercise of this call right are the same as a sale by that unitholder of his common units in the market. Please read “Material Tax Consequences—Disposition of Units.”

Meetings; Voting

Except as described below regarding a person or group owning 20% or more of units then outstanding, unitholders or assignees who are record holders of units on the record date will be entitled to notice of, and to vote at, meetings of our limited partners and to act upon matters for which approvals may be solicited. Common units that are owned by an assignee who is a record holder, will be voted by our general partner at the written direction of the record holder. Absent direction of this kind, the common units will not be voted, except that, in the case of common units held by our general partner on behalf of non-citizen assignees, our general partner will distribute the votes on those common units in the same ratios as the votes of limited partners on other units are cast.

Our general partner does not anticipate that any meeting of unitholders will be called in the foreseeable future. Any action that is required or permitted to be taken by the unitholders may be taken either at a meeting of the unitholders or without a meeting if consents in writing describing the action so taken are signed by holders of the number of units as would be necessary to authorize or take that action at a meeting. Meetings of the unitholders may be called by our general partner or by unitholders owning at least 20% of the outstanding units. Unitholders may vote either in person or by proxy at meetings. The holders of a majority of the outstanding units, represented in person or by proxy, will constitute a quorum unless any action by the unitholders requires approval by holders of a greater percentage of the units, in which case the quorum will be the greater percentage.

Each record holder of a unit has a vote according to his percentage interest in us, although additional limited partner interests having special voting rights could be issued. Please read “—Issuance of Additional Securities” above. However, if at any time any person or group, other than our general partner and its affiliates, or a direct or subsequently approved transferee of our general partner or its affiliates, acquires, in the aggregate, beneficial ownership of 20% or more of any class of units then outstanding, that person or group will lose voting rights on all of its units and the units may not be voted on any matter and will not be considered to be outstanding when sending notices of a meeting of unitholders, calculating required votes, determining the presence of a quorum or for other similar purposes. Common units held in nominee or street name account will be voted by the broker or other nominee in accordance with the instruction of the beneficial owner unless the arrangement between the beneficial owner and his nominee provides otherwise.

Any notice, demand, request, report or proxy material required or permitted to be given or made to record holders of common units under our partnership agreement will be delivered to the record holder by us or by the transfer agent.

Status as Limited Partner

By transfer of common units in accordance with our partnership agreement, each transferee of common units shall be admitted as a limited partner with respect to the common units transferred when such transfer and admission is reflected in our books and records. Except as described under “—Limited Liability” above, the common units will be fully paid, and unitholders will not be required to make additional contributions.

Non-Citizen Assignees; Redemption

If the partnership is or becomes subject to federal, state or local laws or regulations that, in the reasonable determination of our general partner, create a substantial risk of cancellation or forfeiture of any property that the

113

partnership has an interest in because of the nationality, citizenship or other related status of any limited partner or assignee, the partnership may redeem the units held by the limited partner or assignee at their current market price. To avoid any cancellation or forfeiture, our general partner may require each limited partner or assignee to furnish information about his nationality, citizenship or related status. If a limited partner or assignee fails to furnish information about this nationality, citizenship or other related status within 30 days after a request for the information or our general partner determines after receipt of the information that the limited partner or assignee is not an eligible citizen, the limited partner or assignee may be treated as a non-citizen assignee. In addition to other limitations on the rights of an assignee that is not a substituted limited partner, a non-citizen assignee does not have the right to direct the voting of his units and may not receive distributions in kind upon our liquidation.

Indemnification

Under our partnership agreement, in most circumstances, we will indemnify the following persons, to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against all losses, claims, damages or similar events:

• the general partner,

• any departing general partner,

• any person who is or was an affiliate of a general partner or any departing general partner,

• any person who is or was a member, partner, officer, director, employee, agent or trustee of a general partner or any departing general partner or any affiliate of a general partner or any departing general partner, or

• any person who is or was serving at the request of a general partner or any departing general partner or any affiliate of a general partner or any departing general partner as an officer, director, employee, member, partner, agent or trustee of another person.

Any indemnification under these provisions will only be out of our assets. Unless it otherwise agrees in its sole discretion, the general partner will not be personally liable for, or have any obligation to contribute or loan funds or assets to us to enable it to effectuate, indemnification. We may purchase insurance against liabilities asserted against and expenses incurred by persons for our activities, regardless of whether it would have the power to indemnify the person against liabilities under our partnership agreement.

Books and Reports

Our general partner is required to keep appropriate books of the partnership’s business at our principal offices. The books will be maintained for both tax and financial reporting purposes on an accrual basis. For fiscal reporting purposes, our fiscal year ends September 30 of each calendar year. For tax reporting purposes, our tax year ends December 31 each year.

We will furnish or make available to record holders of common units, within 120 days after the close of each fiscal year, an annual report containing audited financial statements and a report on those financial statements by our independent public accountants. Except for our fourth quarter, we will also furnish or make available summary financial information within 90 days after the close of each quarter.

We will furnish each record holder of a unit with information reasonably required for tax reporting purposes within 90 days after the close of each calendar year. This information is expected to be furnished in summary form so that some complex calculations normally required of partners can be avoided. Our ability to furnish this summary information to unitholders will depend on the cooperation of unitholders in supplying us with specific information. Every unitholder will receive information to assist him in determining his federal and state tax liability and filing his federal and state income tax returns, regardless of whether he supplies us with information.

114

Right to Inspect Our Books and Records

Our partnership agreement provides that a limited partner can, for a purpose reasonably related to his interest as a limited partner, upon reasonable demand and at his own expense, have furnished to him:

• a current list of the name and last known address of each partner,

• a copy of our tax returns,

• information as to the amount of cash, and a description and statement of the agreed value of any other property or services, contributed or to be contributed by each partner and the date on which each became a partner,

• copies of our partnership agreement, the certificate of limited partnership of the partnership, related amendments and powers of attorney under which they have been executed,

• information regarding the status of our business and financial condition, and

• any other information regarding our affairs as is just and reasonable.

Our general partner may, and intends to, keep confidential from the limited partners trade secrets or other information the disclosure of which our general partner believes in good faith is not in our best interests or which we are required by law or by agreements with third parties to keep confidential.

115

MATERIAL PROVISIONS OF THE

PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT OF INERGY, L.P.

The following is a summary of the material provisions of the partnership agreement of Inergy, L.P., which could impact our results of operations and those of Inergy. Inergy, L.P.’s partnership agreement is included as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus constitutes a part. Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this prospectus to the “Inergy partnership agreement,” constitutes references to the partnership agreement of Inergy, L.P.

We summarize the following provisions of the partnership agreement elsewhere in this prospectus:

• With regard to the transfer of Inergy common units, please read “Description of the Common Units—Transfer of Common Units.”

• With regard to allocations of taxable income and taxable loss, please read “Material Tax Consequences.”

Organization

Inergy was organized on March 7, 2001 and has a perpetual existence.

Purpose

Inergy’s purpose under its partnership agreement is limited to serving as a member of the operating company and engaging in any business activities that may be engaged in by the operating company or that are approved by the managing general partner. The limited liability company agreement of the operating company provides that the operating company may, directly or indirectly, engage in:

(1) its operations as conducted immediately before our initial public offering,

(2) any other activity approved by Inergy’s managing general partner but only to the extent that Inergy’s managing general partner reasonably determines that, as of the date of the acquisition or commencement of the activity, the activity generates “qualifying income” as this term is defined in Section 7704 of the Internal Revenue Code, or

(3) any activity that enhances the operations of an activity that is described in (1) or (2) above.

Although Inergy’s managing general partner has the ability to cause Inergy, the operating company or its subsidiaries to engage in activities other than the wholesale and retail marketing and transportation of propane, the managing general partner has no current plans to do so. Inergy’s managing general partner is authorized in general to perform all acts deemed necessary to carry out Inergy’s purposes and to conduct its business.

Power of Attorney

Each Inergy limited partner, and each person who acquires a unit from a unitholder and executes and delivers a transfer application, grants to Inergy’s managing general partner and, if appointed, a liquidator, a power of attorney to, among other things, execute and file documents required for Inergy’s qualification, continuance or dissolution. The power of attorney also grants Inergy’s managing general partner the authority to amend, and to make consents and waivers under, the Inergy partnership agreement.

Capital Contributions

Inergy’s unitholders are not obligated to make additional capital contributions, except as described below under “—Limited Liability.”

116

Limited Liability

Assuming that an Inergy limited partner does not participate in the control of Inergy’s business within the meaning of the Delaware Act and that he otherwise acts in conformity with the provisions of the Inergy partnership agreement, his liability under the Delaware Act will be limited, subject to possible exceptions, to the amount of capital he is obligated to contribute to Inergy for his Inergy common units plus his share of any undistributed profits and assets. If it were determined, however, that the right, or exercise of the right, by the limited partners as a group:

• to remove or replace the managing general partner,

• to approve some amendments to Inergy’s partnership agreement, or

• to take other action under Inergy’s partnership agreement,

constituted “participation in the control” of Inergy’s business for the purposes of the Delaware Act, then the limited partners of Inergy could be held personally liable for Inergy’s obligations under the laws of Delaware, to the same extent as the managing general partner. This liability would extend to persons who transact business with Inergy who reasonably believe that the limited partner is a general partner. Neither the Inergy partnership agreement nor the Delaware Act specifically provides for legal recourse against Inergy’s managing general partner if a limited partner were to lose limited liability through any fault of Inergy’s managing general partner. While this does not mean that a limited partner of Inergy could not seek legal recourse, Inergy knows of no precedent for this type of a claim in Delaware case law.

Under the Delaware Act, a limited partnership may not make a distribution to a partner if, after the distribution, all liabilities of the limited partnership, other than liabilities to partners on account of their partnership interests and liabilities for which the recourse of creditors is limited to specific property of the partnership, would exceed the fair value of the assets of the limited partnership. For the purpose of determining the fair value of the assets of a limited partnership, the Delaware Act provides that the fair value of property subject to liability for which recourse of creditors is limited is included in the assets of the limited partnership only to the extent that the fair value of that property exceeds the nonrecourse liability. The Delaware Act provides that a limited partner who receives a distribution and knew at the time of the distribution that the distribution was in violation of the Delaware Act shall be liable to the limited partnership for the amount of the distribution for three years. Under the Delaware Act, an assignee who becomes a substituted limited partner of a limited partnership is liable for the obligations of his assignor to make contributions to the partnership, except the assignee is not obligated for liabilities unknown to him at the time he became a limited partner and that could not be ascertained from the partnership agreement.

Inergy’s subsidiaries conduct business in 27 states. Maintenance of Inergy’s limited liability as a member of the operating company may require compliance with legal requirements in the jurisdictions in which the operating company conducts business, including qualifying our subsidiaries to do business there. Limitations on the liability of members for the obligations of a limited liability company have not been clearly established in many jurisdictions. If it were determined that Inergy was, by virtue of its membership interest in the operating company or otherwise, conducting business in any state without compliance with the applicable limited partnership or limited liability company statute, or that the right or exercise of the right by the limited partners as a group to remove or replace Inergy’s managing general partner, to approve some amendments to Inergy’s partnership agreement, or to take other action under Inergy’s partnership agreement constituted “participation in the control” of Inergy’s business for purposes of the statutes of any relevant jurisdiction, then the limited partners could be held personally liable for Inergy’s obligations under the law of that jurisdiction to the same extent as Inergy’s managing general partner under the circumstances. Inergy operates in a manner that Inergy’s managing general partner considers reasonable and necessary or appropriate to preserve the limited liability of the limited partners.

117

Cash Distribution Policy

Distributions of Available Cash

General.    Within approximately 45 days after the end of each quarter, Inergy will distribute all of its available cash to Inergy unitholders of record on the applicable record date.

Definition of Available Cash.    Inergy defines available cash in its partnership agreement, and it generally means, for each fiscal quarter, all cash on hand at the end of the quarter less the amount of cash that Inergy’s managing general partner determines in its reasonable discretion is necessary or appropriate to:

• provide for the proper conduct of Inergy’s business,

• comply with applicable law, any of Inergy’s debt instruments, or other agreements, or

• provide funds for distributions to Inergy unitholders and to Inergy’s non-managing general partner for any one or more of the next four quarters,

plus all cash on hand on the date of determination of available cash for the quarter resulting from working capital borrowings made after the end of the quarter. Working capital borrowings are generally borrowings that are made under Inergy’s working capital facility and in all cases are used solely for working capital purposes or to pay distributions to partners of Inergy.

Minimum Quarterly Distribution.    Inergy common units are entitled to receive distributions from operating surplus of $0.30 per quarter, or $1.20 on an annualized basis, before any distributions are paid on Inergy subordinated units. There is no guarantee that Inergy will pay the minimum quarterly distribution on its common units in any quarter, and Inergy will be prohibited from making any distributions to its unitholders if it would cause an event of default under its credit facility. As reflected below, Inergy’s definition of operating surplus contains an $8.5 million basket. This basket does not reflect actual cash on hand that is available for distribution to Inergy unitholders. Rather, it is a provision that will enable Inergy, if it chooses, to distribute as operating surplus up to $8.5 million of cash Inergy receives in the future from non-operating sources, such as asset sales, issuances of securities and long-term borrowings, that would otherwise be distributed as capital surplus.

Operating Surplus and Capital Surplus

General.    All cash distributed to Inergy unitholders will be characterized either as “operating surplus” or “capital surplus.” Inergy distributes available cash from operating surplus differently than available cash from capital surplus.

Definition of Operating Surplus.    Inergy defines operating surplus in its partnership agreement, and for any period it generally means:

• Inergy’s cash balance of $5.8 million at the closing of Inergy’s initial public offering;

• plus $8.5 million (as described above);

• plus all of Inergy’s cash receipts since its initial public offering, excluding cash from borrowings that are not working capital borrowings, sales of equity and debt securities and sales of assets outside the ordinary course of business;

• plus working capital borrowings made by Inergy after the end of a quarter but before the date of determination of operating surplus for the quarter;

• less all of Inergy’s operating expenditures since its initial public offering, including the repayment of working capital borrowings, but not the repayment of other borrowings, and including maintenance capital expenditures;

118

• less the amount of cash reserves that Inergy’s managing general partner deems necessary or advisable to provide funds for future operating expenditures.

Definition of Capital Surplus.    Inergy also defines capital surplus in its partnership agreement, and it will generally be generated only by:

• borrowings by Inergy other than working capital borrowings,

• sales of debt and equity securities by Inergy, and

• sales or other dispositions of assets by Inergy for cash, other than inventory, accounts receivable and other current assets sold in the ordinary course of business or as part of normal retirements or replacements of assets.

Characterization of Cash Distributions.    Inergy will treat all available cash distributed as coming from operating surplus until the sum of all available cash distributed since Inergy began operations equals the operating surplus as of the most recent date of determination of available cash. Inergy will treat any amount distributed in excess of operating surplus, regardless of its source, as capital surplus. Inergy does not anticipate that it will make any distributions from capital surplus.

Subordination Period

General.    During Inergy’s subordination period, which is defined below, Inergy common units will have the right to receive distributions of available cash from operating surplus in an amount equal to the minimum quarterly distribution of $0.30 per quarter, plus any arrearages in the payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on Inergy common units from prior quarters, before any distributions of available cash from operating surplus may be made on any Inergy junior or senior subordinated units. The purpose of Inergy subordinated units is to increase the likelihood that during the subordination period there will be available cash to be distributed on Inergy common units.

Definition of Subordination Period.    Inergy defines the subordination period in its partnership agreement. The subordination period will extend until the first day of any quarter beginning after June 30, 2006 for Inergy senior subordinated units and June 30, 2008 for Inergy junior subordinated units that each of the following tests are met:

• distributions of available cash from operating surplus on each of the outstanding Inergy common units and Inergy subordinated units equaled or exceeded the minimum quarterly distribution for each of the three consecutive, non-overlapping four-quarter periods immediately preceding that date,

• the adjusted operating surplus generated during each of the three immediately preceding non-overlapping four-quarter periods equaled or exceeded the sum of the minimum quarterly distributions on all of the outstanding Inergy common units and Inergy subordinated units during those periods on a fully diluted basis and the related distribution on the approximate 1.4% general partner interest in Inergy during those periods, and

• there are no arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on Inergy common units.

Before the end of the subordination period, a portion of Inergy senior subordinated units may convert into Inergy common units on a one-for-one basis. In August 2004, 1,656,684 senior subordinated units converted into common units in accordance with this provision. After the distribution of available cash to Inergy partners in respect of any quarter ending on or after June 30, 2005, an additional 1,656,684 senior subordinated units may convert into common units. In addition, all remaining senior subordinated units may convert into common units after the distribution of available cash to Inergy partners with respect to any quarter ending on or after June 30, 2006.

119

Before the end of the subordination period, a portion of Inergy junior subordinated units may convert into Inergy common units on a one-for-one basis immediately after the distribution of available cash to Inergy partners in respect of any quarter ending on or after:

• June 30, 2006 with respect to 286,272 junior subordinated units of Inergy,

• June 30, 2007 with respect to 286,272 junior subordinated units of Inergy, and

• June 30, 2008 with respect to all remaining junior subordinated units of Inergy.

The early conversions will occur if at the end of the applicable quarter each of the following occurs:

• distributions of available cash from operating surplus on Inergy common units and Inergy subordinated units equal or exceed the sum of the minimum quarterly distributions on all of the outstanding Inergy common units and subordinated units for each of the three non-overlapping four-quarter periods immediately preceding that date,

• the adjusted operating surplus generated during each of the three immediately preceding non-overlapping four-quarter periods equals or exceeds the sum of the minimum quarterly distributions on all of the outstanding Inergy common units and subordinated units during those periods on a fully diluted basis and the related distribution on the approximate 1.4% general partner interest during those periods, and

• there are no arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on Inergy common units.

However, the early conversion of the second 1,656,684 of Inergy senior subordinated units and the second 286,272 Inergy junior subordinated units, as applicable, may not occur until at least one year following the early conversion of the first 1,656,684 of Inergy senior subordinated units and the first 286,272 Inergy junior subordinated units, as applicable.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, all outstanding Inergy junior subordinated units may convert into Inergy common units on a one-for-one basis immediately after the distribution of available cash to the partners in respect of any quarter ending on or after June 30, 2006, if each of the following tests is met:

• distributions of available cash from operating surplus on each of the outstanding Inergy common units and Inergy subordinated units equaled or exceeded the sum of $1.40 for each of the three consecutive, non-overlapping four-quarter periods immediately preceding that date,

• the adjusted operating surplus generated during each of the three immediately preceding non-overlapping four-quarter periods equaled or exceeded the sum of $1.40 on all of the outstanding Inergy common units and Inergy senior and Inergy junior subordinated units during those periods on a fully diluted basis and the related distribution on the general partner interest during those periods,

• all of Inergy senior subordinated units have been converted into Inergy common units, and

• there are no arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on Inergy common units.

Definition of Adjusted Operating Surplus.    Inergy defines “adjusted operating surplus” in its partnership agreement and for any period as:

• operating surplus generated during that period,

• less any net increase in working capital borrowings during that period,

• less any net reduction in cash reserves for operating expenditures during that period not relating to an operating expenditure made during that period,

• plus any net decrease in working capital borrowings during that period,

• plus any net increase in cash reserves for operating expenditures during that period required by any debt instrument for the repayment of principal, interest or premium.

120

Adjusted operating surplus is intended to reflect the cash generated from operations of Inergy during a particular period and therefore excludes net increases in working capital borrowings and net drawdowns of reserves of cash generated in prior periods.

Effect of Expiration of the Subordination Period.    Upon expiration of the subordination period, each outstanding Inergy subordinated unit will convert into one Inergy common unit and will then participate pro rata with the other Inergy common units in distributions of available cash. In addition, if Inergy unitholders remove the Inergy’s managing general partner other than for cause, the subordination period will end, any then-existing arrearages on the Inergy common units will terminate, and each Inergy subordinated unit will immediately convert into one Inergy common unit.

Distributions of Available Cash from Operating Surplus During the Subordination Period

The Inergy partnership agreement, as amended, requires Inergy to make distributions of available cash from its operating surplus for any quarter during the subordination period in the following manner:

• First, approximately 98.6% to Inergy common unitholders, pro rata, and approximately 1.4% to Inergy’s non-managing general partner until Inergy distributes for each outstanding Inergy common unit an amount equal to the minimum quarterly distribution for that quarter,

• Second, approximately 98.6% to Inergy common unitholders, pro rata, and approximately 1.4% to Inergy’s non-managing general partner until Inergy distributes for each outstanding Inergy common unit an amount equal to any arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on Inergy common units for any prior quarters,

• Third, approximately 98.6% to Inergy senior subordinated unitholders, pro rata, and approximately 1.4% to Inergy’s non-managing general partner until Inergy distributes for each Inergy senior subordinated unit an amount equal to the minimum quarterly distribution for that quarter,

• Fourth, approximately 98.6% to Inergy junior subordinated unitholders, pro rata, and approximately 1.4% to Inergy’s non-managing general partner until Inergy distributes for each Inergy junior subordinated unit an amount equal to the minimum quarterly distribution for that quarter, and

• Thereafter, in the manner described in “—Incentive Distribution Rights” below.

Distributions of Available Cash from Operating Surplus After the Subordination Period

The Inergy partnership agreement requires Inergy to make distributions of available cash from operating surplus for any quarter following the subordination period in the following manner:

• First, approximately 98.6% to Inergy unitholders, pro rata, and approximately 1.4% to Inergy’s non-managing general partner until Inergy distributes for each Inergy outstanding unit an amount equal to the minimum quarterly distribution for that quarter, and

• Thereafter, in the manner described in “—Incentive Distribution Rights” below.

Incentive Distribution Rights

Incentive distribution rights represent the right to receive an increasing percentage of quarterly distributions of available cash from operating surplus after the minimum quarterly distribution and the target distribution levels have been achieved. Given our ownership of Inergy’s managing general partner and non-managing general partner, we currently hold the incentive distribution rights, but may transfer these rights separately from our general partner interest in Inergy to an entity that controls or is controlled by Inergy’s managing general partner.

121

If for any quarter:

• Inergy has distributed available cash from operating surplus to Inergy common and Inergy subordinated unitholders in an amount equal to the minimum quarterly distribution, and

• Inergy has distributed available cash from operating surplus on outstanding Inergy common units in an amount necessary to eliminate any cumulative arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution,

then, Inergy will distribute any additional available cash from operating surplus for that quarter among Inergy’s unitholders and Inergy non-managing general partner in the following manner:

• First, approximately 98.6% to all Inergy unitholders, pro rata, and approximately 1.4% to Inergy non-managing general partner, until each Inergy unitholder receives a total of $0.33 per unit for that quarter (the “first target distribution”),

• Second, approximately 85.6% to all Inergy unitholders, pro rata, approximately 1.4% to Inergy non-managing general partner and 13% to us until each Inergy unitholder receives a total of $0.375 per Inergy unit for that quarter (the “second target distribution”),

• Third, approximately 75.6% to all Inergy unitholders, pro rata, approximately 1.4% to Inergy non-managing general partner and 23% to us until each Inergy unitholder receives a total of $0.45 per Inergy unit for that quarter (the “third target distribution”), and

• Thereafter, approximately 50.6% to all Inergy unitholders, pro rata, approximately 1.4% to Inergy non-managing general partner and 48% to us.

In each case the amount of the target distribution set forth above is exclusive of any distributions to Inergy common unitholders to eliminate any cumulative arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the Inergy common units.

Distributions from Capital Surplus

How Distributions from Capital Surplus Will Be Made.    Inergy will make distributions of available cash from capital surplus in the following manner:

• First, 98.6% to all Inergy unitholders, pro rata, and 1.4% to Inergy’s non-managing general partner, until Inergy distributes for each Inergy common unit that was issued in Inergy’s initial public offering, an amount of available cash from capital surplus equal to the initial public offering price of the Inergy common unit,

• Second, 98.6% to Inergy common unitholders, pro rata, and 1.4% to Inergy’s non-managing general partner, until Inergy distributes for each common unit that was issued in Inergy’s initial public offering, an amount of available cash from capital surplus equal to any unpaid arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on Inergy’s common units, and

• Thereafter, Inergy will make all distributions of available cash from capital surplus as if they were from operating surplus.

Effect of a Distribution from Capital Surplus.    The Inergy partnership agreement treats a distribution of capital surplus as the repayment of the initial public offering price from this initial public offering, which is a return of capital. The initial public offering price less any distributions of capital surplus per Inergy unit is referred to as the “unrecovered initial unit price.” Each time a distribution of capital surplus is made, Inergy’s minimum quarterly distribution and the target distribution levels will be reduced in the same proportion as the corresponding reduction in the unrecovered initial unit price. Because distributions of capital surplus will reduce the minimum quarterly distribution, after any of these distributions are made, it may be easier for us to receive

122

incentive distributions and for Inergy subordinated units to convert into common units. However, any distribution of capital surplus before the unrecovered initial unit price is reduced to zero cannot be applied to the payment of the minimum quarterly distribution or any arrearages.

Adjustment to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution and Target Distribution Levels

In addition to adjusting the minimum quarterly distribution and target distribution levels to reflect a distribution of capital surplus, Inergy will proportionately adjust the minimum quarterly distribution, target distribution levels, unrecovered initial unit price, the number of common units issuable during the subordination period without a unitholder vote and the number of common units into which a subordinated unit is convertible if Inergy combines its units into fewer units or subdivides its units into a greater number of units. In addition, if legislation is enacted or if existing law is modified or interpreted in a manner that causes Inergy to become taxable as a corporation or otherwise subject to taxation as an entity for federal, state or local income tax purposes, Inergy will reduce the minimum quarterly distribution and the target distribution levels by multiplying the same by one minus the sum of the highest marginal federal corporate income tax rate that could apply and any increase in the effective overall state and local income tax rates. For example, if Inergy became subject to a maximum marginal federal, and effective state and local income tax rate of 38%, then the minimum quarterly distribution and the target distributions levels would each be reduced to 62% of their previous levels.

Distributions of Cash Upon Liquidation

If Inergy dissolves in accordance with its partnership agreement, Inergy will sell or otherwise dispose of its assets in a process called liquidation. Inergy will first apply the proceeds of liquidation to the payment of its creditors. Inergy will distribute any remaining proceeds to the unitholders and its non-managing general partner, in accordance with its capital account balances, as adjusted to reflect any gain or loss upon the sale or other disposition of its assets in liquidation.

The allocations of gain and loss upon liquidation are intended, to the extent possible, to entitle the holders of outstanding Inergy common units to a preference over the holders of outstanding subordinated units upon the liquidation of Inergy, to the extent required to permit Inergy common unitholders to receive their unrecovered initial unit price plus the minimum quarterly distribution for the quarter during which liquidation occurs plus any unpaid arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on Inergy common units. However, there may not be sufficient gain upon Inergy’s liquidation to enable the holders of Inergy common units to fully recover all of these amounts, even though there may be cash available for distribution to the holders of Inergy subordinated units. Any further net gain recognized upon liquidation will be allocated in a manner that takes into account Inergy’s incentive distribution rights.

Manner of Adjustments for Gain.    The manner of the adjustment is set forth in the Inergy partnership agreement. If Inergy’s liquidation occurs before the end of the subordination period, Inergy will allocate any gain to the partners in the following manner:

• First, to Inergy’s non-managing general partner and the holders of Inergy units who have negative balances in their capital accounts to the extent of and in proportion to those negative balances, which are not expected,

• Second, approximately 98.6% to Inergy common unitholders, pro rata, and approximately 1.4% to the Inergy’s non-managing general partner until the capital account for each Inergy common unit is equal to the sum of:

(1) the unrecovered initial unit price on that Inergy common unit, plus

(2) the amount of the minimum quarterly distribution for the quarter during which Inergy’s liquidation occurs, plus

(3) any unpaid arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on that Inergy common unit,

123

• Third, approximately 98.6% to Inergy senior subordinated unitholders, pro rata, and approximately 1.4% to Inergy’s non-managing general partner until the capital account for each Inergy senior subordinated unit is equal to the sum of:

(1) the unrecovered initial unit price on that Inergy senior subordinated unit, and

(2) the amount of the minimum quarterly distribution for the quarter during which Inergy’s liquidation occurs,

• Fourth, approximately 98.6% to Inergy junior subordinated unitholders, pro rata, and approximately 1.4% to Inergy’s non-managing general partner until the capital account for each Inergy junior subordinated unit is equal to the sum of:

(1) the unrecovered initial unit price on that Inergy junior subordinated unit, and

(2) the amount of the minimum quarterly distribution for the quarter during which Inergy’s liquidation occurs,

• Fifth, approximately 98.6% to all Inergy unitholders, pro rata, and approximately 1.4% to Inergy’s non-managing general partner, until Inergy allocates under this paragraph an amount per Inergy unit equal to:

(1) the sum of the excess of the first target distribution per Inergy unit over the minimum quarterly distribution per Inergy unit for each quarter of Inergy’s existence, less

(2) the cumulative amount per Inergy unit of any distributions of available cash from operating surplus in excess of the minimum quarterly distribution per Inergy unit that Inergy distributed approximately 98.6% to Inergy unitholders, pro rata, and approximately 1.4% to Inergy’s non-managing general partner for each quarter of Inergy’s existence,

• Sixth, approximately 85.6% to all Inergy unitholders, pro rata, approximately 1.4% to the Inergy’s non-managing general partner and 13% to us, until Inergy allocates under this paragraph an amount equal to:

(1) the sum of the excess of the second target distribution per Inergy unit over the first target distribution per Inergy unit for each quarter of Inergy’s existence, less

(2) the cumulative amount per Inergy unit of any distributions of available cash from operating surplus in excess of the first target distribution per Inergy unit that the Inergy distributed approximately 85.6% to Inergy unitholders, pro rata, approximately 1.4% to Inergy’s non-managing general partner and 13% to us for each quarter of Inergy’s existence,

• Seventh, approximately 75.6% to all Inergy unitholders, pro rata, approximately 1.4% to Inergy’s non-managing general partner and 23% to us, until Inergy allocates under this paragraph an amount per Inergy unit equal to:

(1) the sum of the excess of the third target distribution per Inergy unit over the second target distribution per Inergy unit for each quarter of the Inergy’s existence, less

(2) the cumulative amount per Inergy unit of any distributions of available cash from operating surplus in excess of the second target distribution per Inergy unit that Inergy distributed approximately 75.6% to Inergy’s unitholders, pro rata, approximately 1.4% to Inergy’s managing general partner and 23% to us for each quarter of Inergy’s existence,

• Thereafter, approximately 50.6% to all Inergy unitholders, pro rata, approximately 1.4% to Inergy’s non-managing general partner and 48% to us.

If the liquidation occurs after the end of the subordination period, the distinction between Inergy common units, Inergy senior subordinated units and Inergy junior subordinated units will disappear, so that clause (3) of the second priority above and all of the third and fourth priorities above will no longer be applicable.

124

Manner of Adjustments for Losses.    Upon Inergy’s liquidation, it will generally allocate any loss to its non-managing general partner and Inergy unitholders in the following manner:

• First, approximately 98.6% to holders of Inergy junior subordinated units in proportion to the positive balances in their capital accounts and approximately 1.4% to Inergy’s non-managing general partner until the capital accounts of the holders of Inergy junior subordinated units have been reduced to zero,

• Second, approximately 98.6% to the holders of Inergy senior subordinated units in proportion to the positive balances in their capital accounts and approximately 1.4% to Inergy’s non-managing general partner until the capital accounts of the holders of Inergy senior subordinated units have been reduced to zero,

• Third, approximately 98.6% to the holders of Inergy common units in proportion to the positive balances in their capital accounts and approximately 1.4% to the Inergy’s non-managing general partner until the capital accounts of Inergy common unitholders have been reduced to zero, and

• Thereafter, 100% to its non-managing general partner.

If the liquidation occurs after the end of the subordination period, the distinction between Inergy common units, Inergy senior subordinated units and Inergy junior subordinated units will disappear, so that all of the first and second bullets point above will no longer be applicable.

Adjustments to Capital Accounts Upon the Issuance of Additional Inergy Units.    Inergy will make adjustments to capital accounts upon the issuance of additional Inergy units. In doing so, it will allocate any unrealized, and, for tax purposes, unrecognized gain or loss resulting from the adjustments to Inergy unitholders and its managing general partner in the same manner as it allocates gain or loss upon liquidation. In the event that Inergy makes positive interim adjustments to the capital accounts, it will allocate any later negative adjustments to the capital accounts resulting from the issuance of additional Inergy units or upon the Inergy’s liquidation in a manner which results, to the extent possible, in the capital account balances of its non-managing general partner equaling the amount which would have been in its capital account balance if no earlier positive adjustments to the capital accounts had been made.

Issuance of Additional Securities

The Inergy partnership agreement authorizes Inergy to issue an unlimited number of additional limited partner interests and other equity securities for the consideration and on the terms and conditions established by Inergy managing general partner in its sole discretion without the approval of any limited partners. While any Inergy senior subordinated units remain outstanding, however, except discussed in the following paragraph, Inergy may not issue equity securities ranking senior to Inergy common units or an aggregate of more than 1,353,628 additional Inergy common units or units on a parity with Inergy common units, in each case, without the approval of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Inergy common units and subordinated units, voting as separate classes.

During or after the subordination period, Inergy may issue an unlimited number of Inergy common units as follows:

• upon conversion of Inergy subordinated units,

• under employee benefit plans,

• upon conversion of the general partner interests and incentive distribution rights as a result of a withdrawal of the managing general partner of Inergy,

• in the event of a combination or subdivision of Inergy common units, or

125

• in connection with an acquisition that has not been completed or a capital improvement that has not been commenced that would have resulted, on a pro forma basis, in an increase in Inergy’s adjusted operating surplus on a per unit basis for the preceding four-quarter period.

It is possible that Inergy will fund acquisitions through the issuance of additional Inergy common units or other equity securities. Holders of any additional Inergy common units issued by Inergy will be entitled to share equally with the then-existing holders of Inergy common units in Inergy’s distributions of available cash. In addition, the issuance of additional partnership interests may dilute the value of the interests of the then-existing holders of Inergy common units in Inergy’s net assets.

In accordance with Delaware law and the provisions of the Inergy partnership agreement, Inergy may also issue additional partnership interests that, in the sole discretion of Inergy’s managing general partner, have special voting rights to which the Inergy common units are not entitled.

Upon issuance of additional partnership interests in Inergy, Inergy’s non-managing general partner may make, but is not required to make additional capital contributions to the extent necessary to maintain its approximate 1.4% general partner interest in Inergy. If Inergy’s non-managing general partner chooses not to make an additional capital contribution equal to its percentage interest, such interest will be reduced to reflect its percentage of the total capital contributed. Moreover, Inergy’s non-managing general partner will have the right, which it may from time to time assign in whole or in part to any of its affiliates, to purchase Inergy common units, subordinated units or other equity securities whenever, and on the same terms that, Inergy issues those securities to persons other than Inergy’s non-managing general partner and its affiliates, to the extent necessary to maintain its percentage interest, including its interest represented by Inergy common units and subordinated units, that existed immediately prior to each issuance. The holders of Inergy common units will not have preemptive rights to acquire additional Inergy common units or other partnership interests.

Amendment of the Inergy Partnership Agreement

General

Amendments to the Inergy partnership agreement may be proposed only by or with the consent of Inergy’s managing general partner, which consent may be given or withheld in its sole discretion. To adopt a proposed amendment, other than the amendments discussed below, Inergy’s managing general partner must seek written approval of the holders of the number of units required to approve the amendment or call a meeting of the limited partners to consider and vote upon the proposed amendment. Except as described below, an amendment must be approved:

• during the subordination period, by a majority of the Inergy common units, excluding those Inergy common units held by Inergy GP, LLC and its affiliates (including us), and a majority of the subordinated units, voting as separate classes, and

• after the subordination period, by a majority of the Inergy common units.

The voting provisions described above are referred to as a “unit majority.”

Prohibited Amendments

No amendment to Inergy’s partnership agreement may be made that would:

(1) enlarge the obligations of any limited partner of Inergy without its consent, unless approved by at least a majority of the type or class of limited partner interests so affected,

(2) enlarge the obligations of, restrict in any way any action by or rights of, or reduce in any way the amounts distributable, reimbursable or otherwise payable by Inergy to its managing general partner or any

126

of its affiliates without the consent of Inergy’s managing general partner, which may be given or withheld in its sole discretion,

(3) change the term of Inergy,

(4) provide that Inergy is not dissolved upon an election to dissolve Inergy by its managing general partner that is approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Inergy common units and subordinated units, voting as separate classes, or

(5) give any person the right to dissolve Inergy other than its managing general partner’s right to dissolve Inergy with the approval of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Inergy common units and subordinated units, voting as separate classes.

The provision of the Inergy partnership agreement preventing the amendments having the effects described in clauses (1) through (5) above can be amended upon the approval of the holders of at least 90% of the outstanding units voting together as a single class.

No Unitholder Approval

Inergy’s managing general partner may generally make amendments to the Inergy partnership agreement without the approval of any limited partner or assignee to reflect:

(1) a change in the name of Inergy, the location of Inergy’s principal place of business, Inergy’s registered agent or its registered office,

(2) the admission, substitution, withdrawal or removal of partners in accordance with Inergy’s partnership agreement,

(3) a change that, in the sole discretion of Inergy’s managing general partner, is necessary or advisable for Inergy to qualify or to continue its qualification as a limited partnership or a partnership in which the limited partners have limited liability under the laws of any state or to ensure that neither Inergy, the operating company nor its subsidiaries will be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise taxed as an entity for federal income tax purposes,

(4) an amendment that is necessary, in the opinion of our counsel, to prevent Inergy or Inergy GP, LLC or its directors, officers, agents or trustees, from in any manner being subjected to the provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Investment Advisors Act of 1940, or “plan asset” regulations adopted under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, whether or not substantially similar to plan asset regulations currently applied or proposed,

(5) subject to the limitations on the issuance of additional Inergy common units or other limited or general partner interests described above, an amendment that in the discretion of Inergy’s managing general partner is necessary or advisable for the authorization of additional limited or general partner interests,

(6) any amendment expressly permitted in the Inergy partnership agreement to be made by Inergy’s managing general partner acting alone,

(7) an amendment effected, necessitated or contemplated by a merger agreement that has been approved under the terms of the Inergy partnership agreement,

(8) any amendment that, in the discretion of Inergy’s managing general partner, is necessary or advisable for the formation by Inergy of, or its investment in, any corporation, partnership or other entity, as otherwise permitted by the Inergy partnership agreement,

(9) a change in Inergy’s fiscal year or taxable year and related changes, and

(10) any other amendments substantially similar to any of the matters described in (1) through (9) above.

127

In addition, Inergy’s managing general partner may make amendments to the Inergy partnership agreement without the approval of any limited partner or assignee if those amendments, in the discretion of Inergy’s managing general partner:

(1) do not adversely affect Inergy’s limited partners (or any particular class of limited partners) in any material respect,

(2) are necessary or advisable to satisfy any requirements, conditions or guidelines contained in any opinion, directive, order, ruling or regulation of any federal or state agency or judicial authority or contained in any federal or state statute,

(3) are necessary or advisable to facilitate the trading of limited partner interests or to comply with any rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any securities exchange on which Inergy’s limited partner interests are or will be listed for trading, compliance with any of which Inergy’s managing general partner deems to be in Inergy’s best interest and the best interest of its limited partners,

(4) are necessary or advisable for any action taken by Inergy’s managing general partner relating to splits or combinations of units under the provisions of Inergy partnership agreement, or

(5) are required to effect the intent of the provisions of the Inergy partnership agreement or are otherwise contemplated by the Inergy partnership agreement.

Opinion of Counsel and Unitholder Approval

The managing general partner of Inergy will not be required to obtain an opinion of counsel that an amendment will not result in a loss of limited liability to the limited partners or result in Inergy being treated as an entity for federal income tax purposes if one of the amendments described above under “—No Unitholder Approval” should occur. No other amendments to the Inergy partnership agreement will become effective without the approval of holders of at least 90% of the units unless Inergy obtains an opinion of counsel to the effect that the amendment will not affect the limited liability under applicable law of any of its limited partners or cause Inergy, the operating company or its subsidiaries to be taxable as a corporation or otherwise to be taxed as an entity for federal income tax purposes (to the extent not previously taxed as such).

Any amendment that would have a material adverse effect on the rights or preferences of any type or class of outstanding Inergy units in relation to other classes of Inergy units will require the approval of at least a majority of the type or class of units so affected. Any amendment that reduces the voting percentage required to take any action must be approved by the affirmative vote of limited partners constituting not less than the voting requirement sought to be reduced.

Action Relating to the Operating Company

Without the approval of the holders of Inergy units representing a unit majority, Inergy’s managing general partner is prohibited from consenting on Inergy’s behalf, as the sole member of Inergy Propane, LLC, the Inergy’s operating company, to any amendment to the limited liability company agreement of Inergy’s operating company or taking any action on Inergy’s behalf permitted to be taken by a member of Inergy’s operating company, in each case that would adversely affect Inergy’s limited partners (or any particular class of Inergy limited partners) in any material respect.

Merger, Sale or Other Disposition of Assets

The Inergy partnership agreement generally prohibits Inergy’s managing general partner, without the prior approval of the holders of units representing a unit majority, from causing Inergy to, among other things, sell, exchange or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, including by way of merger, consolidation or other combination, or approving on Inergy’s behalf

128

the sale, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of Inergy’s subsidiaries. The Inergy’s managing general partner may, however, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or grant a security interest in all or substantially all of Inergy’s assets without that approval. Inergy’s managing general partner may also sell all or substantially all of Inergy’s assets under a foreclosure or other realization upon those encumbrances without that approval.

If conditions specified in the Inergy partnership agreement are satisfied, Inergy’s managing general partner may merge Inergy or any of its subsidiaries into, or convey some or all of our assets to, a newly formed entity if the sole purpose of that merger or conveyance is to effect a mere change in Inergy’s legal form into another limited liability entity. The unitholders are not entitled to dissenters’ rights of appraisal under Inergy partnership agreement or applicable Delaware law in the event of a merger or consolidation, a sale of substantially all of our assets or any other transaction or event.

Termination and Dissolution

Inergy will continue as a limited partnership until terminated under the Inergy partnership agreement. Inergy will dissolve upon:

(1) the election of Inergy’s managing general partner to dissolve Inergy, if approved by the holders of units representing a unit majority,

(2) the sale, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all of Inergy’s assets and properties and Inergy’s subsidiaries,

(3) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of Inergy, or

(4) the withdrawal or removal of Inergy’s managing general partners or any other event that results in its ceasing to be Inergy’s managing general partner other than by reason of a transfer of general partner interests by Inergy’s non-managing general partner in accordance with the Inergy partnership agreement or withdrawal or removal of Inergy’s managing general partner following approval and admission of a successor.

Upon a dissolution under clause (4), the holders of Inergy units representing a unit majority may also elect, within specific time limitations, to reconstitute Inergy and continue Inergy’s business on the same terms and conditions described in the partnership agreement by forming a new limited partnership on terms identical to those in the Inergy partnership agreement and having as managing general partner an entity approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding common units and subordinated units, voting as separate classes, subject to Inergy’s receipt of an opinion of counsel to the effect that:

(1) the action would not result in the loss of limited liability of any limited partner, and

(2) neither Inergy, the reconstituted limited partnership nor the operating company would be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise be taxable as an entity for federal income tax purposes upon the exercise of that right to continue.

Liquidation and Distribution of Proceeds

Upon Inergy’s dissolution, unless it is reconstituted and continued as a new limited partnership, the liquidator authorized to wind up Inergy’s affairs will, acting with all of the powers of Inergy’s managing general partner that the liquidator deems necessary or desirable in its judgment, liquidate Inergy’s assets and apply the proceeds of the liquidation as provided above in “—Cash Distribution Policy—Distributions of Cash Upon Liquidation.” The liquidator may defer liquidation of Inergy’s assets for a reasonable period of time or distribute assets to partners in kind if it determines that a sale would be impractical or would cause undue loss to the partners.

129

Withdrawal or Removal of the Managing General Partner

Except as described below, Inergy’s managing general partner of Inergy has agreed not to withdraw voluntarily as a general partner or as managing member of the operating company prior to June 30, 2011 without obtaining the approval of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding Inergy common units, excluding Inergy common units held by Inergy’s managing general partner and its affiliates (including us), and furnishing an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax matters. On or after June 30, 2011, the managing general partner of Inergy may withdraw as managing general partner without first obtaining approval of any unitholder by giving 90 days’ written notice, and that withdrawal will not constitute a violation of the Inergy partnership agreement. Notwithstanding the information above, the managing general partner of Inergy may withdraw without unitholder approval upon 90 days’ notice to the limited partners if at least 50% of the outstanding common units are held or controlled by one person and its affiliates other than the Inergy’s managing general partner and its affiliates. Inergy’s managing general partner must withdraw as a general partner at any time after a transfer of its general partner interest upon obtaining the consent of the managing general partner. If Inergy’s managing general partner is removed or withdraws and no successor is appointed, Inergy’s managing general partner will continue the business of Inergy.

Upon the withdrawal of Inergy’s managing general partner under any circumstances, other than as a result of a transfer by Inergy’s non-managing general partner of all or a part of its general partner interest in Inergy, the holders of a majority of the outstanding common units and subordinated units, voting as separate classes, may select a successor to that withdrawing managing general partner. If a successor is not elected, or is elected but an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax matters cannot be obtained, Inergy will be dissolved, wound up and liquidated, unless within 180 days after that withdrawal, the holders of a majority of the outstanding common units and subordinated units, voting as separate classes, agree in writing to continue Inergy’s business and to appoint a successor general partner. Please read “—Termination and Dissolution” above.

Inergy’s managing general partner may not be removed unless that removal is approved by the vote of the holders of not less than 66 ²/3% of the outstanding units, including units held by Inergy’s managing general partner and its affiliates (including us), and Inergy receives an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax matters. Any removal of the Inergy’s managing general partner is also subject to the approval of a successor general partner by the vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding common units and subordinated units, voting as separate classes. The ownership of more than 33 ¹/3% of the outstanding units by Inergy’s managing general partner and its affiliates would give it the practical ability to prevent its removal. As of December 31, 2004, affiliates of Inergy’s managing general partner owned 11.4% of the outstanding units.

The Inergy partnership agreement also provides that if Inergy’s managing general partner is removed as general partner under circumstances where cause does not exist and units held by the Inergy’s managing general partner and its affiliates are not voted in favor of that removal:

(1) the subordination period will end and all outstanding Inergy subordinated units will immediately convert into Inergy common units on a one-for-one basis,

(2) any existing arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on Inergy common units will be extinguished, and

(3) Inergy’s non-managing general partner will have the right to convert its general partners interest and its incentive distribution rights into common units or to receive cash in exchange for those interests.

In the event of removal of the managing general partner under circumstances where cause exists or withdrawal of the managing general partner where that withdrawal violates the Inergy partnership agreement, a successor general partner will have the option to purchase the general partner interest and incentive distribution rights of Inergy’s non-managing general partner for a cash payment equal to the fair market value of those interests. Under all other circumstances where Inergy’s managing general partner withdraws or is removed by the limited partners, Inergy’s non-managing general partner will have the option to require the successor general

130

partner to purchase the general partner interests of Inergy’s non-managing general partner and its incentive distribution rights for fair market value. In each case, this fair market value will be determined by agreement between Inergy’s non-managing general partner and the successor general partner. If no agreement is reached, an independent investment banking firm or other independent expert selected by Inergy’s non-managing general partner and the successor general partner will determine the fair market value. Or, if Inergy’s non-managing general partner and the successor general partner cannot agree upon an expert, then an expert chosen by agreement of the experts selected by each of them will determine the fair market value.

If the option described above is not exercised by either Inergy’s non-managing general partner or the successor general partner, Inergy’s non-managing general partner’s general partner interests and its incentive distribution rights will automatically convert into Inergy common units equal to the fair market value of those interests as determined by an investment banking firm or other independent expert selected in the manner described in the preceding paragraph.

In addition, Inergy is required to reimburse the departing general partner for all amounts due the departing general partner, including, without limitation, all employee-related liabilities, including severance liabilities, incurred for the termination of any employees employed by the departing general partner or its affiliates for Inergy’s benefit.

Transfer of Inergy’s General Partner Interests and Incentive Distribution Rights

Except for transfer by Inergy’s managing general partner of all, but not less than all, of its general partner interests in Inergy and the operating company to:

(1) Inergy’s non-managing general partner, or

(2) another entity as part of the merger or consolidation of the managing general partner or the non-managing general partner with or into another person or the transfer by the managing general partner or Inergy’s non-managing general partner of all or substantially all of its assets to another person,

the managing general partner may not transfer all or any part of its general partner interest in Inergy and its membership interest in Inergy’s operating company to another person prior to June 30, 2011 without the approval of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding Inergy common units, excluding Inergy common units held by Inergy’s managing general partner and its affiliates. As a condition of this transfer, the transferee must assume the rights and duties of the general partner to whose interest that transferee has succeeded, agree to be bound by the provisions of the Inergy partnership agreement, furnish an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax matters, agree to acquire all of Inergy’s non-managing general partner’s interest in Inergy’s operating company and agree to be bound by the provisions of the limited liability company agreements of Inergy’s operating company.

Inergy’s non-managing general partner and its affiliates may at any time, however, transfer Inergy common units and Inergy subordinated units to one or more persons, without Inergy unitholder approval, except that they may not transfer Inergy subordinated units to Inergy. At any time, the members of Inergy’s managing general partner or Inergy’s non-managing general partner may sell or transfer all or part of their membership interests in Inergy’s managing general partner without the approval of the Inergy unitholders. Inergy’s non-managing general partner or its affiliates or Inergy’s non-managing general partner or a later holder may transfer its incentive distribution rights to an affiliate or another person as part of its merger or consolidation with or into, or sale of all or substantially all of its assets to, that person without the prior approval of Inergy unitholders; but, in each case, the transferee must agree to be bound by the provisions of Inergy partnership agreement. Prior to June 30, 2011, other transfers of the incentive distribution rights will require the affirmative vote of holders of a majority of the outstanding Inergy common units and Inergy subordinated units, voting as separate classes. On or after June 30, 2011 the incentive distribution rights in Inergy will be freely transferable.

131

Change of Management Provisions

The Inergy partnership agreement contains specific provisions that are intended to discourage a person or group from attempting to remove Inergy’s managing general partner as general partner or otherwise change management. If any person or group other than Inergy’s managing general partner and its affiliates acquires beneficial ownership of 20% or more of any class of units, that person or group loses voting rights on all of its units. This loss of voting rights does not apply to any person or group that acquires the units from Inergy’s managing general partner or its affiliates and any transferees of that person or group approved by Inergy’s managing general partner.

The Inergy partnership agreement also provides that if Inergy’s managing general partner is removed under circumstances where cause does not exist and units held by Inergy’s managing general partner and its affiliates are not voted in favor of that removal:

(1) the subordination period will end and all outstanding Inergy subordinated units will immediately convert into Inergy common units on a one-for-one basis,

(2) any existing arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the Inergy common units will be extinguished, and

(3) Inergy’s non-managing general partner will have the right to convert its general partner interests and its incentive distribution rights into common units of Inergy or to receive cash in exchange for those interests.

Limited Call Right

If at any time not more than 20% of the then-issued and outstanding Inergy limited partner interests of any class are held by persons other than Inergy’s managing general partner and its affiliates, Inergy’s managing general partner will have the right, which it may assign in whole or in part to any of its affiliates or to Inergy, to acquire all, but not less than all, of the remaining limited partner interests of the class held by unaffiliated persons as of a record date to be selected by Inergy’s managing general partner, on at least ten but not more than 60 days notice. The purchase price in the event of this purchase is the greater of:

(1) the highest cash price paid by Inergy’s managing general partner or any of its affiliates for any limited partner interests of the class purchased within the 90 days preceding the date on which Inergy’s managing general partner first mails notice of its election to purchase those limited partner interests, and

(2) the current market price as of the date three days before the date the notice is mailed.

As a result of Inergy’s managing general partner’s right to purchase outstanding limited partner interests, a holder of limited partner interests may have his limited partner interests purchased at an undesirable time or price. The tax consequences to a unitholder of the exercise of this call right are the same as a sale by that unitholder of his common units in the market. Please read “Material Tax Consequences—Disposition of Units.”

Meetings; Voting

Except as described below regarding a person or group owning 20% or more of any class of Inergy units then outstanding, unitholders or assignees who are record holders of units on the record date will be entitled to notice of, and to vote at, meetings of Inergy’s limited partners and to act upon matters for which approvals may be solicited. Inergy common units that are owned by an assignee who is a record holder, but who has not yet been admitted as a limited partner, will be voted by Inergy’s managing general partner at the written direction of the record holder. Absent direction of this kind, the Inergy common units will not be voted, except that, in the case of Inergy common units held by Inergy’s managing general partner on behalf of non-citizen assignees, Inergy’s managing general partner will distribute the votes on those Inergy common units in the same ratios as the votes of limited partners on other units are cast.

132

Inergy’s managing general partner does not anticipate that any meeting of Inergy unitholders will be called in the foreseeable future. Any action that is required or permitted to be taken by the unitholders may be taken either at a meeting of the unitholders or without a meeting if consents in writing describing the action so taken are signed by holders of the number of units as would be necessary to authorize or take that action at a meeting. Meetings of the unitholders may be called by Inergy’s managing general partner or by unitholders owning at least 20% of the outstanding units of the class for which a meeting is proposed. Unitholders may vote either in person or by proxy at meetings. The holders of a majority of the outstanding units of the class or classes for which a meeting has been called, represented in person or by proxy, will constitute a quorum unless any action by the unitholders requires approval by holders of a greater percentage of the units, in which case the quorum will be the greater percentage.

Each record holder of Inergy unit has a vote according to his percentage interest in Inergy, although additional limited partner interests having special voting rights could be issued. Please read “—Issuance of Additional Securities” above. However, if at any time any person or group, other than Inergy’s managing general partner and its affiliates, or a direct or subsequently approved transferee of the managing general partner or its affiliates, acquires, in the aggregate, beneficial ownership of 20% or more of any class of units then outstanding, that person or group will lose voting rights on all of its units and the units may not be voted on any matter and will not be considered to be outstanding when sending notices of a meeting of unitholders, calculating required votes, determining the presence of a quorum or for other similar purposes. Inergy common units held in nominee or street name account will be voted by the broker or other nominee in accordance with the instruction of the beneficial owner unless the arrangement between the beneficial owner and his nominee provides otherwise. Except as the Inergy partnership agreement otherwise provides, subordinated units will vote together with Inergy common units as a single class.

Any notice, demand, request, report or proxy material required or permitted to be given or made to record holders of Inergy common units under the Inergy partnership agreement will be delivered to the record holder by Inergy or by the transfer agent.

Status as Limited Partner or Assignee

Except as described above under “—Limited Liability,” Inergy common units will be fully paid, and unitholders will not be required to make additional contributions.

An assignee of Inergy common unit, after executing and delivering a transfer application, but pending its admission as a substituted limited partner, is entitled to an interest equivalent to that of a limited partner for the right to share in allocations and distributions from Inergy, including liquidating distributions. Inergy’s managing general partner will vote and exercise other powers attributable to Inergy common units owned by an assignee that has not become a substitute limited partner at the written direction of the assignee. Please read “—Meetings; Voting” above. Transferees that do not execute and deliver a transfer application will be treated neither as assignees nor as record holders of Inergy common units, and will not receive cash distributions, federal income tax allocations or reports furnished to holders of Inergy common units. Please read “Description of the Common Units—Transfer of Common Units.”

Non-Citizen Assignees; Redemption

If Inergy is or becomes subject to federal, state or local laws or regulations that, in the reasonable determination of Inergy’s managing general partner, create a substantial risk of cancellation or forfeiture of any property that Inergy has an interest in because of the nationality, citizenship or other related status of any limited partner or assignee, Inergy may redeem the units held by the limited partner or assignee at their current market price. To avoid any cancellation or forfeiture, Inergy’s managing general partner may require each limited partner or assignee to furnish information about his nationality, citizenship or related status. If a limited partner or assignee fails to furnish information about this nationality, citizenship or other related status within 30 days

133

after a request for the information or Inergy’s managing general partner determines after receipt of the information that the limited partner or assignee is not an eligible citizen, the limited partner or assignee may be treated as a non-citizen assignee. In addition to other limitations on the rights of an assignee that is not a substituted limited partner, a non-citizen assignee does not have the right to direct the voting of his units and may not receive distributions in kind upon Inergy’s liquidation.

Indemnification

Under the Inergy’s partnership agreement, in most circumstances, Inergy will indemnify the following persons, to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against all losses, claims, damages or similar events:

• the general partners,

• any departing general partner,

• any person who is or was an affiliate of a general partner or any departing general partner,

• any person who is or was a member, partner, officer, director, employee, agent or trustee of the managing general partner or any departing general partner or any affiliate of a managing general partner or any departing general partner, or

• any person who is or was serving at the request of a managing general partner or any departing general partner or any affiliate of a managing general partner or any departing general partner as an officer, director, employee, member, partner, agent or trustee of another person.

Any indemnification under these provisions will only be out of Inergy’s assets. Unless it otherwise agrees in its sole discretion, the general partners will not be personally liable for, or have any obligation to contribute or loan funds or assets to Inergy to enable it to effectuate, indemnification. Inergy may purchase insurance against liabilities asserted against and expenses incurred by persons for its activities, regardless of whether it would have the power to indemnify the person against liabilities under Inergy partnership agreement.

Books and Reports

Inergy’s managing general partner is required to keep appropriate books of Inergy’s business at Inergy’s principal offices. The books will be maintained for both tax and financial reporting purposes on an accrual basis. For fiscal reporting purposes, Inergy’s fiscal year ends September 30 of each calendar year. For tax reporting purposes, Inergy’s tax year ends December 31 each year.

Inergy will furnish or make available to record holders of Inergy common units, within 120 days after the close of each fiscal year, an annual report containing audited financial statements and a report on those financial statements by Inergy’s independent public accountants. Except for its fourth quarter, Inergy will also furnish or make available summary financial information within 90 days after the close of each quarter.

Inergy will furnish each record holder of a unit with information reasonably required for tax reporting purposes within 90 days after the close of each calendar year. This information is expected to be furnished in summary form so that some complex calculations normally required of partners can be avoided. Inergy’s ability to furnish this summary information to unitholders will depend on the cooperation of unitholders in supplying Inergy with specific information. Every Inergy unitholder will receive information to assist him in determining his federal and state tax liability and filing his federal and state income tax returns, regardless of whether he supplies Inergy with information.

Right to Inspect Inergy’s Books and Records

The Inergy partnership agreement provides that a limited partner can, for a purpose reasonably related to his interest as a limited partner, upon reasonable demand and at his own expense, have furnished to him:

• a current list of the name and last known address of each Inergy partner,

134

• a copy of Inergy’s tax returns,

• information as to the amount of cash, and a description and statement of the agreed value of any other property or services, contributed or to be contributed by each Inergy partner and the date on which each became a partner,

• copies of the Inergy partnership agreement, the certificate of the Inergy limited partnership, related amendments and powers of attorney under which they have been executed,

• information regarding the status of Inergy’s business and financial condition, and

• any other information regarding Inergy’s affairs as is just and reasonable.

Inergy’s managing general partner may, and intends to, keep confidential from the limited partners trade secrets or other information the disclosure of which Inergy’s managing general partner believes in good faith is not in Inergy’s best interests or which Inergy is required by law or by agreements with third parties to keep confidential.

Registration Rights

Under the Inergy partnership agreement, Inergy has agreed to register for resale under the Securities Act of 1933 and applicable state securities laws any Inergy common units, senior or junior subordinated units or other partnership securities proposed to be sold by Inergy’s managing general partner or any of its affiliates or their assignees if an exemption from the registration requirements is not otherwise available. These registration rights continue for two years following any withdrawal or removal of Inergy’s managing general partner as a general partner of Inergy. Inergy is obligated to pay all expenses incidental to the registration, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions.

135

UNITS ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

After the sale of the common units offered hereby, management of our general partner will hold an aggregate of 16,090,000 common units. The sale of these units could have an adverse impact on the price of our common units or on any trading market that may develop.

The common units sold in this offering will generally be freely transferable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except that any common units owned by an “affiliate” of ours may not be resold publicly except in compliance with the registration requirements of the Securities Act or under an exemption under Rule 144 or otherwise. Rule 144 permits securities acquired by an affiliate of the issuer to be sold into the market in an amount that does not exceed, during any three-month period, the greater of:

• 1% of the total number of the securities outstanding; or

• the average weekly reported trading volume of the common units for the four calendar weeks prior to the sale.

Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to specific manner of sale provisions, holding period requirements, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us. A person who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned his common units for at least two years, would be entitled to sell common units under Rule 144 without regard to the public information requirements, volume limitations, manner of sale provisions and notice requirements of Rule 144.

Our partnership agreement provides that we may issue an unlimited number of limited partner interests and other equity securities without a vote of the unitholders. Any issuance of additional common units or other equity securities would result in a corresponding decrease in the proportionate ownership interest in us represented by, and could adversely affect the cash distributions to and market price of common units then outstanding. See “Material Provisions of the Partnership Agreement of Inergy Holdings, L.P.—Issuance of Additional Securities.”

Following the completion of Inergy’s subordination period, any of the owners of our general partner may request that we register for resale under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws any common units or other partnership securities that are held by such owner. The voting member majority of our general partner, in its discretion, has the authority to authorize or reject any such registration request, subject to reasonable restrictions that our general partner’s board of directors may impose based on market conditions. If the voting member majority approves a request by Mr. John Sherman for registration of any of his interests in us, registration rights will be offered to each owner of our general partner in proportion to such owner’s respective ownership interest. We will bear all costs and expenses incidental to any registration, excluding any underwriting discounts and commissions.

The owners of our general partner and their affiliates, including our general partner and the directors and executive officers of our general partner, have agreed not to sell any common units they beneficially own for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus. For a description of these lock-up provisions, please read “Underwriting.”

In addition to the lock-up arrangements with our underwriters described above, the owners of our general partner have agreed to restrict their ability to sell or otherwise transfer any of their interests in us until August 2006, unless the voting member majority of our general partner waives such restriction.

136

MATERIAL TAX CONSEQUENCES

This section is a discussion of the material tax considerations that may be relevant to prospective unitholders who are individual citizens or residents of the United States and, unless otherwise noted in the following discussion, is the opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P., tax counsel to the general partner and us, insofar as it relates to matters of United States federal income tax law and legal conclusions with respect to those matters. This section is based upon current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, existing and proposed regulations and current administrative rulings and court decisions, all of which are subject to change. Later changes in these authorities may cause the tax consequences to vary substantially from the consequences described below. Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this section to “us” or “we” are references to the Partnership.

The following discussion does not comment on all federal income tax matters affecting us or the unitholders. Moreover, the discussion focuses on unitholders who are individual citizens or residents of the United States and has only limited application to corporations, estates, trusts, nonresident aliens or other unitholders subject to specialized tax treatment, such as tax-exempt institutions, foreign persons, individual retirement accounts (IRAs), real estate investment trusts (REITs) or mutual funds. Accordingly, we urge each prospective unitholder to consult, and depend on, his own tax advisor in analyzing the federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences particular to him of the ownership or disposition of units.

All statements as to matters of law and legal conclusions, but not as to factual matters, contained in this section, unless otherwise noted, are the opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. and are based on the accuracy of the representations made by us.

No ruling has been or will be requested from the IRS regarding any matter affecting us or prospective unitholders. Instead, we will rely on opinions of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. Unlike a ruling, an opinion of counsel represents only that counsel’s best legal judgment and does not bind the IRS or the courts. Accordingly, the opinions and statements made here may not be sustained by a court if contested by the IRS. Any contest of this sort with the IRS may materially and adversely impact the market for the units and the prices at which units trade. In addition, the costs of any contest with the IRS, principally legal, accounting and related fees, will result in a reduction in cash available for distribution to our unitholders and our general partner and thus will be borne indirectly by our unitholders and our general partner. Furthermore, the tax treatment of us, or of an investment in us, may be significantly modified by future legislative or administrative changes or court decisions. Any modifications may or may not be retroactively applied.

For the reasons described below, Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. has not rendered an opinion with respect to the following specific federal income tax issues: (1) the treatment of a unitholder whose units are loaned to a short seller to cover a short sale of units (please read “—Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership—Treatment of Short Sales”); (2) whether our monthly convention for allocating taxable income and losses is permitted by existing Treasury Regulations (please read “—Disposition of Units—Allocations Between Transferors and Transferees”); and (3) whether our method for depreciating Section 743 adjustments is sustainable in certain cases (please read “—Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership—Section 754 Election”).

Partnership Status

A partnership is not a taxable entity and incurs no federal income tax liability. Instead, each partner of a partnership is required to take into account his share of items of income, gain, loss and deduction of the partnership in computing his federal income tax liability, regardless of whether cash distributions are made to him by the partnership. Distributions by a partnership to a partner are generally not taxable unless the amount of cash distributed is in excess of the partner’s adjusted basis in his partnership interest.

Section 7704 of the Internal Revenue Code provides that publicly traded partnerships will, as a general rule, be taxed as corporations. However, an exception, referred to as the “Qualifying Income Exception,” exists with

137

respect to publicly traded partnerships of which 90% or more of the gross income for every taxable year consists of “qualifying income.” Qualifying income includes income and gains derived from the wholesale and retail marketing and transportation of propane, including our allocable share of such income from Inergy. Other types of qualifying income include interest (other than from a financial business), dividends, gains from the sale of real property and gains from the sale or other disposition of capital assets held for the production of income that otherwise constitutes qualifying income. We estimate that less than 5% of our current income is not qualifying income; however, this estimate could change from time to time. Based upon and subject to this estimate, the factual representations made by us and the general partner and a review of the applicable legal authorities, Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. is of the opinion that at least 90% of our current gross income constitutes qualifying income.

No ruling has been or will be sought from the IRS and the IRS has made no determination as to our status for federal income tax purposes or whether our operations generate “qualifying income” under Section 7704 of the Internal Revenue Code. Moreover, no ruling has been or will be sought from the IRS and the IRS has made no determination as to Inergy’s status for federal income tax purposes or whether its operations generate “qualifying income” under Section 7704 of the Internal Revenue Code. Instead, we will rely on the opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. that, based upon the Internal Revenue Code, its regulations, published revenue rulings and court decisions and the representations described below, we will be classified as a partnership.

In rendering its opinion, Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. has relied on factual representations made by us and the our general partner. The representations made by us and our general partner upon which Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. has relied are:

• Neither we, nor Inergy will elect to be treated as a corporation; and

• For each taxable year, more than 90% of our gross income will be income that Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. has opined or will opine is “qualifying income” within the meaning of Section 7704(d) of the Internal Revenue Code.

If we fail to meet the Qualifying Income Exception, other than a failure that is determined by the IRS to be inadvertent and that is cured within a reasonable time after discovery, we will be treated as if we had transferred all of our assets, subject to liabilities, to a newly formed corporation, on the first day of the year in which we fail to meet the Qualifying Income Exception, in return for stock in that corporation, and then distributed that stock to the unitholders in liquidation of their interests in us. This contribution and liquidation should be tax-free to unitholders and us so long as we, at that time, do not have liabilities in excess of the tax basis of our assets. Thereafter, we would be treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes.

If we were taxable as a corporation in any taxable year, either as a result of a failure to meet the Qualifying Income Exception or otherwise, our items of income, gain, loss and deduction would be reflected only on our tax return rather than being passed through to the unitholders, and our net income would be taxed to us at corporate rates. Moreover, if Inergy were taxable as a corporation in any taxable year, our share of Inergy’s items of income, gain, loss and deduction would not be passed through to us and Inergy would pay tax on its income at corporate rates. If we or Inergy were taxable as corporations, losses recognized by Inergy would not flow through to us or our losses would not flow through to our unitholders, as the case may be. In addition, any distribution made by us to a unitholder (or by Inergy to us) would be treated as either taxable dividend income, to the extent of current or accumulated earnings and profits, or, in the absence of earnings and profits, a nontaxable return of capital, to the extent of the unitholder’s tax basis in his units (or our tax basis in our interest in Inergy), or taxable capital gain, after the unitholder’s tax basis in his units (or our tax basis in our interest in Inergy) is reduced to zero. Accordingly, taxation of either us or Inergy as a corporation would result in a material reduction in a unitholder’s cash flow and after-tax return and thus would likely result in a substantial reduction of the value of the units.

138

The discussion below is based on Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.’s opinion that we and Inergy will be classified as partnerships for federal income tax purposes.

Limited Partner Status

Unitholders who have become limited partners of us will be treated as partners in us for federal income tax purposes. Also:

• assignees who have executed and delivered transfer applications, and are awaiting admission as limited partners; and

• unitholders whose units are held in street name or by a nominee and who have the right to direct the nominee in the exercise of all substantive rights attendant to the ownership of their units

will be treated as partners for federal income tax purposes. As there is no direct authority addressing assignees of units who are entitled to execute and deliver transfer applications and thereby become entitled to direct the exercise of attendant rights, but who fail to execute and deliver transfer applications, Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.’s opinion does not extend to these persons. Furthermore, a purchaser or other transferee of units who does not execute and deliver a transfer application may not receive some federal income tax information or reports furnished to record holders of units unless the units are held in a nominee or street name account and the nominee or broker has executed and delivered a transfer application for those units.

A beneficial owner of units whose units have been transferred to a short seller to complete a short sale would appear to lose his status as a partner with respect to those units for federal income tax purposes. Please read “—Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership—Treatment of Short Sales.”

Income, gains, deductions or losses would not appear to be reportable by a unitholder who is not a partner for federal income tax purposes, and any cash distributions received by a unitholder who is not a partner for federal income tax purposes would therefore be fully taxable as ordinary income. These holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors with respect to their status as partners in us for federal income tax purposes.

Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership

Flow-through of Taxable Income. We will not pay any federal income tax. Instead, each unitholder will be required to report on his income tax return his share of our income, gains, losses and deductions without regard to whether corresponding cash distributions are received by him. Consequently, we may allocate income to a unitholder even if he has not received a cash distribution. Each unitholder will be required to include in income his allocable share of our income, gains, losses and deductions for our taxable year ending with or within his taxable year. Our taxable year ends on December 31.

Treatment of Distributions. Distributions by us to a unitholder generally will not be taxable to the unitholder for federal income tax purposes to the extent of his tax basis in his units immediately before the distribution. Our cash distributions in excess of a unitholder’s tax basis generally will be considered to be gain from the sale or exchange of the units, taxable in accordance with the rules described under “—Disposition of Units” below. Any reduction in a unitholder’s share of our liabilities for which no partner, including the general partner, bears the economic risk of loss, known as “nonrecourse liabilities,” will be treated as a distribution of cash to that unitholder. To the extent our distributions cause a unitholder’s “at risk” amount to be less than zero at the end of any taxable year, he must recapture any losses deducted in previous years. Please read “—Limitations on Deductibility of Losses.”

A decrease in a unitholder’s percentage interest in us because of our issuance of additional units will decrease his share of our nonrecourse liabilities, and thus will result in a corresponding deemed distribution of cash. A non-pro rata distribution of money or property may result in ordinary income to a unitholder, regardless

139

of his tax basis in his units, if the distribution reduces the unitholder’s share of our “unrealized receivables,” including depreciation recapture, and/or substantially appreciated “inventory items,” both as defined in the Internal Revenue Code, and collectively, “Section 751 Assets.” To that extent, he will be treated as having been distributed his proportionate share of the Section 751 Assets and having exchanged those assets with us in return for the non-pro rata portion of the actual distribution made to him. This latter deemed exchange will generally result in the unitholder’s realization of ordinary income, which will equal the excess of (1) the non-pro rata portion of that distribution over (2) the unitholder’s tax basis for the share of Section 751 Assets deemed relinquished in the exchange.

Ratio of Taxable Income to Distributions. We estimate that a purchaser of units in this offering who owns those units from the date of closing of this offering through December 31, 2005, will be allocated an amount of federal taxable income for that period that will be less than         % of the cash distributed with respect to that period. This estimate is based upon the assumption that the current rate of distributions from Inergy will approximate the amount required to make a quarterly distribution of $0.225 per common unit and other assumptions with respect to our operations, gross income, capital expenditures, cash flow and anticipated cash distributions. Moreover, if Inergy is successful in increasing distributable cash flow over time, our income allocations from incentive distribution rights will increase and, therefore, our ratio of taxable income to cash distributions will further increase. These estimates and assumptions are subject to, among other things, numerous business, economic, regulatory, competitive and political uncertainties beyond our control. Further, the estimates are based on current tax law and tax reporting positions that we will adopt and with which the IRS could disagree. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that these estimates will prove to be correct. The actual percentage of distributions that will constitute taxable income could be higher or lower, and any differences could be material and could materially affect the value of the units.

Basis of Units. A unitholder’s initial tax basis for his units will be the amount he paid for the units plus his share of our nonrecourse liabilities. That basis will be increased by his share of our income and by any increases in his share of our nonrecourse liabilities. That basis will be decreased, but not below zero, by distributions from us, by the unitholder’s share of our losses, by any decreases in his share of our nonrecourse liabilities and by his share of our expenditures that are not deductible in computing taxable income and are not required to be capitalized. A unitholder will have no share of our debt that is recourse to the general partner, but will have a share, generally based on his share of profits, of our nonrecourse liabilities. Please read “—Disposition of Units—Recognition of Gain or Loss.”

Limitations on Deductibility of Losses. The deduction by a unitholder of his share of our losses will be limited to the tax basis in his units and, in the case of an individual unitholder or a corporate unitholder, if more than 50% of the value of the corporate unitholder’s stock is owned directly or indirectly by five or fewer individuals or some tax-exempt organizations, to the amount for which the unitholder is considered to be “at risk” with respect to our activities, if that is less than his tax basis. A unitholder must recapture losses deducted in previous years to the extent that distributions cause his at risk amount to be less than zero at the end of any taxable year. Losses disallowed to a unitholder or recaptured as a result of these limitations will carry forward and will be allowable to the extent that his tax basis or at risk amount, whichever is the limiting factor, is subsequently increased. Upon the taxable disposition of a unit, any gain recognized by a unitholder can be offset by losses that were previously suspended by the at risk limitation but may not be offset by losses suspended by the basis limitation. Any excess loss above that gain previously suspended by the at risk or basis limitations is no longer utilizable.

In general, a unitholder will be at risk to the extent of the tax basis of his units, excluding any portion of that basis attributable to his share of our nonrecourse liabilities, reduced by any amount of money he borrows to acquire or hold his units, if the lender of those borrowed funds owns an interest in us, is related to the unitholder or can look only to the units for repayment. A unitholder’s at risk amount will increase or decrease as the tax basis of the unitholder’s units increases or decreases, other than tax basis increases or decreases attributable to increases or decreases in his share of our nonrecourse liabilities.

140

The passive loss limitations generally provide that individuals, estates, trusts and some closely-held corporations and personal service corporations can deduct losses from passive activities, which are generally corporate or partnership activities in which the taxpayer does not materially participate, only to the extent of the taxpayer’s income from those passive activities. The passive loss limitations are applied separately with respect to each publicly traded partnership. Consequently, any passive losses we generate will only be available to offset our passive income generated in the future and will not be available to offset income from other passive activities or investments, including our investments or investments in other publicly traded partnerships, or salary or active business income. Passive losses that are not deductible because they exceed a unitholder’s share of income we generate may be deducted in full when he disposes of his entire investment in us in a fully taxable transaction with an unrelated party. The passive activity loss rules are applied after other applicable limitations on deductions, including the at risk rules and the basis limitation.

A unitholder’s share of our net income may be offset by any suspended passive losses, but it may not be offset by any other current or carryover losses from other passive activities, including those attributable to other publicly traded partnerships.

Limitations on Interest Deductions. The deductibility of a non-corporate taxpayer’s “investment interest expense” is generally limited to the amount of that taxpayer’s “net investment income.” Investment interest expense includes:

• interest on indebtedness properly allocable to property held for investment;

• our interest expense attributed to portfolio income; and

• the portion of interest expense incurred to purchase or carry an interest in a passive activity to the extent attributable to portfolio income.

The computation of a unitholder’s investment interest expense will take into account interest on any margin account borrowing or other loan incurred to purchase or carry a unit. Net investment income includes gross income from property held for investment and amounts treated as portfolio income under the passive loss rules, less deductible expenses, other than interest, directly connected with the production of investment income, but generally does not include gains attributable to the disposition of property held for investment. The IRS has indicated that net passive income earned by a publicly traded partnership will be treated as investment income to its unitholders. In addition, the unitholder’s share of our portfolio income will be treated as investment income.

Entity Level Collections. If we are required or elect under applicable law to pay any federal, state, local or foreign income tax on behalf of any unitholder or the general partner or any former unitholder, we are authorized to pay those taxes from our funds. That payment, if made, will be treated as a distribution of cash to the partner on whose behalf the payment was made. If the payment is made on behalf of a person whose identity cannot be determined, we are authorized to treat the payment as a distribution to all current unitholders. We are authorized to amend the partnership agreement in the manner necessary to maintain uniformity of intrinsic tax characteristics of units and to adjust later distributions, so that after giving effect to these distributions, the priority and characterization of distributions otherwise applicable under the partnership agreement is maintained as nearly as is practicable. Payments by us as described above could give rise to an overpayment of tax on behalf of an individual partner in which event the partner would be required to file a claim in order to obtain a credit or refund.

Allocation of Income, Gain, Loss and Deduction. In general, if we have a net profit, our items of income, gain, loss and deduction will be allocated among the unitholders in accordance with their percentage interests in us. If we have a net loss for the entire year, that loss will be allocated to the unitholders in accordance with their percentage interests in us to the extent of their positive capital accounts.

141

Specified items of our income, gain, loss and deduction will be allocated to account for the difference between the tax basis and fair market value of our assets at the time of this offering, referred to in this discussion as “Contributed Property.” The effect of these allocations to a unitholder purchasing units in this offering will be essentially the same as if the tax basis of our assets were equal to their fair market value at the time of this offering. In addition, items of recapture income will be allocated to the extent possible to the partner who was allocated the deduction giving rise to the treatment of that gain as recapture income in order to minimize the recognition of ordinary income by some unitholders. Finally, although we do not expect that our operations will result in the creation of negative capital accounts, if negative capital accounts nevertheless result, items of our income and gain will be allocated in an amount and manner to eliminate the negative balance as quickly as possible.

An allocation of items of our income, gain, loss or deduction, other than an allocation required by the Internal Revenue Code to eliminate the difference between a partner’s “book” capital account, credited with the fair market value of Contributed Property, and “tax” capital account, credited with the tax basis of Contributed Property, referred to in this discussion as the “Book-Tax Disparity,” will generally be given effect for federal income tax purposes in determining a partner’s share of an item of income, gain, loss or deduction only if the allocation has substantial economic effect. In any other case, a partner’s share of an item will be determined on the basis of his interest in us, which will be determined by taking into account all the facts and circumstances, including:

• his relative contributions to us;

• the interests of all the partners in profits and losses;

• the interest of all the partners in cash flow; and

• the rights of all the partners to distributions of capital upon liquidation.

Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. is of the opinion that, with the exception of the issues described in “—Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership—Section 754 Election” and “—Disposition of Units—Allocations Between Transferors and Transferees,” allocations under our partnership agreement will be given effect for federal income tax purposes in determining a partner’s share of an item of income, gain, loss or deduction.

Treatment of Short Sales. A unitholder whose units are loaned to a “short seller” to cover a short sale of units may be considered as having disposed of those units. If so, he would no longer be a partner for those units during the period of the loan and may recognize gain or loss from the disposition. As a result, during this period:

• any of our income, gain, loss or deduction with respect to those units would not be reportable by the unitholder;

• any cash distributions received by the unitholder as to those units would be fully taxable; and

• all of these distributions would appear to be ordinary income.

Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. has not rendered an opinion regarding the treatment of a unitholder where units are loaned to a short seller to cover a short sale of units; therefore, unitholders desiring to assure their status as partners and avoid the risk of gain recognition from a loan to a short seller are urged to modify any applicable brokerage account agreements to prohibit their brokers from borrowing their units. The IRS has announced that it is actively studying issues relating to the tax treatment of short sales of partnership interests. Please also read “—Disposition of Units—Recognition of Gain or Loss.”

Alternative Minimum Tax. Each unitholder will be required to take into account his distributive share of any items of our income, gain, loss or deduction for purposes of the alternative minimum tax. The current minimum tax rate for noncorporate taxpayers is 26% on the first $175,000 of alternative minimum taxable income in excess of the exemption amount and 28% on any additional alternative minimum taxable income. Prospective unitholders are urged to consult with their tax advisors as to the impact of an investment in units on their liability for the alternative minimum tax.

142

Tax Rates. In general, the highest effective United States federal income tax rate for individuals is currently 35.0% and the maximum United States federal income tax rate for net capital gains of an individual is currently 15.0% if the asset disposed of was held for more than 12 months at the time of disposition.

Section 754 Election. We will make the election permitted by Section 754 of the Internal Revenue Code. That election is irrevocable without the consent of the IRS. The election will generally permit us to adjust a unit purchaser’s tax basis in our assets (“inside basis”) under Section 743(b) of the Internal Revenue Code to reflect his purchase price. This election does not apply to a person who purchases units directly from us. The Section 743(b) adjustment belongs to the purchaser and not to other unitholders. For purposes of this discussion, a unitholder’s inside basis in our assets will be considered to have two components: (1) his share of our tax basis in our assets (“common basis”) and (2) his Section 743(b) adjustment to that basis.

Treasury regulations under Section 743 of the Internal Revenue Code require, if the remedial allocation method is adopted (which we will adopt), a portion of the Section 743(b) adjustment attributable to recovery property to be depreciated over the remaining cost recovery period for the Section 704(c) built-in gain. Under Treasury Regulation Section 1.167(c)-1(a)(6), a Section 743(b) adjustment attributable to property subject to depreciation under Section 167 of the Internal Revenue Code, rather than cost recovery deductions under Section 168, is generally required to be depreciated using either the straight-line method or the 150% declining balance method. Under our partnership agreement, the general partner is authorized to take a position to preserve the uniformity of units even if that position is not consistent with these Treasury Regulations. Please read “—Uniformity of Units.”

Although Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. is unable to opine as to the validity of this approach because there is no clear authority on this issue, we intend to depreciate the portion of a Section 743(b) adjustment attributable to unrealized appreciation in the value of Contributed Property, to the extent of any unamortized Book-Tax Disparity, using a rate of depreciation or amortization derived from the depreciation or amortization method and useful life applied to the common basis of the property, or treat that portion as non-amortizable to the extent attributable to property the common basis of which is not amortizable. This method is consistent with the regulations under Section 743 of the Internal Revenue Code but is arguably inconsistent with Treasury Regulation Section 1.167(c)-1(a)(6), which is not expected to directly apply to a material portion of our assets. To the extent this Section 743(b) adjustment is attributable to appreciation in value in excess of the unamortized Book-Tax Disparity, we will apply the rules described in the Treasury Regulations and legislative history. If we determine that this position cannot reasonably be taken, we may take a depreciation or amortization position under which all purchasers acquiring units in the same month would receive depreciation or amortization, whether attributable to common basis or a Section 743(b) adjustment, based upon the same applicable rate as if they had purchased a direct interest in our assets. This kind of aggregate approach may result in lower annual depreciation or amortization deductions than would otherwise be allowable to some unitholders. Please read “—Uniformity of Units.”

A Section 754 election is advantageous if the transferee’s tax basis in his units is higher than the units’ share of the aggregate tax basis of our assets immediately prior to the transfer. In that case, as a result of the election, the transferee would have, among other items, a greater amount of depreciation and depletion deductions and his share of any gain or loss on a sale of our assets would be less. Conversely, a Section 754 election is disadvantageous if the transferee’s tax basis in his units is lower than those units’ share of the aggregate tax basis of our assets immediately prior to the transfer. Thus, the fair market value of the units may be affected either favorably or unfavorably by the election.

The calculations involved in the Section 754 election are complex and will be made on the basis of assumptions as to the value of our assets and other matters. For example, the allocation of the Section 743(b) adjustment among our assets must be made in accordance with the Internal Revenue Code. The IRS could seek to reallocate some or all of any Section 743(b) adjustment allocated by us to our tangible assets or the tangible assets owned by Inergy to goodwill instead. Goodwill, as an intangible asset, is generally amortizable over a

143

longer period of time or under a less accelerated method than our tangible assets. We cannot assure you that the determinations we make will not be successfully challenged by the IRS and that the deductions resulting from them will not be reduced or disallowed altogether. Should the IRS require a different basis adjustment to be made, and should, in our opinion, the expense of compliance exceed the benefit of the election, we may seek permission from the IRS to revoke our Section 754 election. If permission is granted, a subsequent purchaser of units may be allocated more income than he would have been allocated had the election not been revoked.

Tax Treatment of Operations

Accounting Method and Taxable Year. We use the year ending December 31 as our taxable year and the accrual method of accounting for federal income tax purposes. Each unitholder will be required to include in income his share of our income, gain, loss and deduction for our taxable year ending within or with his taxable year. In addition, a unitholder who has a taxable year ending on a date other than December 31 and who disposes of all of his units following the close of our taxable year but before the close of his taxable year must include his share of our income, gain, loss and deduction in income for his taxable year, with the result that he will be required to include in income for his taxable year his share of more than one year of our income, gain, loss and deduction. Please read “—Disposition of Units—Allocations Between Transferors and Transferees.”

Tax Basis, Depreciation and Amortization. The tax basis of our assets and Inergy’s assets will be used for purposes of computing depreciation and cost recovery deductions and, ultimately, gain or loss on the disposition of these assets. The federal income tax burden associated with the difference between the fair market value of our assets and their tax basis immediately prior to this offering will be borne by the unitholders immediately prior to this offering. Please read “—Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership—Allocation of Income, Gain, Loss and Deduction.”

To the extent allowable, we may elect to use the depreciation and cost recovery methods that will result in the largest deductions being taken in the early years after assets are placed in service. We are not entitled to any amortization deductions with respect to any goodwill we own at the time of this offering. Property we subsequently acquire or construct may be depreciated using accelerated methods permitted by the Internal Revenue Code.

If we or Inergy dispose of depreciable property by sale, foreclosure or otherwise, all or a portion of any gain, determined by reference to the amount of depreciation previously deducted and the nature of the property, may be subject to the recapture rules and taxed as ordinary income rather than capital gain. Similarly, a unitholder who has taken cost recovery or depreciation deductions with respect to property we own or Inergy owns will likely be required to recapture some or all of those deductions as ordinary income upon a sale of his interest in us. Please read “—Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership—Allocation of Income, Gain, Loss and Deduction” and “ —Disposition of Units—Recognition of Gain or Loss.”

The costs incurred in selling our units (called “syndication expenses”) must be capitalized and cannot be deducted currently, ratably or upon our termination. There are uncertainties regarding the classification of costs as organization expenses, which may be amortized by us, and as syndication expenses, which may not be amortized by us. The underwriting discounts and commissions we incur will be treated as syndication expenses.

Valuation and Tax Basis of Our Properties. The federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of units will depend in part on our estimates of the relative fair market values, and the tax bases, of our assets and Inergy’s assets. Although we may from time to time consult with professional appraisers regarding valuation matters, we will make many of the relative fair market value estimates ourselves. These estimates and determinations of basis are subject to challenge and will not be binding on the IRS or the courts. If the estimates of fair market value or basis are later found to be incorrect, the character and amount of items of income, gain, loss or deductions previously reported by unitholders might change, and unitholders might be required to adjust their tax liability for prior years and incur interest and penalties with respect to those adjustments.

144

Disposition of Units

Recognition of Gain or Loss. Gain or loss will be recognized on a sale of units equal to the difference between the amount realized and the unitholder’s tax basis for the units sold. A unitholder’s amount realized will be measured by the sum of the cash or the fair market value of other property received by him plus his share of our nonrecourse liabilities. Because the amount realized includes a unitholder’s share of our nonrecourse liabilities, the gain recognized on the sale of units could result in a tax liability in excess of any cash received from the sale.

Prior distributions from us in excess of cumulative net taxable income for a unit that decreased a unitholder’s tax basis in that unit will, in effect, become taxable income if the unit is sold at a price greater than the unitholder’s tax basis in that unit, even if the price received is less than his original cost.

Except as noted below, gain or loss recognized by a unitholder, other than a “dealer” in units, on the sale or exchange of a unit held for more than one year will generally be taxable as capital gain or loss. Capital gain recognized by an individual on the sale of units held more than 12 months will generally be taxed at a maximum rate of 15%. However, a portion of this gain or loss will be separately computed and taxed as ordinary income or loss under Section 751 of the Internal Revenue Code to the extent attributable to assets giving rise to depreciation recapture or other “unrealized receivables” or to “inventory items” we own or Inergy owns. The term “unrealized receivables” includes potential recapture items, including depreciation recapture. Ordinary income attributable to unrealized receivables, inventory items and depreciation recapture may exceed net taxable gain realized upon the sale of a unit and may be recognized even if there is a net taxable loss realized on the sale of a unit. Thus, a unitholder may recognize both ordinary income and a capital loss upon a sale of units. Net capital losses may offset capital gains and no more than $3,000 of ordinary income, in the case of individuals, and may only be used to offset capital gains in the case of corporations.

The IRS has ruled that a partner who acquires interests in a partnership in separate transactions must combine those interests and maintain a single adjusted tax basis for all those interests. Upon a sale or other disposition of less than all of those interests, a portion of that tax basis must be allocated to the interests sold using an “equitable apportionment” method. Treasury Regulations under Section 1223 of the Internal Revenue Code allow a selling unitholder who can identify units transferred with an ascertainable holding period to elect to use the actual holding period of the units transferred. Thus, according to the ruling, a unitholder will be unable to select high or low basis units to sell as would be the case with corporate stock, but, according to the regulations, may designate specific units sold for purposes of determining the holding period of units transferred. A unitholder electing to use the actual holding period of units transferred must consistently use that identification method for all subsequent sales or exchanges of units. A unitholder considering the purchase of additional units or a sale of units purchased in separate transactions is urged to consult his tax advisor as to the possible consequences of this ruling and application of the regulations.

Specific provisions of the Internal Revenue Code affect the taxation of some financial products and securities, including partnership interests, by treating a taxpayer as having sold an “appreciated” partnership interest, one in which gain would be recognized if it were sold, assigned or terminated at its fair market value, if the taxpayer or related persons enter(s) into:

• a short sale;

• an offsetting notional principal contract; or

• a futures or forward contract with respect to the partnership interest or substantially identical property.

Moreover, if a taxpayer has previously entered into a short sale, an offsetting notional principal contract or a futures or forward contract with respect to the partnership interest, the taxpayer will be treated as having sold that position if the taxpayer or a related person then acquires the partnership interest or substantially identical property. The Secretary of the Treasury is also authorized to issue regulations that treat a taxpayer that enters into

145

transactions or positions that have substantially the same effect as the preceding transactions as having constructively sold the financial position.

Allocations Between Transferors and Transferees. In general, our taxable income and losses will be determined annually, will be prorated on a monthly basis and will be subsequently apportioned among the unitholders in proportion to the number of units owned by each of them as of the opening of the applicable exchange on the first business day of the month, which we refer to in this prospectus as the “Allocation Date.” However, gain or loss realized on a sale or other disposition of our assets other than in the ordinary course of business will be allocated among the unitholders on the Allocation Date in the month in which that gain or loss is recognized. As a result, a unitholder transferring units may be allocated income, gain, loss and deduction realized after the date of transfer.

The use of this method may not be permitted under existing Treasury Regulations. Accordingly, Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. is unable to opine on the validity of this method of allocating income and deductions between unitholders. If this method is not allowed under the Treasury Regulations, or only applies to transfers of less than all of the unitholder’s interest, our taxable income or losses might be reallocated among the unitholders. We are authorized to revise our method of allocation between unitholders, as well as unitholders whose interests vary during a taxable year, to conform to a method permitted under future Treasury Regulations.

A unitholder who owns units at any time during a quarter and who disposes of them prior to the record date set for a cash distribution for that quarter will be allocated items of our income, gain, loss and deductions attributable to that quarter but will not be entitled to receive that cash distribution.

Notification Requirements. A purchaser of units who purchases units from another unitholder is required to notify us in writing of that purchase within 30 days after the purchase. We are required to notify the IRS of that transaction and to furnish specified information to the transferor and transferee. Failure to notify us of a purchase may lead to the imposition of substantial penalties. However, these reporting requirements do not apply to a sale by an individual who is a citizen of the United States and who effects the sale or exchange through a broker.

Constructive Termination. We will be considered to have been terminated for tax purposes if there is a sale or exchange of 50% or more of the total interests in our capital and profits within a 12-month period. A constructive termination results in the closing of our taxable year for all unitholders. In the case of a unitholder reporting on a taxable year other than a fiscal year ending December 31, the closing of our taxable year may result in more than 12 months of our taxable income or loss being includable in his taxable income for the year of termination. We would be required to make new tax elections after a termination, including a new election under Section 754 of the Internal Revenue Code, and a termination would result in a deferral of our deductions for depreciation. A termination could also result in penalties if we were unable to determine that the termination had occurred. Moreover, a termination might either accelerate the application of, or subject us to, any tax legislation enacted before the termination.

Uniformity of Units

Because we cannot match transferors and transferees of units, we must maintain uniformity of the economic and tax characteristics of the units to a purchaser of these units. In the absence of uniformity, we may be unable to completely comply with a number of federal income tax requirements, both statutory and regulatory. A lack of uniformity can result from a literal application of Treasury Regulation Section 1.167(c)-1(a)(6). Any non-uniformity could have a negative impact on the value of the units. Please read “—Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership—Section 754 Election.”

We intend to depreciate the portion of a Section 743(b) adjustment attributable to unrealized appreciation in the value of Contributed Property, to the extent of any unamortized Book-Tax Disparity, using a rate of depreciation or amortization derived from the depreciation or amortization method and useful life applied to the

146

common basis of that property, or treat that portion as nonamortizable, to the extent attributable to property the common basis of which is not amortizable, consistent with the regulations under Section 743 of the Internal Revenue Code, even though that position may be inconsistent with Treasury Regulation Section 1.167(c)-1(a)(6), which is not expected to directly apply to a material portion of our assets. Please read “—Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership—Section 754 Election.” To the extent that the Section 743(b) adjustment is attributable to appreciation in value in excess of the unamortized Book-Tax Disparity, we will apply the rules described in the Treasury Regulations and legislative history. If we determine that this position cannot reasonably be taken, we may adopt a depreciation and amortization position under which all purchasers acquiring units in the same month would receive depreciation and amortization deductions, whether attributable to a common basis or Section 743(b) adjustment, based upon the same applicable rate as if they had purchased a direct interest in our property. If this position is adopted, it may result in lower annual depreciation and amortization deductions than would otherwise be allowable to some unitholders and risk the loss of depreciation and amortization deductions not taken in the year that these deductions are otherwise allowable. This position will not be adopted if we determine that the loss of depreciation and amortization deductions will have a material adverse effect on the unitholders. If we choose not to utilize this aggregate method, we may use any other reasonable depreciation and amortization method to preserve the uniformity of the intrinsic tax characteristics of any units that would not have a material adverse effect on the unitholders. The IRS may challenge any method of depreciating the Section 743(b) adjustment described in this paragraph. If this challenge were sustained, the uniformity of units might be affected, and the gain from the sale of units might be increased without the benefit of additional deductions. Please read “—Disposition of Units—Recognition of Gain or Loss.”

Tax-Exempt Organizations and Other Investors

Ownership of units by employee benefit plans, other tax-exempt organizations, regulated investment companies, non-resident aliens, foreign corporations and other foreign persons raises issues unique to those investors and, as described below, may have substantially adverse tax consequences to them.

Employee benefit plans and most other organizations exempt from federal income tax, including individual retirement accounts and other retirement plans, are subject to federal income tax on unrelated business taxable income. Virtually all of our income allocated to a unitholder that is a tax-exempt organization will be unrelated business taxable income and will be taxable to them.

For tax year’s beginning prior to October 22, 2004, a regulated investment company or “mutual fund” is required to derive 90% or more of its gross income from interest, dividends and gains from the sale of stocks or securities or foreign currency or specified related sources. It is not anticipated that any significant amount of our gross income will include that type of income. However, recent legislation adds net income derived from the ownership of an interest in a “qualified publicly traded partnership” to the categories of qualified income for a regulated investment company. We expect that we will meet the definition of a qualified publicly traded partnership. However, this legislation is only effective for taxable years beginning after October 22, 2004.

Non-resident aliens and foreign corporations, trusts or estates that own units will be considered to be engaged in business in the United States because of the ownership of units. As a consequence, they will be required to file federal tax returns to report their share of our income, gain, loss or deduction and pay federal income tax at regular rates on their share of our net income or gain. Moreover, under rules applicable to publicly traded partnerships, we will withhold at the highest applicable effective tax rate from cash distributions made quarterly to foreign unitholders. Each foreign unitholder must obtain a taxpayer identification number from the IRS and submit that number to our transfer agent on a Form W-8BEN or applicable substitute form in order to obtain credit for these withholding taxes. A change in applicable law may require us to change these procedures.

In addition, because a foreign corporation that owns units will be treated as engaged in a United States trade or business, that corporation may be subject to the United States branch profits tax at a rate of 30%, in addition to regular federal income tax, on its share of our income and gain, as adjusted for changes in the foreign

147

corporation’s “U.S. net equity,” which are effectively connected with the conduct of a United States trade or business. That tax may be reduced or eliminated by an income tax treaty between the United States and the country in which the foreign corporate unitholder is a “qualified resident.” In addition, this type of unitholder is subject to special information reporting requirements under Section 6038C of the Internal Revenue Code.

Under a ruling of the IRS, a foreign unitholder who sells or otherwise disposes of a unit will be subject to federal income tax on gain realized on the sale or disposition of that unit to the extent that this gain is effectively connected with a United States trade or business of the foreign unitholder. Apart from the ruling, a foreign unitholder will not be taxed or subject to withholding upon the sale or disposition of a unit if he has owned less than 5% in value of the units during the five-year period ending on the date of the disposition and if the units are regularly traded on an established securities market at the time of the sale or disposition.

Administrative Matters

Information Returns and Audit Procedures. We intend to furnish to each unitholder, within 90 days after the close of each calendar year, specific tax information, including a Schedule K-1, which describes his share of our income, gain, loss and deduction for our preceding taxable year. In preparing this information, which will not be reviewed by counsel, we will take various accounting and reporting positions, some of which have been mentioned earlier, to determine his share of income, gain, loss and deduction. We cannot assure you that those positions will yield a result that conforms to the requirements of the Internal Revenue Code, Treasury Regulations or administrative interpretations of the IRS. Neither we nor Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. can assure prospective unitholders that the IRS will not successfully contend in court that those positions are impermissible. Any challenge by the IRS could negatively affect the value of the units.

The IRS may audit our federal income tax information returns. Adjustments resulting from an IRS audit may require each unitholder to adjust a prior year’s tax liability, and possibly may result in an audit of his return. Any audit of a unitholder’s return could result in adjustments not related to our returns as well as those related to our returns.

Partnerships generally are treated as separate entities for purposes of federal tax audits, judicial review of administrative adjustments by the IRS and tax settlement proceedings. The tax treatment of partnership items of income, gain, loss and deduction are determined in a partnership proceeding rather than in separate proceedings with the partners. The Internal Revenue Code requires that one partner be designated as the “Tax Matters Partner” for these purposes. The partnership agreement names the general partner as our Tax Matters Partner.

The Tax Matters Partner will make some elections on our behalf and on behalf of unitholders. In addition, the Tax Matters Partner can extend the statute of limitations for assessment of tax deficiencies against unitholders for items in our returns. The Tax Matters Partner may bind a unitholder with less than a 1% profits interest in us to a settlement with the IRS unless that unitholder elects, by filing a statement with the IRS, not to give that authority to the Tax Matters Partner. The Tax Matters Partner may seek judicial review, by which all the unitholders are bound, of a final partnership administrative adjustment and, if the Tax Matters Partner fails to seek judicial review, judicial review may be sought by any unitholder having at least a 1% interest in profits or by any group of unitholders having in the aggregate at least a 5% interest in profits. However, only one action for judicial review will go forward, and each unitholder with an interest in the outcome may participate.

A unitholder must file a statement with the IRS identifying the treatment of any item on his federal income tax return that is not consistent with the treatment of the item on our return. Intentional or negligent disregard of this consistency requirement may subject a unitholder to substantial penalties.

Nominee Reporting. Persons who hold an interest in us as a nominee for another person are required to furnish to us:

• the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the beneficial owner and the nominee;

148

• whether the beneficial owner is:

(1) a person that is not a United States person;

(2) a foreign government, an international organization or any wholly owned agency or instrumentality of either of the foregoing; or

(3) a tax-exempt entity;

• the amount and description of units held, acquired or transferred for the beneficial owner; and

• specific information including the dates of acquisitions and transfers, means of acquisitions and transfers, and acquisition cost for purchases, as well as the amount of net proceeds from sales.

Brokers and financial institutions are required to furnish additional information, including whether they are United States persons and specific information on units they acquire, hold or transfer for their own account. A penalty of $50 per failure, up to a maximum of $100,000 per calendar year, is imposed by the Internal Revenue Code for failure to report that information to us. The nominee is required to supply the beneficial owner of the units with the information furnished to us.

Accuracy related and Assessable Penalties. An additional tax equal to 20% of the amount of any portion of an underpayment of tax that is attributable to one or more specified causes, including negligence or disregard of rules or regulations, substantial understatements of income tax and substantial valuation misstatements, is imposed by the Internal Revenue Code. No penalty will be imposed, however, for any portion of an underpayment if it is shown that there was a reasonable cause for that portion and that the taxpayer acted in good faith regarding that portion.

A substantial understatement of income tax in any taxable year exists if the amount of the understatement exceeds the greater of 10% of the tax required to be shown on the return for the taxable year or $5,000 ($10,000 for most corporations). The amount of any understatement subject to penalty generally is reduced if any portion is attributable to a position adopted on the return:

(1) for which there is, or was, “substantial authority”; or

(2) as to which there is a reasonable basis and the pertinent facts of that position are disclosed on the return.

More stringent rules, including additional penalties and extended statutes of limitations, may apply as a result of our participation in “listed transactions” or “reportable transactions with a significant tax avoidance purpose.” While we do not anticipate participating in such transactions, if any item of income, gain, loss or deduction included in the distributive shares of unitholders for a given year might result in an “understatement” of income relating to such a transaction, we will disclose the pertinent facts on our return. In addition, we will make a reasonable effort to furnish sufficient information for unitholders to make adequate disclosure on their returns and to take other actions as may be appropriate to permit unitholders to avoid liability for penalties.

A substantial valuation misstatement exists if the value of any property, or the adjusted basis of any property, claimed on a tax return is 200% or more of the amount determined to be the correct amount of the valuation or adjusted basis. No penalty is imposed unless the portion of the underpayment attributable to a substantial valuation misstatement exceeds $5,000 ($10,000 for most corporations). If the valuation claimed on a return is 400% or more than the correct valuation, the penalty imposed increases to 40%.

State, Local, Foreign and Other Tax Considerations

In addition to federal income taxes, you likely will be subject to other taxes, such as state, local and foreign income taxes, unincorporated business taxes, and estate, inheritance or intangible taxes that may be imposed by

149

the various jurisdictions in which we or Inergy do business or own property or in which you are a resident. Although an analysis of those various taxes is not presented here, each prospective unitholder should consider their potential impact on his investment in us. We or Inergy will initially own property or may be deemed to do business in the following states: Arkansas, California, Connecticut, Florida, Georgia, Illinois, Indiana, Kentucky, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, Michigan, Minnesota, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New York, North Carolina, Ohio, Oklahoma, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, South Carolina, Tennessee, Texas, Vermont, Virginia, West Virginia and Wisconsin. Each of these states, except Florida and Texas, currently impose a personal income tax. We or Inergy may also own property or do business in other jurisdictions in the future. Although you may not be required to file a return and pay taxes in some jurisdictions because your income from that jurisdiction falls below the filing and payment requirement, you will be required to file income tax returns and to pay income taxes in many other jurisdictions in which we may do business or own property and may be subject to penalties for failure to comply with those requirements. In some jurisdictions, tax losses may not produce a tax benefit in the year incurred and may not be available to offset income in subsequent taxable years. Some jurisdictions may require us, or we may elect, to withhold a percentage of income from amounts to be distributed to a unitholder who is not a resident of the jurisdiction. Withholding, the amount of which may be greater or less than a particular unitholder’s income tax liability to the jurisdiction, generally does not relieve a nonresident unitholder from the obligation to file an income tax return. Amounts withheld will be treated as if distributed to unitholders for purposes of determining the amounts distributed by us. Please read “—Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership—Entity Level Collections.” Based on current law and our estimate of our future operations, the general partner anticipates that any amounts required to be withheld will not be material.

It is the responsibility of each unitholder to investigate the legal and tax consequences, under the laws of pertinent jurisdictions, of his investment in us. Accordingly, each prospective unitholder is urged to consult, and depend upon, his tax counsel or other advisor with regard to those matters. Further, it is the responsibility of each unitholder to file all state, local and foreign, as well as United States federal tax returns, that may be required of him. Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. has not rendered an opinion on the state, local or foreign tax consequences of an investment in us.

150

UNDERWRITING

Lehman Brothers Inc. is acting as representative of the underwriters. Under the terms of an Underwriting Agreement, which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, each of the underwriters named below has severally agreed to purchase from us the respective number of common units shown opposite its name below:

Underwriters	Number of Common Units
Lehman Brothers Inc.
A.G. Edwards & Sons, Inc.
Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC
Total	3,400,000

The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters’ obligation to purchase common units depends on the satisfaction of the conditions contained in the underwriting agreement including:

• the obligation to purchase all of the common units offered hereby, if any of the common units are purchased;

• the representations and warranties made by us to the underwriters are true;

• there has been no material change in the condition of us or in the financial markets; and

• we deliver customary closing documents to the underwriters.

Commissions and Expenses

The following table summarizes the underwriting discounts and commissions we will pay to the underwriters. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units. The underwriting fee is the difference between the initial public offering price and the amount the underwriters pay to us for the common units.

	No Exercise	Full Exercise
Per common unit
Total

The representative of the underwriters has advised us that the underwriters propose to offer the common units directly to the public at the public offering price on the cover of this prospectus and to selected dealers, who may include the underwriters, at such offering price less a selling concession not in excess of $             per common unit. The underwriters may allow, and the selected dealers may re-allow, a discount from the concession not in excess of $             per share to other dealers. After the offering, the representative may change the offering price and other selling terms.

The expenses of the offering that are payable by us are estimated to be approximately $1.1 million (excluding underwriting discounts and commissions).

Option to Purchase Additional Common Units

We have granted the underwriters an option exercisable for 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase, from time to time, in whole or in part, up to an aggregate of 510,000 common units at the public offering price less underwriting discounts and commissions. This option may be exercised if the underwriters sell more than 3,400,000 common units in connection with this offering. To the extent that this option is exercised, each underwriter will be obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase its pro rata portion of these additional common units based on the underwriter’s percentage underwriting commitment in the offering as indicated in the table at the beginning of this Underwriting Section.

151

Lock-Up Agreements

We, our affiliates that own common units, and the directors and executive officers of our general partner have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Lehman Brothers Inc., we and they will not, subject to some exceptions, directly or indirectly, offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell an option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of any common units or any securities which may be converted into or exchanged for any common units or enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common units for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus other than permitted transfers.

The 180-day restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be extended if:

• during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period we issue an earnings release or announce material news or a material event; or

• prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period,

in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or material event.

Lehman Brothers Inc., in its sole discretion, may release the common units subject to lock-up agreements in whole or in part at any time with or without notice. When determining whether or not to release common units from lock-up agreements, Lehman Brothers Inc. will consider, among other factors, the unitholders’ reasons for requesting the release, the number of common units for which the release is being requested and market conditions at the time.

Offering Price Determination

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common units. The initial public offering price will be negotiated between the representative and us. In determining the initial public offering price of our common units, the representative will consider:

• the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete,

• our financial information,

• the ability of our management and our business potential and earning prospects,

• the prevailing securities markets at the time of this offering, and

• the recent market prices of, and the demand for, publicly traded common units of generally comparable entities.

Indemnification

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act and liabilities incurred in connection with the directed unit program referred to below, and to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make for these liabilities.

Directed Unit Program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale at the initial public offering price up to 340,000 common units offered hereby for officers, directors, employees and certain other persons associated with us. The

152

number of common units available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent such persons purchase such reserved common units. Any reserved common units not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other common units offered hereby. Certain of our and Inergy GP, LLC’s officers, including Messrs. John J. Sherman, Atterbury, Gautreaux and Hughes will purchase, in the aggregate, up to 170,000 common units in our directed unit program.

Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

The representative may engage in stabilizing transactions, short sales and purchases to cover positions created by short sales, and penalty bids or purchases for the purpose of pegging, fixing or maintaining the price of the common units, in accordance with Regulation M under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934:

• Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.

• A short position involves a sale by the underwriters of common units in excess of the number of common units the underwriters are obligated to purchase in the offering, which creates the syndicate short position. This short position may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of common units involved in the sales made by the underwriters in excess of the number of common units they are obligated to purchase is not greater than the number of common units that they may purchase by exercising their option to purchase additional common units. In a naked short position, the number of common units involved is greater than the number of common units in their option to purchase additional common units. The underwriters may close out any short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional common units and/or purchasing common units in the open market. In determining the source of common units to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of common units available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase common units through their option to purchase additional common units. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there could be downward pressure on the price of the common units in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.

• Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of the common units in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions.

• Penalty bids permit the representatives to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the common units originally sold by the syndicate member are purchased in a stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate short positions.

These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common units or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common units. As a result, the price of the common units may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may be effected on the Nasdaq National Market or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of the common units. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters make representation that the representative will engage in these stabilizing transactions or that any transaction, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

Electronic Distribution

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the Internet sites or through other online services maintained by one or more of the underwriters and/or selling group members participating in this offering, or by their affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view offering terms online and, depending upon the particular underwriter or selling group member, prospective investors may be allowed to

153

place orders online. The underwriters may agree with us to allocate a specific number of common units for sale to online brokerage account holders. Any such allocation for online distributions will be made by the representative on the same basis as other allocations.

Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on any underwriter’s or selling group member’s web site and any information contained in any other web site maintained by an underwriter or selling group member is not part of the prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or any underwriter or selling group member in its capacity as underwriter or selling group member and should not be relied upon by investors.

Nasdaq National Market

We have applied to list our common units for quotation on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol “NRGP.”

Discretionary Sales

The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend to confirm sales to discretionary accounts without the prior written approval of the customer.

Stamp Taxes

If you purchase common units offered in this prospectus, you may be required to pay stamp taxes and other charges under the laws and practices of the country of purchase, in addition to the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus.

Relationships

Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have performed investment banking, commercial banking and advisory services for Inergy for which they have received customary fees and expenses. An affiliate of Lehman Brothers Inc. is the lender under our new term loan, a portion of which will be repaid with the net proceeds from this offering. As a result, Lehman Brothers may have a conflict of interest with respect to this offering because it has interests in the successful completion of this offering beyond the underwriting discount and commissions it will receive. For this reason, A.G. Edwards & Sons, Inc. has agreed to act as a “qualified independent underwriter” as such role is defined by Rule 2720 of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.’s Conduct Rules. Such provisions require, among other things, that the initial public offering price be no higher than that recommended by a “qualified independent underwriter” who must participate in the preparation of the registration statement and the prospectus and who must exercise the usual standards of “due diligence” with respect thereto. The initial public offering price of the common units will not be higher than the price recommended by A.G. Edwards & Sons, Inc. Lehman Brothers Inc. also served as an initial purchaser in Inergy’s private placement of $425 million of 6.875% senior notes in December 2004, and both Lehman Brothers Inc. and A.G. Edwards & Sons, Inc. were underwriters in connection with Inergy’s public offering of 5,060,000 of its common units in December 2004. The underwriters and their affiliates may in the future perform investment banking and advisory services for us from time to time for which they may in the future receive customary fees and expenses. The underwriters may, from time to time, engage in transactions with or perform services for us in the ordinary course of their business.

NASD Conduct Rules

Because the NASD views the common units offered hereby as interests in a direct participation program, the offering is being made in compliance with Rule 2810 of the NASD Conduct Rules. Investor suitability with respect to the common units should be judged similarly to the suitability with respect to other securities that are listed for trading on a national securities exchange.

154

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the common units will be passed upon for us by Vinson & Elkins L.L.P., Houston, Texas. Certain legal matters in connection with the common units offered hereby will be passed upon for the underwriters by Baker Botts L.L.P., Houston, Texas.

EXPERTS

Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors, have audited our consolidated financial statements and schedule at September 30, 2003 and 2004 and for each of the years in the three-year period ended September 30, 2004 as set forth in their report. We have included our financial statements and schedule in the prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement in reliance on Ernst & Young LLP’s report, given on their authority and as experts in accounting and auditing.

The combined financial statements of Star Gas Propane, L.P. and Subsidiary as of September 30, 2003 and 2004 and for each of the years in the three-year period ended September 30, 2004 have been included in this prospectus and registration statement in reliance upon the report of KPMG LLP, independent auditors, included herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing. The audit report on the combined financial statements of Star Gas Propane, L.P. and Subsidiary contains an explanatory paragraph that states that there is substantial doubt about the ability of Star Gas Propane, L.P.’s parent to continue as a going concern and consequently there is substantial doubt about the ability of Star Gas Propane, L.P. to continue as a going concern. The combined financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty. The audit report refers to the adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.”

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement on Form S-1 regarding the common units offered by this prospectus. This prospectus does not contain all of the information found in the registration statement. For further information regarding us and the common units offered by this prospectus, you should review the full registration statement, including its exhibits and schedules, filed under the Securities Act of 1933. The registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, including its exhibits and schedules, may be inspected and copied at the public reference room maintained by the SEC at Room 1024, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of the materials may also be obtained from the SEC at prescribed rates by writing to the public reference room maintained by the SEC at Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330.

The SEC maintains a website on the Internet at http://www.sec.gov. Our registration statement, of which this prospectus constitutes a part, can be downloaded at no cost from the SEC’s web site.

We intend to furnish our unitholders annual reports containing our audited financial statements and furnish or make available quarterly reports containing our unaudited interim financial information for the first three fiscal quarters of each of our fiscal years.

155

Index to Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedules

	Page
Inergy Holdings, L.P. Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements:
Introduction	F-2
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2004	F-3
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Income Statement for the three month period ended December 31, 2004	F-4
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Income Statement for the year ended September 30, 2004	F-5
Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements	F-6
Inergy Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries Consolidated Interim Financial Statements:
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2004 (unaudited) and September 30, 2004	F-8
Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three months ended December 31, 2003 and 2004	F-9
Unaudited Consolidated Statement of Members’ Equity for the three months ended December 31, 2004	F-10
Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three months ended December 31, 2003 and 2004	F-11
Unaudited Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	F-13
Inergy Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries Consolidated Financial Statements:
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	F-22
Consolidated Balance Sheets of Inergy Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries as of September 30, 2003 and September 30, 2004	F-23
Consolidated Statements of Income of Inergy Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries for the years ended September 30, 2002, September 30, 2003 and September 30, 2004	F-24
Consolidated Statements of Members’ Equity of Inergy Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries as of September 30, 2002, September 30, 2003 and September 30, 2004	F-25
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows of Inergy Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries as of September 30, 2002, September 30, 2003 and September 30, 2004	F-26
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements of Inergy Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries	F-28
Inergy Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries Financial Statement Schedules:
Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts as of September 30, 2003 and 2004	F-54
Star Gas Propane, L.P. and Subsidiary Financial Statements:
Independent Auditors’ Report	F-55
Combined Balance Sheets of Star Gas Propane, L.P. and Subsidiary as of September 30, 2003 and September 30, 2004	F-56
Combined Statements of Operations of Star Gas Propane, L.P. and Subsidiary for the years ended September 30, 2002, September 30, 2003 and September 30, 2004	F-57
Combined Statements of Comprehensive Income (loss) of Star Gas Propane, L.P. and Subsidiary for the years ended September 30, 2002, September 30, 2003 and September 30, 2004	F-58
Combined Statements of Cash Flows of Star Gas Propane, L.P. and Subsidiary for the years ended September 30, 2002, September 30, 2003 and September 30, 2004	F-59
Notes to the Combined Financial Statements of Star Gas Propane, L.P. and Subsidiary	F-60

F-1

Inergy Holdings, L.P.

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements

The following are our unaudited pro forma financial statements as of December 31, 2004 and for the three months ended December 31, 2004 and for the year ended September 30, 2004. The unaudited pro forma income statements reflect our consolidated historical operating results as adjusted for the following transactions as if these transactions occurred on October 1, 2003:

• Inergy’s Star Gas Propane Acquisition;

• Inergy’s December 2004 senior notes offering;

• Inergy’s December 2004 issuances of common units;

• our issuance in November 2004 of membership interests and related distributions of proceeds;

• our anticipated new term loan and related expenses and distributions of such borrowings;

• our anticipated new credit facility entered concurrently with the close of this offering; and

• this offering and the application of the net proceeds as described under “Use of Proceeds.”

The unaudited pro forma balance sheet as of December 31, 2004 reflects our consolidated historical operating results as adjusted for the following transactions as if these transactions occurred on December 31, 2004:

• our anticipated new term loan and related expenses and distributions of such borrowings;

• our anticipated new credit facility entered concurrently with the close of this offering;

• this offering and the application of the net proceeds as described under “Use of Proceeds”; and

• the change in our organizational structure from a limited liability company to a limited partnership.

The pro forma statement of operations for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2004 and for the three months ended December 31, 2004 does not include the pro forma effect of any acquisitions completed after September 30, 2004 other than the Star Gas Propane Acquisition. Furthermore, the pro forma results do not include the pro forma full year impact of the 17 acquisitions completed during fiscal 2004. These acquisitions were consummated at different times throughout the year and were accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. Accordingly, the results of operations for the fiscal 2004 acquisitions are included in our historical financial statements from the applicable date of the acquisition, and not on a pro forma or a full year basis.

The pro forma balance sheet and the pro forma statement of operations were derived by adjusting our historical financial statements. The adjustments are based on currently available information and, therefore, the actual adjustments may materially differ from the pro forma adjustments. The acquisition of Star Gas Propane, L.P. was accounted for as an acquisition under the purchase method of accounting in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 141, Business Combinations. The assets and liabilities of Star Gas Propane, L.P. will be reflected at fair value. A final determination of the purchase accounting adjustments, including the allocation of the purchase price of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their fair values, has not been made. Accordingly, the purchase accounting adjustments made in connection with the development of the following unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements are preliminary and have been made solely for purposes of developing such unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements. However, management believes that the adjustments provide a reasonable basis for presenting the significant effects of the transactions described above.

For a description of all of the assumptions used in preparing the pro forma financial and operating data, you should read the notes to the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements for Inergy Holdings, L.P. The pro forma financial statements should not be considered as indicative of the historical results we would have had or the future results that we will have after the offering.

F-2

Inergy Holdings, L.P.

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet

December 31, 2004

	Inergy Holdings, LLC Historical		Adjustments Relating to Transactions Occurring Prior to Inergy Holdings, LLC’s Public Offering			Inergy Holdings, LLC Pro Forma			Offering Adjustments			Inergy Holdings, L.P. As Adjusted
	(in thousands)
Assets
Current assets:
Cash	$	21,206	$	18,200	(a)	$	21,206		$	62,130	(b)	$	21,206
				(18,200	)(a)					(62,130	)(b)
				66,607	(c)					(4,812	)(d)
				(18,607	)(c)					4,812	(d)
				(45,000	)(c)
				(3,000	)(c)
Accounts receivable, net		150,818					150,818						150,818
Inventories		82,987					82,987						82,987
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		21,406		2,540	(e)		23,946						23,946
Assets from price risk management activities		12,858					12,858						12,858
Total current assets		289,275		2,540			291,815			—			291,815
Property, plant and equipment, net		533,067		11,200	(f)		544,267						544,267
Investment in subsidiaries		—					—						—
Intangible assets, net		221,298		335	(c)		221,633			(335	)(b)		221,298
Goodwill		209,733					209,733						209,733
Other		1,828					1,828						1,828
Total assets	$	1,255,201	$	14,075		$	1,269,276		$	(335	)	$	1,268,941
Liabilities and Partners’ Capital
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	$	137,173				$	137,173		$	—		$	137,173
Accrued expenses		26,333					26,333						26,333
Customer deposits		39,724					39,724						39,724
Liabilities from price risk management activities		14,736					14,736						14,736
Current portion of long term debt and member notes		52,412					52,412						52,412
Total current liabilities		270,378		—			270,378			—			270,378
Long term debt and member notes, less current portion		546,235		(18,200	)(a)		590,110			(62,130	)(b)		527,980
				11,200	(f)					(4,812	)(d)
				66,942	(c)					4,812	(d)
				(18,607	)(c)
				2,540	(e)
Deferred tax liability		21,141					21,141						21,141
Interest of non-controlling partners in the partnership		400,798		17,220	(a)		418,018						418,018
Redeemable members’ interest		2,935		(2,935	)(c)		—			—			—
Members’ equity / partners’ capital (g)		13,470		980	(a)		(30,615	)		62,130	(b)		31,180
				(45,000	)(c)					(335	)(b)
				(3,000	)(c)
				2,935	(c)
Accumulated comprehensive other income		244					244						244
Total liabilities and partners’ capital	$	1,255,201	$	14,075		$	1,269,276		$	(335	)	$	1,268,941

See accompanying notes

F-3

Inergy Holdings, L.P.

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Income Statement

For the Three months ended December 31, 2004

	Historical(h)						Adjustments Relating to Transactions Occurring Prior to Inergy Holdings, LLC’s Public Offering			Inergy Holdings, LLC Pro Forma			Offering Adjustments			As Further Adjusted
	Inergy Holdings, LLC			Star Gas Propane, L.P.
	(in thousands)
Revenues:
Propane	$	224,476		$	58,722		$	—		$	283,198		$	—		$	283,198
Other		32,989			—						32,989						32,989
		257,465			58,722			—			316,187			—			316,187
Cost of product sold		192,777			38,442						231,219						231,219
Gross profit		64,688			20,280			—			84,968			—			84,968
Expenses:
Operating and administrative		34,836			19,892						54,728						54,728
Depreciation and amortization		8,849			3,481			(57	)(i)		12,273						12,273
Operating income		21,003			(3,093	)		57			17,967			—			17,967
Other income (expense):
Interest expense		(3,762	)		(1,411	)		(2,569	)(j)		(7,742	)		(285	)(j)		(8,028	)
Interest expense related to write off of deferred financing costs		(6,990	)		—						(6,990	)					(6,990	)
Make whole premium charge		—									—						—
Swap value received		—									—						—
Gain (loss) on sale of property, plant and equipment		173									173						173
Finance charges		236									236						236
Other		59			—						59						59
Income (loss) before income taxes		10,719			(4,504	)		(2,512	)		3,703			(285	)		3,417
Gain on issuance of units in the partnership		15,092									15,092						15,092
Provision for income tax		(1,434	)		(48	)					(1,482	)					(1,482	)
Interest of non-controlling partners in the Partnership’s net income (loss)		(9,240	)								(9,240	)		6,163	(k)		(3,077	)
Net income (loss)	$	15,137		$	(4,552	)	$	(2,512	)	$	8,073		$	5,878		$	13,950
Net income applicable to redeemable members’ interest	$	631								$	—					$	—
Limited partners’ interest in net income (g)	$	14,506								$	8,073					$	13,950
Net income per limited partner unit: (g)
Basic	$	1.03								$	0.47					$	0.72
Diluted	$	0.92								$	0.42					$	0.72
Weighted average limited partners units outstanding: (g)
Basic		14,060									17,275	(l)					19,490
Diluted		16,442									19,045	(l)					19,490

See accompanying notes

F-4

Inergy Holdings, L.P.

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Income Statement

For the Year Ended September 30, 2004

	Historical						Adjustments Relating to Transactions Occurring Prior to Inergy Holdings, LLC’s Public Offering			Inergy Holdings, LLC Pro Forma			Offering Adjustments			As Further Adjusted
	Inergy Holdings, LLC			Star Gas Propane, L.P.
	(in thousands)
Revenues:
Propane	$	431,202		$	317,139		$	—		$	748,341		$	—		$	748,341
Other		51,294			31,707						83,001						83,001
		482,496			348,846			—			831,342			—			831,342
Cost of product sold		359,053			196,998						556,051						556,051
Gross profit		123,443			151,848			—			275,291			—			275,291
Expenses:
Operating and administrative		81,388			102,793						184,181						184,181
Depreciation and amortization		21,089			20,030			514	(i)		41,633						41,633
Operating income		20,966			29,025			(514	)		49,477			—			49,477
Other income (expense):
Interest expense		(7,917	)		(10,390	)		(16,201	)(j)		(34,508	)		(1,141	)(j)		(35,649	)
Interest expense related to write off of deferred financing costs		(1,216	)		(166	)					(1,382	)					(1,382	)
Make whole premium charge		(17,949	)								(17,949	)					(17,949	)
Swap value received		949									949						949
Gain (loss) on sale of property, plant and equipment		(203	)								(203	)					(203	)
Finance charges		704									704						704
Other		117			69						186						186
Income (loss) before income taxes		(4,549	)		18,538			(16,715	)		(2,726	)		(1,141	)		(3,867	)
Gain on issuance of units in the partnership		10,431									10,431						10,431
Provision for income tax		(1,176	)		(990	)					(2,166	)					(2,166	)
Interest of non-controlling partners in the Partnership’s net income (loss)		4,827									4,827			(727	)(k)		4,100
Net income (loss)	$	9,533		$	17,548		$	(16,715	)	$	10,366		$	(1,868	)	$	8,498
Limited partners’ interest in net income (g)	$	9,533								$	10,366					$	8,498
Net income per limited partner unit: (g)
Basic	$	0.72								$	0.65					$	0.44
Diluted	$	0.57								$	0.53					$	0.44
Weighted average limited partners units outstanding: (g)
Basic		13,150									15,958	(l)					19,490
Diluted		16,689									19,497	(l)					19,490

See accompanying notes

F-5

Notes to unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information

Pro forma adjustments

(a) Reflects the net proceeds of approximately $18.2 million from the issuance of common units of Inergy Holdings, LLC’s controlled subsidiary, Inergy, L.P, to non-controlling partners and a related gain of $1.0 million. Proceeds were used to repay indebtedness under Inergy, L.P.’s credit agreement.

(b) Reflects proceeds of $62.1 million from this offering, net of underwriters discount and offering expenses of approximately $5.9 million. The net proceeds will be used to repay $62.1 million of our indebtedness relating the new term loan. Deferred debt issuance costs of $0.3 million related to the repaid indebtedness will be written off.

(c) Reflects the expected additional borrowings of $66.9 million under our new term loan entered into subsequent to December 31, 2004, net of approximately $0.3 million in debt issuance fees. The fees are subject to amortization over the life of the new credit facility. The proceeds and existing cash balances will be used to repay $18.6 million of our outstanding indebtedness under our existing credit agreement, make a shareholder distribution of $45 million subsequent to December 31, 2004 but prior to our initial public offering, and purchase member interests in the amount of $3.0 million from one of our members, who was formerly an employee of Inergy, L.P. Also reflects the expiration of the redemption feature on the redeemable members’ interest of $2.9 million.

(d) Reflects additional borrowings of $4.8 million expected to be drawn under a new credit facility entered concurrently with the closing of this offering. The proceeds of this new facility will be used to repay any remaining balance outstanding under our new term loan after repayment using the net proceeds from this offering as describe in note (e).

(e) Reflects our additional borrowings of $2.9 million under our current credit agreement, net of a repayment of principal of $0.4 million under our promissory notes. The proceeds were used for general corporate purposes.

(f) Reflects additional borrowings under Inergy, L.P.’s credit agreement subsequent to December 31, 2004. The proceeds were used primarily to fund capital expenditures.

(g) We were formed as a Delaware limited liability company in November 1996. Prior to closing of this initial public offering, Inergy Holdings, LLC will convert to a Delaware limited partnership and will change its name to Inergy Holdings, L.P. Amounts reflect this change as if it occurred on October 1, 2003.

(h) The Star Gas Propane acquisition closing date was effective for financial reporting purposes as if the transaction was consummated on December 1, 2004. As such, the Inergy Holdings, LLC historical statement of operations for the three months ended December 31, 2004 includes one month of the Star Gas Propane results of operations and the Star Gas Propane, L.P. historical statement of operations for the three months ended December 31, 2004 include two months of results of operations.

(i) Reflects the pro forma adjustment to depreciation and amortization expense as follows (in thousands):

	For the Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2004			For the Three Months Ended December 31, 2004
Eliminate the historical depreciation and amortization expense	$	(20,030	)	$	(3,481	)
Pro forma depreciation and amortization expense		20,544			3,424
Pro forma adjustment to depreciation and amortization expense	$	514		$	(57	)

F-6

(j) Reflects pro forma adjustments to interest expense as follows (in thousands):

	For the Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2004					For the Three Months Ended December 31, 2004
	Adjustments Relating to Transactions Occurring Prior to Inergy Holdings, L.P.’s Public Offering			Inergy Holdings, L.P. Offering Adjustments		Adjustments Relating to Transactions Occurring Prior to Inergy Holdings, L.P.’s Public Offering			Inergy Holdings, L.P. Offering Adjustments
Eliminate historical interest expense	$	(10,390	)	$	—	$	(1,411	)	$	—
Interest expense relating to Inergy, L.P.’s new senior notes and Inergy, L.P.’s new credit facility		24,089			—		3,563			—
Interest expense relating to the new credit facility and shareholder promissory notes					1,141					285
Interest expense resulting from amortization of deferred financing costs		2,501			—		417			—
Pro forma adjustment to interest expense	$	16,201		$	1,141	$	2,569		$	285

(k) Reflects the allocation of pro forma adjustments to net income of $(0.8) million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2004 and $6.2 million for the three month period ended December 31, 2004 to non-controlling partners.

(l) Units have been adjusted to reflect the $45 million distribution which is in excess of earnings.

F-7

Inergy Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In Thousands)

	September 30, 2004			December 31, 2004
				(Unaudited)
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	2,308		$	21,206
Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $2,825,000 and $1,078,000 at December 31, 2004 and September 30, 2004, respectively		49,441			150,818
Inventories		56,404			82,987
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		5,499			21,406
Assets from price risk management activities		23,015			12,858
Total current assets		136,667			289,275
Property, plant and equipment, at cost:
Land and buildings		20,246			63,437
Office furniture and equipment		10,173			19,111
Vehicles		32,719			56,194
Tanks and plant equipment		189,519			437,592
		252,657			576,334
Less accumulated depreciation		(37,404	)		(43,267	)
Property, plant and equipment, net		215,253			533,067
Intangible assets:
Covenants not to compete		11,498			19,733
Deferred financing costs		5,500			19,093
Deferred acquisition costs		104			73
Customer accounts		74,154			201,747
		91,256			240,646
Less accumulated amortization		(17,398	)		(19,348	)
Intangible assets, net		73,858			221,298
Goodwill		85,434			209,733
Other		529			1,828
Total assets	$	511,741		$	1,255,201
Liabilities and members’ equity
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	$	54,690		$	137,173
Accrued expenses		13,998			26,333
Customer deposits		15,977			39,724
Liabilities from price risk management activities		29,640			14,736
Current portion of long-term debt		25,017			50,912
Current portion of member notes		—			1,500
Total current liabilities		139,322			270,378
Long-term debt, less current portion		128,236			532,735
Long term member notes		—			13,500
Deferred income tax		20,165			21,141
Interest of non-controlling partners in Inergy		205,951			400,798
Redeemable members’ interest		—			2,935
Members’ Equity:
Members’ common interest		17,868			13,470
Accumulated other comprehensive income		199			244
Total member’ equity		18,067			13,714
Total liabilities and members’ equity	$	511,741		$	1,255,201

See accompanying notes.

F-8

Inergy Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(In Thousands, Except Per Unit Data)

(unaudited)

	Three Months Ended December 31,
	2003			2004
Revenue:
Propane	$	120,824		$	224,476
Other		11,757			32,989
		132,581			257,465
Cost of product sold (excluding depreciation and amortization as shown below)
Propane		90,029			172,643
Other		5,435			20,134
		95,464			192,777
Gross profit		37,117			64,688
Expenses:
Operating and administrative		20,300			34,836
Depreciation and amortization		4,718			8,849
Operating income (loss)		12,099			21,003
Other income (expense):
Interest expense		(2,896	)		(3,762	)
Write-off of deferred financing costs		—			(6,990	)
Gain (loss) on sale of property, plant and equipment		45			173
Finance charges		115			236
Other		40			59
Income (loss) before gain on issuance of units in Inergy, income taxes, and interest of non-controlling partners in Inergy’s net income (loss)		9,403			10,719
Gain on issuance of units in Inergy		—			15,092
Provision for income taxes		(189	)		(1,434	)
Interest of non-controlling partners in Inergy’s net income (loss)		(7,350	)		(9,240	)
Net income	$	1,864		$	15,137
Net income applicable to redeemable limited partners’ units	$	—		$	631
Net income applicable to limited partners’ units	$	1,864		$	14,506
Unaudited pro-forma net income per limited partner unit(1):
Basic	$	.15		$	1.03
Diluted	$	.12		$	.92
Unaudited pro-forma weighted average limited partners units outstanding(1):
Basic		12,373			14,060
Diluted		16,090			16,442

(1) Adjusted to give effect to the conversion transaction and for excess distributions in 2004.

See accompanying notes.

F-9

Inergy Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statement of Members’ Equity

(In Thousands)

(unaudited)

	Members’ Common Interest			Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income		Total Members’ Equity
Balance at September 30, 2004	$	17,868		$	199	$	18,067
Member contributions		5,576			—		5,576
Members’ distributions		(22,176	)				(22,176	)
Redeemable members’ interest		(2,935	)		—		(2,935	)
Comprehensive income:
Net income		15,137			—		15,137
Unrealized gain on investments in marketable securities					45		45
Comprehensive income							15,182
Balance at December 31, 2004	$	13,470		$	244	$	13,714

See accompanying notes.

F-10

Inergy Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In Thousands)

(unaudited)

	Three Months Ended December 31,
	2003			2004
Operating activities
Net income	$	1,864		$	15,137
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation		3,374			5,960
Amortization		1,344			2,889
Amortization of deferred financing costs		502			346
Write-off of deferred financing costs		—			6,990
Provision for doubtful accounts		82			186
(Gain) loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment		(45	)		(173	)
Gain on issuance of units in Inergy		—			(15,092	)
Interest of non-controlling partners in Inergy’s net income (loss)		7,350			9,240
Deferred income tax		(155	)		976
Net asset (liabilities) from price risk management activities		3,458			(7,647	)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects from acquisitions:
Accounts receivable		(40,832	)		(74,472	)
Inventories		(6,099	)		(20	)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		(1,823	)		1,756
Other assets		5			105
Accounts payable		28,715			53,110
Accrued expenses		599			808
Customer deposits		(3,135	)		(10,333	)
Net cash used in operating activities		(4,796	)		(10,234	)
Investing activities
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired		(14,856	)		(569,918	)
Purchases of property, plant and equipment		(3,353	)		(6,039	)
Deferred financing and acquisition costs incurred		(26	)		(21,838	)
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment		612			590
Net cash used in investing activities		(17,623	)		(597,205	)

F-11

Inergy Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Continued)

(In Thousands)

(unaudited)

	Three Months Ended December 31,
	2003			2004
Financing activities
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt	$	81,267		$	1,240,548
Principal payments on long-term debt		(48,116	)		(816,209	)
Payment of interest expense related to the make whole premium charge		—			—
Purchase of subordinated units in Inergy		—			—
Net proceeds from member contributions		1,500			5,576
Net proceeds from issuance of Inergy Common Units		—			212,274
Redemption of members’ interests		(2,250	)		—
Distributions to non-controlling partners in Inergy		(6,042	)		(8,742	)
Distributions		(1,925	)		(7,176	)
Net cash provided by financing activities		24,434			626,271
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash		39			66
Net increase (decrease) in cash		2,054			18,898
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period		6,436			2,308
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	$	8,490		$	21,206
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information
Cash paid during the period for interest	$	2,280		$	2,932
Cash paid during the period for taxes	$	43		$	10
Supplemental schedule of noncash investing and financing activities
Additions to covenants not to compete through the issuance of noncompete obligations	$	387		$	6,055
Increase (decrease) in the fair value of senior secured notes and the related interest rate swap	$	(316	)	$	—
Unrealized investment holding gain (loss)	$	71		$	45
Member notes payable issued in connection with the payment of distributions	$	—		$	15,000

See accompanying notes.

F-12

Inergy Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Note 1—Organization and Basis of Presentation

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Inergy Holdings, LLC (the Company), its wholly owned subsidiaries, Inergy Partners, LLC (Partners), New Inergy Propane, LLC (NIP), Inergy GP, LLC (GP), IPCH Acquisition Corp. (IPCHA), Wilson Oil Company of Johnston County, Inc. (Wilson), Rolesville Gas & Oil Company, Inc. (Rolesville) and its controlled subsidiary Inergy, L.P. IPCHA, Wilson and Rolesville are all subsidiaries created as a result of transactions with Inergy, L.P. All significant intercompany transactions, including distribution income, and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

The consolidated financial statements of the Company include the accounts of Inergy, L.P. and its subsidiary Inergy Propane, LLC which, collectively, are referred to as “Inergy,” or “the partnership.” Inergy Partners, LLC (the “Non-Managing General Partner”), a subsidiary of Inergy Holdings, LLC (“Holdings”), owns the Non-Managing General Partner interest representing an approximate 1.4% unsubordinated general partner’s interest in Inergy. Inergy GP, LLC, (the “Managing General Partner”), a wholly owned subsidiary of Holdings, has sole responsibility for conducting Inergy’s business and managing Inergy’s operations. The Company is a holding company whose principal business, through its subsidiaries, is its management of and ownership in Inergy, L.P. Holdings also directly owns the incentive distribution rights with respect to Inergy, L.P.

The financial information as of December 31, 2004 and for the three-month period ended December 31, 2004 and 2003 contained herein is unaudited. The Company believes this information has been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States for interim financial information and Article 10 of Regulation S-X. The Company also believes this information includes all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring adjustments) necessary to present fairly the financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the periods then ended. The retail distribution business is largely seasonal due to propane’s primary use as a heating source in residential and commercial buildings. Accordingly, the results of operations for the three-month period ended December 31, 2004 and 2003 are not indicative of the results of operations that may be expected for the entire year.

The accompanying financial statements should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements of Inergy Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries and the notes thereto included in Form S-1 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission for the year ended September 30, 2004.

Conversion Transaction

Prior to the consummation of its initial public offering, the Company converted from a Delaware limited liability company (Inergy Holdings, LLC) to a Delaware limited partnership (Inergy Holdings, L.P.). The unaudited pro forma data presented in the consolidated statements of operations gives effect to the Company’s reorganization as a limited partnership as if it occurred at the beginning of the period presented.

Note 2—Accounting Policies

Financial Instruments and Price Risk Management

Inergy, L.P., through its wholesale operations, holds propane inventory, sells propane to various propane users, retailers, and resellers and offers price risk management services to these customers as part of its marketing and distribution operations. Its wholesale operations also sell propane to energy marketers and dealers

F-13

Inergy Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Unaudited)

and therefore the Partnership enters into fixed price forward purchase and sales contracts. Derivative financial instruments utilized in connection with these activities are accounted for using the mark-to-market method in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.” The Partnership’s overall objective for entering into such derivative financial instruments, including those designated as fair value hedges of its inventory positions, is to manage its exposure to fluctuations in commodity prices and changes in the fair market value of its inventories as well as to ensure an adequate physical supply will be available.

SFAS No. 133 requires recognition of all derivative instruments in the balance sheets and measures them at fair value. Certain of the Partnership’s commodity derivative financial instruments have been designated as hedges of selected inventory positions, and qualify as fair value or cash flow hedges, as defined in SFAS No. 133. For derivative instruments designated as hedges, the Partnership uses regression analysis and the dollar offset method to formally assess, both at the hedge contract’s inception and on an ongoing basis, whether the hedge contract is highly effective in offsetting changes in fair value or variability in cash flow of hedged items. Changes in the fair value of derivative instruments designated as fair value or cash flow hedges are reported in the balance sheet as price risk management assets or liabilities. Changes in the fair value of a derivative that qualifies as a cash flow hedge are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income until earnings are effected by the variability in cash flows of the designated hedged item. The ineffective portions of hedging derivatives are recognized immediately in cost of product sold.

During the three months ended December 31, 2004, the Partnership did not recognize a $0.7 million mark to market gain in its inventory due to the ineffectiveness of the applicable hedging instrument. Changes in the fair value of derivative instruments that are not designated as hedges are recorded in current period earnings in accordance with SFAS No. 133.

The cash flow impact of financial instruments is reflected as cash flows from operating activities in the consolidated statements of cash flows.

Furthermore, the Partnership has elected to use the special hedge accounting rules in SFAS No. 133 and hedge the fair value of certain of its inventory positions, whereby the hedged inventory is marked to market. Changes in the fair value of the hedge and the hedged item are recorded as a component of costs of products sold.

Revenue Recognition

Propane sales are recognized at the time product is shipped or delivered to the customer. Other revenues include: gas processing and fractionation fees that are recognized upon delivery of the product; the sale of other liquids that are recognized at the time product is shipped or delivered to the customer; the sale of propane appliances and equipment that is recognized at the time of sale or installation; and revenue from repairs and maintenance that is recognized upon completion of the service. All revenue is recognized pursuant to existing arrangements and fixed prices. Collectibility is reasonably assured as deliveries cease to past due accounts.

Expense Classification

Cost of product sold consists of tangible products sold including all propane and other natural gas liquids sold and all propane related appliances sold. Operating and administrative expenses consist of all expenses incurred by us and the Partnership other than those described above in cost of products sold and depreciation and amortization. Certain of the Partnership’s operating and administrative expenses and depreciation and amortization are incurred in the distribution of its product sales, but are not included in cost of product sold.

F-14

Inergy Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Unaudited)

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the year. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Inventories

Inventories for retail operations, which mainly consist of propane gas and other liquids, are stated at the lower of cost or market and are computed using the average-cost method or on a first-in, first-out basis. Wholesale propane inventories are stated at the lower of cost, determined using the average-cost method, or market unless designated as being hedged by forward sales contracts. Wholesale propane inventories being hedged and carried at market at December 31, 2004 and September 30, 2004 amount to $35.4 million and $40.7 million, respectively.

Inventories consist of (in thousands):

	September 30, 2004		December 31, 2004
Propane gas and other liquids	$	53,295	$	73,291
Appliances, parts and supplies		3,109		9,696
	$	56,404	$	82,987

Intangible Assets

Intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated economic lives, as follows:

	Years
Covenants not to compete	2–10
Deferred financing costs	1–7
Customer accounts	15

Estimated amortization, including amortization of deferred financing cost reported as interest expense, for the next five years ending December 31, in thousands of dollars is as follows:

2005	$	17,302
2006		17,775
2007		17,635
2008		17,505
2009		17,039

Deferred financing costs represent costs incurred in obtaining financing and are being amortized over the term of the debt. Deferred acquisition costs represent costs incurred to date on acquisitions that the Partnership is actively pursuing, most of which relate to the acquisitions completed subsequent to year end.

Accounting for Unit-Based Compensation

The Company has a member’s equity option plan, and Inergy, L.P. has a unit-based employee compensation plan. These plans are accounted for under the recognition and measurement principles of APB Opinion No. 25,

F-15

Inergy Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Unaudited)

“Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” for all periods presented and presents the fair value method pro forma disclosures required under the provisions of SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,” as amended by SFAS No. 148 “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation—Transition and Disclosure.” No percentage interest or unit-based employee compensation cost is reflected in net income (loss), as all options granted under the plans had an exercise price equal to the market value of the underlying equities on the date of measurement. The following table illustrates the effect on net income (loss) as if the Company had applied the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,” to percentage interest or unit-based employee compensation. For purposes of pro forma disclosures, the estimated fair value of an option is amortized to expense over the option’s vesting period. Pro forma information for each of the three months ended December 31, 2004 is as follows (in thousands, except per unit data):

	Three Months Ended December 31,
	2003		2004
Net income as reported	$	1,864		15,137
Deduct: Total unit-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value method for all awards		10		11
Pro forma net income	$	1,854	$	15,126
Unaudited Pro forma net income per limited partner unit:
Basic	$	0.15	$	1.03
Diluted	$	0.12	$	0.92

Unaudited Pro Forma Income per Unit

Pro forma basic net income per limited partner unit is computed by dividing net income applicable to members’ common interest by the weighted average number of units outstanding. Pro forma diluted net income per limited partner unit is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of units outstanding and the dilutive effect of redeemable members’ interest and unit options granted under the long-term incentive plan. The following table presents the calculation of pro forma basic and dilutive income per limited partner unit (in thousands, except per unit data):

	Three Months Ended December 31,
	2003		2004
Numerator:
Net income	$	1,864	$	15,137
Less: Net income applicable to redeemable members’ interest		—		631
Net income applicable to members’ common interest	$	1,864	$	14,506
Denominator:
Pro forma weighted average limited partners’ units outstanding		12,373		13,708
Effect of distributions in excess of earnings		—		352
Pro forma weighted average limited partners’ units outstanding—basic		12,373		14,060
Effect of dilutive redeemable members’ interest		—		612
Effect of dilutive unit options outstanding		3,717		1,770
Pro forma weighted average limited partners’ units outstanding—dilutive		16,090		16,442
Pro forma net income per limited partner unit:
Basic	$	0.15	$	1.03
Diluted	$	0.12	$	0.92

F-16

Inergy Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Unaudited)

Distributions during the three months ended December 31, 2004 exceeded earnings by $7.0 million. In contemplation of a per share value of $20.00, an additional 352,000 units have been reflected in the pro forma per unit calculation. Distributions did not exceed earnings during the three months ended December 31, 2003.

Note 3—Long-Term Debt

On November 5, 2004, the Company declared a distribution to members, and in lieu of cash, distributed promissory notes to members in the aggregate amount of $15.0 million. The notes are due in quarterly principal installments of $375 thousand beginning February 15, 2005 and bear interest at the rate of 6%. The notes mature on November 15, 2014. The notes are subordinate to the bank debt.

Other long-term debt consisted of the following (in thousands):

	September 30, 2004		December 31, 2004
Inergy, L.P. credit agreement	$	132,153	$	132,000
Inergy, L.P. senior unsecured notes		—		425,000
Inergy, L.P. obligations under noncompetition agreements and notes to former owners of businesses acquired		5,446		10,955
Other		2		—
Inergy Holdings, LLC bank facility		15,652		15,692
		153,253		583,647
Less current portion		25,017		50,912
	$	128,236	$	532,735

Effective August 30, 2004, the Company executed a credit agreement (“Bank Facility”) with a bank. The Bank Facility consists of a $15 million term loan and a $5 million working capital revolver and expires August 30, 2009. The obligation under the Bank Facility is secured by certain common units, senior subordinated units and junior subordinated units in Inergy, L.P. held by the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. The Bank Facility is also guaranteed by IPCH Acquisition Corp. and New Inergy Propane, LLC.

Effective in December 2004, Inergy, L.P. executed a new credit agreement with its existing lenders in addition to others. The credit agreement consists of a $250.0 million revolving acquisition facility and a $75.0 million working capital facility. Inergy has the option to utilize up to $25.0 million of available borrowing capacity from its revolving acquisition facility for working capital purposes. The credit agreement expires in December 2009 and is guaranteed by all of Inergy’s domestic subsidiaries. The proceeds of the new credit agreement were used to repay the outstanding balance of the existing credit agreement. This resulted in the write off of deferred financing costs associated with the existing credit agreement of $1.5 million.

Inergy, L.P. is required to reduce the principal outstanding on the revolving working capital line of credit to $5 million or less for a minimum of 30 consecutive days during the period commencing March 1 and ending September 30. As such, $5 million and $4 million of the outstanding balance at December 31, 2004 and September 30, 2004, respectively, have been classified as long-term liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. At December 31, 2004 and September 30, 2004, the total balance outstanding under the existing credit agreements was $132.0 million and $132.2 million, respectively, including $51.0 million and $26.4 million, respectively, under the working capital facilities. The prime rate and Eurodollar plus the applicable spreads were between 5.17% and 6.50% at December 31, 2004, and between 3.77% and 4.75% at September 30, 2004, for all outstanding debt under the credit agreement.

F-17

Inergy Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Unaudited)

The credit agreements contain several covenants which, among other things, require the maintenance of various financial performance ratios, restrict the payment of distributions to unitholders, and require financial reports to be submitted periodically to the financial institutions. Unused borrowings under the credit agreements amounted to $177.7 million and $162.2 million at December 31, 2004 and September 30, 2004, respectively.

In December 2004, Inergy, L.P. entered into a 364-day credit facility and borrowed $375.0 million under this facility. The borrowings under this facility were used to finance part of the Star Gas Propane acquisition and related expenses. The 364-day credit facility was guaranteed by all of Inergy L.P.’s domestic subsidiaries and was secured on an equal basis with its revolving credit facilities. The borrowings under this facility were permanently repaid with the net proceeds from Inergy’s offering of senior unsecured notes and the 364-day facility was terminated. This resulted in the write off of deferred financing costs associated with the 364-day facility of $5.5 million.

On December 22, 2004, Inergy, L.P. and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Inergy Finance Corp., completed a private placement of $425 million in aggregate principal amount of the Issuers’ 6.875% senior unsecured notes due 2014 (the “Senior Notes”). The senior unsecured notes contain covenants similar to the credit agreement. Inergy, L.P. used the net proceeds from the $425 million private placement of Senior Notes to repay all amounts drawn under the 364-day credit facility, with the $39.9 million balance of the net proceeds being applied to the revolving acquisition credit facility.

The notes represent senior unsecured obligations of Inergy, L.P. and rank pari passu in right of payment with all other present and future senior indebtedness of Inergy, L.P.’s. The senior unsecured notes are jointly and severally guaranteed by all of Inergy, L.P.’s current domestic subsidiaries. The notes have certain call features which allow Inergy, L.P. to redeem the notes at specified prices based on the date redeemed.

In June 2002, Inergy Propane, LLC entered into a note purchase agreement with a group of institutional lenders pursuant to which it issued $85.0 million aggregate principal amount of senior secured notes with a weighted average interest rate of 9.07% and a weighted average maturity of 5.9 years. The senior secured notes consisted of the following: $35 million principal amount of 8.85% senior secured notes with a 5-year maturity, $25.0 million principal amount of 9.10% senior secured notes with a 6-year maturity, and $25.0 million principal amount of 9.34% senior secured notes with a 7-year maturity. The net proceeds from these senior secured notes were used to repay a portion of the amount outstanding under the credit facility. The funds from a public unit offering, together with net new borrowings under the revolving credit facility were used to repay in full $85.0 million aggregate principal amount of senior secured notes, plus a make whole premium charge of approximately $17.9 million in January 2004. All interest rate swap agreements were cancelled in conjunction with the repayment of $85 million of senior secured notes. The make whole premium charge of $17.9 million was recorded as a charge to earnings in the quarter ended March 31, 2004 together with the write-off of the $1.2 million deferred financing costs associated with the senior secured notes, partially offset by a $0.9 million gain from the cancellation of the interest rate swaps.

The aggregate amounts of principal to be paid on the outstanding member notes and long-term debt during the next five years ending December 31 and thereafter, are as follows, in thousands of dollars:

2005	$	52,412
2006		5,590
2007		6,912
2008		6,394
2009		94,019
Thereafter		433,320
	$	598,647

F-18

Inergy Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Unaudited)

In August 2002, Inergy Propane, LLC (the “Operating Company”) entered into two interest rate swap agreements each designed to hedge $10 million in underlying fixed rate senior secured notes, in order to manage interest rate risk exposure and reduce overall interest expense. In October 2002, the Operating Company entered into three additional interest rate swap agreements each designed to hedge $5 million in underlying fixed rate senior secured notes. In January 2004, all interest rate swap agreements were cancelled in conjunction with the repayment of $85 million of senior secured notes.

Note 4—Redeemable Members’ Interest

Certain member interests, representing approximately 4.2% of the Company’s interests at December 31, 2004, are subject to redemption features. The redemption features are exercisable at the discretion of the member, and if exercised, obligate the Company to redeem the interests subject to the redemption feature for an aggregate amount up to $2.9 million. If the redemption features expire unexercised, no cash payments will be required and the amount of the redeemable members’ interest will be recognized as members’ equity. See Note 9—Subsequent Events.

Note 5—Members’ Equity

Distributions paid by the Company to its members amounted to $22.2 million for the three months ended December 31, 2004.

During November 2004, the Company received cash contributions of $5.6 million as a result of the exchange of employee options for membership interest agreements and the subsequent exercise of those agreements.

Note 6—Commitments and Contingencies

The Operating Company periodically enters into agreements to purchase fixed quantities of propane at fixed prices with suppliers. At December 31, 2004, the total of these firm purchase commitments was approximately $113.7 million.

At December 31, 2004, Inergy, L.P. was contingently liable for letters of credit outstanding totaling $15.3 million, which guarantee various transactions.

Furthermore, at December 31, 2004, Inergy, L.P.’s subsidiary, Star Gas Propane, L.P. was a named defendant in a federal securities lawsuit alleging the public disclosures made by its former parent, Star Gas Partners, L.P., were in violation of various securities laws including Rule 10b-5. Star Gas Partners, L.P has agreed to indemnify the Operating Company for this liability. Management does not expect this lawsuit to have a material effect on the Company’s results of operations or financial condition because we believe that the claim is without merit. However, if the lawsuit was decided adversely to Star Gas Propane, L.P. and Star Gas Partners, L.P. was unable to fulfill its indemnification obligation to the Operating Company, this lawsuit could have a material effect on the Company’s results of operations or financial condition.

In the normal course of operations, the Company’s subsidiaries are periodically involved in other litigation proceedings. The results of the other litigation proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty; however, management believes that the Company does not have material potential liability in connection with these proceedings that would have a significant financial impact on its consolidated financial condition and results of operations.

F-19

Inergy Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Unaudited)

Note 7—Segments

The Company’s financial statements reflect two reportable segments: retail sales operations and wholesale sales operations. Retail sales operations include all retail operations and transportation services. Wholesale sales operations include wholesale supply, marketing and distribution, and natural gas processing and NGL fractionation operations. Results of operations for acquisitions that occurred during the three months ended December 31, 2004 are included in the retail sales operation reportable segment. Revenues, gross profit and identifiable assets for each of our reportable segments are presented below.

The identifiable assets associated with each reportable segment include accounts receivable and inventories. The net asset/liability from price risk management, as reported in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, is related to the wholesale segment.

The following segment information is presented in thousands of dollars:

	Three Months Ended December 31, 2004
	Retail Sales Operations		Wholesale Sales Operations		Intersegment Eliminations			Total
Propane Revenues	$	121,911	$	147,556	$	(44,991	)	$	224,476
Fractionation and other midstream revenues		—		11,832		—			11,832
Transportation revenues		2,441		—		—			2,441
Propane-related appliance sales revenues		1,072		—		—			1,072
Retail service revenues		3,128		—		—			3,128
Rental revenues		1,732		—		—			1,732
Other revenues		12,784		—		—			12,784
Gross profit		59,395		5,704		(411	)		64,688
Identifiable assets		104,231		129,574		—			233,805

	Three Months Ended December 31, 2003
	Retail Sales Operations		Wholesale Sales Operations		Intersegment Eliminations			Total
Propane Revenues	$	58,417	$	89,886	$	(27,479	)	$	120,824
Fractionation and other midstream revenues		—		5,795		—			5,795
Transportation revenues		1,705		—		—			1,705
Propane-related appliance sales revenues		624		—		—			624
Retail service revenues		1,106		—		—			1,106
Rental revenues		1,019		—		—			1,019
Other revenues		1,508		—		—			1,508
Gross profit		31,815		5,912		(610	)		37,117
Identifiable assets		25,098		79,771		—			104,869

Note 8—Acquisitions

In November 2004, the Operating Company acquired the propane assets of Moulton Gas Service, Inc., headquartered in Wapakoneta, OH. In December 2004, the Operating Company acquired Star Gas Propane, L.P., headquartered in Stamford, CT. and the propane assets of Northwest Propane, Inc, headquartered in Holly, MI. The aggregate purchase price for these acquisition, net of cash acquired was $569.9 million.

F-20

Inergy Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Unaudited)

The operating results for these acquisitions are included in the Company’s consolidated results of operations from the dates of acquisition through December 31, 2004.

The purchase price of Star Gas Propane, L.P. approximated $480 million, net of cash acquired. In connection with the acquisition, Inergy, L.P. entered into a 364-day credit facility and borrowed $375.0 million under this facility on December 17, 2004. On December 22, 2004, Inergy, L.P. and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Inergy Finance Corp., completed a private placement of $425 million in aggregate principal amount of 6.875% senior unsecured notes due 2014 (the “Senior Notes”). Inergy, L.P. used the net proceeds from the $425 million private placement of Senior Notes to repay all amounts drawn under the 364-day credit facility, with the $39.9 million balance of the net proceeds being applied to the revolving acquisition credit facility. Inergy, L.P. also issued 3,568,139 common units to unrelated third parties to partially fund the acquisition. The allocation of the total consideration for the Star Gas Propane, L.P. acquisition is as follows (in millions):

Current assets, net of cash acquired	$	54.6
Property, plant and equipment		282.4
Intangible assets		108.1
Goodwill		86.6
Other assets		1.4
Current liabilities		(51.6	)
Non-compete liabilities		(1.1	)
	$	480.4

The purchase price allocation has been prepared on a preliminary basis, and changes are expected as appraisals are completed and additional information becomes available.

The following unaudited pro forma data summarizes the results of operations for the periods indicated as if the Star Gas Propane, L.P. acquisition had been completed October 1, 2003 and 2004, the beginning of the 2004 and 2005 fiscal years. The pro forma data give effect to actual operating results prior to the acquisition and adjustments to interest expense, customer accounts amortization expense and depreciation expense. These pro forma amounts do not purport to be indicative of the results that would have actually been obtained if the acquisitions had occurred on October 1, 2003 and 2004 or that will be obtained in the future.

	Three month period ended
	December 31, 2003		December 31, 2004
Revenue	$	234,529	$	316,187
Net Income		17,539		13,950
Net income per limited partner unit
—Basic	$	1.42	$	0.97
—Diluted	$	1.09	$	0.87

Note 9—Subsequent Events

In January 2005, Inergy L.P. issued 660,000 common units in a follow-on offering, resulting in proceeds of approximately $18.2 million, net of underwriters’ discounts, commissions, and offering expenses. This resulted in a gain of approximately $1.0 million to the Company.

F-21

Inergy Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Unaudited)

In March and April 2005, the redemption features on the redeemable members’ interests expired unexercised. Accordingly, at each of those dates, the respective amounts of redeemable members’ interest were reclassified to members’ equity.

Note 10—Issuance of Subsidiary Units

In December 2004, Inergy, L.P. issued 3,568,139 common units to unrelated third parties resulting in proceeds of $91.0 million, net of underwriter’s discounts, commissions, and offering expenses. These proceeds were obtained to partially fund the acquisition of Star Gas Propane, L.P. This resulted in a gain of approximately $7.3 million to the Company.

Also in December 2004, Inergy, L.P. issued 4,400,000 common units in a public offering, resulting in proceeds of $121.3 million, net of underwriter’s discounts, commissions, and offering expenses. These funds were used to repay borrowings under its credit agreement. This resulted in a gain of approximately $7.8 million to the Company.

F-22

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Members

Inergy Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Inergy Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries (the Company) as of September 30, 2003 and 2004, and the related consolidated statements of operations, members’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended September 30, 2004. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at page F-1. These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Inergy Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries at September 30, 2003 and 2004, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended September 30, 2004 in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

Ernst & Young LLP

Kansas City, Missouri

December 23, 2004, except as to Notes 1 and 9, to which the date is                      , 2005.

The foregoing report is in the form that will be signed upon the completion of the conversion of Inergy Holdings, LLC to Inergy Holdings, L.P. as described in Note 1 to the financial statements.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Kansas City, Missouri

April 7, 2005

F-23

Inergy Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In Thousands)

	September 30,
	2003			2004
Assets (Note 4)
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	5,936		$	2,308
Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $997,000 and $1,078,000 at September 30, 2003 and 2004, respectively		21,841			49,441
Inventories		35,722			56,404
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		4,575			5,499
Assets from price risk management activities		8,905			23,015
Total current assets		76,979			136,667
Property, plant and equipment, at cost:
Land and buildings		14,265			20,246
Office furniture and equipment		8,614			10,173
Vehicles		21,986			32,719
Tanks and plant equipment		135,040			189,519
		179,905			252,657
Less accumulated depreciation		(22,704	)		(37,404	)
Property, plant and equipment, net		157,201			215,253
Intangible assets (Note 2):
Covenants not to compete		8,752			11,498
Deferred financing costs		7,994			5,500
Deferred acquisition costs		849			104
Customer accounts		59,951			74,154
		77,546			91,256
Less accumulated amortization		(12,383	)		(17,398	)
Intangible assets, net		65,163			73,858
Goodwill		71,852			85,434
Other		2,175			529
Total assets	$	373,370		$	511,741
Liabilities and members’ equity
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	$	22,749		$	54,690
Accrued expenses		11,919			13,998
Customer deposits		11,830			15,977
Liabilities from price risk management activities		5,801			29,640
Current portion of long-term debt (Note 4)		12,449			25,017
Total current liabilities		64,748			139,322
Long-term debt, less current portion (Note 4)		118,678			128,236
Deferred income tax (Note 7)		20,786			20,165
Interest of non-controlling partners in Inergy		138,504			205,951
Members’ equity (Notes 2 and 8):
Members’ common interest		30,610			17,868
Accumulated other comprehensive income		44			199
Total members’ equity		30,654			18,067
Total liabilities and members’ equity	$	373,370		$	511,741

See accompanying notes.

F-24

Inergy Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Income

(In Thousands)

	Year Ended September 30,
	2002			2003			2004
Revenue:
Propane	$	192,122		$	343,578		$	431,202
Other		16,578			19,787			51,294
		208,700			363,365			482,496
Cost of product sold (excluding depreciation and amortization as shown below)
Propane		129,615			258,986			334,231
Other		5,384			8,024			24,822
		134,999			267,010			359,053
Gross profit		73,701			96,355			123,443
Expenses:
Operating and administrative		45,315			59,424			81,388
Depreciation and amortization		11,444			13,843			21,089
Operating income (loss)		16,942			23,088			20,966
Other income (expense):
Interest expense		(8,366	)		(9,947	)		(7,917	)
Interest expense related to write-off of deferred financing costs		(585	)		—			(1,216	)
Interest expense related to make whole premium charge		—			—			(17,949	)
Interest income related to swap value received		—			—			949
Gain (loss) on sale of property, plant and equipment		151			(91	)		(203	)
Finance charges		115			339			704
Other		140			86			117
Income (loss) before gain on issuance of units in Inergy, income taxes and interest of non-controlling partners in Inergy’s net income (loss)		8,397			13,475			(4,549	)
Gain on issuance of units in Inergy		9,550			5,241			10,431
Provision for income taxes		(1,132	)		(869	)		(1,176	)
Interest of non-controlling partners in Inergy’s net income (loss)		(5,936	)		(10,041	)		4,827
Net income (loss)	$	10,879		$	7,806		$	9,533
Unaudited pro-forma net income per limited partner unit(1):
Basic	$	0.79		$	0.63		$	0.72
Diluted	$	0.68		$	0.49		$	0.57
Unaudited pro-forma weighted average limited partner units outstanding(1):
Basic		13,789			12,373			13,150
Diluted		16,090			16,090			16,689

(1) Adjusted to give effect to the conversion transaction and for excess distributions in 2004.

See accompanying notes.

F-25

Inergy Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Members’ Equity

(In Thousands)

	Members’ Common Interest			Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income		Total Members’ Equity
Balance at September 30, 2001	$	20,059		$	—	$	20,059
Distribution by the Company of Inergy, L.P. senior and junior subordinated units in exchange for a member’s common interest in the Company		(1,305	)		—		(1,305	)
Members’ distributions		(4,707	)		—		(4,707	)
Comprehensive income:
Net income		10,879			—		10,879
Unrealized gain on investments in marketable securities		—			2		2
Comprehensive income							10,881
Balance at September 30, 2002		24,926			2		24,928
Distribution by the Company of Inergy, L.P. senior and junior subordinated units in exchange for a member’s common interest in the Company		(1,065	)		—		(1,065	)
Member contributions		3,689			—		3,689
Members’ distributions		(4,746	)		—		(4,746	)
Comprehensive income:
Net income		7,806			—		7,806
Unrealized gain on investments in marketable securities		—			42		42
Comprehensive income							7,848
Balance at September 30, 2003		30,610			44		30,654
Redemption of members’ interests		(2,250	)		—		(2,250	)
Member contributions		1,500			—		1,500
Members’ distributions		(21,525	)		—		(21,525	)
Comprehensive income:
Net income		9,533			—		9,533
Unrealized gain on investments in marketable securities		—			155		155
Comprehensive income							9,688
Balance at September 30, 2004	$	17,868		$	199	$	18,067

See accompanying notes.

F-26

Inergy Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In Thousands)

	Year Ended September 30,
	2002			2003			2004
Operating activities
Net income	$	10,879		$	7,806		$	9,533
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation		8,070			9,856			15,325
Amortization		3,374			3,987			5,764
Amortization of deferred financing costs		1,253			1,506			1,686
Write-off of deferred financing costs		585			—			1,216
Interest expense related to make whole premium charge		—			—			17,949
Provision for doubtful accounts		451			719			214
(Gain) loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment		(151	)		91			201
(Gain) on issuance of units in Inergy		(9,550	)		(5,241	)		(10,431	)
Interest of non-controlling partners in Inergy’s net income (loss)		5,936			10,041			(4,827	)
Deferred income tax		1,035			366			(621	)
Net assets (liabilities) from price risk management activities		9,228			(7,757	)		9,730
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects from acquisitions:
Accounts receivable		4,696			(7,420	)		(23,157	)
Inventories		(24,636	)		7,038			(19,048	)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		(2,277	)		(407	)		(912	)
Other assets		69			43			37
Accounts payable		2,915			6,998			24,603
Accrued expenses		(2,232	)		2,981			(219	)
Customer deposits		(2,219	)		2,965			4,089
Net cash provided by operating activities		7,426			33,572			31,132
Investing activities
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired		(84,759	)		(25,941	)		(85,154	)
Purchases of property, plant and equipment		(6,385	)		(6,230	)		(14,521	)
Deferred financing and acquisition costs incurred		(3,660	)		(3,037	)		(1,135	)
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment		775			720			2,245
Proceeds from sale of marketable securities		38			—			500
Purchase of marketable securities		(55	)		(573	)		—
Other		12			1			—
Net cash used in investing activities		(94,034	)		(35,060	)		(98,065	)

F-27

Inergy Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (continued)

(In Thousands)

	Year Ended September 30,
	2002			2003			2004
Financing activities
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt	$	421,377		$	174,794		$	388,467
Principal payments on long-term debt		(355,217	)		(172,989	)		(367,644	)
Payment of interest expense related to make whole premium charge		—			—			(17,949	)
Purchase of subordinated units in Inergy		(43	)		(10	)		(1,026	)
Net proceeds from member contributions		—			3,689			1,500
Net proceeds from issuance of Inergy Common Units		35,350			23,339			113,219
Redemption of members’ interests		—			—			(2,250	)
Distributions to non-controlling partners in Inergy		(11,549	)		(19,039	)		(29,505	)
Distributions		(4,707	)		(4,746	)		(21,525	)
Net cash provided by financing activities		85,211			5,038			63,287
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash		—			9			18
Net increase (decrease) in cash		(1,397	)		3,559			(3,628	)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year		3,774			2,377			5,936
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year	$	2,377		$	5,936		$	2,308
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information
Cash paid during the year for interest	$	6,722		$	8,706		$	6,257
Cash paid during the year for taxes	$	333		$	732		$	996
Supplemental schedule of noncash investing and financing activities
Additions to covenants not to compete through the issuance of noncompete obligations	$	1,934		$	1,953		$	2,569
Acquisitions of retail propane companies through the issuances of Inergy Common and Senior Subordinated Units	$	19,724		$	45,100		$	—
Distribution by the Company of Inergy subordinated units in exchange for a member’s common interest in the Company	$	1,305		$	1,065		$	—
Acquisition of retail propane companies through the assumption of seller debt	$	1,661		$	2,218		$	—
Unrealized investment holding gain (loss)	$	2		$	42		$	155
Increase (decrease) in the fair value of senior secured notes and the related interest rate swap	$	709		$	556		$	(316	)

See accompanying notes.

F-28

Inergy Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1—Accounting Policies

Organization

Inergy Holdings, LLC (Company) was formed on November 12, 1996 as a Delaware limited liability company. The Company terminates December 31, 2026 unless extended by agreement of its members. The Company is engaged in the investment in propane and other natural gas liquids companies. The voting members of the Company holding the majority of the common member interest conduct the business affairs of the Company. Inergy Partners, LLC, the non-managing general partner of Inergy, L.P. and holder of the approximate 2% general partner interest therein, and Inergy GP, LLC, the managing general partner of Inergy, L.P., are both wholly owned subsidiaries of the Company.

Inergy, L.P. (the Partnership or Inergy) was formed on March 7, 2001 as a Delaware limited partnership. The Partnership and its subsidiary Inergy Propane, LLC (the Operating Company) were formed to acquire, own and operate the propane business and substantially all the assets and liabilities (other than a portion of the cash and deferred income tax liabilities) of Inergy Partners, LLC and subsidiaries. In addition, Inergy Sales and Service, Inc. (Services), a subsidiary of the Operating Company, was formed to acquire and operate the service work and appliance parts and sales business of Inergy Propane, LLC. The Partnership, the Operating Company, and Services are collectively referred to hereinafter as the Partnership Entities. In order to simplify the Partnership’s obligations under the laws of several jurisdictions in which the Partnership will conduct business, the Partnership’s activities are conducted through the Operating Company.

Inergy, L.P. is managed by Inergy GP, LLC. Pursuant to the Partnership Agreement, Inergy GP, LLC or any of its affiliates is entitled to reimbursement for all direct and indirect expenses incurred or payments it makes on behalf of Inergy, L.P., and all other necessary or appropriate expenses allocable to Inergy, L.P. or otherwise reasonably incurred by Inergy GP, LLC in connection with operating the Partnership’s business. These costs, which totaled approximately $2.9 million, $2.1 million and $4.6 million for the years ended September 30, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively, include compensation and benefits paid to officers and employees of Inergy GP, LLC and its affiliates.

The Company owns all of the “incentive distribution rights” provided for in Inergy L.P.’s partnership agreement, which entitles it to receive increasing percentages, up to 48%, of any cash distributed by the Partnership in excess of $0.33 per unit in any quarter. In addition, as of September 30, 2004, the Company and its subsidiaries own 1,243,388 common units, 1,459,836 senior subordinated units and 975,924 junior subordinated units which on a combined basis approximate a 14.9% limited partner interest at September 30, 2004.

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Inergy Holdings, LLC (the Company), its wholly owned subsidiaries, Inergy Partners, LLC (Partners), New Inergy Propane, LLC (NIP), Inergy GP, LLC (GP), IPCH Acquisition Corp. (IPCHA), Wilson Oil Company of Johnston County, Inc. (Wilson), Rolesville Gas & Oil Company, Inc. (Rolesville) and its controlled subsidiary Inergy, L.P. IPCHA, Wilson and Rolesville are all subsidiaries created as a result of transactions with Inergy, L.P. All significant intercompany transactions, including distribution income, and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

Conversion Transaction

Prior to the consummation of its initial public offering, the Company converted from a Delaware limited liability company (Inergy Holdings, LLC) to a Delaware limited partnership (Inergy Holdings, L.P.). The pro forma data presented in the consolidated statements of operations gives effect to the Company’s reorganization as a limited partnership as if it occurred at the beginning of the periods presented.

F-29

Inergy Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

Nature of Operations

The Partnership conducts all of the business activities of the consolidated group and is engaged in the sale, distribution, marketing and trading of propane and other natural gas liquids. The retail market is seasonal because propane is used primarily for heating in residential and commercial buildings, as well as for agricultural purposes. Inergy’s operations are concentrated in the Midwest and Southeast regions of the United States.

Financial Instruments and Price Risk Management

The Partnership, through its wholesale operations, sells propane to various propane users, retailers, and resellers and offers price risk management services to these customers as part of its marketing and distribution operations. Its wholesale operations also sell propane to energy marketers and dealers. Derivative financial instruments utilized in connection with these activities are accounted for using the mark-to-market method in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.” The Partnership’s overall objective for entering into such derivative financial instruments, including those designated as fair value hedges of the Partnership’s inventory positions, is to manage its exposure to fluctuations in commodity prices and changes in the fair market value of its inventories as well as to ensure an adequate physical supply will be available.

SFAS No. 133 requires recognition of all derivative instruments in the balance sheets and measures them at fair value. Beginning in December 2002, certain of the Partnership’s commodity derivative financial instruments have been designated as hedges of selected inventory positions, and qualify as fair value hedges, as defined in SFAS No. 133. For derivative instruments designated as hedges, the Partnership uses regression analysis to formally assesses, both at the hedge contract’s inception and on an ongoing basis, whether the hedge contract is highly effective in offsetting changes in fair value of hedged items. Changes in the fair value of derivative instruments designated as fair value hedges are reported in the balance sheet as price risk management assets or liabilities. The ineffective portions of hedging derivatives are recognized immediately in cost of product sold. During the years ended September 30, 2003 and 2004, the Partnership recognized a net loss of $0.2 million, and $0.1 million, respectively, related to the ineffective portion of its hedging instruments and a net loss of $0.5 million, and $1.0 million, respectively, related to the portion of the hedging instruments the Partnership excluded from its assessment of hedge effectiveness. Changes in the fair value of derivative instruments that are not designated as hedges are recorded in current period earnings in accordance with SFAS No. 133.

The cash flow impact of financial instruments is reflected as cash flows from operating activities in the consolidated statements of cash flows.

Furthermore, the Partnership has elected to use the special hedge accounting rules in SFAS No. 133 and hedge the fair value of certain of its inventory positions, whereby the hedged inventory is marked to market. Inventories purchased under energy contracts subsequent to October 25, 2002, and not otherwise designated as being hedged, as discussed above, are carried at the lower-of-cost or market.

Revenue Recognition

Sales of propane and other liquids are recognized at the time product is shipped or delivered to the customer. Gas processing and fractionation fees are recognized upon delivery of the product. Revenue from the sale of propane appliances and equipment is recognized at the time of sale or installation. Revenue from repairs and maintenance is recognized upon completion of the service.

Expense Classification

Cost of products sold consists of tangible products sold including all propane and other natural gas liquids sold and all propane related appliances sold. Operating and administrative expenses consist of all expenses

F-30

Inergy Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

incurred by us other than those described above in cost of products sold and depreciation and amortization. Certain of our operating and administrative expenses and depreciation and amortization are incurred in the distribution of our product sales, but are not included in cost of product sold.

Concentrations

The Partnership is both a retail and wholesale supplier of propane gas. The Partnership generally extends unsecured credit to its wholesale customers in the United States and Canada. Credit is generally extended to retail customers through delivery into company and customer owned propane gas storage tanks. Provisions for doubtful accounts receivable are reflected in the Partnership’s consolidated financial statements, are based on specific identification and historical collection results and have generally been within management’s expectations. Finance charges on trade receivables are generally recognized upon billing of customers.

Furthermore, three suppliers, Sunoco, Inc. (18%), Dominion Transmission Inc. (12%), and ExxonMobil Oil Corp. (11%), accounted for approximately 41% of propane purchases during the past fiscal year. The contracts with these suppliers will enable the Partnership to purchase most of its supply needs at market prices and ensures adequate supply. No other single supplier accounted for more than 10% of our propane purchases in the current year.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the year. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash Equivalents

Cash equivalents consist of highly liquid investments with original maturities of less than 3 months.

Inventories

Inventories for retail operations, which mainly consist of liquid propane, are stated at the lower of cost, determined using the average-cost method, or market. Prior to the adoption of EITF 02-3, in fiscal 2003, inventories for wholesale operations, which consist mainly of liquid propane commodities, were stated at market. Wholesale propane inventories are stated at the lower of cost, determined using the average-cost method, or market unless designated as being hedged by forward sales contracts, as discussed above. Wholesale propane inventories being hedged and carried at market at September 30, 2003 and 2004 amount to $28.9 million and $40.7 million, respectively.

Inventories consist of (in thousands):
	September 30, 2003		September 30, 2004
Propane gas and other liquids	$	32,247	$	53,295
Appliances, parts and supplies		3,475		3,109
	$	35,722		56,404

Shipping and Handling Costs

Shipping and handling costs are recorded as part of cost of products sold at the time product is shipped or delivered to the customer.

F-31

Inergy Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

Property, Plant, and Equipment

Property, plant, and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is computed by the straight-line method over the assets’ estimated useful lives, as follows:

	Years
Buildings and improvements	25-40
Office furniture and equipment	3–10
Vehicles	5–10
Tanks and plant equipment	5–30

The Partnership reviews its long-lived assets in accordance with SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets,” for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. If such events or changes in circumstances are present, a loss is recognized if the carrying value of the asset is in excess of the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition. An impairment loss is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. The Partnership has determined that no impairment exists as of September 30, 2004.

Investments

Investments in other marketable securities are considered “available for sale” in accordance with SFAS No. 115 by the Company. Securities classified as “available for sale” are required to be reported at fair value with unrealized gains and losses, net of taxes, excluded from earnings and shown separately as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income within members’ equity. Securities sold utilized the specific identification basis to calculate gains and losses.

Intangible Assets

Intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated economic lives, as follows:

	Years
Covenants not to compete	2–10
Deferred financing costs	1–7
Customer accounts	15

Estimated amortization, including amortization of deferred financing cost reported as interest expense, for the next five years ending September 30, in thousands of dollars is as follows:

2005	$	6,852
2006		5,933
2007		5,667
2008		4,957
2009		4,830

Deferred financing costs represent costs incurred in obtaining financing and are being amortized over the term of the debt. Covenants not to compete, customer accounts and goodwill arose from the various acquisitions by the Partnership and are discussed in Note 2. Deferred acquisition costs represent costs incurred to date on acquisitions that the Partnership is actively pursuing, most of which relate to the acquisitions completed subsequent to year end, as discussed in Note 13.

F-32

Inergy Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

Goodwill

Pursuant to SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” goodwill is subject to at least an annual assessment for impairment by applying a fair-value-based test. Additionally, an acquired intangible asset should be separately recognized if the benefit of the intangible asset is obtained through contractual or other legal rights, or if the intangible asset can be sold, transferred, licensed, rented or exchanged, regardless of the acquirer’s intent to do so.

In connection with the goodwill impairment evaluation, the reporting units are identified, which for the Company are the same as its operating segments, and carrying value of each reporting unit determined by assigning the assets and liabilities, including the existing goodwill and intangible assets, to those reporting units as of the date of the evaluation. To the extent a reporting unit’s carrying value exceeds its fair value, an indication exists that the reporting unit’s goodwill may be impaired and the second step of the impairment test must be performed. In the second step, the implied fair value of the goodwill is determined by allocating the fair value to all of its assets (recognized and unrecognized) and liabilities in a manner similar to a purchase price allocation in accordance with SFAS No. 141, “Business Combinations” to its carrying amount.

Under the provisions of Statement No. 142, the valuation of each reporting unit was completed and indicated that no impairment existed as of September 30, 2004.

Income Taxes

The earnings of the Company, its limited liability subsidiaries and the Partnership are included in the Federal and state income tax returns of the individual members or partners. As a result, no income tax expense has been reflected in the consolidated financial statements relating to the earnings of the Partnership and the limited liability subsidiaries. Federal and state income taxes are provided on the earnings of the subsidiaries incorporated as taxable entities (IPCHA, Wilson, Rolesville and Services). These corporations account for income taxes in accordance with SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes (SFAS No. 109). SFAS No. 109 requires recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements or tax returns. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial reporting and tax basis of assets and liabilities using expected rates in effect for the year in which differences are expected to reverse.

Net earnings for financial statement purposes may differ significantly from taxable income reportable to unitholders as a result of differences between the tax basis and the financial reporting basis of assets and liabilities and the taxable income allocation requirements under the partnership agreement.

Customer Deposits

Customer deposits primarily represent cash received by the Partnership from wholesale and retail customers for propane purchased that will be delivered at a future date.

Fair Value

The carrying amounts of cash, short term investments, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate their fair value. Based on the estimated borrowing rates currently available to the Company for long-term debt with similar terms and maturities, the aggregate fair value of the Company’s long-term debt was approximately $131 million and $153 million as of September 30, 2003 and 2004, respectively. The fair value of our derivative financial instruments was $1.0 million and $(0.1) million as of September 30, 2003 and 2004, respectively. The fair value of investments in marketable securities included in other assets was $645 thousand and $300 thousand as of September 30, 2003 and 2004, respectively.

F-33

Inergy Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

Sales of Securities by Partnership

The Company recognizes gains and losses in the consolidated statements of income resulting from Partnership sales of additional units to unrelated parties.

Accounting for Unit-Based Compensation

The Company has a member’s equity option plan, and the Partnership has a unit-based employee compensation plan. These plans are accounted for under the recognition and measurement principles of APB Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” for all periods presented and presents the fair value method pro forma disclosures required under the provisions of SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,” as amended by SFAS No. 148 “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation – Transition and Disclosure.” No percentage interest or unit-based employee compensation cost is reflected in net income (loss), as all options granted under the plan had an exercise price equal to the market value of the underlying equities on the date of measurement. The following table illustrates the effect on net income (loss) as if the Company had applied the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,” to percentage interest or unit-based employee compensation. For purposes of pro forma disclosures, the estimated fair value of an option is amortized to expense over the option’s vesting period. Pro forma information for each of the three years in the period ended September 30, 2004 is as follows (in thousands, except per unit data):

	2002			2003			2004
Net income (loss) as reported	$	10,879		$	7,806		$	9,533
Deduct: Total unit-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value method for all awards		(38	)		(36	)		(37	)
Pro forma net income (loss)	$	10,841		$	7,770		$	9,496
Unaudited pro forma net income per limited partner unit:
Basic	$	0.79		$	0.63		$	0.76
Diluted	$	0.67		$	0.48		$	0.59

F-34

Inergy Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

Unaudited Pro Forma Income per Unit

Pro forma basic net income per limited partner unit is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of units outstanding. Pro forma diluted net income per limited partner unit is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of units outstanding and the dilutive effect of unit options granted under the long-term incentive plan. The following table presents the calculation of pro forma basic and dilutive income per limited partner unit (in thousands, except per unit data):

	Year Ended September 30,
	2002		2003		2004
Numerator:
Net income—basic and diluted	$	10,879	$	7,806	$	9,533
Denominator:
Pro forma weighted average limited partners’ units outstanding		13,789		12,373		12,550
Effect distributions in excess of earnings		—		—		600
Pro forma weighted average limited partners’ units outstanding—dilutive		13,789		12,373		13,150
Effect of dilutive unit options outstanding		2,301		3,717		3,540
Pro forma weighted average limited partners’ units outstanding—dilutive		16,090		16,090		16,690
Pro forma net income per limited partner unit:
Basic	$	0.79	$	0.63	$	0.72
Diluted	$	0.68	$	0.49	$	0.57

Distributions during 2004 exceeded earnings by $12.0 million. In contemplation of a per share value of $20.00, an additional 600,000 units have been reflected in the pro forma per unit calculation. Distributions did not exceed earnings during 2002 or 2003.

Segment Information

SFAS No. 131, “Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information” establishes standards for reporting information about operating segments, as well as related disclosures about products and services, geographic areas, and major customers. Further, SFAS No. 131 defines operating segments as components of an enterprise for which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision-maker in deciding how to allocate resources and assessing performance. In determining the Company’s reportable segments under the provisions of SFAS No. 131, the Company examined the way it organizes its business internally for making operating decisions and assessing business performance. See Note 12 for disclosures related to the Company’s retail and wholesale segments. No single customer represents 10% or more of consolidated revenues. In addition, nearly all of the Company’s revenues are derived from sources within the United States, and all of its long-lived assets are located in the United States.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

On December 16, 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment, which is a revision of SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation. SFAS 123(R) supersedes APB Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, and amends FASB Statement No. 95, Statement of Cash Flows. Generally, the approach in SFAS No. 123(R) is similar to the approach described in SFAS No. 123. However, SFAS No.

F-35

Inergy Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

123(R) requires all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be recognized in the income statement based on their fair values. Pro forma disclosure is no longer an alternative.

SFAS No. 123(R) must be adopted no later than July 1, 2005. Early adoption will be permitted in periods in which financial statements have not yet been issued. We expect to adopt SFAS No. 123(R) on July 1, 2005.

SFAS No. 123(R) permits public companies to adopt its requirements using one of two methods:

A “modified prospective” method in which compensation cost is recognized beginning with the effective date (a) based on the requirements of SFAS No. 123(R) for all share-based payments granted after the effective date and (b) based on the requirements of SFAS No. 123 for all awards granted to employees prior to the effective date of SFAS No. 123(R) that remain unvested on the effective date.

A “modified retrospective” method which includes the requirements of the modified prospective method described above, but also permits entities to restate based on the amounts previously recognized under SFAS No. 123 for purposes of pro forma disclosures either (a) all prior periods presented or (b) prior interim periods of the year of adoption.

The company plans to adopt SFAS No. 123(R) using the modified-prospective method.

As permitted by SFAS No. 123, the company currently accounts for share-based payments to employees using Opinion 25’s intrinsic value method and, as such, generally recognizes no compensation cost for employee stock options. Accordingly, the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R)’s fair value method will have a significant impact on our results of operations, although it will have no impact on our overall financial position. The impact of adoption of SFAS No. 123(R) cannot be predicted at this time because it will depend on levels of share-based payments granted in the future. However, had we adopted SFAS No. 123(R) in prior periods, the impact of that standard would have approximated the impact of SFAS No. 123 as described in the disclosure of pro forma net income and earnings per share in footnotes to the consolidated financial statements.

SFAS No. 151, “Inventory Costs, an amendment of ARB No. 43, Chapter 4,” amends the existing standard that provides guidance on accounting for inventory costs and specifically clarifies that abnormal amounts of costs should be recognized as period costs. This statement is effective for the fiscal year beginning after June 15, 2005. The adoption of SFAS No. 151 is not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

SFAS No. 153, “Exchanges of Nonmonetary Assets, an amendment of APB Opinion No. 29, Accounting for Nonmonetary Transactions” eliminates the narrow exception for nonmonetary exchanges of similar productive assets and replaces it with a broader exception for exchanges of nonmonetary assets that do not have commercial substance. Further, the amendments made by SFAS No. 153 are based on the principle that exchanges of nonmonetary assets should be measured based on the fair value of the assets exchanged. Previously, Opinion No. 29 required that the accounting for an exchange of a productive asset for a similar productive asset or an equivalent interest in the same or similar productive asset should be based on the recorded amount of the asset relinquished. The statement is effective for nonmonetary asset exchanges occurring in fiscal periods beginning after June 15, 2005. Earlier application is permitted for nonmonetary asset exchanges occurring in fiscal periods beginning after the date of issuance. The provisions of this statement shall be applied prospectively. The adoption of SFAS No. 153 is not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Note 2—Acquisitions

On July 31, 2003, the Partnership purchased substantially all of the retail propane assets and assumed certain liabilities of United Propane, Inc. (“United Propane”), a retail propane distributor located in Maryland, Delaware and West Virginia. The purchase price of $52.7 million consisted of the issuance of 1,779,812

F-36

Inergy Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

Partnership Common Units and 508,518 Partnership senior subordinated units with a fair value of approximately $45.0 million, $2.7 million in cash, and the assumption of $5.0 million of liabilities for total consideration of $52.7 million.

During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2003, the Partnership also acquired substantially all of the assets of ten other retail propane companies located in Ohio, Florida, Indiana and North Carolina, and one wholesale company located in Calgary, Canada. The aggregate purchase price for these acquisitions totaled approximately $27.5 million, which included cash of approximately $23.2 million, assumed liabilities of approximately $2.3 million, seller notes payable of $1.9 million and $0.1 million in Partnership common and senior subordinated units. The purchase price allocation related to these acquisitions included goodwill of $4.4 million, customer accounts of $1.6 million and other intangible assets acquired of $2.6 million. In the aggregate, these acquisitions are not material for pro forma disclosure purposes. These acquisitions were financed primarily using the acquisition facility and were accounted for by the purchase method under SFAS No. 141. The operating results for all fiscal 2003 acquisitions are included in the Company’s consolidated results of operations from the dates of acquisition.

The following reflects the acquisitions in purchase business combinations of the retail assets of United Propane in July 2003, in millions:

	United Propane
Cash	$	2.7
Assumed liabilities		5.0
5% seller note payable		—
Common and Senior Subordinated Units		45.0
	$	52.7
Property, plant and equipment	$	19.6
Goodwill		13.9
Customer accounts		16.9
Covenant not to compete		—
Net current assets		2.3
	$	52.7

The weighted average amortization period of amortizable intangible assets acquired was approximately 15 years.

The following unaudited pro forma data summarizes the results of operations for the period indicated as if the United Propane acquisition had been completed at the beginning of the period presented. The pro forma data gives effect to actual operating results prior to the acquisition and adjustments to interest expense and intangible assets amortization, among other things. These pro forma amounts do not purport to be indicative of the results that would have actually been obtained if the acquisition had occurred on October 1, 2002 or that will be obtained in the future.

	Year Ended September 30, 2003
	(in thousands)
Revenues	$	393,116
Net income		15,708
Net income per limited partner unit
—Basic	$	1.27
—Diluted	$	0.98

F-37

Inergy Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2004, the Partnership acquired substantially all of the assets of sixteen retail propane companies located in South Carolina, Georgia, Florida, Pennsylvania, Virginia, North Carolina, Arkansas, Michigan, New York, and Illinois, and we expanded our wholesale and supply operations by acquiring from Link Energy, LLC (formerly known as EOTT Energy, L.P.) its west coast NGL business, which includes natural gas processing, NGL fractionation, NGL rail and truck terminals, bulk storage, trucking and marketing operations. The aggregate purchase price for these acquisitions totaled approximately $97.4 million, which included cash of approximately $85.2 million, assumed liabilities of approximately $9.7 million, and seller notes payable of approximately $2.5 million. The purchase price allocation related to these assets included goodwill of $13.7 million, customer accounts of $14.2 million and other intangible assets of $2.7 million. In the aggregate, these acquisitions are not material for pro forma disclosure purposes. These acquisitions were financed primarily using the acquisition facility and were accounted for by the purchase method under SFAS No. 141. The operating results for all fiscal 2004 acquisitions are included in the consolidated results of operations from the dates of acquisition.

Note 3—Price Risk Management and Financial Instruments

The Partnership, through its wholesale operations, sells propane and offers price risk management services to energy related businesses through a variety of financial and other instruments including forward contracts involving physical delivery of propane. In addition, the Partnership manages its own trading portfolio using forward physical and futures contracts. The Partnership attempts to balance its contractual portfolio in terms of notional amounts and timing of performance and delivery obligations. However, net unbalanced positions can exist or are established based on assessment of anticipated short-term needs or market conditions.

The price risk management services offered to propane users, retailers and resellers, and other related businesses utilize a variety of financial and other instruments including forward contracts involving physical delivery of propane, swap agreements, which require payments to (or receipt of payments from) counterparties based on the differential between a fixed and variable price for propane, options and other contractual arrangements.

As discussed in Note 1, all of these financial instruments are accounted for using the mark-to-market method of accounting. The Partnership has entered into these derivative financial instruments to manage its exposure to fluctuation in commodity prices. The effects of commodity price volatility have generally been mitigated by the Partnership’s attempts to maintain a balanced portfolio of derivative financial instruments and inventory positions in terms of notional amounts and timing of performance.

Notional Amounts and Terms

The notional amounts and terms of these financial instruments at September 30, 2003 and 2004 include fixed price payor for 3.0 million and 4.9 million barrels, respectively, and fixed price receiver for 4.8 million and 6.5 million barrels, respectively.

Notional amounts reflect the volume of the transactions, but do not represent the amounts exchanged by the parties to the financial instruments. Accordingly, notional amounts do not accurately measure exposure to market or credit risks.

Fair Value

The fair value of all derivative financial instruments related to price risk management activities as of September 30, 2003 and 2004 was assets of $8.9 million and $23.0 million, respectively, and liabilities of $5.8 million and $29.6 million, respectively, related to propane.

F-38

Inergy Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

The net change in unrealized gains and losses related to all price risk management activities and propane based financial instruments for the years ended September 30, 2002, 2003 and 2004 of $0.1 million, $0.8 million, and $(1.2) million, respectively, are included in cost of product sold in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.

The following table summarizes the change in the unrealized fair value of energy contracts related to risk management activities for the years ended September 30, 2003 and 2004 where settlement has not yet occurred (in thousands of dollars):

	Year Ended September 30, 2003			Year Ended September 30, 2004
Net unrealized gains and (losses) in fair value of contracts outstanding at beginning of period	$	(4,653	)	$	3,104
Initial recorded value of new contracts entered into during the period		—			2,723
Other unrealized gains and (losses) recognized		4,479			(13,148	)
Less: realized gains and (losses) recognized		3,278			695
Net unrealized gains and (losses) in fair value of contracts outstanding at end of period	$	3,104		$	(6,626	)

Of the outstanding unrealized gain (loss) as of September 30, 2003 and 2004, contracts with a maturity of less than one year totaled $3.1 million and $(6.6) million, respectively. There were no contracts maturing in excess of one year in 2004. Contracts maturing in excess of one year totaled less than $0.1 million in 2003.

Market and Credit Risk

Inherent in the resulting contractual portfolio are certain business risks, including market risk and credit risk. Market risk is the risk that the value of the portfolio will change, either favorably or unfavorably, in response to changing market conditions. Credit risk is the risk of loss from nonperformance by suppliers, customers, or financial counterparties to a contract. The Partnership does not require collateral to support financial instruments subject to credit risk but does take an active role in managing and controlling market and credit risk and has established control procedures, which are reviewed on an ongoing basis. The Partnership monitors market risk through a variety of techniques, including daily reporting of the portfolio’s value to senior management. The Partnership provides for such risks at the time derivative financial instruments are adjusted to fair value and when specific risks become known. The Partnership attempts to minimize credit risk exposure through credit policies and periodic monitoring procedures. The counterparties associated with assets from price risk management activities as of September 30, 2003 and 2004 are generally propane users, retailers and resellers, and energy marketers and dealers.

F-39

Inergy Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

Note 4—Long-Term Debt

Long-term debt consisted of the following (in thousands):

	September 30,
	2003		2004
Inergy, L.P. credit agreement	$	41,024	$	132,153
Inergy, L.P. senior secured notes (including interest rate swap liability)		86,265		—
Inergy, L.P. obligations under noncompetition agreements and notes to former owners of businesses acquired		3,833		5,446
Other		5		2
Inergy Holdings, LLC bank facility		—		15,652
		131,127		153,253
Less current portion		12,449		25,017
	$	118,678	$	128,236

Effective August 30, 2004, the Company executed a credit agreement (“Bank Facility”) with a bank. The Bank Facility consists of a $15 million term loan and a $5 million working capital revolver and expires August 30, 2009. The obligation under the Bank Facility is secured by certain Common Units, Senior Subordinated Units and Junior Subordinated Units in Inergy, L.P. held by the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. The Bank Facility is also guaranteed by IPCH Acquisition Corp. and New Inergy Propane, LLC.

Effective May 27, 2004, Inergy Propane, LLC executed an Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) with its existing lenders in addition to others. The Credit Agreement consists of a $75 million revolving working capital facility and a $225 million revolving acquisition facility. The Credit Agreement expires in July 2006 and carries terms, conditions and covenants substantially similar to the previous credit agreement. The obligations under the Credit Agreement are secured by a first priority lien on all assets of Inergy Propane and its subsidiaries, the pledge of all of Inergy Propane’s equity interest in its subsidiaries and by a pledge of the Partnership’s interest in Inergy Propane. The Credit Agreement is also guaranteed by Inergy, L.P. and its subsidiary.

The Partnership is required to reduce the principal outstanding on the revolving working capital line of credit to $4 million or less for a minimum of 30 consecutive days during the period commencing March 1 and ending September 30. As such, $4 million of the outstanding balance at September 30, 2003 and 2004 has been classified as a long-term liability in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. At September 30, 2003 and 2004, the balance outstanding under this amended credit facility was $41.0 million and $132.2 million, respectively, including $15.5 million and $26.4 million, respectively, under the working capital facility. The prime rate and LIBOR plus the applicable spreads were between 3.11% and 4.00% at September 30, 2003 and between 3.77% and 4.75% at September 30, 2004, for all outstanding debt under the credit agreement.

In June 2002, the Partnership entered into a note purchase agreement with a group of institutional lenders pursuant to which it issued $85.0 million aggregate principal amount of senior secured notes with a weighted average interest rate of 9.07% and a weighted average maturity of 5.9 years. The senior secured notes consist of the following: $35 million principal amount of 8.85% senior secured notes with a 5-year maturity, $25.0 million principal amount of 9.10% senior secured notes with a 6-year maturity, and $25.0 million principal amount of 9.34% senior secured notes with a 7-year maturity. The net proceeds from these senior secured notes were used to repay a portion of the amount outstanding under the credit facility.

The bank facility, credit agreement and the senior secured notes contain several covenants which, among other things, require the maintenance of various financial performance ratios, restrict the payment of

F-40

Inergy Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

distributions, and require financial reports to be submitted periodically to the financial institutions. Unused borrowings under the credit agreement amounted to $154.9 million and $166.5 million at September 30, 2003 and 2004, respectively.

The funds from a public unit offering, together with net new borrowings under the revolving credit facility were used to repay in full $85.0 million aggregate principal amount of senior secured notes, plus interest expense related to a make whole premium charge of approximately $17.9 million in January 2004. All interest rate swap agreements were cancelled in conjunction with the repayment of $85 million of senior secured notes. The interest expense related to the make whole premium charge of $17.9 million was recorded as a charge to earnings in the quarter ended March 31, 2004 together with the write-off of the $1.2 million deferred financing costs associated with the senior secured notes, partially offset by a $0.9 million gain from the cancellation of the interest rate swaps.

Noninterest-bearing obligations due under noncompetition agreements and other note payable agreements consist of agreements between the Partnership and the sellers of retail propane companies acquired from fiscal years 1999 through 2003 with payments due through 2013 and imputed interest ranging from 5.1% to 10.0%. Noninterest-bearing obligations consist of $4.6 million and $6.9 million in total payments due under agreements, less unamortized discount based on imputed interest of $0.8 million and $1.4 million at September 30, 2003 and 2004, respectively.

The Company had a note payable to a financial intermediary of $134,000 at September 30, 2002 with interest at the broker’s call rate plus .75%. The note was secured by marketable securities with a fair value of $320,000. The interest rate on this note was 4.25% at September 30, 2002. The note was repaid in October 2002.

The aggregate amounts of principal to be paid on the outstanding long-term debt during the next five years ending September 30 and thereafter, are as follows, in thousands of dollars:

2005	$	25,017
2006		112,040
2007		3,797
2008		4,966
2009		6,609
Thereafter		824
	$	153,253

In August 2002, the Partnership entered into two interest rate swap agreements scheduled to mature in June 2008 and June 2009, respectively, each designed to hedge $10 million in underlying fixed rate senior secured notes, in order to manage interest rate risk exposure and reduce overall interest expense. In October 2002, the Partnership entered into three additional interest rate swap agreements scheduled to mature in June 2007, June 2008, and June 2009 each designed to hedge $5 million in underlying fixed rate senior secured notes. These swap agreements, which expire on the same dates as the maturity dates of the related senior secured notes, require the counterparty to pay us an amount based on the stated fixed interest rate on the notes due every three months. In exchange, the Partnership is required to make quarterly floating interest rate payments on the same dates to the counterparty based on an annual interest rate equal to the 3 month LIBOR interest rate plus spreads between 4.83% and 5.02% applied to the same notional amount of $35 million. The swap agreements have been recognized as fair value hedges. Amounts to be received or paid under the agreements are accrued and recognized over the life of the agreements as an adjustment to interest expense. The Partnership recognized the approximate $1.3 million increase in the fair market value of the related senior secured notes at September 30,

F-41

Inergy Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

2003, with a corresponding increase in the fair value of its interest rate swaps, which are recorded in other non-current assets. In January 2004, all interest rate swap agreements were cancelled in conjunction with the repayment of $85 million of senior secured notes.

Note 5—Investments

The Company has investments in other marketable securities with a cost of $601,000 and $101,000 and a fair value of $645,000 and $300,000 at September 30, 2003 and 2004, respectively. The unrealized gain of $44,000 and $199,000 at September 30, 2003 and 2004, respectively, is reported as a component of member’s equity.

Note 6—Leases

The Company has several noncancelable operating leases mainly for office space and vehicles, which expire at various times over the next nine years.

Future minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating leases for the next five years ending September 30 and thereafter consist of the following, in thousands of dollars:

Year Ending September 30,
2005	$	5,072
2006		3,827
2007		2,888
2008		2,177
2009		633
Thereafter		290
Total minimum lease payments	$	14,887

Rent expense for all operating leases during 2002, 2003 and 2004 amounted to $1.9 million, $2.8 million and $4.5 million, respectively.

In connection with the acquisition of assets from United Propane, Inc. on July 31, 2003, the Partnership entered into ten leases of real property formerly used by United Propane in its business. Five of these leases are with United Propane, three of these leases are with Pascal Enterprises, Inc. and two of these leases are with Robert A. Pascal. Each of these leases provides for an initial five-year term, and is renewable for up to two additional terms of five years each. During the initial term of these leases, monthly rental payments are required totaling $59,167, of which $17,167 is payable to United Propane, $16,800 is payable to Pascal Enterprises, and $25,200 is payable to Mr. Pascal.

On May 1, 2004, Inergy Propane, LLC entered into a lease agreement with United Leasing, Inc. to lease a propane rail terminal known as the Curtis Bay Terminal for the base monthly rent of $15,000.

Robert A. Pascal is the sole shareholder of United Propane, Pascal Enterprises and United Leasing and is on Inergy GP, LLC’s board of directors.

F-42

Inergy Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

Note 7—Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes for the years ended September 30, 2002, 2003 and 2004 consists of the following, in thousands of dollars:

	September 30,
	2002		2003			2004
Current:
Federal	$	87	$	395		$	1,380
State		10		108			417
Total current	$	97	$	503			1,797
Deferred
Federal		934		403			(509	)
State		101		(37	)		(112	)
Total deferred		1,035		366			(621	)
Provision for income taxes	$	1,132	$	869		$	1,176

The effective rate differs from the statutory rate because the income tax provision for the years ended September 30, 2003 and 2004, relates to taxable income of the corporations as discussed in Note 1.

Deferred income taxes related to IPCHA, Wilson and Rolesville reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Components of the deferred income taxes at September 30, 2003 and September 30, 2004 are as follows, in thousands of dollars:

	September 30,
	2003			2004
Deferred tax assets:
NOL carryforward	$	2,171		$	1,728
	$	2,171		$	1,728
Deferred tax liabilities:
Basis difference in stock of acquired company	$	(22,957	)	$	(21,895	)
	$	(22,957	)	$	(21,895	)
Net deferred tax liability	$	(20,786	)	$	(20,165	)

The net operating loss carryforwards of $5.1 million fully expire by September 30, 2020.

Note 8—Members’ Equity

The members of the Company receive a portion of the distributions earned. Distributions paid by the Company to its members amounted to $4,707,109, $4,745,787 and $21,525,000 for the years ended September 30, 2002, 2003 and 2004 respectively.

Effective November 30, 2001, NIP distributed 75,361 Inergy, L.P. senior subordinated units and 39,806 Inergy, L.P. junior subordinated units to Partners, which in turn distributed these units to the Company. The Company immediately distributed these units to a member in exchange for the member’s 7.8% common membership percentage interest in the Company.

F-43

Inergy Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

Effective October 1, 2002, the Company received a cash contribution of $3,688,900 in exchange for a 4% common membership percentage interest in the Company. The interest purchase agreement related to this purchase contained a redemption feature which could require the Company to redeem the members’ interest upon the occurrence of certain limited events, at the amount contributed, subject to adjustment for distributions in excess of net income. These events are all within the control of the Company and, accordingly, the contribution has been reflected as members’ equity.

Effective March 31, 2003, NIP distributed 39,000 Inergy, L.P. senior subordinated units and 19,500 Inergy, L.P. junior subordinated units to Partners, which in turn distributed these units to the Company. The Company immediately distributed these units to a member in exchange for a 2% common membership percentage interest in the Company. The Company also has an option with this member to acquire a 1.2% common membership percentage interest in exchange for 75,000 Inergy, L.P. senior subordinated units and 37,500 Inergy, L.P. junior subordinated units. This option expires June 30, 2005.

Effective October 17, 2003, certain members of the Company redeemed 2.25% common membership percentage interests for $2,250,000.

Effective October 24, 2003, the Company received a cash contribution of $1,500,000 in exchange for a 1.5% common membership percentage interest in the Company.

Note 9—Long-Term Incentive Plan

Employee Option Plan

The Company sponsors an employee option plan for certain key employees. The employee option plan permits participants to purchase units provided for in the related participants’ option agreement at a stated fixed price, subject to a formula which gives effect to the impact of distributions and dilution caused by the issuance of additional members’ equity prior to exercise of the option. The contracts expire after the number of years provided for in the related agreements, generally 10 years, are subject to varying vesting requirements including the passage of time and achievement of certain financial targets. Certain options are not exercisable before December 31, 2006. In addition, most employee option grants made under the plan provide that the option will become exercisable upon a change of control of the Company. Subsequent to year-end, all outstanding employee options of the Company were exchanged for interest purchase agreements (see Note 13).

As discussed in Note 1, “Conversion Transaction,” the Company converted to a limited partnership on March     , 2005. The employee option plan information presented below has been adjusted to reflect the conversion as if it had occurred on October 1, 2001.

In addition, most employee option grants made under the plan provide that the option will become exercisable upon a change of control of the Company. The option prices provided below have been adjusted to give effect to a dilution feature in the unit option grant agreements.

F-44

Inergy Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

A summary of the Company’s unit option activity for the years ended September 30, 2002, 2003 and 2004 is provided below:

	Range of Exercise Prices(a)		Weighted Average Exercise Price(a)		Number of Units
Outstanding at September 30, 2001		—		—	—
Granted	$	0.00-$4.34	$	1.92	2,188,240
Exercised		—		—	—
Cancelled		—		—	—
Outstanding at September 30, 2002	$	0.00-$4.34	$	1.92	2,188,240
Granted	$	4.35-$6.22	$	4.89	1,584,865
Exercised		—		—	—
Cancelled		—		—	—
Outstanding at September 30, 2003	$	0.00-$6.22	$	3.17	3,773,105
Granted		—		—	—
Exercised	$	6.22	$	6.22	241,350
Cancelled		—		—	—
Outstanding at September 30, 2004	$	0.00-$4.71	$	2.96	3,531,755

(a) Option prices have been adjusted to give effect to a dilution feature in the unit option grant agreements.

Information regarding option outstanding as of September 30, 2004 is as follows:

Range of Exercise Prices	Option Outstanding	Weighted Average Remaining Contracted Life (years)	Weighted Average Exercise Price(a)
$0-$4.33	1,222,840	6.3	$	0.00
$4.34-$4.71	2,308,915	8.4	$	4.52

(a) Option prices have been adjusted to give effect to a dilution feature in the unit option grant agreements.

The weighted average estimated fair value of the options granted during the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2003 was $0. There were no options granted in 2004. For non-public entities, generally accepted accounting principles allow the fair value of each option granted to be estimated as of the grant date using the minimum value method. Under the minimum value method, a non-public entity need not consider the expected volatility of its stock in estimating the options’ fair value. Subsequent to the Company’s initial public offering, it will include expected volatility in estimating the fair value of options in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The following assumptions were used:

	2002		2003
Distribution yield	6.0	%	6.0	%
Expected life of option in years	3		2
Risk-free interest rate	2.2	%	1.2	%
Expected volatility	—		—

F-45

Inergy Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

Incentive plans sponsored by subsidiaries of the Company include the following:

Unit Purchase Plan

The Partnership’s managing general partner sponsors a unit purchase plan for its employees and the employees of its affiliates. The unit purchase plan permits participants to purchase common units in market transactions from the Partnership, the general partners or any other person. All purchases made have been in market transactions, although the plan allows the Partnership to issue additional units. The Partnership has reserved 100,000 units for purchase under the unit purchase plan. As determined by the compensation committee, the managing general partner may match each participant’s cash base pay or salary deferrals by an amount up to 10% of such deferrals and have such amount applied toward the purchase of additional units. The managing general partner has also agreed to pay the brokerage commissions, transfer taxes and other transaction fees associated with a participant’s purchase of common units. The maximum amount that a participant may elect to have withheld from his or her salary or cash base pay with respect to unit purchases in any calendar year may not exceed 10% of his or her base salary or wages for the year. Units purchased on behalf of a participant under the unit purchase plan generally are to be held by the participant for at least one year. To the extent a participant desires to sell or dispose of such units prior to the end of this one year holding period, the participant will be ineligible to participate in the unit purchase plan again until the one year anniversary of the date of such sale. The unit purchase plan is intended to serve as a means for encouraging participants to invest in common units. Units purchased through the unit purchase plan by Inergy and its employees for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2002, 2003 and 2004 were 3,280 units, 10,277 units, and 9,518 units, respectively. No units were purchased through the plan prior to fiscal year 2002.

Long Term Incentive Plan

Inergy’s managing general partner sponsors the Inergy Long-Term Incentive Plan for its employees, consultants, and directors and the employees of its affiliates that perform services for Inergy. The long-term incentive plan currently permits the grant of awards covering an aggregate of 1,735,100 common units, which can be granted in the form of unit options and/or restricted units; however, not more than 565,600 restricted units may be granted under the plan. With the exception of 56,000 unit options (exercise prices from $1.92 to $5.34) granted to non-executive employees in exchange for option grants made by the predecessor in fiscal 1999, all of which have been grandfathered into the long-term incentive plan and are presented as grants in the table below, all unit options and restricted units granted under the plan will vest no sooner than, and in the same proportion as, senior subordinated units convert into common units as described above. The compensation committee of the managing general partner’s board of directors administers the plan.

Restricted Units

A restricted unit is a “phantom” unit that entitles the grantee to receive a common unit upon the vesting of the phantom unit, or at the discretion of the compensation committee, cash equivalent to the value of a common unit. In general, restricted units granted to employees are subject to certain vesting conditions as determined by plan administrators and are subject to the vesting provisions described above in connection with the Subordination Period. In addition, the restricted units will become exercisable upon a change of control of the managing general partner or the Partnership.

The restricted units are intended to serve as a means of incentive compensation for performance and not primarily as an opportunity to participate in the equity appreciation of the common units. Therefore, plan participants will not pay any consideration for the common units they receive, and the Partnership will receive no remuneration for the units.

As of September 30, 2004, there were no restricted units issued under the long-term incentive plan.

F-46

Inergy Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

Unit Options

Unit options issued under the long-term incentive plan will generally have an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the units on the date of grant. In general, unit options will expire after 10 years and are subject to the vesting provisions described above in connection with the Subordination Period. In addition, most unit option grants made under the plan provide that the unit options will become exercisable upon a change of control of the managing general partner or the Partnership. None of the outstanding unit options were exercisable at September 30, 2004.

A summary of the Partnership’s unit option activity for the years ended September 30, 2002, 2003 and 2004 is provided below:

	Range of Exercise Prices	Weighted- Average Exercise Price		Number of Units
Outstanding at September 30, 2001	$1.92-$11.00	$	10.20	663,840
Granted	$11.25-$15.35	$	13.56	365,000
Exercised	—		—	—
Canceled	$11.00	$	11.00	32,376
Outstanding at September 30, 2002	$1.92-$15.35	$	11.60	996,464
Granted	$13.75-$20.13	$	16.53	308,000
Exercised	—		—	—
Canceled	$10.00-$15.35	$	10.54	227,400
Outstanding at September 30, 2003	$1.92-$20.13	$	13.10	1,077,064
Granted	$20.96-$24.71	$	23.11	84,000
Exercised	—		—	—
Canceled	$13.83-$15.35	$	14.51	46,000
Outstanding at September 30, 2004	$1.92-$24.71	$	13.79	1,115,064

Information regarding options outstanding as of September 30, 2004 is as follows:

Range of Exercise Prices	Options Outstanding	Weighted Average Remaining Contracted Life (years)	Weighted Average Exercise Price
$1.92   - $8.19	25,564	6.8	$	2.37
$10.00 - $11.00	508,500	6.8		10.82
$13.75 - $16.90	427,000	8.1		15.17
$19.43 - $24.71	154,000	9.2		21.66
	1,115,064	7.6	$	13.79

F-47

Inergy Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

The weighted-average remaining contract life for options outstanding at September 30, 2004 is approximately eight years. Pro forma information regarding net income and earnings per share, as required by SFAS No. 123 is included in Note 1. SFAS No. 123 requires the pro forma information be determined as if Inergy has accounted for its employee unit options under the fair value method of that statement. As described below, the fair value accounting provided under SFAS No. 123 requires the use of option valuation models that were not developed for use in valuing employee unit options. The fair value of each option grant was estimated as of the grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions:

	2002			2003			2004
Weighted average fair value of options granted	$	1.83		$	1.97		$	1.41
Expected volatility		.283			.230			.159
Distribution yield		10.0	%		7.5	%		6.9	%
Expected life of option in years		5			5			5
Risk-free interest rate		3.1	%		3.0	%		3.2	%

The Black-Scholes option valuation model was developed for use in estimating the fair value of traded options, which have no vesting restrictions and are fully transferable. In addition, option valuation models require the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the expected unit price volatility. Because the Partnership’s employee unit options have characteristics significantly different from those of traded options, and because changes in the subjective input assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimate, in management’s opinion, the existing models do not necessarily provide a reliable single measure of the fair value of its employee unit options.

Note 10—Employee Retirement Plans

A 401(k) profit-sharing plan is available to all of the Partnership’s employees who have completed 30 days of service. The plan permits employees to make contributions up to 75% of their salary, up to statutory limits, currently $13,000 in 2004. The plan provides for matching contributions by the Partnership for employees completing one year of service of 1,000 hours. Matching contributions made by the Partnership were $0.2 million, $0.3 million and $0.4 million in 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively.

Note 11—Commitments and Contingencies

The Partnership periodically enters into agreements to purchase fixed quantities of liquid propane at fixed prices with suppliers. At September 30, 2004, the total of these firm purchase commitments was approximately $135 million. It also enters into agreements to purchase quantities of liquid propane at variable prices with suppliers at future dates at the then prevailing market prices. At September 30, 2004, the quantity of these variable purchase commitments was approximately 50 million gallons.

At September 30, 2004, the Company was contingently liable for letters of credit outstanding totaling $5.6 million, which guarantees various transactions.

The Company is periodically involved in litigation proceedings. The results of litigation proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty; however, management believes that Inergy does not have material potential liability in connection with these proceedings that would have a significant financial impact on its consolidated financial condition and results of operations.

The Company utilizes third-party insurance subject to varying retention levels of self-insurance, which management considers prudent. Such self-insurance relates to losses and liabilities primarily associated with

F-48

Inergy Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

workers’ compensation claims and general, product and vehicle liability. Losses are accrued based upon management’s estimates of the aggregate liability for claims incurred using certain assumptions followed in the insurance industry and based on past experience.

Certain employees are entitled to receive up to $1.7 million in aggregate of bonus payments at the end of the subordination periods of the junior and senior subordinated units. As these amounts will only become due if the employees remain employed by the Partnership, no amount has been accrued at September 30, 2004.

Note 12—Segments

The Company’s financial statements reflect two reportable segments: retail sales operations and wholesale sales operations. The Company’s retail sales operations include propane sales to end users, the sale of propane-related appliances and service work for propane-related equipment. The wholesale sales operations distribute propane and provide marketing and price risk management services to other users, retailers and resellers of propane, including the Company’s retail operations. All revenues generated by the wholesale sales operation segment are included in the selling price of the propane and are included in the table below as propane revenues. The Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer has been identified as the Chief Operating Decision Maker (CODM). The CODM evaluates performance and allocates resources based on revenues and gross profit of each segment. The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies. All intersegment revenues and profits associated with propane sales and other services between the wholesale and retail segments have been eliminated.

The identifiable assets associated with each reportable segment reviewed by the CODM include accounts receivable and inventories. The net asset/liability from price risk management, as reported in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, is related to the wholesale segment and is specifically reviewed by the CODM. Capital expenditures, reported as purchases of property, plant and equipment in the accompanying consolidated statements of cash flows, substantially all relate to the retail sales segment. Inergy does not report property, plant and equipment, intangible assets, and depreciation and amortization by segment to the CODM.

F-49

Inergy Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

Revenues, gross profit, and identifiable assets for each of the Company’s reportable segments are presented below, in thousands of dollars.

	Year Ended September 30, 2002
	Retail Sales Operations		Wholesale Sales Operations		Intersegment Eliminations			Total
Propane revenues	$	100,237	$	120,737	$	(28,848	)	$	192,122
Transportation revenues		6,801		—		—			6,801
Propane-related appliance sales revenues		2,697		—		—			2,697
Retail service revenues		1,497		—		—			1,497
Rental revenues		2,042		—		—			2,042
Other revenues		3,541		—		—			3,541
Gross profit		68,605		5,698		(602	)		73,701
Identifiable assets		12,132		42,142		—			54,274
	Year Ended September 30, 2003
	Retail Sales Operations		Wholesale Sales Operations		Intersegment Eliminations			Total
Propane revenues	$	160,149	$	259,934	$	(76,505	)	$	343,578
Transportation revenues		9,086		—		—			9,086
Propane-related appliance sales revenues		3,495		—		—			3,495
Retail service revenues		1,902		—		—			1,902
Rental revenues		2,739		—		—			2,739
Other revenues		2,566		—		—			2,566
Gross profit		86,088		11,326		(1,059	)		96,355
Identifiable assets		16,554		41,009		—			57,563
	Year Ended September 30, 2004
	Retail Sales Operations		Wholesale Sales Operations		Intersegment Eliminations			Total
Propane revenues	$	203,901	$	333,791	$	(106,490	)	$	431,202
Fractionation and other mainstream revenues		—		29,486		—			29,486
Transportation revenues		7,649		—		—			7,649
Propane-related appliance sales revenues		4,803		—		—			4,803
Retail service revenues		3,428		—		—			3,428
Rental revenues		3,527		—		—			3,527
Other revenues		2,401		—		—			2,401
Gross profit		105,956		18,353		(866	)		123,443
Identifiable assets		23,286		82,559		—			105,845

Note 13—Subsequent Events

On November 5, 2004, the Company declared a distribution to members, and in lieu of cash, distributed promissory notes to members in the aggregate amount of $15.0 million. The notes are due in quarterly principal installments of $375 thousand beginning February 15, 2005 and bear interest at the rate of 6%. The notes mature in November 15, 2014. The notes are subordinate to the bank debt.

In November 2004, all outstanding employee options of the Company were exchanged for interest purchase agreements. No compensation expense was required to be recognized as a result of this exchange.

F-50

Inergy Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

On November 18, 2004, the Operating Company executed a definitive agreement to purchase 100% partnership interests in Star Gas Propane, L.P., the propane operating partnership of Star Gas Partners, L.P. for approximately $475 million. Star Gas Propane currently serves approximately 345,000 customers from approximately 120 customer service centers in the Midwest, Northeast, Florida, and Georgia. In order to finance the transaction, which closed on December 17, 2004, the Partnership entered into a credit agreement with J.P. Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., J.P. Morgan Securities, Inc., Lehman Commercial Paper Inc. and Lehman Brothers, Inc. for a $400 million 364-day credit facility and a $325 million five year credit facility, both of which are secured by substantially all of its assets. Also on that date, the Partnership issued common units to Kayne Anderson MLP Investment Company, Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation, and RCH Energy MLP Fund L.P. for $91 million.

Star Gas Propane, LP is a named defendant in a federal securities lawsuit alleging the public disclosures made by its former parent, Star Gas Partners, L.P., were in violation of various securities laws including Rule 10b-5. Star Gas Partners, L.P. has agreed to indemnify the Partnership for this liability. Management does not expect this lawsuit to have a material effect on the Company’s results of operations or financial condition because we believe that the claim is without merit. However, if the lawsuit was decided adversely to Star Gas Propane, L.P. and Star Gas Partners, L.P. was unable to fulfill its indemnification obligation to the Operating Company, this lawsuit could have a material effect on the Company’s results of operations or financial condition.

On December 22, 2004 the Partnership issued 4,400,000 Common Units in a public offering, resulting in net proceeds of $121.3 million. Also on that date, the Partnership issued $425 million in Senior Notes resulting in net proceeds of $414.9 million. These funds were used to reduce the debt on the bank credit facilities.

On November 30, 2004, the Operating Company acquired the propane assets of Moulton Gas Service, Inc. headquartered in Wapakoneta, Ohio for $60.1 million. In Moulton Gas’ fiscal year ended June 30, 2004, Moulton Gas delivered approximately 21 million gallons of retail propane to approximately 23,000 customers from 4 retail locations and 11 satellite plants in Ohio and provides further critical mass to Inergy’s strong presence in the Great Lakes region.

F-51

Inergy Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

Note 14—Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

Summarized unaudited quarterly financial data is presented below. The propane business is seasonal due to weather conditions in its service areas. Propane sales to residential and commercial customers are affected by winter heating season requirements, which generally results in higher operating revenues and net income during the period from October through March of each year and lower operating revenues and either net losses or lower net income during the period from April through September of each year. Sales to industrial and agricultural customers are much less weather sensitive.

	(In Thousands of Dollars, except per unit information) Quarter Ended
	December 31		March 31		June 30			September 30
Fiscal 2003
Revenues	$	109,690	$	158,650	$	39,481		$	55,544
Gross profit		28,139		40,537		11,067			16,612
Operating income (loss)		10,338		20,075		(4,365	)		(2,960	)
Net income (loss)		1,637		6,214		(1,622	)		1,577
Net income (loss) per limited partner unit
—Basic	$	0.12	$	0.45	$	(0.12	)	$	0.12
—Diluted	$	0.10	$	0.39	$	(0.12	)	$	0.10
Fiscal 2004
Revenues	$	132,581	$	178,068	$	69,715		$	102,132
Gross profit		37,117		50,320		16,987			19,019
Operating income (loss)		12,099		25,152		(8,640	)		(7,645	)
Net income (loss)		1,864		7,745		(1,197	)		1,121
Net income (loss) per limited partner unit
—Basic	$	0.13	$	0.54	$	(0.08	)	$	0.08
—Diluted	$	0.12	$	0.48	$	(0.08	)	$	0.07

For the quarter ended March 31, 2004 operating income reflects a make whole premium charge of $17.9 million, the write off of deferred financing cost of $1.2 million, and a credit of $0.9 million relating to swap value received upon the cancellation of outstanding interest rate swap agreements.

Note 15—Issuance of Subsidiary Units

Effective December 20, 2001, IPCH Acquisition Corp., a newly formed and wholly-owned subsidiary of Inergy Holdings, LLC, purchased all of the outstanding stock and assumed the outstanding debt of Independent Propane Company, Inc., a retail propane distributor located in Texas, for total consideration of $84.8 million including working capital acquired. Immediately thereafter, the Partnership purchased from Inergy Holdings, LLC substantially all of the assets and assumed certain liabilities of IPCH Acquisition Corp. for $74.6 million in cash, including acquisition costs funded through its credit facility, and the issuance of 1,519,240 common units with a fair value of approximately $19.7 million, $3.5 million of assumed liabilities including liabilities identified in purchase price allocation for total consideration of $97.8 million, including working capital of approximately $7.5 million (the IPC Acquisition). Approximately $10.4 million of the excess consideration paid by the Partnership over that paid by IPCH Acquisition Corp. relates to the tax liability generated by the sale of the assets by IPCH Acquisition Corp. to the Partnership with the remainder due to acquisition costs incurred by the Partnership. In connection to this, the Partnership issued 36,504 common units to members of Independent

F-52

Inergy Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

Propane Company’s management. The transactions resulted in a gain of approximately $5.3 million to the Company.

In June 2002, the Partnership registered 2,800,000 common units, of which 2,122,010 previously unissued units were sold by Inergy, L.P. and 677,990 units were sold on behalf of the selling unitholders. The 2,122,010 common units issued by the Partnership resulted in net proceeds of $30.4 million, net of underwriter’s discounts, commissions, and offering expenses. In July 2002, the Partnership issued an additional 300,000 common units due to the underwriters’ exercise of the overallotment option, resulting in net proceeds of $4.5 million to the Partnership. These transactions resulted in a gain of approximately $4.2 million to the Company.

In March 2003, the Partnership issued 1,610,000 common units in a public offering, resulting in proceeds of $23.3 million, net of underwriter’s discounts, commissions, and offering expenses as well as a gain of approximately $2.2 million to the Company. Inergy Partners, LLC contributed $0.5 million in cash to the Partnership. in conjunction with the issuance in order to maintain its 2% non-managing general partner interest.

In June 2003, the Partnership issued 5,302 common units in conjunction with the acquisition of Phillips Propane, Inc. This resulted in a gain of approximately $0.01 million to the Company. Inergy Partners, LLC contributed $2,000 in cash to the Partnership in conjunction with the issuance in order to maintain its 2% non-managing general partner interest.

In July 2003, Inergy, L.P. issued 1,779,812 common units and 508,518 senior subordinated units to the owner of United Propane, Inc. in conjunction with the acquisition of substantially all the propane assets of United Propane, Inc. This resulted in a gain of approximately $3.0 million to the Company. Inergy Partners, LLC contributed $0.9 million in cash to Inergy, L.P. in conjunction with the issuance in order to maintain its 2% non-managing general partner interest.

In January 2004, Inergy, L.P. issued 3,625,000 common units in a public offering, resulting in proceeds of $83.3 million, net of underwriter’s discounts, commissions, and offering expenses. This resulted in a gain of approximately $7.8 million to the Company . Inergy Partners, LLC contributed $1.8 million in cash to Inergy, L.P. in conjunction with the issuance in order to maintain its 2% non-managing general partner interest. These funds were used to repay borrowings under our credit agreement.

In August 2004, Inergy, L.P. issued 1,300,000 common units to Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation resulting in proceeds of $29.9 million, net of offering expenses. This resulted in a gain of approximately $2.6 million to the Company.

Note 16—Distributions from Inergy, L.P.

The amended and restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Inergy, L.P. (Partnership Agreement) contains specific provisions for the allocation of net earnings and losses to each of the partners for purposes of maintaining the partner capital accounts.

The Partnership Agreement provides that during the Subordination Period (as defined below), the Partnership may issue up to 1,600,000 additional common units (excluding common units issued in connection with conversion of subordinated units into common units) or an equivalent number of securities ranking on a parity with the common units. During 2003, the Partnership issued 246,372 of such common units, thus the Partnership currently retains the ability to issue 1,353,628 additional common units under this provision. The Partnership Agreement also provides that an unlimited number of partnership interests junior to the common units may be issued without a Unitholder vote. The Partnership may also issue additional common units during

F-53

Inergy Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

the Subordination Period in connection with certain acquisitions or the repayment of certain indebtedness. After the Subordination Period, the Partnership Agreement authorizes the General Partner to cause the Partnership to issue an unlimited number of limited partner interests of any type without the approval of any Unitholders.

Quarterly Distributions of Available Cash

The Partnership is expected to make quarterly cash distributions of all of its Available Cash, generally defined as income (loss) before income taxes plus depreciation and amortization, less maintenance capital expenditures and net changes in reserves established by the General Partner for future requirements. These reserves are retained to provide for the proper conduct of the Partnership business, or to provide funds for distributions with respect to any one or more of the next four fiscal quarters.

Distributions by the Partnership in an amount equal to 100% of its Available Cash will generally be made 98% to the common and subordinated unitholders and 2% to the General Partner, subject to the payment of incentive distributions to the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights to the extent that certain target levels of cash distributions are achieved. To the extent there is sufficient Available Cash, the holders of common units have the right to receive the Minimum Quarterly Distribution ($0.30 per Unit), plus any arrearages, prior to any distribution of Available Cash to the holders of subordinated units. Common units will not accrue arrearages for any quarter after the Subordination Period (as defined below) and subordinated units will not accrue any arrearages with respect to distributions for any quarter.

In general, the Subordination Period will continue indefinitely until the first day of any quarter beginning after June 30, 2006 for the senior subordinated units and June 30, 2008 for the junior subordinated units in which distributions of Available Cash equal or exceed the Minimum Quarterly Distribution on the common units and the subordinated units for each of the three consecutive four-quarter periods immediately preceding such date. On August 13, 2004, 1,656,684 senior subordinated units were converted to common units. Prior to the end of the Subordination Period, 286,272 junior subordinated units will convert to common units after June 30, 2006 and another 1,656,684 senior subordinated units will convert to common units after June 30, 2005 and 286,272 junior subordinated units will convert to common units after June 30, 2007, if distributions of Available Cash on the common units and subordinated units equal or exceed the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for each of the three consecutive four-quarter periods preceding such date. Upon expiration of the Subordination Period, all remaining subordinated units will convert to common units.

The Partnership is expected to make distributions of its Available Cash within 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter ending December, March, June, and September to holders of record on the applicable record date. The Partnership made distributions to unitholders, including the non-managing general partner, amounting to $16.2 million, $25.2 million, and $37.4 million during the years ended September 30, 2002, 2003, and 2004, respectively, or $1.18, $1.45, $1.60 per unit, respectively, for the periods to which these distributions relate.

The Company owns all of the “incentive distribution rights” provided for in Inergy L.P.’s partnership agreement, which entitles it to receive increasing percentages, up to 48%, of any cash distributed by the Partnership in excess of $0.33 per unit in any quarter. In addition, the Company and its subsidiaries own 1,243,388 common units, 1,459,836 senior subordinated units and 975,924 junior subordinated units which on a combined basis approximate a 14.9% limited partner interest.

F-54

Schedule II

Inergy Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

(in thousands)

Year ended September 30,	Balance at beginning or period	Charged to costs and expenses	Other Additions (recoveries)	Deductions (write-offs)	Balance at end of period
Allowance for doubtful accounts
2004	$997	$214	$1,125	$(1,258)	$1,078
2003	927	719	96	(745)	997
2002	186	451	540	(250)	927

F-55

STAR GAS PROPANE, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARY

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT

The Partners of Star Gas Propane, L.P.:

We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheets of Star Gas Propane, L.P. and Subsidiary (the “Partnership”) as of September 30, 2003 and 2004, and the related combined statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended September 30, 2004. These combined financial statements are the responsibility of the Partnership’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these combined financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the combined financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Partnership as of September 30, 2003 and 2004 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended September 30, 2004, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

The accompanying combined financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Partnership will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 2 to the combined financial statements, the Partnership is dependent on the financial support of Star Gas Partners, L.P. (“Star Gas Partners”), its parent company. Star Gas Partners advised its bank lenders that the heating oil segment would not be able to make the required representations included in the borrowing certificate under its working capital line of credit and that it is unlikely that it would be able to meet certain conditions for drawing under this line of credit for the quarter ending December 31, 2004 and for the foreseeable future thereafter. The heating oil segment entered into a letter amendment and waiver under its credit agreement whereby it enables borrowings under its working capital line of credit through December 17, 2004. After that date, no further borrowings will be available under this working capital line of credit. These factors raise substantial doubt about Star Gas Partners’ ability to continue as a going concern, which consequently raises substantial doubt about the Partnership’s ability to continue as a going concern. Star Gas Partners’ plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 2. The combined financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

As discussed in Notes 3 and 6 to the combined financial statements, Star Gas Propane, L.P. adopted the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”, as of October 1, 2002.

KPMG LLP

Stamford, Connecticut

December 10, 2004

F-56

STAR GAS PROPANE, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARY

COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands)

	September 30,
	2003		2004
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	5,788	$	11,366
Receivables, net of allowance of $1,202 and $1,558, respectively		15,697		19,427
Inventories		14,415		13,411
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		3,736		6,084
Due from affiliates		7,600		10,658
Total current assets		47,236		60,946
Property and equipment, net		186,152		183,823
Long-term portion of accounts receivable		1,037		879
Goodwill		40,138		42,615
Intangibles, net		78,053		76,314
Deferred charges and other assets		2,738		2,683
Total assets	$	355,354	$	367,260
Liabilities and Net Assets
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	$	7,712	$	10,930
Working capital facility borrowings		6,000		—
Current maturities of long-term debt		10,250		10,250
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities		9,222		8,792
Unearned service contract revenue		1,013		1,407
Due to affiliate		—		32,500
Customer credit balances		25,458		29,305
Total current liabilities		59,655		93,184
Long-term debt		110,850		88,000
Other long-term liabilities		1,297		1,127
Deferred tax liability		1,247		1,952
Net assets		182,305		182,997
Total net liabilities and net assets	$	355,354	$	367,260

See accompanying notes to combined financial statements.

F-57

STAR GAS PROPANE, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARY

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands)

	Years Ended September 30,
	2002			2003			2004
Sales:
Product	$	176,741		$	255,946		$	317,139
Installation, service and appliance		18,776			23,354			31,707
Total sales		195,517			279,300			348,846
Costs and expenses:
Cost of product		78,227			139,008			185,725
Cost of installations, service and appliances		4,638			6,007			11,273
Delivery and branch expenses		61,678			76,279			92,701
Depreciation and amortization expense		16,783			16,958			20,030
General and administrative expenses		8,526			10,568			10,092
Operating income		25,665			30,480			29,025
Interest expense		(13,369	)		(11,126	)		(10,390	)
Interest income		142			89			69
Amortization of debt issuance costs		(250	)		(194	)		(166	)
Loss on redemption of debt		—			(393	)		—
Income before income taxes		12,188			18,856			18,538
Income tax expense (benefit)		1,974			(187	)		990
Net income	$	10,214		$	19,043		$	17,548

See accompanying notes to combined financial statements.

F-58

STAR GAS PROPANE, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARY

STATEMENTS OF COMBINED COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

(in thousands)

	Years Ended September 30,
	2002		2003			2004
Net income	$	10,214	$	19,043		$	17,548
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Unrealized gain (loss) on derivative instruments		2,335		(495	)		1,897
Comprehensive income	$	12,549	$	18,548		$	19,445

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)	Derivative Instruments
Balance as of September 30, 2001	$	(2,103	)
Reclassification to earnings		1,520
Unrealized gain		815
Other comprehensive income		2,335
Balance as of September 30, 2002		232
Reclassification to earnings		(329	)
Unrealized loss		(166	)
Other comprehensive loss		(495	)
Balance as of September 30, 2003		(263	)
Reclassification to earnings		(758	)
Unrealized gain		2,655
Other comprehensive income		1,897
Balance as of September 30, 2004	$	1,634

See accompanying notes to combined financial statements.

F-59

STAR GAS PROPANE, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARY

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

	Year Ended September 30,
	2002			2003			2004
Cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities:
Net income	$	10,214		$	19,043		$	17,548
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization		16,783			16,958			20,030
Amortization of debt issuance cost		250			194			166
Loss on redemption of debt		—			393			—
Provision for losses on accounts receivable		599			1,125			1,113
Deferred tax expense (benefit)		1,730			(487	)		705
Loss (gain) on sales of fixed assets		266			(104	)		55
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of amounts related to acquisitions:
Decrease (increase) in receivables		906			(3,256	)		(4,505	)
Decrease (increase) in inventories		4,153			(1,545	)		1,454
Decrease (increase) in other assets		1,377			(3,472	)		(4,552	)
(Decrease) increase in accounts payable		(91	)		2,131			3,218
Increase (decrease) in other current and long-term liabilities		170			(1,524	)		4,478
Net cash provided by operating activities		36,357			29,456			39,710
Cash flows provided by (used in) investing activities:
Capital expenditures		(5,235	)		(5,526	)		(5,440	)
Proceeds from sales of fixed assets		508			1,366			796
Acquisitions		(44,354	)		(48,541	)		(13,945	)
Net cash used in investing activities		(49,081	)		(52,701	)		(18,589	)
Cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities:
Equity contribution from Star Gas Partners, L.P.		40,074			109,030			32,950
Note to Star Gas Partners		—			—			32,500
Working Capital facility borrowings		22,850			42,000			42,900
Working Capital facility repayments		(31,250	)		(36,000	)		(48,900	)
Acquisition facility borrowings		73,250			44,600			5,550
Acquisition facility repayments		(38,650	)		(64,600	)		(18,150	)
Distributions to Star Gas Partners, L.P.		(38,746	)		(37,600	)		(51,700	)
Repayment of debt		(8,702	)		(35,875	)		(10,250	)
Other		(853	)		(1,426	)		(443	)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		17,973			20,129			(15,543	)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents		5,249			(3,116	)		5,578
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period		3,655			8,904			5,788
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	$	8,904		$	5,788		$	11,366

See accompanying notes to combined financial statements.

F-60

STAR GAS PROPANE, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1) Partnership Organization

The Limited Partnership interests of Star Gas Propane, L.P., (“Star Gas Propane” or the “Partnership”), is owned by Star Gas Partners, L.P., (“Parent”). The General Partner of Star Gas Propane is Star Gas LLC. Petroleum Heat and Power Co., Inc. (“heating oil segment”) is owned by Star Gas Propane. See Note 3 - Basis of Presentation.

Star Gas Propane markets and distributes propane gas, other petroleum products and related products to approximately 334,000 retail and wholesale customers in the Midwest and Northeast regions of the United States as well as Florida and Georgia.

2) Recent Events

On October 13, 2004, the Parent had advised the heating oil segment’s bank lenders that this segment would not be able to make the required representations included in the borrowing certificate under its working capital line. In addition, the Parent notified such lenders that, for the quarter ending December 31, 2004 and for the foreseeable future thereafter, the heating oil segment will be unlikely to satisfy the drawing condition that requires that the consolidated funded debt of the Parent not exceed 5.00 times its consolidated operating cash flow. Further, the Parent advised the lenders that the heating oil segment may not be able to maintain a zero balance under the working capital facility (except for letter of credit obligations) for 45 consecutive days from April 1, 2005 to September 30, 2005, as required by the heating oil segment’s covenants.

On October 15, 2004, the heating oil segment’s bank lenders agreed to permit the heating oil segment to request new working capital advances daily while the Parent was in discussions with such bank lenders about modifying the terms and conditions of the heating oil segment’s credit agreement. In connection with that understanding the bank lenders requested that the Parent allow an independent financial advisor to review the heating oil segment’s operations and performance on their behalf.

On November 5, 2004, the Parent’s heating oil segment entered into a letter amendment and waiver under its credit agreement with Wachovia Bank, N.A. As a result of the amendment, the heating oil segment was able to continue to borrow funds under the credit agreement to support its working capital requirements for the near term. The amendment provides for the waiver, through December 17, 2004, of various terms under the credit agreement. The amendment also amends for the waiver period the financial covenant regarding the Parent’s consolidated funded debt to cash flow ratio and the financial covenant regarding the heating oil segment’s cash flow to interest expense ratio.

On October 28, 2004, Star Gas Propane entered into a commitment letter with JPMorgan Securities Inc. and JPMorgan Chase Bank. Under the commitment letter, as amended, JPMorgan Chase Bank committed, subject to certain conditions, to provide a $350 million ($260 million, if Star Gas Propane is sold, as discussed below) asset-based senior secured revolving credit facility referred to herein as the revolving credit facility and a $300 million senior secured bridge facility referred to herein as the bridge facility to refinance (the “refinancing transactions”) all of the heating oil segment’s and Star Gas Propane’s (if Star Gas Propane is not sold) working capital facilities and senior secured notes.

On November 18, 2004, the Parent entered into an agreement to sell the propane segment, held largely through Star Gas Propane, to Inergy Propane LLC (“Inergy”), the operating subsidiary of Inergy, L.P. for $475 million subject to certain adjustments. In addition, the Parent gave notice to holders of the heating oil segment’s secured notes of its optional election to prepay such secured notes, representing an aggregate payment, including principal, interest and estimated premium, of approximately $182 million. The Parent subsequently gave notice of its optional election to prepay Star Gas Propane’s secured notes involving an aggregate payment including

F-61

STAR GAS PROPANE, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

principal, interest and estimated premium, of approximately $114 million. The aggregate amount payable with regard to both sets of secured notes is approximately $296 million. The Parent expects to recognize a loss on the early redemption of this debt.

The Parent’s commitment from JPMorgan Chase is not contingent upon the consummation of the sale of Star Gas Propane. Accordingly, the Parent believes it would be able to draw down JPMorgan Chase’s bridge facility to repay the Parent’s subsidiaries’ secured notes, which will become due on December 17, 2004 because of the Parent’s notice of prepayment. The Parent also intends to close on that date the asset based revolving credit agreement underwritten by JPMorgan Chase to replace the existing revolving credit agreements of the Parent’s subsidiaries. The JPMorgan Chase commitment for the bridge facility and the revolving credit facility are subject to a number of conditions and there can be no assurance that the Parent will meet those conditions.

If Star Gas Propane is sold (either before or after December 17, 2004), the revolving credit facility requires that the total commitment be reduced to $260 million and the liens on all of the assets of Star Gas Propane be released.

If the Parent is unable to close the new revolving credit facility and either the bridge facility or the sale of Star Gas Propane by December 17, 2004, the Parent would be unable to refinance the heating oil segment’s and Star Gas Propane’s credit facilities and to repay the heating oil segment’s and Star Gas Propane’s institutional indebtedness, which are due and payable on such date. In such an event, if the Parent were not successful in rescheduling the maturity dates of such indebtedness, the Parent (including Star Gas Propane) may be forced to seek the protection of the bankruptcy courts.

3) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The combined financial statements include the accounts of Star Gas Propane and its corporate subsidiary, Stellar Propane Service, Inc. These financial statements do not include the assets, liabilities, or results of operations of Petroleum Heat and Power Co., Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Star Gas Propane, L.P. These combined financial statements were prepared to reflect the propane operations to be sold to Inergy Propane, LLC (as buyer) and Inergy, L.P. (as guarantor) pursuant to the Interest Purchases Agreement dated November 18, 2004. All material intercompany items and transactions have been eliminated in combination.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Revenue Recognition

Sales of propane, heating oil and propane/heating oil equipment are recognized at the time of delivery of the product to the customer or at the time of sale or installation. Revenue from repairs and maintenance service is recognized upon completion of the service. With respect to annually billed customer tank rental charges, revenues are recorded on a straight-line basis over one year. Payments received from customers for heating oil equipment service contracts are deferred and amortized into income over the terms of the respective service contracts, on a straight-line basis, which generally do not exceed one year.

F-62

STAR GAS PROPANE, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Cash Equivalents

Star Gas Propane considers all highly liquid investments with maturity of three months or less, when purchased, to be cash equivalents.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market and are computed on a first-in, first-out basis.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is computed over the estimated useful lives of the depreciable assets using the straight-line method.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill and intangible assets include goodwill, customer lists and covenants not to compete.

Goodwill is the excess of cost over the fair value of net assets in the acquisition of a company. Star Gas Propane amortized goodwill using the straight-line method over a twenty-five year period for goodwill acquired prior to July 1, 2001. In accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 141 “Business Combinations”, goodwill acquired after June 30, 2001 was not amortized. On October 1, 2002, Star Gas Propane adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 142 “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.” SFAS No. 142 requires that goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives no longer be amortized, but instead be tested for impairment at least annually. SFAS No. 142 also requires intangible assets with definite useful lives be amortized over their respective estimated useful lives to their estimated residual values, and reviewed for impairment in accordance with SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets.” On October 1, 2002, Star Gas Propane ceased amortization of all goodwill. Star Gas Propane performed its annual impairment review during its fiscal fourth quarter and it concluded that there was no impairment to the carrying value of goodwill, as of August 31, 2004.

Customer lists are the names and addresses of the acquired company’s patrons. Based on the historical retention experience of these lists, Star Gas Propane amortizes customer lists on a straight-line basis over fifteen years.

Covenants not to compete are non-compete agreements established with the owners of an acquired company and are amortized over the respective lives of the covenants on a straight-line basis, which are generally five years.

Impairment of Long-lived Assets

It is Star Gas Propane’s policy to review intangible assets and other long-lived assets, in accordance with SFAS No. 144, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. Star Gas Propane determines that the carrying values of such assets are recoverable over their remaining estimated lives through undiscounted future cash flow analysis. If such a review should indicate that the carrying amount of the assets is not recoverable, it is Star Gas Propane’s policy to reduce the carrying amount of such assets to fair value.

Deferred Charges

Deferred charges represent the costs associated with the issuance of debt instruments and are amortized over the lives of the related debt instruments.

F-63

STAR GAS PROPANE, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Advertising Expense

Advertising costs are expensed as they are incurred. Advertising expense was $1.5 million, $1.6 million and $2.2 million in 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively.

Customer Credit Balances

Customer credit balances represent pre-payments received from customers pursuant to a budget payment plan (whereby customers pay their estimated annual usage on a fixed monthly basis) and the payments made have exceeded the charges for deliveries.

Environmental Costs

Star Gas Propane expenses on a current basis, costs associated with managing hazardous substances and pollution in ongoing operations. Star Gas Propane also accrues for costs associated with the remediation of environmental pollution when it becomes probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated.

Insurance Reserves

Star Gas Propane accrues for workers’ compensation claims not covered under its insurance policies based upon expectations as to what its ultimate liability will be for these claims.

Derivatives and Hedging

Star Gas Propane uses derivative financial instruments to manage its exposure to market risk related to changes in the current and future market price of propane and home heating oil. Star Gas Propane believes it is prudent to minimize the variability and price risk associated with the purchase of propane and home heating oil, accordingly, it is Star Gas Propane’s objective to hedge the cash flow variability associated with forecasted purchases of its inventory held for resale through the use of derivative instruments when appropriate. To a lesser extent Star Gas Propane, also hedges the fair value of inventory on hand or firm commitments to purchase inventory. To meet these objectives, it is Star Gas Propane’s policy to enter into various types of derivative instruments to (i) manage the variability of cash flows resulting from the price risk associated with forecasted purchases of propane and (ii) hedge the downside price risk of firm purchase commitments and in some cases physical inventory on hand.

All derivative instruments are recognized on the balance sheet at their fair value. On the date the derivative contract is entered into, Star Gas Propane designates the derivative as either a hedge of the fair value of a recognized asset or liability or of an unrecognized firm commitment (fair value hedge), or a hedge of a forecasted transaction or the variability of cash flows to be received or paid related to a recognized asset or liability (cash flow hedge). Star Gas Propane formally documents all relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk-management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. This process includes linking all derivatives that are designated as fair value or cash flow hedges to specific assets and liabilities on the balance sheet or to specific firm commitments or forecasted transactions. Star Gas Propane also formally assesses, both at the hedge’s inception and on an ongoing basis, whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in fair value or cash flows of hedged items.

Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is highly effective and that is designated and qualifies as a fair value hedge, along with the loss or gain on the hedged asset or liability or unrecognized firm commitment of the hedged item that is attributable to the hedged risk are recorded in earnings. Changes in the fair value of a

F-64

STAR GAS PROPANE, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

derivative that is highly effective and that is designated and qualifies as a cash-flow hedge are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income, until earnings are affected by the variability in cash flows of the designated hedged item. The ineffective portion of a derivative’s change in fair value is immediately recognized in earnings.

When it is determined that a derivative is not highly effective as a hedge or that is has ceased to be a highly effective hedge, Star Gas Propane discontinues hedge accounting prospectively. When hedge accounting is discontinued because it is determined that the derivative no longer qualifies as an effective hedge, Star Gas Propane continues to carry the derivative on the balance sheet at its fair value, and recognized changes in the fair value of the derivative through current-period earnings.

Income Taxes

Star Gas Propane is a limited partnership. As a result, for Federal income tax purposes, earnings or losses are allocated directly to the individual partners. Except for the Partnership’s corporate subsidiary, no recognition has been given to Federal income taxes in the accompanying financial statements. While the Partnership’s corporate subsidiary will generate non-qualifying Limited Partnership revenue, dividends from the corporate subsidiary are included in the determination of Limited Partnership income. In addition, a portion of the dividends received by Star Gas Propane from the corporate subsidiary will be taxable to the limited partners. Net earnings for financial statement purposes will differ significantly from taxable income for the limited partners as a result of differences between the tax basis and financial reporting basis of assets and liabilities.

The Partnership’s corporate subsidiary files a consolidated Federal income tax return with other corporate subsidiaries of the Parent. The Parent allocates income tax benefits and charges to the Partnership as if the Partnership filed its tax return on a stand-alone basis. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amount of assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled.

4) Inventories

The components of inventory were as follows:

	September 30,
(in thousands)	2003		2004
Propane	$	8,363	$	7,043
Heating oil and other fuels		900		1,381
Appliances and equipment		5,152		4,987
	$	14,415	$	13,411

Inventory Derivative Instruments

Star Gas Propane periodically hedges a portion of its propane and home heating oil purchases and sales through futures, options and swap agreements.

To hedge a substantial portion of the purchase price associated with heating oil gallons anticipated to be sold to its price plan customers, Star Gas Propane at September 30, 2004 had outstanding 5.7 million gallons of

F-65

STAR GAS PROPANE, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

futures contracts to buy heating oil with a notional value of $6.5 million and a fair value of $1.3 million. The contracts expire at various times with no contract expiring later than June 30, 2005. Star Gas Propane recognizes the fair value of these derivative instruments as assets.

To hedge a substantial portion of the purchase price associated with propane gallons anticipated to be sold to its fixed price customers, Star Gas Propane at September 30, 2004 had outstanding swap contracts to buy approximately 33 million gallons of propane with a notional value of $27.3 million and a fair value of $0.4 million and option contracts to sell approximately 19.7 million of propane with a notional value of $13.3 million and a fair value of $0.5 million. The contracts expire at various times with no contract expiring later than June 30, 2005.

For the year ended September 30, 2004, Star Gas Propane has recognized the following for derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges: $3.2 million gain in earnings due to instruments that expired or settled during the current year, $1.6 million unrealized gain in accumulated other comprehensive income due to the effective portion of derivative instruments outstanding at September 30, 2004, and less than $0.1 million gain in earnings due to hedge ineffectiveness for derivative instruments outstanding at September 30, 2004. For derivative instruments accounted for as fair value hedges, Star Gas Propane recognized a $0.5 million loss in earnings due to instruments that expired or settled during the current year and a $0.3 million unrealized loss for the change in fair value of derivatives outstanding at September 30, 2004.

For the year ended September 30, 2003, Star Gas Propane had recognized the following for derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges: $0.8 million gain in earnings due to instruments which expired or settled during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2003, $0.3 million unrealized loss in accumulated other comprehensive income due to the effective portion of derivative instruments outstanding at September 30, 2003, $0.2 million unrealized loss due to hedge ineffectiveness for derivative instruments outstanding at September 30, 2003. For derivative instruments accounted for as fair value hedges, Star Gas Propane recognized a $0.1 million loss in earnings due to instruments which expired or settled during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2003, and a $0.2 million unrealized loss in earnings for the change in the fair value of derivative instruments outstanding at September 30, 2003.

Star Gas Propane recorded $2.0 million for the fair value of its derivative instruments, to other current assets, at September 30, 2004. The balance carried in accumulated other comprehensive income for effective cash flow hedges are expected to be reclassified into earnings, through cost of goods sold, over the next 12 months.

5) Property and Equipment

The components of property and equipment and their estimated useful lives were as follows:

	September 30,
(in thousands)	2003			2004			Useful Lives
Land	$	11,705		$	11,977
Buildings and leasehold improvements		16,514			16,989		4 - 30 years
Fleet and other equipment		34,349			35,947		3 - 30 years
Tanks and equipment		183,531			188,087		8 - 30 years
Furniture and fixtures		7,445			8,736		3 - 12 years
Total		253,544			261,736
Less: accumulated depreciation		(67,392	)		(77,913	)
Total	$	186,152		$	183,823

F-66

STAR GAS PROPANE, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

6) Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

On October 1, 2002, Star Gas Propane adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 142, which required Star Gas Propane to discontinue amortizing goodwill. SFAS No. 142 also requires that goodwill be reviewed for impairment at least annually thereafter. Star Gas Propane performed its annual impairment review during its fourth fiscal quarter of 2004, and determined that there was no impairment of its goodwill.

Under SFAS No. 142, goodwill impairment is deemed to exist if the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value. If goodwill of a reporting unit is determined to be impaired, the amount of impairment is measured based on the excess of the net book value of the goodwill over the implied fair value of the goodwill. In calculating the estimated fair value of the reporting unit, a discounted cash flow methodology is utilized.

A summary of changes in Star Gas Propane’s goodwill during the year ended September 30, 2003 and 2004 is as follows (in thousands):

Balance as of October 1, 2002	$	35,502
Fiscal 2003 acquisitions		4,636
Balance as of October 1, 2003		40,138
Fiscal 2004 acquisitions		2,477
Balance as of September 30, 2004	$	42,615

Intangible assets subject to amortization consist of the following (in thousands):

	September 30, 2003						September 30, 2004
	Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization		Net		Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization		Net
Customer lists	$	101,943	$	27,267	$	74,676	$	107,506	$	34,553	$	72,953
Covenants not to compete		8,223		4,846		3,377		9,367		6,006		3,361
	$	110,166	$	32,113	$	78,053	$	116,873	$	40,559	$	76,314

Star Gas Propane results for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2002 on a historic basis did not reflect the impact of the provisions of SFAS No. 142. Had Star Gas Propane adopted SFAS No. 142 on October 1, 2001, the unaudited pro forma effect on net income (loss) would have been as follows:

	Net Income
(in thousands)	2002		2003		2004
As reported: Net Income (loss)	$	11,944	$	18,556	$	18,253
Add: Goodwill amortization		1,358		—		—
Income tax impact		—		—		—
Adjusted: Net Income (loss)	$	13,302	$	18,556	$	18,253

Amortization expense for intangible assets was $5.7 million, $6.4 million and $8.4 million for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively. Total estimated annual amortization expense

F-67

STAR GAS PROPANE, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

related to other intangible assets subject to amortization, for the year ending September 30, 2005 and the four succeeding fiscal years ended September 30, is as follows (in thousands of dollars):

	Amount
2005	$	8,584
2006	$	8,303
2007	$	8,167
2008	$	8,036
2009	$	6,594

7) Term Debt and Bank Facility Borrowings

Long-term debt consisted of the following at the indicated dates:

(in thousands)	September 30, 2003			September 30, 2004
8.04% First Mortgage Notes Due March 15, 2009 (a)	$	61,500		$	51,250
8.67% First Mortgage Notes Due March 30, 2012 (a)		12,500			12,500
8.72% First Mortgage Notes Due March 30, 2015 (a)		15,000			15,000
7.62% First Mortgage Notes Due April 1, 2008 (a)		7,500			7,500
7.95% First Mortgage Notes Due April 1, 2011 (a)		10,000			10,000
Acquisition Facility Borrowings (b)		12,600			—
Parity Debt Facility Borrowings (b)		2,000			2,000
Working Capital Facility Borrowings (b)		6,000			—
		127,100			98,250
Less current maturities		(10,250	)		(10,250	)
Less working capital facility borrowings		(6,000	)		—
Total	$	110,850		$	88,000

(a) In December 1995, Star Gas Propane assumed $85.0 million of first mortgage notes (the “First Mortgage Notes”) with an annual interest rate of 8.04% in connection with the initial Partnership formation. In January 1998, Star Gas Propane issued an additional $11.0 million of First Mortgage Notes with an annual interest rate of 7.17%. In March 2000, Star Gas Propane issued $27.5 million of 8.67% and 8.72% First Mortgage Notes. In March 2001, Star Gas issued $29.5 million of First Mortgage Notes with an average annual interest rate of 7.89% per year. Obligations under the First Mortgage Note Agreements are secured, on an equal basis with Star Gas Propane’s obligations under the Star Gas Propane Bank Credit Facilities, by a mortgage on substantially all of the real property and liens on substantially all of the operating facilities, equipment and other assets of Star Gas Propane. The First Mortgage Notes requires semiannual payments, without premium on the principal thereof, which began on March 15, 2001 and has a final maturity of March 30, 2015. Interest on the First Mortgage Notes is payable semiannually in March and September. The First Mortgage Note Agreements contain various restrictive and affirmative covenants applicable to Star Gas Propane; the most restrictive of these covenants relate to the incurrence of additional indebtedness and restrictions on dividends, certain investments, guarantees, loans, sales of assets and other transactions. In fiscal 2003, the Propane segment repaid $11.0 million of its 7.17% First Mortgage Notes, $12.9 million of its 8.04% First Mortgage Notes and $12.0 million of its 7.89% First Mortgage Notes.

(b) The Star Gas Propane Bank Credit Facilities currently consist of a $25.0 million Acquisition Facility, a $25.0 million Parity Debt Facility and a $24.0 million Working Capital Facility. At September 30, 2004, $2.0 million was borrowed under its Parity Debt Facility. The agreement governing the Bank Credit Facilities contains covenants and default provisions generally similar to those contained in the First

F-68

STAR GAS PROPANE, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Mortgage Note Agreements. The Bank Credit Facilities bear interest at a rate based upon the London Interbank Offered Rate plus a margin (as defined in the Bank Credit Facilities). The Partnership is required to pay a fee for unused commitments, which amounted to $0.2 million in fiscal 2002 and 2003 and $0.1 million in fiscal 2004. For fiscal 2002, 2003 and 2004, the weighted average interest rate on borrowings under these facilities was 4.2%, 4.0% and 3.4%, respectively. At September 30, 2004, the interest rate on the borrowings outstanding was 2.9%. Borrowings under the Working Capital Facility requires a minimum period of 30 consecutive days during each fiscal year that the facility will have no amount outstanding. This facility will expire on September 30, 2006. Borrowings under the Acquisition and Parity Debt Facilities will revolve until September 30, 2006, after which time any outstanding loans thereunder, will amortize in eight equal quarterly principal payments with a final payment due on September 30, 2008.

As of September 30, 2004, Star Gas Propane was in compliance with all debt covenants. As of September 30, 2004, the maturities during fiscal years ending September 30, including working capital borrowings are set forth in the following table:

(in thousands)
2005	$	10,250
2006		12,750
2007		12,750
2008		14,750
2009		10,250
Thereafter		37,500
	$	98,250

8) Acquisitions

During fiscal 2004, Star Gas Propane acquired ten retail propane dealers for an aggregate cost of $13.9 million.

During fiscal 2003, Star Gas Propane acquired seven retail propane dealers for an aggregate cost of $48.5 million.

During fiscal 2002, Star Gas Propane acquired seven retail propane dealers for an aggregate cost of $44.4 million.

The following table indicates the allocation of the aggregate fair values and the respective periods of amortization assigned for the 2002, 2003 and 2004 acquisitions:

Fair Market Values of Assets and Liabilities

(in thousands)	2002		2003		2004		Useful Lives
Land	$	1,252	$	1,562	$	335	—
Buildings		1,310		862		401	30 years
Furniture and equipment		648		466		64	10 years
Fleet		2,506		5,355		901	5 - 30 years
Tanks and equipment		10,583		9,250		2,539	5 - 30 years
Customer lists		18,768		23,766		5,563	15 years
Restrictive covenants		650		607		1,144	5 years
Goodwill		7,613		4,636		2,478	—
Working capital		1,024		2,037		520	—
Net cash paid	$	44,354	$	48,541	$	13,945

F-69

STAR GAS PROPANE, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The acquisitions were accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. Purchase prices have been allocated to the acquired assets and liabilities based on their respective fair values on the dates of acquisition. The purchase prices in excess of the fair values of net assets acquired were classified as intangibles in the Balance Sheets. Sales and net income have been included in the Statements of Operations from the respective dates of acquisition.

The following unaudited pro forma information presents the results of operations of the Partnership and the acquisitions previously described as if the acquisitions had been acquired on October 1 of the year preceding the year of purchase. This pro forma information is presented for informational purposes, it is not indicative of future operating performance.

	Years Ended September 30,
(in thousands)	2002		2003		2004
Sales	$	288,878	$	364,713	$	363,967
Net income (loss)	$	17,940	$	28,389	$	19,315

9) Employee Benefit Plans

Star Gas Propane has a 401(k) plan, which covers certain eligible non-union and union employees. Subject to IRS limitations, the 401(k) plan provides for each employee to contribute from 1.0% to 15.0% of compensation. Star Gas Propane contributes to non-union participants a matching amount up to a maximum of 3.0% of compensation. Aggregate matching contributions made to the 401(k) plan during fiscal 2002, 2003 and 2004, were $0.5 million, $0.6 million and $0.6 million, respectively. For the fiscal years 2002, 2003 and 2004, Star Gas Propane made contributions on behalf of its union employees to union sponsored defined benefit plans of $0.8 million, $0.9 million and $0.9 million, respectively.

10) Income Taxes

Income tax expense (benefit) was comprised of the following for the indicated periods:

	Years Ended September 30,
(in thousands)	2002		2003			2004
Current:
Federal	$	—	$	—		$	—
State		244		300			285
Deferred		1,730		(487	)		705
	$	1,974	$	(187	)	$	990

The sources of the deferred income tax expense (benefit) and the tax effects of each were as follows:

	Years Ended September 30,
(in thousands)	2002			2003			2004
Depreciation	$	1,754		$	(400	)	$	1,346
Amortization expense		(21	)		71			(63	)
Vacation expense		—			(44	)		44
Bad debt expense		—			(43	)		(94	)
Recognition of tax benefit of net operating loss to the extent of current and previous recognized temporary differences		(3	)		(71	)		(528	)
	$	1,730		$	(487	)	$	705

F-70

STAR GAS PROPANE, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The components of the net deferred taxes for the years ended September 30, 2003 and 2004 using current rates are as follows:

(in thousands)	Years Ended September 30,
	2003		2004
Deferred Tax Assets
Net operating loss carryforwards	$	84	$	612
Vacation accrual		44		—
Bad debt expense		44		138
Amortization		—		13
Total deferred tax assets	$	172	$	763
Deferred Tax Liabilities
Depreciation	$	1,369	$	2,715
Amortization		50		—
Total deferred tax liabilities		1,419		2,715
Net deferred taxes	$	1,247	$	1,952

At September 30, 2004, Star Gas Propane through its corporate subsidiary had net income tax loss carryforwards for Federal income tax reporting purposes of approximately $1.5 million. The losses are available to offset future Federal taxable income through 2024.

11) Long-Term Contractual Commitments and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Lease Commitments

The Partnership has entered into certain operating leases for office space, trucks and other equipment.

The future minimum rental commitments at September 30, 2004, under operating leases having an initial or remaining non cancelable term of one year or more are as follows:

(in thousands)
2005	$	1,106
2006		997
2007		921
2008		764
2009		679
Thereafter		1,978
Total future minimum lease payments	$	6,445

The propane segment leases its Seymour, Indiana underground storage facility to TEPPCO Partners, L.P. effective as of May 2003. This agreement provides TEPPCO Partners, L.P. storage capacity of 21 million gallons at any one time in this facility. This agreement provides the propane segment storage capacity of 21 million gallons at any one time in TEPPCO Partners, L.P.’s pipeline system. The agreement also requires TEPPCO Partners, L.P., to pay the propane segment $0.2 million annually. This lease agreement will expire on December 31, 2007.

F-71

STAR GAS PROPANE, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The Partnership’s rent expense for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2002, 2003 and 2004 was $2.6 million, $3.3 million and $3.8 million, respectively.

12) Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information

	Years Ended September 30,
(in thousands)	2002		2003		2004
Cash paid during the period for:
Income taxes	$	331	$	281	$	165
Interest	$	12,027	$	13,362	$	10,389

13) Commitments and Contingencies

In the ordinary course of business, Star Gas Propane is threatened with, or is named in, various lawsuits. In the opinion of management, Star Gas Propane is not a party to any litigation, which individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Star Gas Propane’s results of operations, financial position or liquidity.

Since October 21, 2004, 15 purported class action lawsuits on behalf of a purported class of unitholders have been filed against the Parent and various subsidiaries and officers and directors, alleging the same or substantially similar claims, collectively referred to herein as the “Class Action Complaints”.

The Class Action plaintiffs generally allege that the Parent violated Section 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and Securities and Exchange Commission Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder, by purportedly failing to disclose, among other things: (1) problems with the restructuring of the heating oil segment’s system and customer attrition related thereto; (2) the heating oil segment’s business process improvement program was not generating the benefits allegedly claimed; (3) that the Parent was struggling to maintain its profit margins in hits heating oil segment; (4) that the Parent’s second quarter 2004 profit margins were not representative of its ability to pass on heating oil price increases; and (5) that the Parent was facing an inability to pay its debts and that, as a result, its credit rating and ability to obtain future financing was in jeopardy. The Class Action plaintiffs seek an unspecified amount of compensatory damages including interest against the defendants jointly and severally and an award of reasonable costs and expenses. The Parent will defend against the Class Actions vigorously. However, the Parent is unable to predict the outcome of these lawsuits at this time. In the event that one or more of the Class Actions were decided adversely to the Parent, it could have a material effect on the Partnership’s results of operations, financial position or liquidity.

14) Disclosures About the Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Cash, Accounts Receivable, Notes Receivable, Inventory Derivative Instruments, Working Capital Borrowings, Accounts Payable and Due to Affiliates

The carrying amount approximates fair value because of the short maturity of these instruments or because they are carried at fair value.

Long-Term Debt

The fair values of each of Star Gas Propane’s long-term financing instruments, including current maturities, are based on the amount of future cash flows associated with each instrument, discounted using Star Gas Propane’s current borrowing rate for similar instruments of comparable maturity.

F-72

STAR GAS PROPANE, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The estimated fair value of Star Gas Propane’s long-term debt is summarized as follows:

	At September 30, 2003				At September 30, 2004
(in thousands)	Carrying Amount		Estimated Fair Value		Carrying Amount		Estimated Fair Value
Long-term debt	$	121,100	$	126,147	$	98,250	$	104,111

Limitations

Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based on relevant market information and information about the financial instrument. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and therefore cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.

15) Related Party Transactions

Star Gas Propane had a net receivable due from the Parent and Petro of $7.6 million and $10.7 million at September 30, 2003 and 2004, respectively. These amounts were due for the cost of certain executive personnel and professional fees directly charged to the Partnership and for the collection of certain Star Gas Propane receivables by Petro in connection with conducting the operations of a certain shared branch location.

Star Gas Propane made distributions of $38.7 million, $37.6 million and $51.7 million to the Parent for fiscal years ended September 30, 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively.

During fiscal 2004, the Parent issued two demand notes to Star Gas Propane in the amount of $32.5 million with an interest rate equal to the interest rate in the Star Gas Propane Bank Credit Facility.

F-73

Appendix A

AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

OF

INERGY HOLDINGS, L.P.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1	Definitions	1
Section 1.2	Construction	11
ARTICLE II
ORGANIZATION
Section 2.1	Formation	11
Section 2.2	Name	11
Section 2.3	Registered Office; Registered Agent; Principal Office; Other Offices	11
Section 2.4	Purpose and Business	12
Section 2.5	Powers	12
Section 2.6	Power of Attorney	12
Section 2.7	Term	13
Section 2.8	Title to Partnership Assets	13
ARTICLE III
RIGHTS OF LIMITED PARTNERS
Section 3.1	Limitation of Liability	14
Section 3.2	Management of Business	14
Section 3.3	Outside Activities of the Limited Partners	14
Section 3.4	Rights of Limited Partners	14
ARTICLE IV
CERTIFICATES; RECORD HOLDERS; TRANSFER OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS;
REDEMPTION OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS
Section 4.1	Certificates	15
Section 4.2	Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates	15
Section 4.3	Record Holders	16
Section 4.4	Transfer Generally	16
Section 4.5	Registration and Transfer of Limited Partner Interests	16
Section 4.6	Transfer of the General Partner’s General Partner Interest	17
Section 4.7	[Reserved]	17
Section 4.8	Restrictions on Transfers	17
Section 4.9	Citizenship Certificates; Non-citizen Assignees	18
Section 4.10	Redemption of Partnership Interests of Non-citizen Assignees	18

i

ARTICLE V
CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND ISSUANCE OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS
Section 5.1	Organizational Issuances	19
Section 5.2	[Reserved]	20
Section 5.3	Contributions by the Underwriters	20
Section 5.4	Interest and Withdrawal	20
Section 5.5	Capital Accounts	20
Section 5.6	Issuances of Additional Partnership Securities	22
Section 5.7	[Reserved]	23
Section 5.8	[Reserved]	23
Section 5.9	No Preemptive Right	23
Section 5.10	Splits and Combinations	23
Section 5.11	Fully Paid and Non-Assessable Nature of Limited Partner Interests	23
ARTICLE VI
ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS
Section 6.1	Allocations for Capital Account Purposes	24
Section 6.2	Allocations for Tax Purposes	27
Section 6.3	Requirement and Characterization of Distributions; Distributions to Record Holders	28
Section 6.4	Distributions of Available Cash	29
Section 6.5	[Reserved]	29
Section 6.6	[Reserved]	29
Section 6.7	[Reserved]	29
Section 6.8	[Reserved]	29
Section 6.9	[Reserved]	29
ARTICLE VII
MANAGEMENT AND OPERATION OF BUSINESS
Section 7.1	Management	29
Section 7.2	Certificate of Limited Partnership	31
Section 7.3	Restrictions on General Partner’s Authority	31
Section 7.4	Reimbursement of the General Partner	31
Section 7.5	Outside Activities	32
Section 7.6	Loans from the General Partner; Loans or Contributions from the Partnership; Contracts with Affiliates; Certain Restrictions on the General Partner	33
Section 7.7	Indemnification	34
Section 7.8	Liability of Indemnitees	35
Section 7.9	Resolution of Conflicts of Interest; Standards of Conduct and Modification of Duties	36

ii

Section 7.10	Other Matters Concerning the General Partner	37
Section 7.11	Purchase or Sale of Partnership Securities	37
Section 7.12	[Reserved]	37
Section 7.13	Reliance by Third Parties	37
ARTICLE VIII
BOOKS, RECORDS, ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS
Section 8.1	Records and Accounting	38
Section 8.2	Fiscal Year	38
Section 8.3	Reports	38
ARTICLE IX
TAX MATTERS
Section 9.1	Tax Returns and Information	39
Section 9.2	Tax Elections	39
Section 9.3	Tax Controversies	39
Section 9.4	Withholding	39
ARTICLE X
ADMISSION OF PARTNERS
Section 10.1	Admission of Initial Limited Partners	39
Section 10.2	[Reserved]	40
Section 10.3	Admission of Successor General Partner	40
Section 10.4	[Reserved]	40
Section 10.5	Amendment of Agreement and Certificate of Limited Partnership	40
ARTICLE XI
WITHDRAWAL OR REMOVAL OF PARTNERS
Section 11.1	Withdrawal of the General Partner	40
Section 11.2	Removal of the General Partner	42
Section 11.3	Interest of Departing General Partner and Successor General Partner	42
Section 11.4	[Reserved]	43
Section 11.5	[Reserved]	43
Section 11.6	Withdrawal of Limited Partners	43
ARTICLE XII
DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION
Section 12.1	Dissolution	43
Section 12.2	Continuation of the Business of the Partnership After Dissolution	44

iii

Section 12.3	Liquidator	44
Section 12.4	Liquidation	45
Section 12.5	Cancellation of Certificate of Limited Partnership	45
Section 12.6	Return of Contributions	45
Section 12.7	Waiver of Partition	46
Section 12.8	Capital Account Restoration	46
ARTICLE XIII
AMENDMENT OF PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT; MEETINGS; RECORD DATE
Section 13.1	Amendments to be Adopted Solely by the General Partner	46
Section 13.2	Amendment Procedures	47
Section 13.3	Amendment Requirements	47
Section 13.4	Special Meetings	48
Section 13.5	Notice of a Meeting	48
Section 13.6	Record Date	48
Section 13.7	Adjournment	49
Section 13.8	Waiver of Notice; Approval of Meeting; Approval of Minutes	49
Section 13.9	Quorum	49
Section 13.10	Conduct of a Meeting	49
Section 13.11	Action Without a Meeting	50
Section 13.12	Voting and Other Rights	50
ARTICLE XIV
MERGER
Section 14.1	Authority	51
Section 14.2	Procedure for Merger or Consolidation	51
Section 14.3	Approval by Limited Partners of Merger or Consolidation	52
Section 14.4	Certificate of Merger	52
Section 14.5	Effect of Merger	52
ARTICLE XV
RIGHT TO ACQUIRE LIMITED PARTNER INTERESTS
Section 15.1	Right to Acquire Limited Partner Interests	53
ARTICLE XVI
GENERAL PROVISIONS
Section 16.1	Addresses and Notices	54

iv

Section 16.2	Further Action	55
Section 16.3	Binding Effect	55
Section 16.4	Integration	55
Section 16.5	Creditors	55
Section 16.6	Waiver	55
Section 16.7	Counterparts	55
Section 16.8	Applicable Law	55
Section 16.9	Invalidity of Provisions	55
Section 16.10	Consent of Partners	55

v

AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

OF

INERGY HOLDINGS, L.P.

THIS AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP OF INERGY HOLDINGS, L.P. dated as of             , 2005, is entered into by and among Inergy Holdings GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as the General Partner, together with any other Persons who become Partners in the Partnership or parties hereto as provided herein. In consideration of the covenants, conditions and agreements contained herein, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1    Definitions.

The following definitions shall be for all purposes, unless otherwise clearly indicated to the contrary, applied to the terms used in this Agreement.

“Acquisition” means any transaction in which any Group Member acquires (through an asset acquisition, merger, stock acquisition or other form of investment) control over all or a portion of the assets, properties or business of another Person for the purpose of increasing the operating capacity or revenues of the Partnership Group from the operating capacity or revenues of the Partnership Group existing immediately prior to such transaction.

“Additional Book Basis” means the portion of any remaining Carrying Value of an Adjusted Property that is attributable to positive adjustments made to such Carrying Value as a result of Book-Up Events. For purposes of determining the extent that Carrying Value constitutes Additional Book Basis:

(i) Any negative adjustment made to the Carrying Value of an Adjusted Property as a result of either a Book-Down Event or a Book-Up Event shall first be deemed to offset or decrease that portion of the Carrying Value of such Adjusted Property that is attributable to any prior positive adjustments made thereto pursuant to a Book-Up Event or Book-Down Event.

(ii) If Carrying Value that constitutes Additional Book Basis is reduced as a result of a Book-Down Event and the Carrying Value of other property is increased as a result of such Book-Down Event, an allocable portion of any such increase in Carrying Value shall be treated as Additional Book Basis; provided that the amount treated as Additional Book Basis pursuant hereto as a result of such Book-Down Event shall not exceed the amount by which the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments after such Book-Down Event exceeds the remaining Additional Book Basis attributable to all of the Partnership’s Adjusted Property after such Book-Down Event (determined without regard to the application of this clause (ii) to such Book-Down Event).

“Additional Book Basis Derivative Items” means any Book Basis Derivative Items that are computed with reference to Additional Book Basis. To the extent that the Additional Book Basis attributable to all of the Partnership’s Adjusted Property as of the beginning of any taxable period exceeds the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments as of the beginning of such period (the “Excess Additional Book Basis”), the Additional Book Basis Derivative Items for such period shall be reduced by the amount that bears the same ratio to the amount of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items determined without regard to this sentence as the Excess Additional Book Basis bears to the Additional Book Basis as of the beginning of such period.

“Adjusted Capital Account” means the Capital Account maintained for each Partner as of the end of each fiscal year of the Partnership, (a) increased by any amounts that such Partner is obligated to restore under the standards set by Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(c) (or is deemed obligated to restore under Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-2(g) and 1.704-2(i)(5)) and (b) decreased by (i) the amount of all losses and

deductions that, as of the end of such fiscal year, are reasonably expected to be allocated to such Partner in subsequent years under Sections 704(e)(2) and 706(d) of the Code and Treasury Regulation Section 1.751-1(b)(2)(ii), and (ii) the amount of all distributions that, as of the end of such fiscal year, are reasonably expected to be made to such Partner in subsequent years in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or otherwise to the extent they exceed offsetting increases to such Partner’s Capital Account that are reasonably expected to occur during (or prior to) the year in which such distributions are reasonably expected to be made (other than increases as a result of a minimum gain chargeback pursuant to Section 6.1(d)(i) or 6.1(d)(ii)). The foregoing definition of Adjusted Capital Account is intended to comply with the provisions of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith. The “Adjusted Capital Account” of a Partner in respect of a General Partner Interest, a Common Unit, or any other specified interest in the Partnership shall be the amount which such Adjusted Capital Account would be if such General Partner Interest, Common Unit or other interest in the Partnership were the only interest in the Partnership held by a Partner from and after the date on which such General Partner Interest, Common Unit, or other interest was first issued.

“Adjusted Property” means any property the Carrying Value of which has been adjusted pursuant to Section 5.5(d)(i) or 5.5(d)(ii).

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, the Person in question. As used herein, the term “control” means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

“Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments” means, as of the end of any taxable period, the sum of the Remaining Net Positive Adjustments of all the Partners.

“Agreed Allocation” means any allocation, other than a Required Allocation, of an item of income, gain, loss or deduction pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.1, including, without limitation, a Curative Allocation (if appropriate to the context in which the term “Agreed Allocation” is used).

“Agreed Value” of any Contributed Property means the fair market value of such property or other consideration at the time of contribution as determined by the General Partner. The General Partner shall use such method as it determines to be appropriate to allocate the aggregate Agreed Value of Contributed Properties contributed to the Partnership in a single or integrated transaction among each separate property on a basis proportional to the fair market value of each Contributed Property.

“Agreement” means this Agreement of Limited Partnership of Inergy Holdings, L.P., as it may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

“Associate” means, when used to indicate a relationship with any Person, (a) any corporation or organization of which such Person is a director, officer or partner or is, directly or indirectly, the owner of 20% or more of any class of voting stock or other voting interest; (b) any trust or other estate in which such Person has at least a 20% beneficial interest or as to which such Person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; and (c) any relative or spouse of such Person, or any relative of such spouse, who has the same principal residence as such Person.

“Available Cash” means, with respect to any Quarter ending prior to the Liquidation Date,

(a) the sum of all cash and cash equivalents of the Partnership Group on hand at the end of such Quarter, less

(b) the amount of any cash reserves established by the General Partner to (i) provide for the proper conduct of the business of the Partnership (including reserves for future capital expenditures and for

A-2

anticipated future credit needs of the Partnership) subsequent to such Quarter, (ii) comply with applicable law or any loan agreement, security agreement, mortgage, debt instrument or other agreement or obligation to which any Group Member is a party or by which it is bound or its assets are subject or (iii) provide funds for distributions under Section 6.4 or 6.5 in respect of any one or more of the next four Quarters; provided, however, that disbursements made by a Group Member or cash reserves established, increased or reduced after the end of such Quarter but on or before the date of determination of Available Cash with respect to such Quarter shall be deemed to have been made, established, increased or reduced, for purposes of determining Available Cash, within such Quarter if the General Partner so determines.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Available Cash” with respect to the Quarter in which the Liquidation Date occurs and any subsequent Quarter shall equal zero.

“Board of Directors” means, with respect to the Board of Directors of the General Partner, its board of directors or managers, as applicable, if a corporation or limited liability company, or if a limited partnership, the board of directors or board of managers of the general partner of the General Partner.

“Book Basis Derivative Items” means any item of income, deduction, gain or loss included in the determination of Net Income or Net Loss that is computed with reference to the Carrying Value of an Adjusted Property (e.g., depreciation, depletion, or gain or loss with respect to an Adjusted Property).

“Book-Down Event” means an event which triggers a negative adjustment to the Capital Accounts of the Partners pursuant to Section 5.5(d).

“Book-Tax Disparity” means with respect to any item of Contributed Property or Adjusted Property, as of the date of any determination, the difference between the Carrying Value of such Contributed Property or Adjusted Property and the adjusted basis thereof for federal income tax purposes as of such date. A Partner’s share of the Partnership’s Book-Tax Disparities in all of its Contributed Property and Adjusted Property will be reflected by the difference between such Partner’s Capital Account balance as maintained pursuant to Section 5.5 and the hypothetical balance of such Partner’s Capital Account computed as if it had been maintained strictly in accordance with federal income tax accounting principles.

“Book-Up Event” means an event which triggers a positive adjustment to the Capital Accounts of the Partners pursuant to Section 5.5(d).

“Business Day” means Monday through Friday of each week, except that a legal holiday recognized as such by the government of the United States of America or the states of New York or Missouri shall not be regarded as a Business Day.

“Capital Account” means the capital account maintained for a Partner pursuant to Section 5.5. The “Capital Account” of a Partner in respect of a General Partner Interest, a Common Unit or any other Partnership Interest shall be the amount which such Capital Account would be if such General Partner Interest, Common Unit or other Partnership Interest were the only interest in the Partnership held by a Partner from and after the date on which such General Partner Interest, Common Unit or other Partnership Interest was first issued.

“Capital Contribution” means any cash, cash equivalents or the Net Agreed Value of Contributed Property that a Partner contributes to the Partnership pursuant to this Agreement.

“Capital Improvement” means any (a) addition or improvement to the capital assets owned by any Group Member or (b) acquisition of existing, or the construction of new capital assets (including, without limitation, retail distribution centers, propane tanks, pipeline systems, storage facilities and related assets), in each case made to increase the operating capacity or revenues of the Partnership from the operating capacity or revenues of the Partnership existing immediately prior to such addition, improvement, acquisition or construction.

A-3

“Carrying Value” means (a) with respect to a Contributed Property, the Agreed Value of such property reduced (but not below zero) by all depreciation, amortization and cost recovery deductions charged to the Partners’ Capital Accounts in respect of such Contributed Property, and (b) with respect to any other Partnership property, the adjusted basis of such property for federal income tax purposes, all as of the time of determination. The Carrying Value of any property shall be adjusted from time to time in accordance with Sections 5.5(d)(i) and 5.5(d)(ii) and to reflect changes, additions or other adjustments to the Carrying Value for dispositions and acquisitions of Partnership properties, as deemed appropriate by the General Partner.

“Cause” means a court of competent jurisdiction has entered a final, non-appealable judgment finding the General Partner liable for actual fraud, gross negligence or willful or wanton misconduct in its capacity as a general partner of the Partnership.

“Certificate” means a certificate (i) substantially in the form of Exhibit A to this Agreement, (ii) issued in global form in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Depositary or (iii) in such other form as may be adopted by the General Partner, issued by the Partnership evidencing ownership of one or more Common Units or a certificate, in such form as may be adopted by the General Partner in its discretion, issued by the Partnership evidencing ownership of one or more other Partnership Securities.

“Certificate of Conversion” means the Certificate of Conversion of the Partnership filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as referenced in Section 2.1, as such Certificate of Conversion may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

“Certificate of Limited Partnership” means the Certificate of Limited Partnership of the Partnership filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as referenced in Section 2.1, as such Certificate of Limited Partnership may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

“Citizenship Certification” means a properly completed certificate in such form as may be specified by the General Partner by which a Limited Partner certifies that he (and if he is a nominee holding for the account of another Person, that to the best of his knowledge such other Person) is an Eligible Citizen.

“Claim” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.12(c).

“Closing Date” means the first date on which Common Units are sold by the Partnership to the Underwriters pursuant to the provisions of the Underwriting Agreement.

“Closing Price” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 15.1(a).

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and in effect from time to time. Any reference herein to a specific section or sections of the Code shall be deemed to include a reference to any corresponding provision of successor law.

“Combined Interest” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 11.3(a).

“Commission” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Common Unit” means a Partnership Interest representing a fractional part of the Partnership Interests of all Limited Partners, and having the rights and obligations specified with respect to Common Units in this Agreement.

“Conflicts Committee” means a committee of the Board of Directors of the General Partner composed entirely of one or more directors who are not (a) security holders, officers or employees of the General Partner, (b) officers, directors or employees of any Affiliate of the General Partner or (c) holders of any ownership interest in the Partnership other than Common Units and who also meet the independence standards required to

A-4

serve on an audit committee of a board of directors established by the Securities Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder by the National Securities Exchange on which the Common Units are listed for trading.

“Contributed Property” means each property or other asset, in such form as may be permitted by the Delaware Act, but excluding cash, contributed to the Partnership. Once the Carrying Value of a Contributed Property is adjusted pursuant to Section 5.5(d), such property shall no longer constitute a Contributed Property, but shall be deemed an Adjusted Property.

“Curative Allocation” means any allocation of an item of income, gain, deduction, loss or credit pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.1(d)(xi).

“Current Market Price” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 15.1(a).

“Delaware Act” means the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, 6 Del C. § 17-101, et seq., as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time, and any successor to such statute.

“Departing General Partner” means a former General Partner from and after the effective date of any withdrawal or removal of such former General Partner pursuant to Section 11.1 or 11.2.

“Depositary” means, with respect to any Units issued in global form, The Depository Trust Company and its successors and permitted assigns.

“Economic Risk of Loss” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.752-2(a).

“Eligible Citizen” means a Person qualified to own interests in real property in jurisdictions in which any Group Member does business or proposes to do business from time to time, and whose status as a Limited Partner the General Partner determines does not or would not subject such Group Member to a significant risk of cancellation or forfeiture of any of its properties or any interest therein.

“Event of Withdrawal” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 11.1(a).

“General Partner” means Inergy Holdings GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and its successors and permitted assigns as general partner of the Partnership.

“General Partner Interest” means the management and ownership interest, if any, of the General Partner in the Partnership (in its capacity as a general partner without reference to any Limited Partner Interest held by it) which may be evidenced by Partnership Securities or a combination thereof or interest therein, and includes any and all benefits to which a General Partner is entitled as provided in this Agreement, together with all obligations of a General Partner to comply with the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

“Group” means a Person that with or through any of its Affiliates or Associates has any contract, arrangement, understanding or relationship for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting (except voting pursuant to a revocable proxy or consent given to such Person in response to a proxy or consent solicitation made to 10 or more Persons), exercising investment power or disposing of any Partnership Securities with any other Person that beneficially owns, or whose Affiliates or Associates beneficially own, directly or indirectly, Partnership Interests.

“Group Member” means the Partnership, its Subsidiaries and Affiliates.

“Holder” as used in Section 7.12, has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.12(a).

“Indemnified Persons” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.12(c).

A-5

“Indemnitee” means (a) the General Partner, (b) any Departing General Partner, (c) any Person who is or was an Affiliate of the General Partner or any Departing General Partner, (d) any Person who is or was a member, partner, officer, director, fiduciary or trustee of any Group Member, the General Partner or any Departing General Partner or any Affiliate of any Group Member, the General Partner or any Departing General Partner, (e) any Person who is or was serving at the request of the General Partner or any Departing General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner or any Departing General Partner as an officer, director, employee, member, partner, agent, fiduciary or trustee of another Person; provided, that a Person shall not be an Indemnitee by reason of providing, on a fee-for-services basis, trustee, fiduciary or custodial services and (f) any Person the General Partner designates as an “Indemnitee” for purposes of this Agreement.

“Initial Limited Partners” means Inergy Holdings GP, LLC, management and other owners of the Partnership and the Underwriters, in each case upon being admitted to the Partnership in accordance with Section 10.1.

“Initial Offering” means the initial offering and sale of Common Units to the public, as described in the Registration Statement.

“Issue Price” means the price at which a Unit is purchased from the Partnership, after taking into account any sales commission or underwriting discount charged to the Partnership.

“Limited Partner” means, unless the context otherwise requires, each Initial Limited Partner, each additional Person that becomes a Limited Partner pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and any Departing General Partner upon the change of its status from General Partner to Limited Partner pursuant to Section 11.3.

“Limited Partner Interest” means the ownership interest of a Limited Partner in the Partnership, which may be evidenced by Common Units or other Partnership Securities or a combination thereof or interest therein, and includes any and all benefits to which such Limited Partner is entitled as provided in this Agreement, together with all obligations of such Limited Partner to comply with the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

“Liquidation Date” means (a) in the case of an event giving rise to the dissolution of the Partnership of the type described in clauses (a) and (b) of the first sentence of Section 12.2, the date on which the applicable time period during which the holders of Outstanding Units have the right to elect to continue the business of the Partnership has expired without such an election being made, and (b) in the case of any other event giving rise to the dissolution of the Partnership, the date on which such event occurs.

“Liquidator” means one or more Persons selected by the General Partner to perform the functions described in Section 12.3 as liquidating trustee of the Partnership within the meaning of the Delaware Act.

“Merger Agreement” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 14.1.

“MLP” means Inergy, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and any successors thereto.

“MLP Agreement” means the Second Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Inergy, L.P., as it may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

“National Securities Exchange” means an exchange registered with the Commission under Section 6(a) of the Securities Exchange Act, or the Nasdaq Stock Market or any successor thereto.

“Net Agreed Value” means, (a) in the case of any Contributed Property, the Agreed Value of such property reduced by any liabilities either assumed by the Partnership upon such contribution or to which such property is subject when contributed, and (b) in the case of any property distributed to a Partner by the Partnership, the Partnership’s Carrying Value of such property (as adjusted pursuant to Section 5.5(d)(ii)) at the time such property is distributed, reduced by any indebtedness either assumed by such Partner upon such distribution or to which such property is subject at the time of distribution, in either case, as determined under Section 752 of the Code.

A-6

“Net Income” means, for any taxable year, the excess, if any, of the Partnership’s items of income and gain (other than those items taken into account in the computation of Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss) for such taxable year over the Partnership’s items of loss and deduction (other than those items taken into account in the computation of Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss) for such taxable year. The items included in the calculation of Net Income shall be determined in accordance with Section 5.5(b) and shall not include any items specially allocated under Section 6.1(d); provided that the determination of the items that have been specially allocated under Section 6.1(d) shall be made as if Section 6.1(d)(x) were not in this Agreement.

“Net Loss” means, for any taxable year, the excess, if any, of the Partnership’s items of loss and deduction (other than those items taken into account in the computation of Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss) for such taxable year over the Partnership’s items of income and gain (other than those items taken into account in the computation of Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss) for such taxable year. The items included in the calculation of Net Loss shall be determined in accordance with Section 5.5(b) and shall not include any items specially allocated under Section 6.1(d); provided that the determination of the items that have been specially allocated under Section 6.1(d) shall be made as if Section 6.1(d)(x) were not in this Agreement.

“Net Positive Adjustments” means, with respect to any Partner, the excess, if any, of the total positive adjustments over the total negative adjustments made to the Capital Account of such Partner pursuant to Book-Up Events and Book-Down Events.

“Net Termination Gain” means, for any taxable year, the sum, if positive, of all items of income, gain, loss or deduction recognized by the Partnership after the Liquidation Date. The items included in the determination of Net Termination Gain shall be determined in accordance with Section 5.5(b) and shall not include any items of income, gain or loss specially allocated under Section 6.1(d).

“Net Termination Loss” means, for any taxable year, the sum, if negative, of all items of income, gain, loss or deduction recognized by the Partnership after the Liquidation Date. The items included in the determination of Net Termination Loss shall be determined in accordance with Section 5.5(b) and shall not include any items of income, gain or loss specially allocated under Section 6.1(d).

“Non-citizen Assignee” means a Person whom the General Partner has determined in its discretion does not constitute an Eligible Citizen and as to whose Partnership Interest the General Partner has become the Limited Partner, pursuant to Section 4.9.

“Nonrecourse Built-in Gain” means with respect to any Contributed Properties or Adjusted Properties that are subject to a mortgage or pledge securing a Nonrecourse Liability, the amount of any taxable gain that would be allocated to the Partners pursuant to Sections 6.2(b)(i)(A), 6.2(b)(ii)(A) and 6.2(b)(iii) if such properties were disposed of in a taxable transaction in full satisfaction of such liabilities and for no other consideration.

“Nonrecourse Deductions” means any and all items of loss, deduction or expenditures (including, without limitation, any expenditures described in Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code) that, in accordance with the principles of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(b), are attributable to a Nonrecourse Liability.

“Nonrecourse Liability” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.752-1(a)(2).

“Notice of Election to Purchase” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 15.1(b).

“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion of counsel (who may be regular counsel to the Partnership or the General Partner or any of its Affiliates) acceptable to the General Partner.

“Option Closing Date” means the date or dates on which any Common Units are sold by the Partnership to the Underwriters upon exercise of the Over-Allotment Option.

A-7

“Outstanding” means, with respect to Partnership Securities, all Partnership Securities that are issued by the Partnership and reflected as outstanding on the Partnership’s books and records as of the date of determination; provided, however, that if at any time any Person or Group (other than the General Partner or its Affiliates) beneficially owns 20% or more of any Outstanding Partnership Securities of any class then Outstanding, all Partnership Securities owned by such Person or Group shall not be voted on any matter and shall not be considered to be Outstanding when sending notices of a meeting of Limited Partners to vote on any matter (unless otherwise required by law), calculating required votes, determining the presence of a quorum or for other similar purposes under this Agreement, except that Common Units so owned shall be considered to be Outstanding for purposes of Section 11.1(b)(iv) (such Common Units shall not, however, be treated as a separate class of Partnership Securities for purposes of this Agreement); provided, further, that the foregoing limitation shall not apply (i) to any Person or Group who acquired 20% or more of any Outstanding Partnership Securities of any class then Outstanding directly from the General Partner or its Affiliates, (ii) to any Person or Group who acquired 20% or more of any Outstanding Partnership Securities of any class then Outstanding directly or indirectly from a Person or Group described in clause (i) provided that the General Partner shall have notified such Person or Group in writing that such limitation shall not apply or (iii) to any Person or Group who acquired 20% or more of any Partnership Securities issued by the Partnership with the approval of the prior Board of Directors of the General Partner.

“Over-Allotment Option” means the over-allotment option granted to the Underwriters by the Partnership pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement.

“Partner Nonrecourse Debt” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(b)(4).

“Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(2).

“Partner Nonrecourse Deductions” means any and all items of loss, deduction or expenditure (including, without limitation, any expenditure described in Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code) that, in accordance with the principles of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i), are attributable to a Partner Nonrecourse Debt.

“Partners” means the General Partner and the Limited Partners.

“Partnership” means Inergy Holdings, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and any successors thereto.

“Partnership Group” means the Partnership and its Subsidiaries treated as a single consolidated entity.

“Partnership Interest” means an interest in the Partnership, which shall include the General Partner Interests and Limited Partner Interests.

“Partnership Minimum Gain” means that amount determined in accordance with the principles of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(d).

“Partnership Security” means any class or series of equity interest in the Partnership (but excluding any options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating to an equity interest in the Partnership), including without limitation, Common Units.

“Percentage Interest” means as of any date of determination (a) as to any Unitholder holding Units, the product obtained by multiplying (i) 100% less the percentage applicable to paragraph (b) by (ii) the quotient obtained by dividing (A) the number of Units held by such Unitholder by (B) the total number of all Outstanding Units, and (b) as to the holders of additional Partnership Securities issued by the Partnership in accordance with Section 5.6, the percentage established as a part of such issuance.

A-8

“Person” means an individual or a corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association, government agency or political subdivision thereof or other entity.

“Per Unit Capital Amount” means, as of any date of determination, the Capital Account, stated on a per Unit basis, underlying any Unit held by a Person other than the General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner who holds Units.

“Pre-Initial Offering Interests” means the member interests in Inergy Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and the predecessor to the Partnership.

“Pro Rata” means (a) when modifying Units or any class thereof, apportioned equally among all designated Units in accordance with their relative Percentage Interests, and (b) when modifying Partners or Record Holders, apportioned among all Partners or Record Holders, as the case may be, in accordance with their relative Percentage Interests.

“Purchase Date” means the date determined by the General Partner as the date for purchase of all Outstanding Units of a certain class (other than Units owned by the General Partner and its Affiliates) pursuant to Article XV.

“Quarter” means, unless the context requires otherwise, a fiscal quarter of the Partnership, or with respect to the first fiscal quarter of the Partnership after the Closing Date the portion of such fiscal quarter after the Closing Date.

“Recapture Income” means any gain recognized by the Partnership (computed without regard to any adjustment required by Section 734 or Section 743 of the Code) upon the disposition of any property or asset of the Partnership, which gain is characterized as ordinary income because it represents the recapture of deductions previously taken with respect to such property or asset.

“Record Date” means the date established by the General Partner for determining (a) the identity of the Record Holders entitled to notice of, or to vote at, any meeting of Limited Partners or entitled to vote by ballot or give approval of Partnership action in writing without a meeting or entitled to exercise rights in respect of any lawful action of Limited Partners or (b) the identity of Record Holders entitled to receive any report or distribution or to participate in any offer.

“Record Holder” means the Person in whose name a Common Unit is registered on the books of the Transfer Agent as of the opening of business on a particular Business Day, or with respect to other Partnership Interests, the Person in whose name any such other Partnership Interest is registered on the books which the General Partner has caused to be kept as of the opening of business on such Business Day.

“Redeemable Interests” means any Partnership Interests for which a redemption notice has been given, and has not been withdrawn, pursuant to Section 4.10.

“Registration Statement” means the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-122466) as it has been or as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, filed by the Partnership with the Commission under the Securities Act to register the offering and sale of the Common Units in the Initial Offering.

“Remaining Net Positive Adjustments” means as of the end of any taxable period, with respect to the Unitholders holding Common Units, the excess of (a) the Net Positive Adjustments of the Unitholders holding Common Units, as of the end of such period over (b) the sum of those Partners’ Share of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items for each prior taxable period.

A-9

“Required Allocations” means (a) any limitation imposed on any allocation of Net Losses or Net Termination Losses under Section 6.1(b) or 6.1(c)(ii) and (b) any allocation of an item of income, gain, loss or deduction pursuant to Section 6.1(d)(i), 6.1(d)(ii), 6.1(d)(iii), 6.1(d)(vi) or 6.1(d)(viii).

“Residual Gain” or “Residual Loss” means any item of gain or loss, as the case may be, of the Partnership recognized for federal income tax purposes resulting from a sale, exchange or other disposition of a Contributed Property or Adjusted Property, to the extent such item of gain or loss is not allocated pursuant to Section 6.2(b)(i)(A) or 6.2(b)(ii)(A), respectively, to eliminate Book-Tax Disparities.

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time and any successor to such statute.

“Securities Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time and any successor to such statute.

“Share of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items” means in connection with any allocation of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items for any taxable period, with respect to the Unitholders holding Common Units, the amount that bears the same ratio to such Additional Book Basis Derivative Items as the Unitholders’ Remaining Net Positive Adjustments as of the end of such period bears to the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments as of that time.

“Special Approval” means approval by the sole member or by a majority of the members of the Conflicts Committee, as applicable.

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, (a) a corporation of which more than 50% of the voting power of shares entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors or other governing body of such corporation is owned, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, by such Person, by one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or a combination thereof, (b) a partnership (whether general or limited) in which such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person is, at the date of determination, a general or limited partner of such partnership, but only if more than 50% of the partnership interests of such partnership (considering all of the partnership interests of the partnership as a single class) is owned, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, by such Person, by one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, or a combination thereof, or (c) any other Person (other than a corporation or a partnership) in which such Person, one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, or a combination thereof, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, has (i) at least a majority ownership interest or (ii) the power to elect or direct the election of a majority of the directors or other governing body of such-Person.

“Surviving Business Entity” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 14.2(b).

“Trading Day” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 15.1(a).

“Transfer” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.4(a).

“Transfer Agent” means such bank, trust company or other Person (including the General Partner or one of its Affiliates) as shall be appointed from time to time by the Partnership to act as registrar and transfer agent for the Common Units; provided that if no Transfer Agent is specifically designated for any other Partnership Securities, the General Partner shall act in such capacity.

“Underwriter” means each Person named as an underwriter in Schedule I to the Underwriting Agreement who purchases Common Units pursuant thereto.

“Underwriting Agreement” means the Underwriting Agreement dated March     , 2005 among the Underwriters, the Partnership and certain other parties, providing for the purchase of Common Units by such Underwriters.

A-10

“Unit” means a Partnership Interest that is designated as a “Unit” and shall include Common Units.

“Unitholders” means the holders of Units.

“Unrealized Gain” attributable to any item of Partnership property means, as of any date of determination, the excess, if any, of (a) the fair market value of such property as of such date (as determined under Section 5.5(d)) over (b) the Carrying Value of such property as of such date (prior to any adjustment to be made pursuant to Section 5.5(d) as of such date).

“Unrealized Loss” attributable to any item of Partnership property means, as of any date of determination, the excess, if any, of (a) the Carrying Value of such property as of such date (prior to any adjustment to be made pursuant to Section 5.5(d) as of such date) over (b) the fair market value of such property as of such date (as determined under Section 5.5(d)).

“US GAAP” means United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles consistently applied.

“Withdrawal Opinion of Counsel” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 11.1(b).

Section 1.2 Construction.

Unless the context requires otherwise: (a) any pronoun used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms, and the singular form of nouns, pronouns and verbs shall include the plural and vice versa; (b) references to Articles and Sections refer to Articles and Sections of this Agreement; and (c) the term “include” or “includes” means includes, without limitation, and “including” means including, without limitation.

ARTICLE II

ORGANIZATION

Section 2.1 Formation.

The Partnership was formed as of the date hereof pursuant to the Certificate of Conversion and Certificate of Limited Partnership converting Inergy Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, into the Partnership. The General Partner and the Initial Limited Partners have previously formed the Partnership as a limited partnership pursuant to the provisions of the Delaware Act. Except as expressly provided to the contrary in this Agreement, the rights, duties (including fiduciary duties), liabilities and obligations of the Partners and the administration, dissolution and termination of the Partnership shall be governed by the Delaware Act. All Partnership Interests shall constitute personal property of the owner thereof for all purposes.

Section 2.2 Name.

The name of the Partnership shall be “Inergy Holdings, L.P.” The Partnership’s business may be conducted under any other name or names as determined by the General Partner, including the name of the General Partner. The words “Limited Partnership,” “Ltd.” or similar words or letters shall be included in the Partnership’s name where necessary for the purpose of complying with the laws of any jurisdiction that so requires. The General Partner may change the name of the Partnership at any time and from time to time and shall notify the Limited Partners of such change in the next regular communication to the Limited Partners.

Section 2.3 Registered Office; Registered Agent; Principal Office; Other Offices.

Unless and until changed by the General Partner, the registered office of the Partnership in the State of Delaware shall be located at 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19808, and the registered agent for service of process on the Partnership in the State of Delaware at such registered office shall be

A-11

Corporation Service Company. The principal office of the Partnership shall be located at Two Brush Creek Boulevard, Suite 200, Kansas City, Missouri 64112 or such other place as the General Partner may from time to time designate by notice to the Limited Partners. The Partnership may maintain offices at such other place or places within or outside the State of Delaware as the General Partner deems necessary or appropriate. The address of the General Partner shall be Two Brush Creek Boulevard, Suite 200, Kansas City, Missouri 64112 or such other place as the General Partner may from time to time designate by notice to the Limited Partners.

Section 2.4 Purpose and Business.

The purpose and nature of the business to be conducted by the Partnership shall be to (a) engage directly in, or enter into or form any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other arrangement to engage indirectly in, any business activity that is approved by the General Partner and that lawfully may be conducted by a limited partnership organized pursuant to the Delaware Act and, in connection therewith, to exercise all of the rights and powers conferred upon the Partnership pursuant to the agreements relating to such business activity; and (b) do anything necessary or appropriate to the foregoing, including the making of capital contributions or loans to a Group Member, provided, however, that the General Partner shall not cause the Partnership to engage, directly or indirectly, in any business activity that the General Partner determines would cause the Partnership to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise taxable as an entity for federal income tax purposes. The General Partner shall have no duty or obligation to propose or approve, and may decline to propose or approve, the conduct by the Partnership of any business free of any fiduciary duty or obligation whatsoever to the Partnership, any Limited Partner or Assignee and, in declining to so propose or approve, shall not be required to act in good faith or pursuant to any other standard imposed by this Agreement, any other agreement contemplated hereby or under the Delaware Act or any other law, rule or regulation.

Section 2.5 Powers.

The Partnership shall be empowered to do any and all acts and things necessary, appropriate, proper, advisable, incidental to or convenient for the furtherance and accomplishment of the purposes and business described in Section 2.4 and for the protection and benefit of the Partnership.

Section 2.6 Power of Attorney.

(a) Each Limited Partner hereby constitutes and appoints the General Partner and, if a Liquidator shall have been selected pursuant to Section 12.3, the Liquidator (and any successor to the Liquidator by merger, transfer, assignment, election or otherwise) and each of their authorized officers and attorneys-in-fact, as the case may be, with full power of substitution, as his true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact, with full power and authority in his name, place and stead, to:

(i) execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record in the appropriate public offices (A) all certificates, documents and other instruments (including this Agreement and the Certificate of Limited Partnership and all amendments or restatements hereof or thereof) that the General Partner or the Liquidator determines to be necessary or appropriate to form, qualify or continue the existence or qualification of the Partnership as a limited partnership (or a partnership in which the limited partners have limited liability) in the State of Delaware and in all other jurisdictions in which the Partnership may conduct business or own property; (B) all certificates, documents and other instruments that the General Partner or the Liquidator determines to be necessary or appropriate to reflect, in accordance with its terms, any amendment, change, modification or restatement of this Agreement; (C) all certificates, documents and other instruments (including conveyances and a certificate of cancellation) that the General Partner or the Liquidator determines to be necessary or appropriate to reflect the dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership pursuant to the terms of this Agreement; (D) all certificates, documents and other instruments relating to the admission, withdrawal, removal or substitution of any Partner pursuant to, or other events described in, Article IV, X, XI or XII; (E) all certificates, documents and other instruments relating to the determination

A-12

of the rights, preferences and privileges of any class or series of Partnership Securities issued pursuant to Section 5.6; and (F) all certificates, documents and other instruments (including agreements and a certificate of merger) relating to a merger, consolidation or conversion of the Partnership pursuant to Article XIV; and

(ii) execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record all ballots, consents, approvals, waivers, certificates, documents and other instruments that the General Partner or the Liquidator determines to be necessary or appropriate to (A) make, evidence, give, confirm or ratify any vote, consent, approval, agreement or other action that is made or given by the Partners hereunder or is consistent with the terms of this Agreement or (B) to effectuate the terms or intent of this Agreement; provided, that when required by Section 13.3 or any other provision of this Agreement that establishes a percentage of the Limited Partners or of the Limited Partners of any class or series required to take any action, the General Partner and the Liquidator may exercise the power of attorney made in this Section 2.6(a)(ii) only after the necessary vote, consent or approval of the Limited Partners or of the Limited Partners of such class or series, as applicable.

Nothing contained in this Section 2.6(a) shall be construed as authorizing the General Partner to amend this Agreement except in accordance with Article XIII or as may be otherwise expressly provided for in this Agreement.

(b) The foregoing power of attorney is hereby declared to be irrevocable and a power coupled with an interest, and it shall survive and, to the maximum extent permitted by law, not be affected by the subsequent death, incompetency, disability, incapacity, dissolution, bankruptcy or termination of any Limited Partner and the transfer of all or any portion of such Limited Partner’s Partnership Interest and shall extend to such Limited Partner’s heirs, successors, assigns and personal representatives. Each such Limited Partner hereby agrees to be bound by any representation made by the General Partner or the Liquidator acting in good faith pursuant to such power of attorney; and each such Limited Partner, to the maximum extent permitted by law, hereby waives any and all defenses that may be available to contest, negate or disaffirm the action of the General Partner or the Liquidator taken in good faith under such power of attorney. Each Limited Partner shall execute and deliver to the General Partner or the Liquidator, within 15 days after receipt of the request therefor, such further designation, powers of attorney and other instruments as the General Partner or the Liquidator may request in order to effectuate this Agreement and the purposes of the Partnership.

Section 2.7 Term.

The term of the Partnership commenced upon the filing of the Certificate of Conversion and the Certificate of Limited Partnership in accordance with the Delaware Act and shall continue in existence until the dissolution of the Partnership in accordance with the provisions of Article XII. The existence of the Partnership as a separate legal entity shall continue until the cancellation of the Certificate of Conversion and the Certificate of Limited Partnership as provided in the Delaware Act.

Section 2.8 Title to Partnership Assets.

Title to Partnership assets, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible, shall be deemed to be owned by the Partnership as an entity, and no Partner, individually or collectively, shall have any ownership interest in such Partnership assets or any portion thereof. Title to any or all of the Partnership assets may be held in the name of the Partnership, the General Partner, one or more of its Affiliates or one or more nominees, as the General Partner may determine. The General Partner hereby declares and warrants that any Partnership assets for which record title is held in the name of the General Partner or one or more of its Affiliates or one or more nominees shall be held by the General Partner or such Affiliate or nominee for the use and benefit of the Partnership in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement; provided, however, that the General Partner shall use reasonable efforts to cause record title to such assets (other than those assets in respect of which the General Partner determines that the expense and difficulty of conveyancing makes transfer of record title to the Partnership impracticable) to be vested in the Partnership as soon as reasonably practicable; provided, further, that, prior to the withdrawal or removal of the General Partner or as soon thereafter as practicable, the General

A-13

Partner shall use reasonable efforts to effect the transfer of record title to the Partnership and, prior to any such transfer, will provide for the use of such assets in a manner satisfactory to the General Partner. All Partnership assets shall be recorded as the property of the Partnership in its books and records, irrespective of the name in which record title to such Partnership assets is held.

ARTICLE III

RIGHTS OF LIMITED PARTNERS

Section 3.1 Limitation of Liability.

The Limited Partners shall have no liability under this Agreement except as expressly provided in this Agreement or the Delaware Act.

Section 3.2 Management of Business.

No Limited Partner, in its capacity as such, shall participate in the operation, management or control (within the meaning of the Delaware Act) of the Partnership’s business, transact any business in the Partnership’s name or have the power to sign documents for or otherwise bind the Partnership. Any action taken by any Affiliate of the General Partner or any officer, director, employee, manager, member, general partner, agent or trustee of the General Partner or any of its Affiliates, or any officer, director, employee, manager, member, general partner, agent or trustee of a Group Member, in its capacity as such, shall not be deemed to be participation in the control of the business of the Partnership by a limited partner of the Partnership (within the meaning of Section 17-303(a) of the Delaware Act) and shall not affect, impair or eliminate the limitations on the liability of the Limited Partners under this Agreement.

Section 3.3 Outside Activities of the Limited Partners.

Subject to the provisions of Section 7.5, any Limited Partner shall be entitled to and may have business interests and engage in business activities in addition to those relating to the Partnership, including business interests and activities in direct competition with the Partnership. Neither the Partnership nor any of the other Partners shall have any rights by virtue of this Agreement in any business ventures of any Limited Partner.

Section 3.4 Rights of Limited Partners.

(a) In addition to other rights provided by this Agreement or by applicable law, and except as limited by Section 3.4(b), each Limited Partner shall have the right, for a purpose reasonably related to such Limited Partner’s interest as a Limited Partner in the Partnership, upon reasonable written demand stating the purpose of such demand and at such Limited Partner’s own expense:

(i) to obtain true and full information regarding the status of the business and financial condition of the Partnership;

(ii) promptly after its becoming available, to obtain a copy of the Partnership’s federal, state and local income tax returns for each year;

(iii) to obtain a current list of the name and last known business, residence or mailing address of each Partner;

(iv) to obtain a copy of this Agreement and the Certificate of Limited Partnership and all amendments thereto, together with a copy of the executed copies of all powers of attorney pursuant to which this Agreement, the Certificate of Limited Partnership and all amendments thereto have been executed;

(v) to obtain true and full information regarding the amount of cash and a description and statement of the Net Agreed Value of any other Capital Contribution by each Partner and which each Partner has agreed to contribute in the future, and the date on which each became a Partner; and

(vi) to obtain such other information regarding the affairs of the Partnership as is just and reasonable.

A-14

(b) The General Partner may keep confidential from the Limited Partners, for such period of time as the General Partner deems reasonable, (i) any information that the General Partner reasonably believes to be in the nature of trade secrets or (ii) other information the disclosure of which the General Partner in good faith believes (A) is not in the best interests of the Partnership, (B) could damage the Partnership or its business or (C) that any Group Member is required by law or by agreement with any third party to keep confidential (other than agreements with Affiliates of the Partnership the primary purpose of which is to circumvent the obligations set forth in this Section 3.4).

ARTICLE IV

CERTIFICATES; RECORD HOLDERS; TRANSFER OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS;

REDEMPTION OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS

Section 4.1 Certificates.

Upon the Partnership’s issuance of Common Units to any Person, the Partnership shall issue one or more Certificates in the name of such Person evidencing the number of such Units being so issued. Certificates shall be executed on behalf of the Partnership by the Chairman of the Board, President or any Vice President and the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the General Partner. No Common Unit Certificate shall be valid for any purpose until it has been countersigned by the Transfer Agent; provided, however, that if the General Partner elects to issue Common Units in global form, the Common Unit Certificates shall be valid upon receipt of a certificate from the Transfer Agent certifying that the Common Units have been duly registered in accordance with the directions of the Partnership and the Underwriters.

Section 4.2 Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates.

(a) If any mutilated Certificate is surrendered to the Transfer Agent, the appropriate officers of the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership shall execute, and the Transfer Agent shall countersign and deliver in exchange therefor, a new Certificate evidencing the same number and type of Partnership Securities as the Certificate so surrendered.

(b) The appropriate officers of the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership shall execute and deliver, and the Transfer Agent shall countersign a new Certificate in place of any Certificate previously issued if the Record Holder of the Certificate:

(i) makes proof by affidavit, in form and substance satisfactory to the General Partner, that a previously issued Certificate has been lost, destroyed or stolen;

(ii) requests the issuance of a new Certificate before the General Partner has notice that the Certificate has been acquired by a purchaser for value in good faith and without notice of an adverse claim;

(iii) if requested by the General Partner, delivers to the General Partner a bond, in form and substance satisfactory to the General Partner, with surety or sureties and with fixed or open penalty as the General Partner may direct to indemnify the Partnership, the Partners, the General Partner and the Transfer Agent against any claim that may be made on account of the alleged loss, destruction or theft of the Certificate; and

(iv) satisfies any other reasonable requirements imposed by the General Partner.

If a Limited Partner fails to notify the General Partner within a reasonable period of time after he has notice of the loss, destruction or theft of a Certificate, and a transfer of the Limited Partner Interests represented by the Certificate is registered before the Partnership, the General Partner or the Transfer Agent receives such notification, the Limited Partner shall be precluded from making any claim against the Partnership, the General Partner or the Transfer Agent for such transfer or for a new Certificate.

A-15

(c) As a condition to the issuance of any new Certificate under this Section 4.2, the General Partner may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Transfer Agent) reasonably connected therewith.

Section 4.3 Record Holders.

The Partnership shall be entitled to recognize the Record Holder as the Limited Partner with respect to any Partnership Interest and, accordingly, shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such Partnership Interest on the part of any other Person, regardless of whether the Partnership shall have actual or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by law or any applicable rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any National Securities Exchange on which such Partnership Interests are listed for trading. Without limiting the foregoing, when a Person (such as a broker, dealer, bank, trust company or clearing corporation or an agent of any of the foregoing) is acting as nominee, agent or in some other representative capacity for another Person in acquiring and/or holding Partnership Interests, as between the Partnership on the one hand, and such other Persons on the other, such representative Person shall be the Record Holder of such Partnership Interest.

Section 4.4 Transfer Generally.

(a) The term “transfer,” when used in this Agreement with respect to a Partnership Interest, shall be deemed to refer to a transaction (i) by which the General Partner assigns its General Partner Interest to another Person who becomes the General Partner, and includes a sale, assignment, gift, pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation, mortgage, exchange, or any other disposition by law or otherwise or (ii) by which the holder of a Limited Partner Interest assigns such Limited Partner Interest to another Person who is or becomes a Limited Partner, and includes a sale, assignment, gift, exchange or any other disposition by law or otherwise, including any transfer upon foreclosure of any pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation or mortgage.

(b) No Partnership Interest shall be transferred, in whole or in part, except in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Article IV. Any transfer or purported transfer of a Partnership Interest not made in accordance with this Article IV shall be null and void.

(c) Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to prevent a disposition by any member of the General Partner of any or all of the issued and outstanding membership interests of the General Partner.

Section 4.5 Registration and Transfer of Limited Partner Interests.

(a) The General Partner shall keep or cause to be kept on behalf of the Partnership a register in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe and subject to the provisions of Section 4.5(b), the Partnership will provide for the registration and transfer of Limited Partner Interests. The Transfer Agent is hereby appointed registrar and transfer agent for the purpose of registering Common Units and transfers of such Common Units as herein provided. The General Partner shall not recognize transfers of Certificates evidencing Limited Partner Interests unless such transfers are effected in the manner described in this Section 4.5. Upon surrender of a Certificate for registration of transfer of any Limited Partner Interests evidenced by a Certificate, and subject to the provisions of Section 4.5(b), the appropriate officers of the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership shall execute and deliver, and in the case of Common Units, the Transfer Agent shall countersign and deliver, in the name of the holder or the designated transferee or transferees, as required pursuant to the holder’s instructions, one or more new Certificates evidencing the same aggregate number and type of Limited Partner Interests as was evidenced by the Certificate so surrendered.

(b) Except as otherwise provided in Section 4.9, the General Partner shall not recognize any transfer of Limited Partner Interests until the Certificates evidencing such Limited Partner Interests are surrendered for registration of transfer. No charge shall be imposed by the General Partner for such transfer; provided, that as a condition to the issuance of any new Certificate under this Section 4.5, the General Partner may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed with respect thereto.

A-16

(c) Subject to (i) the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.5, (ii) Section 4.3, (iii) Section 4.8, (iv) with respect to any series of Limited Partner Interests, the provisions of any statement of designations or amendment to this Agreement establishing such series, (v) any contractual provisions binding on any Limited Partner and (vi) provisions of applicable law including the Securities Act, Limited Partnership Interests shall be freely transferable.

Section 4.6 Transfer of the General Partner’s General Partner Interest.

(a) Subject to Section 4.6(c) below, prior to March 31, 2015, the General Partner shall not transfer all or any part of its General Partner Interest to a Person unless such transfer (i) has been approved by the prior written consent or vote of the holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units or (ii) is of all, but not less than all, of its General Partner Interest to (A) an Affiliate of the General Partner (other than an individual) or (B) another Person (other than an individual) in connection with the merger or consolidation of the General Partner with or into another Person (other than an individual) or the transfer by the General Partner of all or substantially all but not less than all of its General Partner Interest to another Person (other than an individual).

(b) Subject to Section 4.6(c) below, on or after March 31, 2015, the General Partner may transfer all or any of its General Partner Interest without Unitholder approval.

(c) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no transfer by the General Partner of all or any part of its General Partner Interest to another Person shall be permitted unless (i) the transferee agrees to assume the rights and duties of the General Partner under this Agreement and to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement and (ii) the Partnership receives an Opinion of Counsel that such transfer would not result in the loss of limited liability of any Limited Partner or cause the Partnership to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise to be taxed as an entity for federal income tax purposes (to the extent not already so treated or taxed). In the case of a transfer pursuant to and in compliance with this Section 4.6, the transferee or successor (as the case may be) shall, subject to compliance with the terms of Section 10.3, be admitted to the Partnership as the General Partner immediately prior to the transfer of the Partnership Interest, and the business of the Partnership shall continue without dissolution.

Section 4.7 [Reserved].

Section 4.8 Restrictions on Transfers.

(a) Except as provided in Section 4.8(c) below, but notwithstanding the other provisions of this Article IV, no transfer of any Partnership Interests shall be made if such transfer would (i) violate the then applicable federal or state securities laws or rules and regulations of the Commission, any state securities commission or any other governmental authority with jurisdiction over such transfer, (ii) terminate the existence or qualification of the Partnership under the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation, or (iii) cause the Partnership to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise to be taxed as an entity for federal income tax purposes (to the extent not already so treated or taxed).

A-17

(b) The General Partner may impose restrictions on the transfer of Partnership Interests if it receives Opinion of Counsel that such restrictions are necessary to avoid a significant risk of the Partnership becoming taxable as a corporation or otherwise becoming taxable as an entity for federal income tax purposes. The General Partner may impose such restrictions by amending this Agreement; provided, however, that any amendment that would result in the delisting or suspension of trading of any class of Limited Partner Interests on the principal National Securities Exchange on which such class of Limited Partner Interests is then traded must be approved, prior to such amendment being effected, by the holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Limited Partner Interests of such class.

(c) Nothing contained in this Article IV, or elsewhere in this Agreement, shall preclude the settlement of any transactions involving Partnership Interests entered into through the facilities of any National Securities Exchange on which such Partnership Interests are listed for trading.

Section 4.9 Citizenship Certificates; Non-citizen Assignees.

(a) If any Group Member is or becomes subject to any federal, state or local law or regulation that, in the reasonable determination of the General Partner, creates a substantial risk of cancellation or forfeiture of any property in which the Group Member has an interest based on the nationality, citizenship or other related status of a Limited Partner, the General Partner may request any Limited Partner to furnish to the General Partner, within 30 days after receipt of such request, an executed Citizenship Certification or such other information concerning his nationality, citizenship or other related status (or, if the Limited Partner is a nominee holding for the account of another Person, the nationality, citizenship or other related status of such Person) as the General Partner may request. If a Limited Partner fails to furnish to the General Partner within the aforementioned 30-day period such Citizenship Certification or other requested information or if upon receipt of such Citizenship Certification or other requested information the General Partner determines, with the advice of counsel, that a Limited Partner is not an Eligible Citizen, the Partnership Interests owned by such Limited Partner shall be subject to redemption in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.10. In addition, the General Partner may require that the status of any such Partner be changed to that of a Non-citizen Assignee and, thereupon, the General Partner shall be substituted for such Non-citizen Assignee as the Limited Partner in respect of his Limited Partner Interests.

(b) The General Partner shall, in exercising voting rights in respect of Limited Partner Interests held by it on behalf of Non-citizen Assignees, distribute the votes in the same ratios as the votes of Partners (including without limitation the General Partner) in respect of Limited Partner Interests other than those of Non-citizen Assignees are cast, either for, against or abstaining as to the matter.

(c) Upon dissolution of the Partnership, a Non-citizen Assignee shall have no right to receive a distribution in kind pursuant to Section 12.4 but shall be entitled to the cash equivalent thereof, and the Partnership shall provide cash in exchange for an assignment of the Non-citizen Assignee’s share of the distribution in kind. Such payment and assignment shall be treated for Partnership purposes as a purchase by the Partnership from the Non-citizen Assignee of his Limited Partner Interest (representing his right to receive his share of such distribution in kind).

(d) At any time after he can and does certify that he has become an Eligible Citizen, a Non-citizen Assignee may, upon application to the General Partner, request that with respect to any Limited Partner Interests of such Non-citizen Assignee not redeemed pursuant to Section 4.10, such Non-citizen Assignee be admitted as a Limited Partner, and upon approval of the General Partner, such Non-citizen Assignee shall be admitted as a Limited Partner and shall no longer constitute a Non-citizen Assignee and the General Partner shall cease to be deemed to be the Limited Partner in respect of the Non-citizen Assignee’s Limited Partner Interests.

Section 4.10 Redemption of Partnership Interests of Non-citizen Assignees.

(a) If at any time a Limited Partner fails to furnish a Citizenship Certification or other information requested within the 30-day period specified in Section 4.9(a), or if upon receipt of such Citizenship Certification or other

A-18

information the General Partner determines, with the advice of counsel, that a Limited Partner is not an Eligible Citizen, the Partnership may, unless the Limited Partner establishes to the satisfaction of the General Partner that such Limited Partner is an Eligible Citizen or has transferred his Partnership Interests to a Person who is an Eligible Citizen and who furnishes a Citizenship Certification to the General Partner prior to the date fixed for redemption as provided below, redeem the Limited Partner Interest of such Limited Partner as follows:

(i) The General Partner shall, not later than the 30th day before the date fixed for redemption, give notice of redemption to the Limited Partner, at his last address designated on the records of the Partnership or the Transfer Agent, by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid. The notice shall be deemed to have been given when so mailed. The notice shall specify the Redeemable Interests, the date fixed for redemption, the place of payment, that payment of the redemption price will be made upon surrender of the Certificate evidencing the Redeemable Interests and that on and after the date fixed for redemption no further allocations or distributions to which the Limited Partner would otherwise be entitled in respect of the Redeemable Interests will accrue or be made.

(ii) The aggregate redemption price for Redeemable Interests shall be an amount equal to the Current Market Price (the date of determination of which shall be the date fixed for redemption) of Limited Partner Interests of the class to be so redeemed multiplied by the number of Limited Partner Interests of each such class included among the Redeemable Interests. The redemption price shall be paid as determined by the General Partner, in cash or by delivery of a promissory note of the Partnership in the principal amount of the redemption price, bearing interest at the rate of 10% annually and payable in three equal annual installments of principal together with accrued interest, commencing one year after the redemption date.

(iii) Upon surrender by or on behalf of the Limited Partner, at the place specified in the notice of redemption, of the Certificate evidencing the Redeemable Interests, duly endorsed in blank or accompanied by an assignment duly executed in blank, the Limited Partner or his duly authorized representative shall be entitled to receive the payment therefor.

(iv) After the redemption date, Redeemable Interests shall no longer constitute issued and Outstanding Limited Partner Interests.

(b) The provisions of this Section 4.10 shall also be applicable to Limited Partner Interests held by a Limited Partner as nominee of a Person determined to be other than an Eligible Citizen.

(c) Nothing in this Section 4.10 shall prevent the recipient of a notice of redemption from transferring his Limited Partner Interest before the redemption date if such transfer is otherwise permitted under this Agreement. Upon receipt of notice of such a transfer, the General Partner shall withdraw the notice of redemption, provided the transferee of such Limited Partner Interest certifies to the satisfaction of the General Partner in a Citizenship Certification that he is an Eligible Citizen. If the transferee fails to make such certification, such redemption shall be effected from the transferee on the original redemption date.

ARTICLE V

CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND ISSUANCE OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS

Section 5.1 Organizational Issuances.

(a) In connection with the conversion of the Partnership under the Delaware Act, the General Partner has been admitted as the General Partner of the Partnership without any economic interest in the Partnership and the Initial Limited Partners, other than the Underwriters, have been admitted to the Partnership.

(b) On the Closing Date, all Pre-Initial Offering Interests shall be exchanged for Common Units as set forth on Exhibit A hereto.

A-19

Section 5.2 [Reserved].

Section 5.3 Contributions by the Underwriters.

(a) On the Closing Date and pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, each Underwriter shall contribute to the Partnership cash in an amount equal to the Issue Price per Initial Common Unit multiplied by the number of Common Units specified in the Underwriting Agreement to be purchased by such Underwriter at the Closing Date. In exchange for such Capital Contributions by the Underwriters, the Partnership shall issue Common Units to each Underwriter on whose behalf such Capital Contribution is made in an amount equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the cash contribution to the Partnership by or on behalf of such Underwriter by (ii) the Issue Price per Initial Common Unit.

(b) Upon the exercise of the Over-Allotment Option, each Underwriter shall contribute to the Partnership cash in an amount equal to the Issue Price per Initial Common Unit, multiplied by the number of Common Units to be purchased by such Underwriter at the Option Closing Date. In exchange for such Capital Contributions by the Underwriters, the Partnership shall issue Common Units to each Underwriter on whose behalf such Capital Contribution is made in an amount equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the cash contributions to the Partnership by or on behalf of such Underwriter by (ii) the Issue Price per Initial Common Unit.

(c) Subject to Section 5.1, no Limited Partner Interests will be issued or issuable as of or at the Closing Date other than (i) the Common Units issuable pursuant to subparagraph (a) hereof in aggregate number equal to 3,400,000 Units and (ii) the “Option Units” as such term is used in the Underwriting Agreement issuable upon exercise of the Over-Allotment Option pursuant to subparagraph (b) hereof in an aggregate number of up to 510,000 additional Units and (iii) the Common Units issued to the Initial Limited Partners in aggregate number equal to 16,090,000.

Section 5.4 Interest and Withdrawal.

No interest on Capital Contributions shall be paid by the Partnership. No Partner shall be entitled to the withdrawal or return of its Capital Contribution, except to the extent, if any, that distributions made pursuant to this Agreement or upon termination of the Partnership may be considered as such by law and then only to the extent provided for in this Agreement. Except to the extent expressly provided in this Agreement, no Partner shall have priority over any other Partner either as to the return of Capital Contributions or as to profits, losses or distributions. Any such return shall be a compromise to which all Partners agree within the meaning of Section 17-502(b) of the Delaware Act.

Section 5.5 Capital Accounts.

(a) The Partnership shall maintain for each Partner (or a beneficial owner of Partnership Interests held by a nominee in any case in which the nominee has furnished the identity of such owner to the Partnership in accordance with Section 6031(c) of the Code or any other method acceptable to the General Partner in its sole discretion) owning a Partnership Interest a separate Capital Account with respect to such Partnership Interest in accordance with the rules of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv). Such Capital Account shall be increased by (i) the amount of all Capital Contributions made to the Partnership with respect to such Partnership Interest pursuant to this Agreement and (ii) all items of Partnership income and gain (including, without limitation, income and gain exempt from tax) computed in accordance with Section 5.5(b) and allocated with respect to such Partnership Interest pursuant to Section 6.1, and decreased by (x) the amount of cash or Net Agreed Value of all actual and deemed distributions of cash or property made with respect to such Partnership Interest pursuant to this Agreement and (y) all items of Partnership deduction and loss computed in accordance with Section 5.5(b) and allocated with respect to such Partnership Interest pursuant to Section 6.1.

A-20

(b) For purposes of computing the amount of any item of income, gain, loss or deduction which is to be allocated pursuant to Article VI and is to be reflected in the Partners’ Capital Accounts, the determination, recognition and classification of any such item shall be the same as its determination, recognition and classification for federal income tax purposes (including, without limitation, any method of depreciation, cost recovery or amortization used for that purpose), provided, that:

(i) Solely for purposes of this Section 5.5, the Partnership shall be treated as owning directly its proportionate share (as determined by the General Partner based upon the provisions of the MLP Agreement) of all property owned by the MLP or any other Subsidiary that is classified as a partnership for federal income tax purposes.

(ii) All fees and other expenses incurred by the Partnership to promote the sale of (or to sell) a Partnership Interest that can neither be deducted nor amortized under Section 709 of the Code, if any, shall, for purposes of Capital Account maintenance, be treated as an item of deduction at the time such fees and other expenses are incurred and shall be allocated among the Partners pursuant to Section 6.1.

(iii) Except as otherwise provided in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m), the computation of all items of income, gain, loss and deduction shall be made without regard to any election under Section 754 of the Code which may be made by the Partnership and, as to those items described in Section 705(a)(1)(B) or 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code, without regard to the fact that such items are not includable in gross income or are neither currently deductible nor capitalized for federal income tax purposes. To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Partnership asset pursuant to Section 734(b) or 743(b) of the Code is required, pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m), to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts, the amount of such adjustment in the Capital Accounts shall be treated as an item of gain or loss.

(iv) Any income, gain or loss attributable to the taxable disposition of any Partnership property shall be determined as if the adjusted basis of such property as of such date of disposition were equal in amount to the Partnership’s Carrying Value with respect to such property as of such date.

(v) In accordance with the requirements of Section 704(b) of the Code, any deductions for depreciation, cost recovery or amortization attributable to any Contributed Property shall be determined as if the adjusted basis of such property on the date it was acquired by the Partnership were equal to the Agreed Value of such property. Upon an adjustment pursuant to Section 5.5(d) to the Carrying Value of any Partnership property subject to depreciation, cost recovery or amortization, any further deductions for such depreciation, cost recovery or amortization attributable to such property shall be determined (A) as if the adjusted basis of such property were equal to the Carrying Value of such property immediately following such adjustment and (B) using a rate of depreciation, cost recovery or amortization derived from the same method and useful life (or, if applicable, the remaining useful life) as is applied for federal income tax purposes; provided, however, that, if the asset has a zero adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes, depreciation, cost recovery or amortization deductions shall be determined using any reasonable method that the General Partner may adopt.

(vi) If the Partnership’s adjusted basis in a depreciable or cost recovery property is reduced for federal income tax purposes pursuant to Section 48(q)(1) or 48(q)(3) of the Code, the amount of such reduction shall, solely for purposes hereof, be deemed to be an additional depreciation or cost recovery deduction in the year such property is placed in service and shall be allocated among the Partners pursuant to Section 6.1. Any restoration of such basis pursuant to Section 48(q)(2) of the Code shall, to the extent possible, be allocated in the same manner to the Partners to whom such deemed deduction was allocated.

(c) A transferee of a Partnership Interest shall succeed to a pro rata portion of the Capital Account of the transferor relating to the Partnership Interest so transferred.

(d)    (i) In accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f), on an issuance of additional Partnership Interests for cash or Contributed Property, the Capital Account of all Partners and the Carrying Value

A-21

of each Partnership property immediately prior to such issuance shall be adjusted upward or downward to reflect any Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss attributable to such Partnership property, as if such Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss had been recognized on an actual sale of each such property immediately prior to such issuance and had been allocated to the Partners at such time pursuant to Section 6.1(c) in the same manner as any item of gain or loss actually recognized during such period would have been allocated. In determining such Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss, the aggregate cash amount and fair market value of all Partnership assets (including, without limitation, cash or cash equivalents) immediately prior to the issuance of additional Partnership Interests shall be determined by the General Partner using such reasonable method of valuation as it may adopt; provided, however, that the General Partner, in arriving at such valuation, must take fully into account the fair market value of the Partnership Interests of all Partners at such time. The General Partner shall allocate such aggregate value among the assets of the Partnership (in such manner as it determines in its discretion to be reasonable) to arrive at a fair market value for individual properties.

(ii) In accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f), immediately prior to any actual or deemed distribution to a Partner of any Partnership property (other than a distribution of cash that is not in redemption or retirement of a Partnership Interest), the Capital Accounts of all Partners and the Carrying Value of all Partnership property shall be adjusted upward or downward to reflect any Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss attributable to such Partnership property, as if such Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss had been recognized in a sale of such property immediately prior to such distribution for an amount equal to its fair market value, and had been allocated to the Partners, at such time, pursuant to Section 6.1(c) in the same manner as any item of gain or loss actually recognized during such period would have been allocated. In determining such Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss the aggregate cash amount and fair market value of all Partnership assets (including, without limitation, cash or cash equivalents) immediately prior to a distribution shall (A) in the case of an actual distribution which is not made pursuant to Section 12.4 or in the case of a deemed contribution and/or distribution, be determined and allocated in the same manner as that provided in Section 5.5(d)(i) or (B) in the case of a liquidating distribution pursuant to Section 12.4, be determined and allocated by the Liquidator using such reasonable method of valuation as it may adopt.

Section 5.6 Issuances of Additional Partnership Securities.

(a) The Partnership may issue additional Partnership Securities and options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating to the Partnership Securities for any Partnership purpose at any time and from time to time to such Persons for such consideration and on such terms and conditions as the General Partner shall determine, all without the approval of any Limited Partners.

(b) Each additional Partnership Interest authorized to be issued by the Partnership pursuant to Section 5.6(a) may be issued in one or more classes, or one or more series of any such classes, with such designations, preferences, rights, powers and duties (which may be senior to existing classes and series of Partnership Securities), as shall be fixed by the General Partner, including (i) the right to share in Partnership profits and losses or items thereof; (ii) the right to share in Partnership distributions; (iii) the rights upon dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership; (iv) whether, and the terms and conditions upon which the Partnership may or shall be required to redeem the Partnership Security (including sinking fund provisions); (v) whether such Partnership Interest is issued with the privilege of conversion or exchange and, if so, the terms and conditions of such conversion or exchange; (vi) the terms and conditions upon which each Partnership Interest will be issued, evidenced by certificates and assigned or transferred; (vii) the method for determining the Percentage Interest as to such Partnership Security; and (viii) the right, if any, of each such Partnership Interest to vote on Partnership matters, including matters relating to the relative designations, preferences, rights, powers and duties of such Partnership Interest.

(c) The General Partner is hereby authorized and directed to take all actions that it determines to be necessary or appropriate in connection with (i) each issuance of Partnership Securities and options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating to Partnership Securities pursuant to this Section 5.6, (ii) the admission

A-22

of additional Limited Partners and (iii) all additional issuances of Partnership Securities. The General Partner shall determine the relative rights, powers and duties of the holders of the Units or other Partnership Securities being so issued. The General Partner shall do all things necessary to comply with the Delaware Act and is authorized and directed to do all things that it determines to be necessary or appropriate in connection with any future issuance of Partnership Securities, including compliance with any statute, rule, regulation or guideline of any federal, state or other governmental agency or any, National Securities Exchange on which the Units or other Partnership Securities are listed for trading.

Section 5.7 [Reserved].

Section 5.8 [Reserved].

Section 5.9 No Preemptive Right.

No Person shall have any preemptive, preferential or other similar right with respect to the issuance of any Partnership Interest, whether unissued, held in the treasury or hereafter created.

Section 5.10 Splits and Combinations.

(a) Subject to Section 5.10(d), the Partnership may make a Pro Rata distribution of Partnership Securities to all Record Holders or may effect a subdivision or combination of Partnership Securities so long as, after any such event, each Partner shall have the same Percentage Interest in the Partnership as before such event, and any amounts calculated on a per Unit basis or stated as a number of Units are proportionately adjusted retroactive to the beginning of the Partnership.

(b) Whenever such a distribution, subdivision or combination of Partnership Securities is declared, the General Partner shall select a Record Date as of which the distribution, subdivision or combination shall be effective and shall send notice thereof at least 20 days prior to such Record Date to each Record Holder as of a date not less than 10 days prior to the date of such notice. The General Partner also may cause a firm of independent public accountants selected by it to calculate the number of Partnership Securities to be held by each Record Holder after giving effect to such distribution, subdivision or combination. The General Partner shall be entitled to rely on any certificate provided by such firm as conclusive evidence of the accuracy of such calculation.

(c) Promptly following any such distribution, subdivision or combination, the Partnership may issue Certificates to the Record Holders of Partnership Securities as of the applicable Record Date representing the new number of Partnership Securities held by such Record Holders, or the General Partner may adopt such other procedures that it determines to be necessary or appropriate to reflect such changes. If any such combination results in a smaller total number of Partnership Securities Outstanding, the Partnership shall require, as a condition to the delivery to a Record Holder of such new Certificate, the surrender of any Certificate held by such Record Holder immediately prior to such Record Date.

(d) The Partnership shall not issue fractional Units upon any distribution, subdivision or combination of Units. If a distribution, subdivision or combination of Units would result in the issuance of fractional Units but for the provisions of this Section 5.10(d), each fractional Unit shall be rounded to the nearest whole Unit (and a 0.5 Unit shall be rounded to the next higher Unit).

Section 5.11 Fully Paid and Non-Assessable Nature of Limited Partner Interests.

All Limited Partner Interests issued pursuant to, and in accordance with the requirements of, this Article V shall be fully paid and non-assessable Limited Partner Interests in the Partnership, except as such non assessability may be affected by Section 17-607 of the Delaware Act.

A-23

ARTICLE VI

ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 6.1 Allocations for Capital Account Purposes.

For purposes of maintaining the Capital Accounts and in determining the rights of the Partners among themselves, the Partnership’s items of income, gain, loss and deduction (computed in accordance with Section 5.5(b)) shall be allocated among the Partners in each taxable year (or portion thereof) as provided herein below.

(a) Net Income. After giving effect to the special allocations set forth in Section 6.1(d) and any allocations to other Partnership Securities, Net Income for each taxable year and all items of income, gain, loss and deduction taken into account in computing Net Income for such taxable year shall be allocated to the Unitholders in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests.

(b) Net Losses. After giving effect to the special allocations set forth in Section 6.1(d) and any allocations to other Partnership Securities, Net Losses for each taxable period and all items of income, gain, loss and deduction taken into account in computing Net Losses for such taxable period shall be allocated to the Unitholders in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests; provided that Net Losses shall not be allocated pursuant to this Section 6.1(d) to the extent that such allocation would cause any Unitholder to have a deficit balance in its Adjusted Capital Account at the end of such taxable year (or increase any existing deficit balance in its Adjusted Capital Account).

(c) Net Termination Gains and Losses. After giving effect to the special allocations set forth in Section 6.1(d), all items of income, gain, loss and deduction taken into account in computing Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss for such taxable period shall be allocated in the same manner as such Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss is allocated hereunder. All allocations under this Section 6.1(c) shall be made after Capital Account balances have been adjusted by all other allocations provided under this Section 6.1 and after all distributions of Available Cash provided under Section 6.4 have been made; provided, however, that solely for purposes of this Section 6.1(c), Capital Accounts shall not be adjusted for distributions made pursuant to Section 12.4.

(i) If a Net Termination Gain is recognized (or deemed recognized pursuant to Section 5.5(d)), such Net Termination Gain shall be allocated among the Partners in the following manner (and the Capital Accounts of the Partners shall be increased by the amount so allocated in each of the following subclauses, in the order listed, before an allocation is made pursuant to the next succeeding subclause):

A. First, to each Partner having a deficit balance in its Capital Account, in the proportion that such deficit balance bears to the total deficit balances in the Capital Accounts of all Partners, until each such Partner has been allocated Net Termination Gain equal to any such deficit balance in its Capital Account; and

B. Second, 100% to all Unitholders in accordance with their Percentage Interests.

(ii) If a Net Termination Loss is recognized (or deemed recognized pursuant to Section 5.5(d)), such Net Termination Loss shall be allocated among the Partners in the following manner:

A. First, 100% to all Unitholders holding Common Units, pro rata, until the Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding has been reduced to zero; and

B. Second, the balance, if any, to the General Partner.

(d) Special Allocations. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 6.1, the following special allocations shall be made for such taxable period:

(i) Partnership Minimum Gain Chargeback. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 6.1, if there is a net decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain during any Partnership taxable period, each Partner

A-24

shall be allocated items of Partnership income and gain for such period (and, if necessary, subsequent periods) in the manner and amounts provided in Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-2(f)(6), 1.704-2(g)(2) and 1.704-2(j)(2)(i), or any successor provision. For purposes of this Section 6.1(d), each Partner’s Adjusted Capital Account balance shall be determined, and the allocation of income or gain required hereunder shall be effected, prior to the application of any other allocations pursuant to this Section 6.1(d) with respect to such taxable period (other than an allocation pursuant to Sections 6.1(d)(v) and 6.1(d)(vi)). This Section 6.1(d)(i) is intended to comply with the Partnership Minimum Gain chargeback requirement in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(f) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

(ii) Chargeback of Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain. Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Section 6.1 (other than Section 6.1(d)(i)), except as provided in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(4), if there is a net decrease in Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain during any Partnership taxable period, any Partner with a share of Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain at the beginning of such taxable period shall be allocated items of Partnership income and gain for such period (and, if necessary, subsequent periods) in the manner and amounts provided in Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-2(i)(4) and 1.704-2(j)(2)(ii), or any successor provisions. For purposes of this Section 6.1(d), each Partner’s Adjusted Capital Account balance shall be determined, and the allocation of income or gain required hereunder shall be effected, prior to the application of any other allocations pursuant to this Section 6.1(d), other than Section 6.1(d)(i) and other than an allocation pursuant to Sections 6.1(d)(v) and 6.1(d)(vi), with respect to such taxable period. This Section 6.1(d)(ii) is intended to comply with the chargeback of items of income and gain requirement in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(4) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

(iii) Qualified Income Offset. In the event any Partner unexpectedly receives any adjustments, allocations or distributions described in Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), 1.704-1 (b)(2)(ii)(d)(5), or 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(6), items of Partnership income and gain shall be specially allocated to such Partner in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate, to the extent required by the Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 704(b) of the Code, the deficit balance, if any, in its Adjusted Capital Account created by such adjustments, allocations or distributions as quickly as possible unless such deficit balance is otherwise eliminated pursuant to Section 6.1(d)(i) or (ii).

(iv) Gross Income Allocations. In the event any Partner has a deficit balance in its Capital Account at the end of any Partnership taxable period in excess of the sum of (A) the amount such Partner is required to restore pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement and (B) the amount such Partner is deemed obligated to restore pursuant to Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-2(g) and 1.704-2(i)(5), such Partner shall be specially allocated items of Partnership gross income and gain in the amount of such excess as quickly as possible; provided, that an allocation pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(iv) shall be made only if and to the extent that such Partner would have a deficit balance in its Capital Account as adjusted after all other allocations provided for in this Section 6.1 have been tentatively made as if this Section 6.1(d)(iv) were not in this Agreement.

(v) Nonrecourse Deductions. Nonrecourse Deductions for any taxable period shall be allocated to the Partners in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests. If the General Partner determines that the Partnership’s Nonrecourse Deductions should be allocated in a different ratio to satisfy the safe harbor requirements of the Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 704(b) of the Code, the General Partner is authorized, upon notice to the other Partners, to revise the prescribed ratio to the numerically closest ratio that does satisfy such requirements.

(vi) Partner Nonrecourse Deductions. Partner Nonrecourse Deductions for any taxable period shall be allocated 100% to the Partner that bears the Economic Risk of Loss with respect to the Partner Nonrecourse Debt to which such Partner Nonrecourse Deductions are attributable in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i). If more than one Partner bears the Economic Risk of Loss with respect to a Partner Nonrecourse Debt, such Partner Nonrecourse Deductions attributable thereto shall be allocated

A-25

between or among such Partners in accordance with the ratios in which they share such Economic Risk of Loss.

(vii) Nonrecourse Liabilities. For purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.752-3(a)(3), the Partners agree that Nonrecourse Liabilities of the Partnership in excess of the sum of (A) the amount of Partnership Minimum Gain and (B) the total amount of Nonrecourse Built-in Gain shall be allocated among the Partners in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests.

(viii) Code Section 754 Adjustments. To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Partnership asset pursuant to Section 734(b) or 743(b) of the Code is required, pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m), to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts, the amount of such adjustment to the Capital Accounts shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases such basis), and such item of gain or loss shall be specially allocated to the Partners in a manner consistent with the manner in which their Capital Accounts are required to be adjusted pursuant to such Section of the Treasury Regulations.

(ix) Curative Allocation.

A. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 6.1, other than the Required Allocations, the Required Allocations shall be taken into account in making the Agreed Allocations so that, to the extent possible, the net amount of items of income, gain, loss and deduction allocated to each Partner pursuant to the Required Allocations and the Agreed Allocations, together, shall be equal to the net amount of such items that would have been allocated to each such Partner under the Agreed Allocations had the Required Allocations and the related Curative Allocation not otherwise been provided in this Section 6.1. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, Required Allocations relating to (1) Nonrecourse Deductions shall not be taken into account except to the extent that there has been a decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain and (2) Partner Nonrecourse Deductions shall not be taken into account except to the extent that there has been a decrease in Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain. Allocations pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(ix)(A) shall only be made with respect to Required Allocations to the extent the General Partner determines that such allocations will otherwise be inconsistent with the economic agreement among the Partners. Further, allocations pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(ix)(A) shall be deferred with respect to allocations pursuant to clauses (1) and (2) hereof to the extent the General Partner determines that such allocations are likely to be offset by subsequent Required Allocations.

B. The General Partner shall, with respect to each taxable period, to (1) apply the provisions of Section 6.1(d)(ix)(A) in whatever order is most likely to minimize the economic distortions that might otherwise result from the Required Allocations, and (2) divide all allocations pursuant to Section 6.1(d)(ix)(A) among the Partners in a manner that is likely to minimize such economic distortions.

(x) Corrective Allocations. In the event of any allocation of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items or any Book-Down Event or any recognition of a Net Termination Loss, the following rules shall apply:

A. In the case of any negative adjustments to the Capital Accounts of the Partners resulting from a Book-Down Event or from the recognition of a Net Termination Loss, such negative adjustment (1) shall first be allocated, to the extent of the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments, in such a manner, determined by the General Partner, that to the extent possible the aggregate Capital Accounts of the Partners will equal the amount which would have been the Capital Account balance of the Partners if no prior Book-Up Events had occurred, and (2) any negative adjustment in excess of the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments shall be allocated pursuant to Section 6.1(c) hereof.

B. In making the allocations required under this Section 6.1(d)(x), the General Partner may apply whatever conventions or other methodology it determines will satisfy the purpose of this Section 6.1(d)(x).

A-26

Section 6.2 Allocations for Tax Purposes.

(a) Except as otherwise provided herein, for federal income tax purposes, each item of income, gain, loss and deduction shall be allocated among the Partners in the same manner as its correlative item of “book” income, gain, loss or deduction is allocated pursuant to Section 6.1.

(b) In an attempt to eliminate Book-Tax Disparities attributable to a Contributed Property or Adjusted Property, items of income, gain, loss, depreciation, amortization and cost recovery deductions shall be allocated for federal income tax purposes among the Partners as follows:

(i) (A) In the case of a Contributed Property, such items attributable thereto shall be allocated among the Partners in the manner provided under Section 704(c) of the Code that takes into account the variation between the Agreed Value of such property and its adjusted basis at the time of contribution; and (B) any item of Residual Gain or Residual Loss attributable to a Contributed Property shall be allocated among the Partners in the same manner as its correlative item of “book” gain or loss is allocated pursuant to Section 6.1.

(ii) (A) In the case of an Adjusted Property, such items shall (1) first, be allocated among the Partners in a manner consistent with the principles of Section 704(c) of the Code to take into account the Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss attributable to such property and the allocations thereof pursuant to Section 5.5(d)(i) or 5.5(d)(ii), and (2) second, in the event such property was originally a Contributed Property, be allocated among the Partners in a manner consistent with Section 6.2(b)(i)(A); and (B) any item of Residual Gain or Residual Loss attributable to an Adjusted Property shall be allocated among the Partners in the same manner as its correlative item of “book” gain or loss is allocated pursuant to Section 6.1.

(iii) The General Partner shall apply the principles of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-3(d) to eliminate Book-Tax Disparities, except with respect to any goodwill in the Partnership.

(c) For the proper administration of the Partnership and for the preservation of uniformity of the Limited Partner Interests (or any class or classes thereof), the General Partner shall (i) adopt such conventions as it deems appropriate in determining the amount of depreciation, amortization and cost recovery deductions; (ii) make special allocations for federal income tax purposes of income (including, without limitation, gross income) or deductions; and (iii) amend the provisions of this Agreement as appropriate (x) to reflect the proposal or promulgation of Treasury Regulations under Section 704(b) or Section 704(c) of the Code or (y) otherwise to preserve or achieve uniformity of the Limited Partner Interests (or any class or classes thereof). The General Partner may adopt such conventions, make such allocations and make such amendments to this Agreement as provided in this Section 6.2(c) only if such conventions, allocations or amendments would not have a material adverse effect on the Partners, the holders of any class or classes of Limited Partner Interests issued and Outstanding or the Partnership, and if such allocations are consistent with the principles of Section 704 of the Code.

(d) The General Partner may determine to depreciate or amortize the portion of an adjustment under Section 743(b) of the Code attributable to unrealized appreciation in any Adjusted Property (to the extent of the unamortized Book-Tax Disparity) using a predetermined rate derived from the depreciation or amortization method and useful life applied to the Partnership’s common basis of such property, despite any inconsistency of such approach with Treasury Regulation Section 1.167(c)-1(a)(6) or any successor regulations thereto. If the General Partner determines that such reporting position cannot reasonably be taken, the General Partner may adopt depreciation and amortization conventions under which all purchasers acquiring Limited Partner Interests in the same month would receive depreciation and amortization deductions, based upon the same applicable rate as if they had purchased a direct interest in the Partnership’s property. If the General Partner chooses not to utilize such aggregate method, the General Partner may use any other depreciation and amortization conventions to preserve the uniformity of the intrinsic tax characteristics of any Limited Partner Interests, so long as such conventions would not have a material adverse effect on the Limited Partners or the Record Holders of any class or classes of Limited Partner Interests.

A-27

(e) Any gain allocated to the Partners upon the sale or other taxable disposition of any Partnership asset shall, to the extent possible, after taking into account other required allocations of gain pursuant to this Section 6.2, be characterized as Recapture Income in the same proportions and to the same extent as such Partners (or their predecessors in interest) have been allocated any deductions directly or indirectly giving rise to the treatment of such gains as Recapture Income.

(f) All items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit recognized by the Partnership for federal income tax purposes and allocated to the Partners in accordance with the provisions hereof shall be determined without regard to any election under Section 754 of the Code which may be made by the Partnership; provided, however, that such allocations, once made, shall be adjusted (in the manner determined by the General Partner) to take into account those adjustments permitted or required by Sections 734 and 743 of the Code.

(g) Each item of Partnership income, gain, loss and deduction, shall for federal income tax purposes, be determined on an annual basis and prorated on a monthly basis and shall be allocated to the Partners as of the opening of the Nasdaq National Market on the first Business Day of each month; provided, however, that (i) such items for the period beginning on the Closing Date and ending on the last day of the month in which the Option Closing Date or the expiration of the Over-allotment Option occurs shall be allocated to the Partners as of the opening of the Nasdaq National Market on the first Business Day of the next succeeding month; and provided, further, that gain or loss on a sale or other disposition of any assets of the Partnership or any other extraordinary item of income or loss realized and recognized other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined by the General Partner in its sole discretion, shall be allocated to the Partners as of the opening of the Nasdaq National Market on the first Business Day of the month in which such gain or loss is recognized for federal income tax purposes. The General Partner may revise, alter or otherwise modify such methods of allocation to the extent permitted or required by Section 706 of the Code and the regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder.

(h) Allocations that would otherwise be made to a Limited Partner under the provisions of this Article VI shall instead be made to the beneficial owner of Limited Partner Interests held by a nominee in any case in which the nominee has furnished the identity of such owner to the Partnership in accordance with Section 6031(c) of the Code or any other method determined by the General Partner.

Section 6.3 Requirement and Characterization of Distributions; Distributions to Record Holders

(a) Within 50 days following the end of each Quarter commencing with the Quarter ending on                     , 2005, an amount equal to 100% of Available Cash with respect to such Quarter shall, subject to Section 17-607 of the Delaware Act, be distributed in accordance with this Article VI by the Partnership to the Partners in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests as of the Record Date selected by the General Partner. All distributions required to be made under this Agreement shall be made subject to Section 17-607 of the Delaware Act.

(b) Notwithstanding Section 6.3(a), in the event of the dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership, all receipts received during or after the Quarter in which the Liquidation Date occurs, other than from borrowings described in (a)(ii) of the definition of Available Cash, shall be applied and distributed solely in accordance with, and subject to the terms and conditions of, Section 12.4.

(c) The General Partner shall have the discretion to treat taxes paid by the Partnership on behalf of, or amounts withheld with respect to, all or less than all of the Partners, as a distribution of Available Cash to such Partners.

(d) Each distribution in respect of a Partnership Interest shall be paid by the Partnership, directly or through the Transfer Agent or through any other Person or agent, only to the Record Holder of such Partnership Interest as of the Record Date set for such distribution. Such payment shall constitute full payment and satisfaction of the Partnership’s liability in respect of such payment, regardless of any claim of any Person who may have an interest in such payment by reason of an assignment or otherwise.

A-28

Section 6.4 Distributions of Available Cash

Available Cash shall, subject to Section 17-607 of the Delaware Act, be distributed, except as otherwise required by Section 5.6(b) in respect of additional Partnership Securities issued pursuant thereto, 100% to the Unitholders in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests.

Section 6.5 [Reserved].

Section 6.6 [Reserved].

Section 6.7 [Reserved].

Section 6.8 [Reserved].

Section 6.9 [Reserved].

ARTICLE VII

MANAGEMENT AND OPERATION OF BUSINESS

Section 7.1 Management

(a) The General Partner shall conduct, direct and manage all activities of the Partnership. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, all management powers over the business and affairs of the Partnership shall be exclusively vested in the General Partner, and no Limited Partner shall have any management power over the business and affairs of the Partnership. In addition to the powers now or hereafter granted a general partner of a limited partnership under applicable law or which are granted to the General Partner under any other provision of this Agreement, the General Partner, subject to Section 7.3, shall have full power and authority to do all things and on such terms as it determines to be necessary or appropriate to conduct the business of the Partnership, to exercise all powers set forth in Section 2.5 and to effectuate the purposes set forth in Section 2.4, including the following:

(i) the making of any expenditures, the lending or borrowing of money, the assumption or guarantee of, or other contracting for, indebtedness and other liabilities, the issuance of evidences of indebtedness, including indebtedness that is convertible into Partnership Securities, and the incurring of any other obligations;

(ii) the making of tax, regulatory and other filings, or rendering of periodic or other reports to governmental or other agencies having jurisdiction over the business or assets of the Partnership;

(iii) the acquisition, disposition, mortgage, pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation or exchange of any or all of the assets of the Partnership or the merger or other combination of the Partnership with or into another Person (the matters described in this clause (iii) being subject, however, to any prior approval that may be required by Section 7.3) and Article XIV;

(iv) the use of the assets of the Partnership (including cash on hand) for any purpose consistent with the terms of this Agreement, including the financing of the conduct of the operations of the Partnership, its Subsidiaries and the MLP; subject to Section 7.6(a), the lending of funds to other Persons; the repayment or guarantee of obligations of the Partnership, its Subsidiaries and the MLP and the making of capital contributions to any member of the Partnership, its Subsidiaries and the MLP;

A-29

(v) the negotiation, execution and performance of any contracts, conveyances or other instruments (including instruments that limit the liability of the Partnership under contractual arrangements to all or particular assets of the Partnership, with the other party to the contract to have no recourse against the General Partner or its assets other than their interest in the Partnership, even if same results in the terms of the transaction being less favorable to the Partnership than would otherwise be the case);

(vi) the distribution of Partnership cash;

(vii) the selection and dismissal of employees (including employees having titles such as “president,” “vice president,” “secretary” and “treasurer”) and agents, outside attorneys, accountants, consultants and contractors and the determination of their compensation and other terms of employment or hiring;

(viii) the maintenance of insurance for the benefit of the Partnership, the Partners and Indemnitees;

(ix) the formation of, or acquisition of an interest in, and the contribution of property and the making of loans to, any further limited or general partnerships, joint ventures, limited liability companies, corporations or other relationships (including the acquisition of interests in, and the contributions of property to, the MLP and its subsidiaries from time to time) subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 2.4;

(x) the control of any matters affecting the rights and obligations of the Partnership, including the bringing and defending of actions at law or in equity and otherwise engaging in the conduct of litigation, arbitration or mediation and the incurring of legal expense and the settlement of claims and litigation;

(xi) the indemnification of any Person against liabilities and contingencies to the extent permitted by law;

(xii) the entering into of listing agreements with any National Securities Exchange and the delisting of some or all of the Limited Partner Interests from, or requesting that trading be suspended on, any such exchange (subject to any prior approval that may be required under Section 4.8);

(xiii) the purchase, sale or other acquisition or disposition of Partnership Securities, or the issuance of additional options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating to Partnership Securities;

(xiv) the undertaking of any action in connection with the Partnership’s participation and management through its ownership of the managing and non-managing general partner and certain of its subordinated and common units representing limited partner interests of the Partnership; and

(xv) cause to be registered for resale under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws, the Partnership Securities held by the General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner; provided, however that such registration for resale of any Partnership Securities shall be subject to certain restrictions and limitations.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Delaware Act or any applicable law, rule or regulation, each of the Partners and each other Person who may acquire an interest in Partnership Securities hereby (i) approves, ratifies and confirms the execution, delivery and performance by the parties thereto of the Underwriting Agreement and the other agreements described in or filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement that are related to the transactions contemplated by the Registration Statement; (ii) agrees that the General Partner (on its own or through any officer of the Partnership) is authorized to execute, deliver and perform the agreements referred to in clause (i) of this sentence and the other agreements, acts, transactions and matters described in or contemplated by the Registration Statement on behalf of the Partnership without any further act, approval or vote of the Partners or the other Persons who may acquire an interest in Partnership Securities; and (iii) agrees that the execution, delivery or performance by the General Partner, any Group Member or any

A-30

Affiliate of any of them, of this Agreement or any agreement authorized or permitted under this Agreement (including the exercise by the General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner of the rights accorded pursuant to Article XV), shall not constitute a breach by the General Partner of any duty that the General Partner may owe the Partnership or the Limited Partners or any other Persons under this Agreement (or any other agreements) or of any duty stated or implied by law or equity.

Section 7.2 Certificate of Limited Partnership

The General Partner has caused the Certificate of Limited Partnership to be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as required by the Delaware Act and shall use all reasonable efforts to cause to be filed such other certificates or documents that the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate for the formation, continuation, qualification and operation of a limited partnership (or a partnership in which the limited partners have limited liability) in the State of Delaware or any other state in which the Partnership may elect to do business or own property. To the extent the General Partner determines such action to be reasonable and necessary or appropriate, the General Partner shall file amendments to and restatements of the Certificate of Limited Partnership and do all things to maintain the Partnership as a limited partnership (or a partnership or other entity in which the limited partners have limited liability) under the laws of the State of Delaware or of any other state in which the Partnership may elect to do business or own property. Subject to the terms of Section 3.4(a), the General Partner shall not be required, before or after filing, to deliver or mail a copy of the Certificate of Limited Partnership, any qualification document or any amendment thereto to any Limited Partner.

Section 7.3 Restrictions on General Partner’s Authority

Except as provided in Articles XII and XIV, the General Partner may not sell, exchange or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the Partnership’s assets in a single transaction or a series of related transactions (including by way of merger, consolidation or other combination) or approve on behalf of the Partnership the sale, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the MLP, without the approval of holders of a majority of outstanding Units; provided however that this provision shall not preclude or limit the General Partner’s ability to mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or grant a security interest in all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership and shall not apply to any forced sale of any or all of the assets of the Partnership or the MLP pursuant to the foreclosure of, or other realization upon, any such encumbrance. Without the approval of holders of a majority of outstanding Units, the General Partner shall not, on behalf of the Partnership, (i) consent to any amendment to the MLP Agreement or, except as expressly permitted by Section 7.9(d), take any action that would adversely affect the Limited Partners (including any particular class of Partnership Interests as compared to any other class of Partnership Interests) in any material respect or (ii) except as permitted under Sections 4.6, 11.1 and 11.2, elect or cause the Partnership to elect a successor general partner of the Partnership.

Section 7.4 Reimbursement of the General Partner

(a) Except as provided in this Section 7.4 and elsewhere in this Agreement, the General Partner shall not be compensated for its services as general partner or managing members of any Group Member.

(b) The General Partner shall be reimbursed on a monthly basis, or such other reasonable basis as the General Partner may determine, for (i) all direct and indirect expenses it incurs or payments it makes on behalf of the Partnership (including salary, bonus, incentive compensation and other amounts paid to any Person including Affiliates of the General Partner to perform services for the Partnership or for the General Partner in the discharge of its duties to the Partnership), and (ii) all other expenses allocable to the Partnership or otherwise incurred by the General Partner in connection with operating the Partnership’s business (including expenses allocated to the General Partner by its Affiliates). The General Partner shall determine the expenses that are allocable to the Partnership. Reimbursements pursuant to this Section 7.4 shall be in addition to any reimbursement to the General Partner as a result of indemnification pursuant to Section 7.7.

A-31

(c) The General Partner and without the approval of the Limited Partners (who shall have no right to vote in respect thereof), may propose and adopt on behalf of the Partnership employee benefit plans, employee programs and employee practices (including plans, programs and practices involving the issuance of Partnership Securities or options to purchase Partnership Securities), or cause the Partnership to issue Partnership Securities in connection with, or pursuant to, any employee benefit plan, employee program or employee practice maintained or sponsored by the General Partner or any one of its Affiliates, in each case for the benefit of employees of the General Partner, any Group Member or any Affiliate, or any of them, in respect of services performed, directly or indirectly, for the benefit of the Partnership or the MLP and its subsidiaries. The Partnership agrees to issue and sell to the General Partner or any of its Affiliates any Partnership Securities that the General Partner or such Affiliates are obligated to provide to any employees pursuant to any such employee benefit plans, employee programs or employee practices. Expenses incurred by the General Partner in connection with any such plans, programs and practices (including the net cost to the General Partner or such Affiliates of Partnership Securities purchased by the General Partner or such Affiliates from the Partnership to fulfill options or awards under such plans, programs and practices) shall be reimbursed in accordance with Section 7.4(b). Any and all obligations of the General Partner under any employee benefit plans, employee programs or employee practices adopted by the General Partner as permitted by this Section 7.4(c) shall constitute obligations of the General Partner hereunder and shall be assumed by any successor General Partner approved pursuant to Section 11.1, 11.2 or 11.4 or the transferee of or successor to all of the General Partner’s General Partner Interest.

Section 7.5 Outside Activities.

(a) After the Closing Date, the General Partner, for so long as it is a General Partner of the Partnership (i) agrees that its sole business will be to act as a general partner or managing member of the Partnership and any other partnership or limited liability company of which the Partnership is, directly or indirectly, a partner or member and to undertake activities that are ancillary or related thereto (including being a limited partner in the Partnership) and (ii) shall not engage in any business or activity or incur any debts or liabilities except in connection with or incidental to (A) its performance as general partner or managing member of one or more Group Members or as described in or contemplated by the Registration Statement or (B) the acquiring, owning or disposing of debt or equity securities in any Group Member.

(b) Except as specifically restricted by Section 7.5(a), each Indemnitee (other than the General Partner) shall have the right to engage in businesses of every type and description and other activities for profit and to engage in and possess an interest in other business ventures of any and every type or description, whether in businesses engaged in or anticipated to be engaged in by any Group Member, independently or with others, including business interests and activities in direct competition with the business and activities of any Group Member, and none of the same shall constitute a breach of this Agreement or any duty express or implied by law to any Group Member or any Partner. Neither any Group Member, any Limited Partner nor any other Person shall have any rights by virtue of this Agreement, the MLP Agreement or the partnership relationship established hereby or thereby in any business ventures of any Indemnitee.

(c) Subject to the terms of Section 7.5(a) and Section 7.5(b), but otherwise notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, (i) the engaging in competitive activities by any Indemnitees (other than the General Partner) in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7.5 is hereby approved by the Partnership and all Partners, (ii) it shall be deemed not to be a breach of the General Partner’s fiduciary duties or any other obligation of any type whatsoever of the General Partner for the Indemnitees (other than the General Partner) to engage in such business interests and activities in preference to or to the exclusion of the Partnership and (iii) the General Partner and the Indemnities shall have no obligation to present business opportunities to the Partnership.

(d) The General Partner and any of its Affiliates may acquire Units or other Partnership Securities in addition to those acquired on the Closing Date and, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, shall be entitled to exercise all rights of a General Partner or Limited Partner, as applicable, relating to such Units or Partnership Securities.

A-32

(e) The term “Affiliates” when used in Section 7.5(a) and Section 7.5(d) with respect to the General Partner shall not include any Group Member or any Subsidiary of the Group Member.

(f) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, to the extent that provisions of Sections 7.7, 7.8, 7.9, 7.10 or other Sections of this Agreement purport or are interpreted to have the effect of restricting the fiduciary duties that might otherwise, as a result of Delaware or other applicable law, be owed by the General Partner to the Partnership and its Limited Partners, or to constitute a waiver or consent by the Limited Partners to any such restriction, such provisions shall be inapplicable and have no effect in determining whether the General Partner has complied with their fiduciary duties in connection with determinations made by it under this Section 7.5.

Section 7.6 Loans from the General Partner; Loans or Contributions from the Partnership; Contracts with Affiliates; Certain Restrictions on the General Partner.

(a) The General Partner or any of its Affiliates may lend to any Group Member, and any Group Member may borrow from the General Partner or any of its Affiliates, funds needed or desired by the Group Member for such periods of time and in such amounts as the General Partner may determine; provided, however, that in any such case the lending party may not charge the borrowing party interest at a rate greater than the rate that would be charged the borrowing party or impose terms less favorable to the borrowing party than would be charged or imposed on the borrowing party by unrelated lenders on comparable loans made on an arm’s-length basis (without reference to the lending party’s financial abilities or guarantees) all as determined by the General Partner. The borrowing party shall reimburse the lending party for any costs (other than any additional interest costs) incurred by the lending party in connection with the borrowing of such funds. For purposes of this Section 7.6(a) and Section 7.6(b), the term “Group Member” shall include any Affiliate of a Group Member that is controlled by the Group Member. No Group Member may lend funds to a General Partner or any of its Affiliates (other than another Group Member).

(b) The Partnership may lend or contribute to any Group Member, and any Group Member may borrow from the Partnership, funds on terms and conditions determined by the General Partner; provided, however, that the Partnership may not charge the Group Member interest at a rate less than the rate that would be charged to the Group Member (without reference to the General Partner’s financial abilities or guarantees) by unrelated lenders on comparable loans. The foregoing authority shall be exercised by the General Partner in its sole discretion and shall not create any right or benefit. in favor of any Group Member or any other Person.

(c) The General Partner may itself, or may enter into an agreement with any of its Affiliates to, render services to a Group Member or to the General Partner in the discharge of its duties as general partner of the Partnership. Any services rendered to a Group Member by the General Partner or any of its Affiliates shall be on terms that are fair and reasonable to the Partnership; provided, however, that the requirements of this Section 7.6(c) shall be deemed satisfied as to (i) any transaction approved by Special Approval, (ii) any transaction, the terms of which are no less favorable to the Partnership than those generally being provided to or available from unrelated third parties or (iii) any transaction that, taking into account the totality of the relationships between the parties involved (including other transactions that may be particularly favorable or advantageous to the Partnership), is equitable to the Partnership. The provisions of Section 7.4 shall apply to the rendering of services described in this Section 7.6(c).

(d) The Partnership may transfer assets to joint ventures, other partnerships, corporations, limited liability companies or other business entities in which it is or thereby becomes a participant upon such terms and subject to such conditions as are consistent with this Agreement and applicable law.

(e) Neither the General Partner nor any of its Affiliates shall sell, transfer or convey any property to, or purchase any property from, the Partnership, directly or indirectly, except pursuant to transactions that are fair and reasonable to the Partnership; provided, however, that the requirements of this Section 7.6(e) shall be

A-33

deemed to be satisfied as to (i) the transactions effected pursuant to Sections 5.2 and 5.3 and any other transactions described in or contemplated by the Registration Statement, (ii) any transaction approved by Special Approval, (iii) any transaction, the terms of which are no less favorable to the Partnership than those generally being provided to or available from unrelated third parties, or (iv) any transaction that, taking into account the totality of the relationships between the parties involved (including other transactions that may be particularly favorable or advantageous to the Partnership), is equitable to the Partnership. With respect to any contribution of assets to the Partnership in exchange for Partnership Securities, the Conflicts Committee, in determining whether the appropriate number of Partnership Securities are being issued, may take into account, among other things, the fair market value of the assets, the liquidated and contingent liabilities assumed, the tax basis in the assets, the extent to which tax-only allocations to the transferor will protect the existing partners of the Partnership against a low tax basis, and such other factors as the Conflicts Committee deems relevant under the circumstances.

(f) The General Partner and its Affiliates will have no obligation to permit any Group Member to use any facilities or assets of the General Partner and its Affiliates, except as may be provided in contracts entered into from time to time specifically dealing with such use, nor shall there be any obligation on the part of the General Partner or its Affiliates to enter into such contracts.

(g) Without limitation of Sections 7.6(a) through 7.6(f), and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the existence of the conflicts of interest described in the Registration Statement are hereby approved by all Partners.

Section 7.7 Indemnification.

(a) To the fullest extent permitted by law but subject to the limitations expressly provided in this Agreement, all Indemnitees shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Partnership from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, joint or several, expenses (including legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, penalties, interest, settlements or other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which any Indemnitee may be involved, or is threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, by reason of its status as an Indemnitee; provided, that the Indemnitee shall not be indemnified and held harmless if there has been a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that, in respect of the matter for which the Indemnitee is seeking indemnification pursuant to this Section 7.7, the Indemnitee acted in bad faith or engaged in fraud, willful misconduct, or in the case of a criminal matter, acted with knowledge that the Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful; provided, further, no indemnification pursuant to this Section 7.7 shall be available to the General Partner or its Affiliates (other than a Group Member) with respect to its or their obligations incurred pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement (other than obligations incurred by the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership). Any indemnification pursuant to this Section 7.7 shall be made only out of the assets of the Partnership, it being agreed that the General Partner shall not be personally liable for such indemnification and shall have no obligation to contribute or loan any monies or property to the Partnership to enable it to effectuate such indemnification.

(b) To the fullest extent permitted by law, expenses (including legal fees and expenses) incurred by an Indemnitee who is indemnified pursuant to Section 7.7(a) in defending any claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding shall, from time to time, be advanced by the Partnership prior to a determination that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified upon receipt by the Partnership of any undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay such amount if it shall be determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized in this Section 7.7.

(c) The indemnification provided by this Section 7.7 shall be in addition to any other rights to which an Indemnitee may be entitled under any agreement, pursuant to any vote of the holders of Outstanding Limited Partner Interests, as a matter of law or otherwise, both as to actions in the Indemnitee’s capacity as an Indemnitee and as to actions in any other capacity (including any capacity under the Underwriting Agreement), and shall

A-34

continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to serve in such capacity and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, successors, assigns and administrators of the Indemnitee.

(d) The Partnership may purchase and maintain (or reimburse the General Partner or its Affiliates for the cost of) insurance, on behalf of the General Partner, its Affiliates and such other Persons as the General Partner shall determine, against any liability that may be asserted against, or expense that may be incurred by, such Person in connection with the Partnership’s activities or such Person’s activities on behalf of the Partnership, regardless of whether the Partnership would have the power to indemnify such Person against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement.

(e) For purposes of this Section 7.7, the Partnership shall be deemed to have requested an Indemnitee to serve as fiduciary of an employee benefit plan whenever the performance by it of its duties to the Partnership also imposes duties on, or otherwise involves services by, it to the plan or participants or beneficiaries of the plan; excise taxes assessed on an Indemnitee with respect to an employee benefit plan pursuant to applicable law shall constitute “fines” within the meaning of Section 7.7(a); and action taken or omitted by it with respect to any employee benefit plan in the performance of its duties for a purpose reasonably believed by it to be in the best interest of the participants and beneficiaries of the plan shall be deemed to be for a purpose that is in the best interests of the Partnership.

(f) In no event may an Indemnitee subject the Limited Partners to personal liability by reason of the indemnification provisions set forth in this Agreement.

(g) An Indemnitee shall not be denied indemnification in whole or in part under this Section 7.7 because the Indemnitee had an interest in the transaction with respect to which the indemnification applies if the transaction was otherwise permitted by the terms of this Agreement.

(h) The provisions of this Section 7.7 are for the benefit of the Indemnitees, their heirs, successors, assigns and administrators and shall not be deemed to create any rights for the benefit of any other Persons.

(i) No amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 7.7 or any provision hereof shall in any manner terminate, reduce or impair the right of any past, present or future Indemnitee to be indemnified by the Partnership, nor the obligations of the Partnership to indemnify any such Indemnitee under and in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7.7 as in effect immediately prior to such amendment, modification or repeal with respect to claims arising from or relating to matters occurring, in whole or-in part, prior to such amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of when such claims may arise or be asserted.

Section 7.8 Liability of Indemnitees.

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, no Indemnitee shall be liable for monetary damages to the Partnership, the Limited Partners or any other Persons who have acquired interests in the Partnership Securities, for losses sustained or liabilities incurred as a result of any act or omission of an Indemnitee unless there has been a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that, in respect of the matter in question, the Indemnitee acted in bad faith or engaged in fraud, willful misconduct or, in the case of a criminal matter, acted with knowledge that the Indemnitee’s conduct was criminal.

(b) Subject to its obligations and duties as General Partner set forth in Section 7.1(a), the General Partner may exercise any of the powers granted to it by this Agreement and perform any of the duties imposed upon it hereunder either directly or by or through its agents, and the General Partner shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any such agent appointed by the General Partner in good faith.

(c) To the extent that, at law or in equity, an Indemnitee has duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating thereto to the Partnership or to the Partners, the General Partner and any other Indemnitee acting in

A-35

connection with the Partnership’s business or affairs shall not be liable to the Partnership or to any Partner for its good faith reliance on the provisions of this Agreement.

(d) Any amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 7.8 or any provision hereof shall be prospective only and shall not in any way affect the limitations on the liability of the Indemnitees under this Section 7.8 as in effect immediately prior to such amendment, modification or repeal with respect to claims arising from or relating to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of when such claims may arise or be asserted.

Section 7.9 Resolution of Conflicts of Interest; Standards of Conduct and Modification of Duties.

(a) Unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, whenever a potential conflict of interest exists or arises between the General Partner or any of its Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Partnership, any Group Member or any Partner, on the other, any resolution or course of action by the General Partner or its Affiliates in respect of such conflict of interest shall be permitted and deemed approved by all Partners, and shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement, or any agreement contemplated herein or therein, or of any duty stated or implied by law or equity, if the resolution or course of action in respect of such conflict of interest is (i) approved by Special Approval, (ii) approved by the vote of a majority of the Common Units (excluding Common Units owned by the General Partner and its Affiliates, (iii) on terms no less favorable to the Partnership than those generally being provided to or available from unrelated third parties or (iv) fair and reasonable to the Partnership, taking into account the totality of the relationships between the parties involved (including other transactions that may be particularly favorable or advantageous to the Partnership). The General Partner shall be authorized but not required in connection with its resolution of such conflict of interest to seek Special Approval of such resolution, and the General Partner may also adopt a resolution or course of action that has not received Special Approval. If Special Approval is not sought and the Board of Directors of the General Partner determines that the resolution or course of action taken with respect to a conflict of interest satisfies either of the standards set forth in clauses (iii) or (iv) above, then it shall be presumed that, in making its decision, the Board of Directors acted in good faith, and in any proceeding brought by any Limited Partner or by or on behalf of such Limited Partner or any other Limited Partner or the Partnership challenging such approval, the Person bringing or prosecuting such proceeding shall have the burden of overcoming such presumption. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the existence of the conflicts of interest described in the Registration Statement are hereby approved by all Partners.

(b) Whenever the General Partner makes a determination or takes or declines to take any other action, or any of its Affiliates causes it to do so, in its capacity as the general partner of the Partnership as opposed to in its individual capacity, whether under this Agreement, or any other agreement contemplated hereby or otherwise, then unless another express standard is provided for in this Agreement, the General Partner, or such Affiliates causing it to do so, shall make such determination or take or decline to take such other action in good faith and shall not be subject to any other or different standards imposed by this Agreement, any other agreement contemplated hereby or under the Delaware Act or any other law, rule or regulation. In order for a determination or other action to be in “good faith” for purposes of this Agreement, the Person or Persons making such determination or taking or declining to take such other action must believe that the determination or other action is in the best interests of the Partnership.

(c) Whenever the General Partner makes a determination or takes or declines to take any other action, or any of its Affiliates causes it to do so, in its individual capacity as opposed to in its capacity as a general partner of the Partnership, whether under this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated hereby or otherwise, then the General Partner, or such Affiliates causing it to do so, are entitled to make such determination or to take or decline to take such other action free of any fiduciary duty or obligation whatsoever to the Partnership, any Limited Partner, and the General Partner, or such Affiliates causing it to do so, shall not be required to act in good faith or pursuant to any other standard imposed by this Agreement, any other agreement contemplated hereby or under the Delaware Act or any other law, rule or regulation. By way of illustration and not of

A-36

limitation, whenever the phrase, “at the option of the General Partner,” or some variation of that phrase, is used in this Agreement, it indicates that the General Partner is acting in its individual capacity.

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the General Partner and its Affiliates shall have no duty or obligation, express or implied, to (i) sell or otherwise dispose of any asset of the Partnership Group other than in the ordinary course of business or (ii) permit any Group Member to use any facilities or assets of the General Partner and its Affiliates, except as may be provided in contracts entered into from time to time specifically dealing with such use. Any determination by the General Partner or any of its Affiliates to enter into such contracts shall be at its option.

(e) Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, neither the General Partner nor any other Indemnitee shall have any duties or liabilities, including fiduciary duties, to the Partnership or any Limited Partner and the provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that they restrict or otherwise modify the duties and liabilities, including fiduciary duties, of the General Partner or any other Indemnitee otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the Partners to replace such other duties and liabilities of the General Partner or such other Indemnitee.

(f) The Unitholders hereby authorize the General Partner, on behalf of the Partnership as a partner or member of a Group Member, to approve of actions by the general partner or managing member of such Group Member similar to those actions permitted to be taken by the General Partner pursuant to this Section 7.9.

Section 7.10 Other Matters Concerning the General Partner.

(a) The General Partner may rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, bond, debenture or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties.

(b) The General Partner may consult with legal counsel, accountants, appraisers, management consultants, investment bankers and other consultants and advisers selected by it, and any act taken or omitted to be taken in reliance upon the opinion (including an Opinion of Counsel) of such Persons as to matters that the General Partner reasonably believes to be within such Person’s professional or expert competence shall be conclusively presumed to have been done or omitted in good faith and in accordance with such opinion.

(c) The General Partner shall have the right, in respect of any of its powers or obligations hereunder, to act through any of its duly authorized officers, a duly appointed attorney or attorneys-in-fact or the duly authorized officers of the Partnership.

Section 7.11 Purchase or Sale of Partnership Securities.

The General Partner may cause the Partnership to purchase or otherwise acquire Partnership Securities. As long as Partnership Securities are held by any Group Member, such Partnership Securities shall not be considered Outstanding for any purpose, except as otherwise provided herein. The General Partner or any of its Affiliates may also purchase or otherwise acquire and sell or otherwise dispose of Partnership Securities for their own account, subject to the provisions of Articles IV and X.

Section 7.12 [Reserved]

Section 7.13 Reliance by Third Parties.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, any Person dealing with the Partnership shall be entitled to assume that the General Partner and any officer of the General Partner authorized by the General Partner to act on behalf of and in the name of the Partnership has full power and authority to encumber, sell or otherwise use in any manner any and all assets of the Partnership and to enter into any authorized contracts on

A-37

behalf of the Partnership, and such Person shall be entitled to deal with the General Partner or any such officer as if it were the Partnership’s sole party in interest, both legally and beneficially. Each Limited Partner hereby waives any and all defenses or other remedies that may be available against such Person to contest, negate or disaffirm any action of the General Partner or any such officer in connection with any such dealing. In no event shall any Person dealing with the General Partner or any such officer or its representatives be obligated to ascertain that the terms of the Agreement have been complied with or to inquire into the necessity or expedience of any act or action of the General Partner or any such officer or its representatives. Each and every certificate, document or other instrument executed on behalf of the Partnership by the General Partner or its representatives shall be conclusive evidence in favor of any and every Person relying thereon or claiming thereunder that (a) at the time of the execution and delivery of such certificate, document or instrument, this Agreement was in full force and effect, (b) the Person executing and delivering such certificate, document or instrument was duly authorized and empowered to do so for and on behalf of the Partnership and (c) such certificate, document or instrument was duly executed and delivered in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement and is binding upon the Partnership.

ARTICLE VIII

BOOKS, RECORDS, ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS

Section 8.1 Records and Accounting.

The General Partner shall keep or cause to be kept at the principal office of the Partnership appropriate books and records with respect to the Partnership’s business, including all books and records necessary to provide to the Limited Partners any information required to be provided pursuant to Section 3.4(a). Any books and records maintained by or on behalf of the Partnership in the regular course of its business, including the record of the Record Holders of Units or other Partnership Securities, books of account and records of Partnership proceedings, may be kept on, or be in the form of, computer disks, hard drives, punch cards, magnetic tape, photographs, micrographics or any other information storage device; provided, that the books and records so maintained are convertible into clearly legible written form within a reasonable period of time. The books of the Partnership shall be maintained, for financial reporting purposes, on an accrual basis in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

Section 8.2 Fiscal Year.

The fiscal year of the Partnership shall be a fiscal year ending September 30.

Section 8.3 Reports.

(a) As soon as practicable, but in no event later than 120 days after the close of each fiscal year of the Partnership, the General Partner shall cause to be furnished to each Record Holder of a Unit as of a date selected by the General Partner, an annual report containing financial statements of the Partnership for such fiscal year of the Partnership, presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP, including a balance sheet and statements of operations, Partnership equity and cash flows, such statements to be audited by a firm of independent public accountants selected by the General Partner.

(b) As soon as practicable, but in no event later than 90 days after the close of each Quarter except the last Quarter of each fiscal year, the General Partner shall cause to be mailed or furnished to each Record Holder of a Unit, as of a date selected by the General Partner, a report containing unaudited financial statements of the Partnership and such other information as may be required by applicable law, regulation or rule of any National Securities Exchange on which the Units are listed for trading, or as the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate.

A-38

ARTICLE IX

TAX MATTERS

Section 9.1 Tax Returns and Information.

The Partnership shall timely file all returns of the Partnership that are required for federal, state and local income tax purposes on the basis of the accrual method and a taxable year ending on December 31. The tax information reasonably required by Record Holders for federal and state income tax reporting purposes with respect to a taxable year shall be furnished to them within 90 days of the close of the calendar year in which the Partnership’s taxable year ends. The classification, realization and recognition of income, gain, losses and deductions and other items shall be on the accrual method of accounting for federal income tax purposes.

Section 9.2 Tax Elections.

(a) The Partnership shall make the election under Section 754 of the Code in accordance with applicable regulations thereunder, subject to the reservation of the right to seek to revoke any such election upon the General Partner’s determination that such revocation is in the best interests of the Limited Partners. Notwithstanding any other provision herein contained, for the purposes of computing the adjustments under Section 743(b) of the Code, the General Partner shall be authorized (but not required) to adopt a convention whereby the price paid by a transferee of a Limited Partner Interest will be deemed to be the lowest quoted closing price of the Limited Partner Interests on any National Securities Exchange on which such Limited Partner Interests are traded during the calendar month in which such transfer is deemed to occur pursuant to Section 6.2(g) without regard to the actual price paid by such transferee.

(b) Except as otherwise provided herein, the General Partner shall determine whether the Partnership should make any other elections permitted by the Code.

Section 9.3 Tax Controversies.

Subject to the provisions hereof, the General Partner is designated as the Tax Matters Partner (as defined in the Code) and is authorized and required to represent the Partnership (at the Partnership’s expense) in connection with all examinations of the Partnership’s affairs by tax authorities, including resulting administrative and judicial proceedings, and to expend Partnership funds for professional services and costs associated therewith. Each Partner agrees to cooperate with the General Partner and to do or refrain from doing any or all things reasonably required by the General Partner to conduct such proceedings.

Section 9.4 Withholding.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the General Partner is authorized to take any action that may be required to be necessary or appropriate to cause the Partnership to comply with any withholding requirements established under the Code or any other federal, state or local law including, without limitation, pursuant to Sections 1441, 1442, 1445 and 1446 of the Code. To the extent that the Partnership is required or elects to withhold and pay over to any taxing authority any amount resulting from the allocation or distribution of income to any Partner (including, without limitation, by reason of Section 1446 of the Code), the General Partner may treat the amount withheld as a distribution of cash pursuant to Section 6.3 in the amount of such withholding from such Partner.

ARTICLE X

ADMISSION OF PARTNERS

Section 10.1 Admission of Initial Limited Partners.

(a) A Person shall be admitted as a Limited Partner and shall become bound at any time there are no Limited Partners, unless the Partnership is continued without dissolution in accordance with the Delaware Act.

A-39

A Person may become a Record Holder without the consent or approval of any of the Partners. A Person may not become a Limited Partner without acquiring an Interest. The rights and obligations of a Person who is a Non citizen Assignee shall be determined in accordance with Section 4.9 hereof.

(b) The name and mailing address of each Limited Partner shall be listed on the books and records of the Partnership maintained for such purpose by the Partnership or the Transfer Agent. The General Partner shall update the books and records of the Partnership from time to time as necessary to reflect accurately the information therein (or shall cause the Transfer Agent to do so, as applicable). A Limited Partner Interest may be represented by a Certificate, as provided in Section 4.1 hereof.

(c) Any transfer of a Limited Partner Interest shall not entitle the transferee to share in the profits and losses, to receive distributions, to receive allocations of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit or any similar item or to any other rights to which the transferor was entitled until the transferee becomes a Limited Partner pursuant to Section 10.1(a).

(d) By acceptance of the transfer of any Limited Partner Interests in accordance with this Section 10.1 or the issuance of any Limited Partner Interests in a merger or consolidation pursuant to Article XIV, and except as provided in Section 4.9, each transferee of a Limited Partner Interest (including any nominee holder or an agent or representative acquiring such Limited Partner Interests for the account of another Person) (i) shall be admitted to the Partnership as a Limited Partner with respect to the Limited Partner Interests so transferred to such Person when any such transfer or admission is reflected in the books and records of the Partnership, with or without execution of this Agreement, (ii) shall become bound by the terms of, and shall be deemed to have executed, this Agreement, (iii) shall become the Record Holder of the Limited Partner Interests so transferred, (iv) represents that the transferee has the capacity, power and authority to enter into this Agreement, (v) grants the powers of attorney set forth in this Agreement and (vi) makes the consents and waivers contained in this Agreement. The transfer of any Limited Partner Interests and the admission of any new Limited Partner shall not constitute and amendment to this Agreement.

Section 10.2 [Reserved].

Section 10.3 Admission of Successor General Partner.

A successor General Partner approved pursuant to Section 11.1 or 11.2 or the transferee of or successor to all of the General Partner Interest pursuant to Section 4.6 who is proposed to be admitted as a successor General Partner shall be admitted to the Partnership as the General Partner effective immediately prior to the withdrawal or removal of the predecessor or transferring General Partner pursuant to Section 11.1 or 11.2 or the transfer of such General Partner’s General Partner Interest pursuant to Section 4.6; provided, however, that no such successor shall be admitted to the Partnership until compliance with the terms of Section 4.6 has occurred and such successor has executed and delivered such other documents or instruments as may be required to effect such admission. Any such successor shall, subject to the terms hereof, carry on the business of the Partnership without dissolution.

Section 10.4 [Reserved].

Section 10.5 Amendment of Agreement and Certificate of Limited Partnership.

To effect the admission to the Partnership of any Partner, the General Partner shall take all steps necessary and appropriate under the Delaware Act to amend the records of the Partnership to reflect such admission and, if necessary, to prepare as soon as practicable an amendment to this Agreement and, if required by law, the General Partner shall prepare and file an amendment to the Certificate of Limited Partnership, and the General Partner may for this purpose, among others, exercise the power of attorney granted pursuant to Section 2.6.

A-40

ARTICLE XI

WITHDRAWAL OR REMOVAL OF PARTNERS

Section 11.1 Withdrawal of the General Partner.

(a) The General Partner shall be deemed to have withdrawn from the Partnership upon the occurrence of any one of the following events (each such event herein referred to as an “Event of Withdrawal”);

(i) The General Partner voluntarily withdraws from the Partnership by giving written notice to the other Partners;

(ii) The General Partner transfers all of its rights as General Partner pursuant to Section 4.6;

(iii) The General Partner is removed pursuant to Section 11.2;

(iv) The General Partner (A) makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (B) files a voluntary bankruptcy petition for relief under Chapter 7 of the United States Bankruptcy Code; (C) files a petition or answer seeking for itself a liquidation, dissolution or similar relief (but not a reorganization) under any law; (D) files an answer or other pleading admitting or failing to contest the material allegations of a petition filed against the General Partner in a proceeding of the type described in clauses (A)-(C) of this Section 11.1(a)(iv); or (E) seeks, consents to or acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee (but not a debtor-in-possession), receiver or liquidator of the General Partner or of all or any substantial part of its properties;

(v) A final and non-appealable order of relief under Chapter 7 of the United States Bankruptcy Code is entered by a court with appropriate jurisdiction pursuant to a voluntary or involuntary petition by or against the General Partner; or

(vi) (A) in the event the General Partner is a corporation, a certificate of dissolution or its equivalent is filed for the General Partner, or 90 days expire after the date of notice to the General Partner of revocation of its charter without a reinstatement of its charter, under the laws of its state of incorporation; (B) in the event the General Partner is a partnership or a limited liability company, the dissolution and commencement of winding up of the General Partner; (C) in the event the General Partner is acting in such capacity by virtue of being a trustee of a trust, the termination of the trust; (D) in the event the General Partner is a natural person, his death or adjudication of incompetency; and (E) otherwise in the event of the termination of the General Partner.

If an Event of Withdrawal specified in Section 11.1(a)(iv), (v) or (vi)(A), (B), (C) or (E) occurs, the withdrawing General Partner shall give notice to the Limited Partners within 30 days after such occurrence. The Partners hereby agree that only the Events of Withdrawal described in this Section 11.1 shall result in the withdrawal of the General Partner from the Partnership.

Withdrawal of the General Partner from the Partnership upon the occurrence of an Event of Withdrawal shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement under the following circumstances: (i) at any time during the period beginning on the Closing Date and ending at 12:00 midnight, Eastern Standard Time, on March 31, 2015, the General Partner voluntarily withdraws by giving at least 90 days’ advance notice of its intention to withdraw to the Limited Partners; provided that prior to the effective date of such withdrawal, the withdrawal is approved by Unitholders holding at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units (excluding Common Units held by the General Partner and its Affiliates) and the General Partner delivers to the Partnership an Opinion of Counsel (“Withdrawal Opinion of Counsel”) that such withdrawal (following the selection of the successor General Partner) would not result in the loss of the limited liability of any Limited Partner or cause the Partnership or the MLP to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise to be taxed as an entity for federal income tax purposes (to the extent not previously treated as such); (ii) at any time after 12:00 midnight, Eastern Standard Time, on March 31, 2015, the General Partner voluntarily withdraws by giving at least 90 days’

A-41

advance notice to the Unitholders, such withdrawal to take effect on the date specified in such notice; (iii) at any time that the General Partner ceases to be the General Partner pursuant to Section 11.1(a)(ii) or is removed pursuant to Section 11.2; or (iv) notwithstanding clause (i) of this sentence, at any time that the General Partner voluntarily withdraws by giving at least 90 days’ advance notice of its intention to withdraw to the Limited Partners, such withdrawal to take effect on the date specified in the notice, if at the time such notice is given one Person and its Affiliates (other than the General Partner and its Affiliates) own beneficially or of record or control at least 50% of the Outstanding Units. The withdrawal of the General Partner from the Partnership upon the occurrence of an Event of Withdrawal shall also constitute the withdrawal of the General Partner as general partner or managing member, to the extent applicable, of the other Group Members. If the General Partner gives a notice of withdrawal pursuant to Section 11.1(a)(i), the holders of a majority of outstanding Units, may, prior to the effective date of such withdrawal, elect a successor General Partner. The Person so elected as successor General Partner shall automatically become the successor general partner or managing member, to the extent applicable, of the other Group Members of which the General Partner is a general partner or a managing member. If, prior to the effective date of the General Partner’s withdrawal pursuant to Section 11.1(a)(i), a successor is not selected by the Unitholders as provided herein or the Partnership does not receive a Withdrawal Opinion of Counsel, the Partnership shall be dissolved in accordance with Section 12.1. Any successor General Partner elected in accordance with the terms of this Section 11.1 shall be subject to the provisions of Section 10.3.

Section 11.2 Removal of the General Partner.

The General Partner may be removed if such removal is approved by the Unitholders holding at least 66 ²/3% of the Outstanding Units (including Units held by the General Partner and its Affiliates). Any such action by such holders for removal of the General Partner must also provide for the election of a successor General Partner by the Unitholders holding a majority of outstanding Units (including Units held by the General Partner and its Affiliates). Such removal shall be effective immediately following the admission of a successor General Partner pursuant to Section 10.3. The removal of the General Partner shall also automatically constitute the removal of the General Partner as general partner or managing member, to the extent applicable, of the other Group Members of which the General Partner is a general partner or a managing member. If a Person is elected as a successor General Partner in accordance with the terms of this Section 11.2, such Person shall, upon admission pursuant to Section 10.3, automatically become a successor general partner or managing member, to the extent applicable, of the other Group Members of which the General Partner is a general partner or a managing member. The right of the holders of Outstanding Units to remove the General Partner shall not exist or be exercised unless the Partnership has received an opinion opining as to the matters covered by a Withdrawal Opinion of Counsel. Any successor General Partner elected in accordance with the terms of this Section 11.2 shall be subject to the provisions of Section 10.3.

Section 11.3 Interest of Departing General Partner and Successor General Partner.

(a) In the event of (i) withdrawal of a General Partner under circumstances where such withdrawal does not violate this Agreement or (ii) removal of the General Partner by the holders of Outstanding Units under circumstances where Cause does not exist, if a successor General Partner is elected in accordance with the terms of Section 11.1, 11.2 or 11.4, the Departing General Partner shall have the option exercisable prior to the effective date of the departure of such Departing General Partner to require its successor to purchase (x) its General Partner Interest and (y) its general partner interest (or equivalent interest), if any, in the other Group Members ((x) and (y) collectively, the “Combined Interest”) in exchange for an amount in cash equal to the fair market value of such Combined Interest, such amount to be determined and payable as of the effective date of its departure. If the General Partner is removed by the Unitholders under circumstances where Cause exists or if the General Partner withdraws under circumstances where such withdrawal violates this Agreement, and if a successor General Partner is elected in accordance with the terms of Section 11.1 or 11.2, such successor shall have the option, exercisable prior to the effective date of the departure of such Departing General Partner, to purchase the Combined Interest of the Departing General Partner for such fair market value of such Combined

A-42

Interest of the Departing General Partner. In either event, the Departing General Partner shall be entitled to receive all reimbursements due such Departing General Partner pursuant to Section 7.4, including any employee-related liabilities (including severance liabilities), incurred in connection with the termination of any employees employed by the General Partner for the benefit of the Partnership or the other Group Members.

For purposes of this Section 11.3(a), the fair market value of a Departing General Partner’s Combined Interest shall be determined by agreement between the Departing General Partner and its successor or, failing agreement within 30 days after the effective date of such Departing General Partner’s departure, by an independent investment banking firm or other independent expert selected by the Departing General Partner and its successor, which, in turn, may rely on other experts, and the determination of which shall be conclusive as to such matter. If such parties cannot agree upon one independent investment banking firm or other independent expert within 45 days after the effective date of such departure, then the Departing General Partner shall designate an independent investment banking firm or other independent expert, the Departing General Partner’s successor shall designate an independent investment banking firm or other independent expert, and such firms or experts shall mutually select a third independent investment banking firm or independent expert, which third independent investment banking firm or other independent expert shall determine the fair market value of the Combined Interest of the Departing General Partner. In making its determination, such third independent investment banking firm or other independent expert may consider the then current trading price of Units on any National Securities Exchange on which Units are then listed, the value of the Partnership’s assets, the rights and obligations of the Departing General Partner and other factors it may deem relevant.

(b) If the Combined Interest is not purchased in the manner set forth in Section 11.3(a), the Departing General Partner (or its transferee) shall become a Limited Partner and its Combined Interest shall be converted into Common Units pursuant to a valuation made by an investment banking firm or other independent expert selected pursuant to Section 11.3(a), without reduction in such Partnership Interest (but subject to proportionate dilution by reason of the admission of its successor). Any successor General Partner shall indemnify the Departing General Partner (or its transferee) as to all debts and liabilities of the Partnership arising on or after the date on which the Departing General Partner (or its transferee) becomes a Limited Partner. For purposes of this Agreement, conversion of the Combined Interest of the Departing General Partner to Common Units will be characterized as if such General Partner (or its transferee) contributed its Combined Interest to the Partnership in exchange for the newly issued Common Units.

Section 11.4 [Reserved].

Section 11.5 [Reserved].

Section 11.6 Withdrawal of Limited Partners.

No Limited Partner shall have any right to withdraw from the Partnership; provided, however, that when a transferee of a Limited Partner’s Limited Partner Interest becomes a Record Holder of the Limited Partner Interest so transferred, such transferring Limited Partner shall cease to be a Limited Partner with respect to the Limited Partner Interest so transferred.

A-43

ARTICLE XII

DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION

Section 12.1 Dissolution.

The Partnership shall not be dissolved by the admission of additional Limited Partners or by the admission of a successor General Partner in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Upon the removal or withdrawal of the General Partner, if a successor General Partner is elected pursuant to Section 11.1 or 11.2, the Partnership shall not be dissolved and such successor General Partner shall continue the business of the Partnership. The Partnership shall dissolve, and (subject to Section 12.2) its affairs shall be wound up, upon:

(a) an Event of Withdrawal of the General Partner as provided in Section 11.1(a) (other than Section 11.1(a)(ii)), unless a successor is elected and an Opinion of Counsel is received as provided in Section 11.1(b) or 11.2 and such successor is admitted to the Partnership pursuant to Section 10.3;

(b) an election to dissolve the Partnership by the General Partner that is approved by the holders of a majority of outstanding Units;

(c) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Partnership pursuant to the provisions of the Delaware Act; or

(d) at any time there are no Limited Partners, unless the Partnership is continued without dissolution in accordance with the Delaware act. [Delaware counsel recommends getting rid of sale of substantially all the assets giving rise to a dissolution since it is not required by the statute and because a Delaware court might require dissolution upon a sale of 51% of the assets.]

Section 12.2 Continuation of the Business of the Partnership After Dissolution.

Upon (a) dissolution of the Partnership following an Event of Withdrawal caused by the withdrawal or removal of the General Partner as provided in Section 11.1(a)(i) or (iii) and the failure of the Partners to select a successor to such Departing General Partner pursuant to Section 11.1 or 11.2, then within 90 days thereafter, or (b) dissolution of the Partnership upon an event constituting an Event of Withdrawal as defined in Section 11.1(a)(iv), (v) or (vi), then, to the maximum extent permitted by law, within 180 days thereafter, the holders of a majority of outstanding Units may elect to continue the business or the Partnership on the same terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement by appointing as a the successor General Partner a Person approved by the holders of a majority of outstanding Units. Unless such an election is made within the applicable time period as set forth above, the Partnership shall conduct only activities necessary to wind up its affairs. If such an election is so made, then:

(i) the Partnership shall continue without dissolution unless earlier dissolved in accordance with this Article XII;

(ii) if the successor General Partner is not the former General Partner, then the interest of the former General Partner shall be treated in the manner provided in Section 11.3; and

(iii) the successor General Partner shall be admitted to the Partnership as General Partner, effective as of the Event of Withdrawal, by agreeing in writing to be bound by this Agreement; provided, that the right of the holders of a majority of outstanding Units to approve a successor General Partner and to reconstitute and to continue the business of the Partnership shall not exist and may not be exercised unless the Partnership has received an Opinion of Counsel that (x) the exercise of the right would not result in the loss of limited liability of any Limited Partner and (y) neither the Partnership nor the MLP would be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise be taxable as an entity for federal income tax purposes upon the exercise of such right to continue (to the extent not already so treated or taxed).

A-44

Section 12.3 Liquidator.

Upon dissolution of the Partnership, unless the Partnership is continued pursuant to Section 12.2, the General Partner shall select one or more Persons to act as Liquidator. The Liquidator (if other than the General Partner) shall be entitled to receive such compensation for its services as may be approved by holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units voting as a single class. The Liquidator (if other than the General Partner) shall agree not to resign at any time without 15 days’ prior notice and may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by notice of removal approved by holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units voting as a single class. Upon dissolution, removal or resignation of the Liquidator, a successor and substitute Liquidator (who shall have and succeed to all rights, powers and duties of the original Liquidator) shall within 30 days thereafter be approved by holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units voting as a single class. The right to approve a successor or substitute Liquidator in the manner provided herein shall be deemed to refer also to any such successor or substitute Liquidator approved in the manner herein provided. Except as expressly provided in this Article XII, the Liquidator approved in the manner provided herein shall have and may exercise, without further authorization or consent of any of the parties hereto, all of the powers conferred upon the General Partner under the terms of this Agreement (but subject to all of the applicable limitations, contractual and otherwise, upon the exercise of such powers, other than the limitation on sale set forth in Section 7.3 necessary or appropriate to carry out the duties and functions of the Liquidator hereunder for and during the period of time required to complete the winding up and liquidation of the Partnership as provided for herein.

Section 12.4 Liquidation.

The Liquidator shall proceed to dispose of the assets of the Partnership, discharge its liabilities, and otherwise wind up its affairs in such manner and over such period as the Liquidator determines to be in the best interest of the Partners, subject to Section 17-804 of the Delaware Act and the following:

(a) Disposition of Assets. The assets may be disposed of by public or private sale or by distribution in kind to one or more Partners on such terms as the Liquidator and such Partner or Partners may agree. If any property is distributed in kind, the Partner receiving the property shall be deemed for purposes of Section 12.4(c) to have received cash equal to its fair market value; and contemporaneously therewith, appropriate cash distributions must be made to the other Partners. The Liquidator may defer liquidation or distribution of the Partnership’s assets for a reasonable time if it determines that an immediate sale or distribution of all or some of the Partnership’s assets would be impractical or would cause undue loss to the Partners. The Liquidator may distribute the Partnership’s assets, in whole or in part, in kind if it determines that a sale would be impractical or would cause undue loss to the Partners.

(b) Discharge of Liabilities. Liabilities of the Partnership include amounts owed to the Liquidator as compensation for serving in such capacity (subject to the terms of Section 12.3) and amounts to Partners otherwise than in respect of their distribution rights under Article VI. With respect to any liability that is contingent, conditional or unmatured or is otherwise not yet due and payable, the Liquidator shall either settle such claim for such amount as it thinks appropriate or establish a reserve of cash or other assets to provide for its payment. When paid, any unused portion of the reserve shall be distributed as additional liquidation proceeds.

(c) Liquidation Distributions. All property and all cash in excess of that required to discharge liabilities as provided in Section 12.4(b) shall be distributed to the Partners in accordance with, and to the extent of, the positive balances in their respective Capital Accounts, as determined after taking into account all Capital Account adjustments (other than those made by reason of distributions pursuant to this Section 12.4(c)) for the taxable year of the Partnership during which the liquidation of the Partnership occurs (with such date of occurrence being determined pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g)), and such distribution shall be made by the end of such taxable year (or, if later, within 90 days after said date of such occurrence).

A-45

Section 12.5 Cancellation of Certificate of Limited Partnership.

Upon the completion of the distribution of Partnership cash and property as provided in Section 12.4 in connection with the liquidation of the Partnership, the Certificate of Limited Partnership and all qualifications of the Partnership as a foreign limited partnership in jurisdictions other than the State of Delaware shall be canceled and such other actions as may be necessary to terminate the Partnership shall be taken.

Section 12.6 Return of Contributions.

The General Partner shall not be personally liable for, and shall have no obligation to contribute or loan any monies or property to the Partnership to enable it to effectuate, the return of the Capital Contributions of the Limited Partners or Unitholders, or any portion thereof, it being expressly understood that any such return shall be made solely from Partnership assets.

Section 12.7 Waiver of Partition.

To the maximum extent permitted by law, each Partner hereby waives any right to partition of the Partnership property.

Section 12.8 Capital Account Restoration.

No Partner shall have any obligation to restore any negative balance in its Capital Account upon liquidation of the Partnership.

ARTICLE XIII

AMENDMENT OF PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT; MEETINGS; RECORD DATE

Section 13.1 Amendments to be Adopted Solely by the General Partner.

Each Partner agrees that the General Partner, without the approval of any Partner, may amend any provision of this Agreement and execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record whatever documents may be required in connection therewith, to reflect:

(a) a change in the name of the Partnership, the location of the principal place of business of the Partnership, the registered agent of the Partnership or the registered office of the Partnership;

(b) the admission, substitution, withdrawal or removal of Partners in accordance with this Agreement;

(c) a change that the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate to qualify or continue the qualification of the Partnership as a limited partnership or a partnership in which the Limited Partners have limited liability under the laws of any state or to ensure that the Group Members will not be treated as associations taxable as corporations or otherwise taxed as entities for federal income tax purposes;

(d) a change that the General Partner determines (i) does not adversely affect the Limited Partners (including any particular class of Partnership Interests as compared to other classes of Partnership Interests) in any material respect, (ii) to be necessary or appropriate to (A) satisfy any requirements, conditions or guidelines contained in any opinion, directive, order, ruling or regulation of any federal or state agency or judicial authority or contained in any federal or state statute (including the Delaware Act) or (B) facilitate the trading of the Limited Partner Interests (including the division of any class or classes of Outstanding Limited Partner Interests into different classes to facilitate uniformity of tax consequences within such classes of Limited Partner Interests) or comply with any rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any National Securities Exchange on which the Limited Partner Interests are or will be listed, (iii) to be necessary or appropriate in connection with action taken by the General Partner pursuant to Section 5.10 or

A-46

(iv) is required to effect the intent expressed in the Registration Statement or the intent of the provisions of this Agreement or is otherwise contemplated by this Agreement;

(e) a change in the fiscal year or taxable year of the Partnership and any other changes that the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate as a result of a change in the fiscal year or taxable year of the Partnership including, if the General Partner shall so determine, a change in the definition of “Quarter” and the dates on which distributions are to be made by the Partnership;

(f) an amendment that is necessary, in the Opinion of Counsel, to prevent the Partnership, or the General Partner or its directors, officers, trustees or agents from in any manner being subjected to the provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, or “plan asset” regulations adopted under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, regardless of whether such are substantially similar to plan asset regulations currently applied or proposed by the United States Department of Labor;

(g) an amendment that the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate in connection with the authorization of issuance of any class or series of Partnership Securities pursuant to Section 5.6;

(h) any amendment expressly permitted in this Agreement to be made by the General Partner acting alone;

(i) an amendment effected, necessitated or contemplated by a Merger Agreement approved in accordance with Section 14.3;

(j) an amendment that the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate to reflect and account for the formation by the Partnership of, or investment by the Partnership in, any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other entity, in connection with the conduct by the Partnership of activities permitted by the terms of Section 2.4;

(k) a merger or conveyance pursuant to Section 14.3(d); or

(l) any other amendments substantially similar to the foregoing.

Section 13.2 Amendment Procedures.

Except as provided in Sections 13.1 and 13.3, all amendments to this Agreement shall be made in accordance with the following requirements. Amendments to this Agreement may be proposed only by the General Partner; provided, however that the General Partner shall have no duty or obligation to propose any amendment to this Agreement and may decline to do so free of any fiduciary duty or obligation whatsoever to the Partnership or any Limited Partner and, in declining to propose an amendment, shall not be required to act in good faith or pursuant to any other standard imposed by this Agreement, any other agreement contemplated hereby or under the Delaware Act or any other law, rule or regulation. A proposed amendment shall be effective upon its approval by the General Partner and the holders of a majority of outstanding Units, unless a greater or different percentage is required under this Agreement or by Delaware law. Each proposed amendment that requires the approval of the holders of a specified percentage of Outstanding Units shall be set forth in a writing that contains the text of the proposed amendment. If such an amendment is proposed, the General Partner shall seek the written approval of the requisite percentage of Outstanding Units or call a meeting of the Unitholders to consider and vote on such proposed amendment. The General Partner shall notify all Record Holders upon final adoption of any such proposed amendments.

Section 13.3 Amendment Requirements.

(a) Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 13.1 and 13.2, no provision of this Agreement that establishes a percentage of Outstanding Units (including Units deemed owned by the General Partner) required to

A-47

take any action shall be amended, altered, changed, repealed or rescinded in any respect that would have the effect of reducing such voting percentage unless such amendment is approved by the written consent or the affirmative vote of holders of Outstanding Units whose aggregate Outstanding Units constitute not less than the voting requirement sought to be reduced.

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 13.1 and 13.2, no amendment to this Agreement may (i) enlarge the obligations of any Limited Partner without its consent, unless such shall be deemed to have occurred as a result of an amendment approved pursuant to Section 13.3(c), (ii) enlarge the obligations of, restrict in any way any action by or rights of, or reduce in any way the amounts distributable, reimbursable or otherwise payable to the General Partner or any of its Affiliates without its consent, which consent may be given or withheld at its option, (iii) change Section 12.1(b), or (iv) change the term of the Partnership or, except as set forth in Section 12.1(b), give any Person the right to dissolve the Partnership.

(c) Except as provided in Section 14.3, and without limitation of the General Partner’s authority to adopt amendments to this Agreement without the approval of any Partners as contemplated in Section 13.1, any amendment that would have a material adverse effect on the rights or preferences of any class of Partnership Interests in relation to other classes of Partnership Interests must be approved by the holders of not less than a majority of the Outstanding Partnership Interests of the class affected.

(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, except for amendments pursuant to Section 13.1 and except as otherwise provided by Section 14.3(b), no amendments shall become effective without the approval of the holders of at least 90% of the Outstanding Units voting as a single class unless the Partnership obtains an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such amendment will not affect the limited liability of any Limited Partner under applicable law.

(e) Except as provided in Section 13.1, this Section 13.3 shall only be amended with the approval of the holders of at least 90% of the Outstanding Units.

Section 13.4 Special Meetings.

All acts of Limited Partners to be taken pursuant to this Agreement shall be taken in the manner provided in this Article XIII. Special meetings of the Limited Partners may be called by the General Partner or by Limited Partners owning 20% or more of the Outstanding Partnership Securities of the class or classes for which a meeting is proposed. Limited Partners shall call a special meeting by delivering to the General Partner one or more requests in writing stating that the signing Limited Partners wish to call a special meeting and indicating the general or specific purposes for which the special meeting is to be called. Within 60 days after receipt of such a call from Limited Partners or within such greater time as may be reasonably necessary for the Partnership to comply with any statutes, rules, regulations, listing, agreements or similar requirements governing the holding of a meeting or the solicitation of proxies for use at such a meeting, the General Partner shall send a notice of the meeting to the Limited Partners either directly or indirectly through the Transfer Agent. A meeting shall be held at a time and place determined by the General Partner on a date not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days after the mailing of notice of the meeting. Limited Partners shall not vote on matters that would cause the Limited Partners to be deemed to be taking part in the management and control of the business and affairs of the Partnership so as to jeopardize the Limited Partners’ limited liability under the Delaware Act or the law of any other state in which the Partnership is qualified to do business.

Section 13.5 Notice of a Meeting.

Notice of a meeting called pursuant to Section 13.4 shall be given to the Record Holders of the class or classes of Limited Partner Interests for which a meeting is proposed in writing by mail or other means of written communication in accordance with Section 16.1. The notice shall be deemed to have been given at the time when deposited in the mail or sent by other means of written communication.

A-48

Section 13.6 Record Date.

For purposes of determining the Limited Partners entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the Limited Partners or to give approvals without a meeting as provided in Section 13.11 the General Partner may set a Record Date, which shall not be less than 10 nor more than 60 days before (a) the date of the meeting (unless such requirement conflicts with any rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any National Securities Exchange on which the Limited Partner Interests are listed for trading, in which case the rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of such exchange shall govern) or (b) in the event that approvals are sought without a meeting, the date by which Limited Partners are requested in writing by the General Partner to give such approvals.

Section 13.7 Adjournment.

When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting and a new Record Date need not be fixed, if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken, unless such adjournment shall be for more than 45 days. At the adjourned meeting, the Partnership may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 45 days or if a new Record Date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given in accordance with this Article XIII.

Section 13.8 Waiver of Notice; Approval of Meeting; Approval of Minutes.

The transactions of any meeting of Limited Partners, however called and noticed, and whenever held, shall be as valid as if it had occurred at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum is present, either in person or by proxy, and if, either before or after the meeting, Limited Partners representing such quorum who were present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote, sign a written waiver of notice or an approval of the holding of the meeting or an approval of the minutes thereof. All waivers and approvals shall be filed with the Partnership records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting. Attendance of a Limited Partner at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of the meeting, except when the Limited Partner attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened; and except that attendance at a meeting is not a waiver of any right to disapprove the consideration of matters required to be included in the notice of the meeting, but not so included, if the disapproval is expressly made at the meeting.

Section 13.9 Quorum.

The holders of a majority of the Outstanding Partnership Securities of the class or classes for which a meeting has been called (including Limited Partner Interests deemed owned by the General Partner) represented in person or by proxy shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of Limited Partners of such class or classes unless any such action by the Limited Partners requires approval by holders of a greater percentage of such Limited Partner Interests, in which case the quorum shall be such greater percentage. At any meeting of the Limited Partners duly called and held in accordance with this Agreement at which a quorum is present, the act of Limited Partners holding Outstanding Partnership Securities that in the aggregate represent a majority of the Outstanding Partnership Securities entitled to vote and be present in person or by proxy at such meeting shall be deemed to constitute the act of all Limited Partners, unless a greater or different percentage is required with respect to such action under the provisions of this Agreement, in which case the act of the Limited Partners holding Outstanding Partnership Securities that in the aggregate represent at least such greater or different percentage shall be required. The Limited Partners present at a duly called or held meeting at which a quorum is present may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough Limited Partners to leave less than a quorum, if any action taken (other than adjournment) is approved by the required percentage of Outstanding Partnership Securities specified in this Agreement (including Outstanding Partnership Securities deemed owned by the General Partner). In the absence of a quorum any meeting of Limited Partners may be

A-49

adjourned from time to time by the affirmative vote of holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Partnership Securities entitled to vote at such meeting (including Outstanding Partnership Securities deemed owned by the General Partner) represented either in person or by proxy, but no other business may be transacted, except as provided in Section 13.7.

Section 13.10 Conduct of a Meeting.

The General Partner shall have full power and authority concerning the manner of conducting any meeting of the Limited Partners or solicitation of approvals in writing, including the determination of Persons entitled to vote, the existence of a quorum, the satisfaction of the requirements of Section 13.4, the conduct of voting, the validity and effect of any proxies and the determination of any controversies, votes or challenges arising in connection with or during the meeting or voting. The General Partner shall designate a Person to serve as chairman of any meeting and shall further designate a Person to take the minutes of any meeting. All minutes shall be kept with the records of the Partnership maintained by the General Partner. The General Partner may make such other regulations consistent with applicable law and this Agreement as it may deem advisable concerning the conduct of any meeting of the Limited Partners or solicitation of approvals in writing, including regulations in regard to the appointment of proxies, the appointment and duties of inspectors of votes and approvals, the submission and examination of proxies and other evidence of the right to vote, and the revocation of approvals in writing.

Section 13.11 Action Without a Meeting.

If authorized by the General Partner, any action that may be taken at a meeting of the Limited Partners may be taken without a meeting if an approval in writing setting forth the action so taken is signed by Limited Partners owning not less than the minimum percentage of the Outstanding Limited Partner Interests (including Limited Partner Interests deemed owned by the General Partner) that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all the Limited Partners were present and voted (unless such provision conflicts with any rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any National Securities Exchange on which the Limited Partner Interests are listed for trading, in which case the rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of such exchange shall govern). Prompt notice of the taking of action without a meeting shall be given to the Limited Partners who have not approved in writing. The General Partner may specify that any written ballot submitted to Limited Partners for the purpose of taking any action without a meeting shall be returned to the Partnership within the time period, which shall be not less than 20 days, specified by the General Partner. If a ballot returned to the Partnership does not vote all of the Limited Partner Interests held by the Limited Partners, the Partnership shall be deemed to have failed to receive a ballot for the Limited Partner Interests that were not voted. If approval of the taking of any action by the Limited Partners is solicited by any Person other than by or on behalf of the General Partner, the written approvals shall have no force and effect unless and until (a) they are deposited with the Partnership in care of the General Partner, (b) approvals sufficient to take the action proposed are dated as of a date not more than 90 days prior to the date sufficient approvals are deposited with the Partnership and (c) an Opinion of Counsel is delivered to the General Partner to the effect that the exercise of such right and the action proposed to be taken with respect to any particular matter (i) will not cause the Limited Partners to be deemed to be taking part in the management and control of the business and affairs of the Partnership so as to jeopardize the Limited Partners’ limited liability, and (ii) is otherwise permissible under the state statutes then governing the rights, duties and liabilities of the Partnership and the Partners.

Section 13.12 Voting and Other Rights.

.

(a) Only those Record Holders of the Limited Partner Interests on the Record Date set pursuant to Section 13.6 (and also subject to the limitations contained in the definition of “Outstanding”) shall be entitled to notice of, and to vote at, a meeting of Limited Partners or to act with respect to matters as to which the holders of the

A-50

Outstanding Limited Partner Interests have the right to vote or to act. All references in this Agreement to votes of, or other acts that may be taken by, the Outstanding Limited Partner Interests shall be deemed to be references to the votes or acts of the Record Holders of such Outstanding Limited Partner Interests.

(b) With respect to Limited Partner Interests that are held for a Person’s account by another Person (such as a broker, dealer, bank, trust company or clearing corporation, or an agent of any of the foregoing), in whose name such Limited Partner Interests are registered, such other Person shall, in exercising the voting rights in respect of such Limited Partner Interests on any matter, and unless the arrangement between such Persons provides otherwise, vote such Limited Partner Interests in favor of, and at the direction of, the Person who is the beneficial owner, and the Partnership shall be entitled to assume it is so acting without further inquiry. The provisions of this Section 13.12(b) (as well as all other provisions of this Agreement) are subject to the provisions of Section 4.3.

ARTICLE XIV

MERGER

Section 14.1 Authority.

The Partnership may merge or consolidate with one or more corporations, limited liability companies, business trusts or associations, real estate investment trusts, common law trusts or unincorporated businesses, including a general partnership or limited partnership, formed under the laws of the State of Delaware or any other state of the United States of America, pursuant to a written agreement of merger or consolidation (“Merger Agreement”) in accordance with this Article XIV.

Section 14.2 Procedure for Merger or Consolidation.

Merger or consolidation of the Partnership pursuant to this Article XIV requires the prior approval of the General Partner. If the General Partner shall determine, in the exercise of its discretion, to consent to the merger or consolidation, the General Partner shall approve the Merger Agreement, which shall set forth:

(a) The names and jurisdictions of formation or organization of each of the business entities proposing to merge or consolidate;

(b) The name and jurisdiction of formation or organization of the business entity that is to survive the proposed merger or consolidation (the “Surviving Business Entity”);

(c) The terms and conditions of the proposed merger or consolidation;

(d) The manner and basis of exchanging or converting the equity securities of each constituent business entity for, or into, cash, property or general or limited partner interests, rights, securities or obligations of the Surviving Business Entity; and (i) if any general or limited partner interests, securities or rights of any constituent business entity are not to be exchanged or converted solely for, or into, cash, property or general or limited partner interests, rights, securities or obligations of the Surviving Business Entity, the cash, property or general or limited partner interests, rights, securities or obligations of any limited partnership, corporation, trust or other entity (other than the Surviving Business Entity) which the holders of such general or limited partner interests, securities or rights are to receive in exchange for, or upon conversion of their general or limited partner interests, securities or rights, and (ii) in the case of securities represented by certificates, upon the surrender of such certificates, which cash, property or general or limited partner interests, rights, securities or obligations of the Surviving Business Entity or any general or limited partnership, corporation, trust or other entity (other than the Surviving Business Entity), or evidences thereof, are to be delivered;

A-51

(e) A statement of any changes in the constituent documents or the adoption of new constituent documents (the articles or certificate of incorporation, articles of trust, declaration of trust, certificate or agreement of limited partnership, operating agreement or other similar charter or governing document) of the Surviving Business Entity to be effected by such merger or consolidation;

(f) The effective time of the merger, which may be the date of the filing of the certificate of merger pursuant to Section 14.4 or a later date specified in or determinable in accordance with the Merger Agreement (provided, that if the effective time of the merger is to be later than the date of the filing of the certificate of merger, the effective time shall be fixed no later than the time of the filing of the certificate of merger and stated therein); and

(g) Such other provisions with respect to the proposed merger or consolidation that the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate.

Section 14.3 Approval by Limited Partners of Merger or Consolidation.

.

(a) Except as provided in Section 14.3(d), the General Partner, upon its approval of the Merger Agreement, shall direct that the Merger Agreement be submitted to a vote of Limited Partners, whether at a special meeting or by written consent, in either case in accordance with the requirements of Article XIII. A copy or a summary of the Merger Agreement shall be included in or enclosed with the notice of a special meeting or the written consent.

(b) Except as provided in Section 14.3(d), the Merger Agreement shall be approved upon receiving the affirmative vote or consent of the holders of a majority of outstanding Units unless the Merger Agreement contains any provision that, if contained in an amendment to this Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement or the Delaware Act would require for its approval the vote or consent of a greater percentage of the Outstanding Limited Partner Interests or of any class of Limited Partners, in which case such greater percentage vote or consent shall be required for approval of the Merger Agreement.

(c) Except as provided in Section 14.3(d), after such approval by vote or consent of the Limited Partners, and at any time prior to the filing of the certificate of merger pursuant to Section 14.4, the merger or consolidation may be abandoned pursuant to provisions therefor, if any, set forth in the Merger Agreement.

(d) Notwithstanding anything else contained in this Article XIV or in this Agreement, the General Partner is permitted without Limited Partner approval, to convert the Partnership or any Group Member into a new limited liability entity, to merge the Partnership or any Group Member into, or convey all of the Partnership’s assets to, another limited liability entity which shall be newly formed and shall have no assets, liabilities or operations at the time of such conversion, merger or conveyance other than those it receives from the Partnership or other Group Member if (i) the General Partner has received an Opinion of Counsel that the merger or conveyance, as the case may be, would not result in the loss of the limited liability of any Limited Partner or cause the Partnership or the MLP to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise to be taxed as an entity for federal income tax purposes (to the extent not previously treated as such), (ii) the sole purpose of such conversion, merger or conveyance is to effect a mere change in the legal form of the Partnership into another limited liability entity and (iii) the governing instruments of the new entity provide the Limited Partners and the General Partner with the same rights and obligations as are herein contained.

Section 14.4 Certificate of Merger.

Upon the required approval by the General Partner and the Unitholders of a Merger Agreement, a certificate of merger shall be executed and filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware in conformity with the requirements of the Delaware Act.

A-52

Section 14.5 Effect of Merger.

(a) At the effective time of the certificate of merger:

(i) all of the rights, privileges and powers of each of the business entities that has merged or consolidated, and all property, real, personal and mixed, and all debts due to any of those business entities and all other things and causes of action belonging to each of those business entities, shall be vested in the Surviving Business Entity and after the merger or consolidation shall be the property of the Surviving Business Entity to the extent they were of each constituent business entity;

(ii) the title to any real property vested by deed or otherwise in any of those constituent business entities shall not revert and is not in any way impaired because of the merger or consolidation;

(iii) all rights of creditors and all liens on or security interests in property of any of those constituent business entities shall be preserved unimpaired; and

(iv) all debts, liabilities and duties of those constituent business entities shall attach to the Surviving Business Entity and may be enforced against it to the same extent as if the debts, liabilities and duties had been incurred or contracted by it.

(b) A merger or consolidation effected pursuant to this Article shall not be deemed to result in a transfer or assignment of assets or liabilities from one entity to another.

ARTICLE XV

RIGHT TO ACQUIRE LIMITED PARTNER INTERESTS

Section 15.1 Right to Acquire Limited Partner Interests.

(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if at any time less than 85% of the total Limited Partner Interests of any class then Outstanding is held by Persons other than the General Partner and its Affiliates, the General Partner shall then have the right, which right it may assign and transfer in whole or in part to the Partnership or any Affiliate of the General Partner, exercisable at its option, to purchase all, but not less than all, of such Limited Partner Interests of such class then Outstanding held by Persons other than the General Partner and its Affiliates, at the greater of (x) the Current Market Price as of the date three days prior to the date that the notice described in Section 15 is mailed and (y) the highest price paid by a General Partner or any of its Affiliates for any such Limited Partner Interest of such class purchased during the 90-day period preceding the date that the notice described in Section 15.1(b) is mailed. As used in this Agreement, (i) “Current Market Price” as of any date of any class of Limited Partner Interests means the average of the daily Closing Prices (as hereinafter defined) per limited partner interest of such class for the 20 consecutive Trading Days (as hereinafter defined) immediately prior to such date; (ii) “Closing Price” for any day means the last sale price on such day, regular way, or in case no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on such day, regular way, in either case as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed or admitted for trading on the principal National Securities Exchange on which such Limited Partner Interests of such class are listed or admitted to trading or, if such Limited Partner Interests of such class are not listed or admitted to trading on any National Securities Exchange, the last quoted price on such day or, if not so quoted, the average of the high bid and low asked prices on such day in the over-the-counter market, as reported by the Nasdaq Stock Market or any other system then in use, or, if on any such day such Limited Partner Interests of such class are not quoted by any such organization, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on such day as furnished by a professional market maker making a market in such Limited Partner Interests of such class selected by the General Partner, or if on any such day no market maker is making a market in such Limited Partner Interests of such class, the fair value of such Limited Partner Interests on such day as determined by the General Partner; and (iii) “Trading Day” means a day on which the principal National Securities Exchange on which such Limited Partner Interests of any class are listed or admitted to trading is open

A-53

for the transaction of business or, if Limited Partner Interests of a class are not listed or admitted to trading on any National Securities Exchange, a day on which banking institutions in New York City generally are open.

(b) If the General Partner, any Affiliate of the General Partner or the Partnership elects to exercise the right to purchase Limited Partner Interests granted pursuant to Section 15.1(a), the General Partner shall deliver to the Transfer Agent notice of such election to purchase (the “Notice of Election to Purchase”) and shall cause the Transfer Agent to mail a copy of such Notice of Election to Purchase to the Record Holders of Limited Partner Interests of such class (as of a Record Date selected by the General Partner) at least 10, but not more than 60, days prior to the Purchase Date. Such Notice of Election to Purchase shall also be published for a period of at least three consecutive days in at least two daily newspapers of general circulation printed in the English language and published in the Borough of Manhattan, New York. The Notice of Election to Purchase shall specify the Purchase Date and the price (determined in accordance with Section 15.1(a)) at which Limited Partner Interests will be purchased and state that the General Partner, its Affiliate or the Partnership, as the case may be, elects to purchase such Limited Partner Interests, upon surrender of Certificates representing such Limited Partner Interests in exchange for payment, at such office or offices of the Transfer Agent as the Transfer Agent may specify, or as may be required by any National Securities Exchange on which such Limited Partner Interests are listed or admitted to trading. Any such Notice of Election to Purchase mailed to a Record Holder of Limited Partner Interests at his address as reflected in the records of the Transfer Agent shall be conclusively presumed to have been given regardless of whether the owner receives such notice. On or prior to the Purchase Date, the General Partner, its Affiliate or the Partnership, as the case may be, shall deposit with the Transfer Agent cash in an amount sufficient to pay the aggregate purchase price of all of such Limited Partner Interests to be purchased in accordance with this Section 15.1. If the Notice of Election to Purchase shall have been duly given as aforesaid at least 10 days prior to the Purchase Date, and if on or prior to the Purchase Date the deposit described in the preceding sentence has been made for the benefit of the holders of Limited Partner Interests subject to purchase as provided herein, then from and after the Purchase Date, notwithstanding that any Certificate shall not have been surrendered for purchase, all rights of the holders of such Limited Partner Interests (including any rights pursuant to Articles IV, V, VI, and XII) shall thereupon cease, except the right to receive the purchase price (determined in accordance with Section 15.1(a)) for Limited Partner Interests therefor, without interest, upon surrender to the Transfer Agent of the Certificates representing such Limited Partner Interests, and such Limited Partner Interests shall thereupon be deemed to be transferred to the General Partner, its Affiliate or the Partnership, as the case may be, on the record books of the Transfer Agent and the Partnership, and the General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner, or the Partnership, as the case may be, shall be deemed to be the owner of all such Limited Partner Interests from and after the Purchase Date and shall have all rights as the owner of such Limited Partner Interests (including all rights as owner of such Limited Partner Interests pursuant to Articles IV, V, VI and XII).

(c) At any time from and after the Purchase Date, a holder of an Outstanding Limited Partner Interest subject to purchase as provided in this Section 15.1 may surrender his Certificate evidencing such Limited Partner Interest to the Transfer Agent in exchange for payment of the amount described in Section 15.1(a), therefor, without interest thereon.

ARTICLE XVI

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 16.1 Addresses and Notices.

Any notice, demand, request, report or proxy materials required or permitted to be given or made to a Partner under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given or made when delivered in person or when sent by first class United States mail or by other means of written communication to the Partner at the address described below. Any notice, payment or report to be given or made to a Partner hereunder shall be deemed conclusively to have been given or made, and the obligation to give such notice or report or to make such payment shall be deemed conclusively to have been fully satisfied, upon sending of such notice, payment or

A-54

report to the Record Holder of such Partnership Securities at his address as shown on the records of the Transfer Agent or as otherwise shown on the records of the Partnership, regardless of any claim of any Person who may have an interest in such Partnership Securities by reason of any assignment or otherwise. An affidavit or certificate of making of any notice, payment or report in accordance with the provisions of this Section 16.1 executed by the General Partner, the Transfer Agent or the mailing organization shall be prima facie evidence of the giving or making of such notice, payment or report. If any notice, payment or report addressed to a Record Holder at the address of such Record Holder appearing on the books and records of the Transfer Agent or the Partnership is returned by the United States Postal Service marked to indicate that the United States Postal Service is unable to deliver it, such notice, payment or report and any subsequent notices, payments and reports shall be deemed to have been duly given or made without further mailing (until such time as such Record Holder or another Person notifies the Transfer Agent or the Partnership of a change in his address) if they are available for the Partner at the principal office of the Partnership for a period of one year from the date of the giving or making of such notice, payment or report to the other Partners. Any notice to the Partnership shall be deemed given if received by the General Partner at the principal office of the Partnership designated pursuant to Section 2.3. The General Partner may rely and shall be protected in relying on any notice or other document from a Partner or other Person if believed by it to be genuine.

Section 16.2 Further Action.

The parties shall execute and deliver all documents, provide all information and take or refrain from taking action as may be necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of this Agreement.

Section 16.3 Binding Effect.

This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns.

Section 16.4 Integration.

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings pertaining thereto.

Section 16.5 Creditors.

None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of, or shall be enforceable by, any creditor of the Partnership.

Section 16.6 Waiver.

No failure by any party to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant, duty, agreement or condition of this Agreement or to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon a breach thereof shall constitute waiver of any such breach of any other covenant, duty, agreement or condition.

Section 16.7 Counterparts.

This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute an agreement binding on all the parties hereto, notwithstanding that all such parties are not signatories to the original or the same counterpart. Each party shall become bound by this Agreement immediately upon affixing its signature hereto or, in the case of a Person acquiring a Limited Partner Interest pursuant to Section 10.1(a) without execution hereof.

A-55

Section 16.8 Applicable Law.

This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the principles of conflicts of law.

Section 16.9 Invalidity of Provisions.

If any provision of this Agreement is or becomes invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected thereby.

Section 16.10 Consent of Partners.

Each Partner hereby expressly consents and agrees that, whenever in this Agreement it is specified that an action may be taken upon the affirmative vote or consent of less than all of the Partners, such action may be so taken upon the concurrence of less than all of the Partners and each Partner shall be bound by the results of such action.

[Rest of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

A-56

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above:

GENERAL PARTNER:
INERGY HOLDINGS GP, LLC
By:
	John J. Sherman
	President and Chief Executive Officer
LIMITED PARTNERS:
All Limited Partners now and hereafter admitted as Limited Partners of the Partnership, pursuant to powers of attorney now and hereafter executed in favor of, and granted and delivered to the General Partner or without execution hereof pursuant to Section 10.1(a).
By:	Inergy Holdings GP, LLC
General Partner, as attorney-in-fact for the Limited Partners pursuant to the Powers of Attorney granted pursuant to Section 2.6.
By:
	John J. Sherman
	President and Chief Executive Officer

A-57

Appendix B

Estimated Available Cash

The following table sets forth the calculation of estimated available cash for Inergy Holdings, L.P. for the three months ended March 31, 2005 and on an annualized basis and should be read in conjunction with “Cash Available for Distribution”. This information is based upon the recently declared quarterly distribution of $0.50 by Inergy, L.P. (Inergy) on our current ownership interests. Inergy’s ability to sustain this distribution level is subject to the risks describe in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus.

	Three Months Ended March 31, 2005			Annualized
	(in thousands, except per unit data)
Inergy, L.P. Declared Distribution Per Unit (a)	$	0.50		$	2.00
Cash Distributions to Us (b)	$	4,698		$	18,794
Less: Incremental General and Administrative Expense (c)		(75	)		(300	)
Less: Interest Expense (d)		(176	)		(703	)
Estimated Available Cash from Operating Surplus	$	4,448		$	17,791
Inergy Holdings, L.P. Expected Distribution per Common Unit (e)	$	0.225		$	0.900
Common Units Held by Public		3,400			3,400
Common Units Held by Our Former Owners		16,090			16,090
Amount of Cash Required for Distributions on our Common Units (f)	$	4,385		$	17,541

(a) The board of directors of Inergy GP, LLC, Inergy’s managing general partner, declared a quarterly distribution of $0.50 per limited partner unit on March 10, 2005, or $2.00 on an annualized basis.

(b) Cash distributions to us are derived from our aggregate partnership ownership interests in Inergy consisting of the following:

• a 100% ownership interest in each of the managing general partner of Inergy, which manages Inergy’s business and affairs, and the non-managing general partner of Inergy, which owns an approximate 1.4% general partner interest in Inergy;

• 1,243,388 Inergy common units, 1,568,028 Inergy senior subordinated units and 975,924 Inergy junior subordinated units, representing an aggregate limited partner interest in Inergy of approximately 11.4%; and

• all of the incentive distribution rights in Inergy, which entitle us to receive increasing percentages, up to a maximum of 48.0%, of any cash distributed by Inergy as certain target distribution levels are reached in excess of $0.33 per Inergy unit in any quarter.

We expect to receive cash distributions at the current declared distribution level of Inergy of approximately $4.7 million for the quarter ending March 31, 2005, and approximately $18.8 million per year on an annual basis.

(c) We estimate that the incremental general and administrative expenses as a result of becoming a public company will be approximately $0.075 million per quarter, or approximately $0.3 million per year.

(d) Based upon our estimated indebtedness after giving effect to our initial public offering, we expect our interest expense will be approximately $0.18 million per quarter, or approximately $0.7 million per year.

(e) Based upon the current cash distribution policy of Inergy as well as our expected expenses and prudent operating reserves, we expect that our initial quarterly distribution rate will be $0.225 per common unit.

(f) The pro forma amounts reflected above would have been sufficient to cover the following percentages of the our expected distribution requirement for the quarter ended March 31, 2005 and on an annualized basis.

	Three Months Ended March 31, 2005		Annualized
Inergy Holdings, L.P. Common Unitholders	101.4	%	101.4	%

B-1

3,400,000 Common Units

Representing Limited Partner Interests

PROSPECTUS

                    , 2005

LEHMAN BROTHERS

A.G. EDWARDS

CITIGROUP

WACHOVIA SECURITIES

PART II

INFORMATION REQUIRED IN THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT

Item 13. Other Expenses Of Issuance And Distribution

Set forth below are the expenses (other than underwriting discounts and commissions) expected to be incurred in connection with the issuance and distribution of the securities registered hereby. With the exception of the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee and the NASD filing fee, the amounts set forth below are estimates.

SEC registration fee	$	9,770
NASD filing fee		8,711
Nasdaq National Market listing fee		40,000
Printing and engraving expenses.		250,000
Fees and expenses of legal counsel		550,000
Accounting fees and expenses		200,000
Transfer agent and registrar fees		5,000
Miscellaneous		46,519
Total	$	1,110,000

* To be provided by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification Of Directors And Officers.

The section of the prospectus entitled “Material Provisions of the Partnership Agreement of Inergy Holdings, L.P.—Indemnification” discloses that we will generally indemnify officers and members of the board of directors of our general partner to the fullest extent permitted by the law against all losses, claims, damages or similar events and is incorporated herein by this reference. Reference is also made to Section 7 of the Underwriting Agreement filed as an exhibit to this registration statement in which we will agree to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to contribute to payments that may be required to be made in respect of these liabilities. Subject to any terms, conditions or restrictions set forth in our partnership agreement, Section 17-108 of the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act empowers a Delaware limited partnership to indemnify and hold harmless any partner or other persons from and against all claims and demands whatsoever.

To the extent that the indemnification provisions of our partnership agreement purport to include indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is contrary to public policy and is therefore unenforceable.

Item 15. Recent Sales Of Unregistered Securities.

The following is a summary of our transactions during the past three years involving issuances of our securities that were not registered under the Securities Act:

1. On August 26, 2002, we sold to Andrew Atterbury a 4% limited liability company interest in Inergy Holdings, LLC in exchange for $3,688,920.

2. On September 15, 2003, we sold to David G. Dehaemers a 1.5% limited liability company interest in Inergy Holdings, LLC in exchange for $1,500,000.

3. On November 5, 2004, we issued promissory notes to our members in the aggregate principal amount of $15,000,000. These notes were issued as a distribution on the members’ interests in Inergy Holdings, LLC.

4. On November 8, 2004, we sold to Phillip L. Elbert a 7.6146% limited liability company interest in Inergy Holdings, LLC in exchange for $1. This purchase was made pursuant to the exercise of an option originally granted to Mr. Elbert in 2001, the strike price of which decreased over time as a result of distributions made to owners of Inergy Holdings LLC in accordance with the terms of the option.

II-1

5. On November 12, 2004, we sold to Andrew Atterbury a 3.1005% limited liability company interest in Inergy Holdings, LLC in exchange for $2,168,782.

6. On November 23, 2004, we sold to David G. Dehaemers a 3.8339% limited liability company interest in Inergy Holdings, LLC in exchange for $2,882,071. Also on November 23, 2004, we sold to David G. Dehaemers a 0.75% limited liability company interest in Inergy Holdings, LLC in exchange for $525,000.

The issuances of the securities described above were made in reliance upon the exemption from the registration requirements provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act for transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering and, in the case of securities issued pursuant to the exercise of options previously granted, by Section 3(a)(10) of the Securities Act for securities issued in exchange for outstanding securities.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) The following documents are filed as exhibits to this registration statement:

Exhibit Number		Description
1.1**	-	Form of Underwriting Agreement
3.1*	-	Certificate of Conversion of Inergy Holdings, L.P.
3.2	-	Form of Agreement of Limited Partnership of Inergy Holdings, L.P. (included as Appendix A to the Prospectus)
3.3*	-	Certificate of Formation of Inergy Holdings GP, LLC
3.4**	-	Limited Liability Company Agreement of Inergy Holdings GP, LLC
4.1	-	Specimen Certificate representing common units
4.2	-	Second Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Inergy, L.P. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.2B to Inergy, L.P.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on December 7, 2004)
4.3	-	Amendment No. 1 to Second Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Inergy, L.P. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.2C to Inergy, L.P.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on December 7, 2004)
4.4	-	Amendment No. 2 to Second Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Inergy, L.P. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Inergy, L.P.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 24, 2005)
5.1**	-	Form of Opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. as to the legality of the securities being registered
8.1**	-	Opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. relating to tax matters
10.1	-	Form of Inergy Holdings, L.P. Long-Term Incentive Plan
10.2**	-	Credit Agreement by and between Inergy Holdings, LLC and Enterprise Bank & Trust dated as of August 30, 2004
10.3	-	5-Year Credit Agreement dated as of December 17, 2004, among Inergy, L.P., the lenders party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Lehman Commercial Paper, Inc. and Wachovia Bank, National Association, as Co-Syndication Agents, and Fleet National Bank and Bank of Oklahoma, National Association, as Co-Documentation Agents (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Inergy, L.P.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 22, 2004)
10.4	-	Guaranty dated as of December 17, 2004 among Inergy Propane, LLC, L & L Transportation, LLC, Inergy Transportation, LLC, Inergy Sales & Service, Inc., Inergy Finance Corp., Inergy Acquisition Company, LLC, Stellar Propane Service, LLC and Inergy Gas, LLC in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Holders of Secured Obligations under the Credit Agreements (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Inergy, L.P.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 22, 2004)

II-2

Exhibit Number		Description
10.5	-	Pledge and Security Agreement dated as of December 17, 2004 among Inergy, L.P. and the other Subsidiaries of Inergy, L.P. listed on the signature pages thereto, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent for the lenders party to the Credit Agreements (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Inergy, L.P.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 22, 2004)
10.6	-	Trademark Security Agreement dated as of December 17, 2004 among Inergy, L.P. and the subsidiaries of Inergy, L.P. listed on the signature page attached thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent on behalf of itself and on behalf of the Holders of Secured Obligation under the Credit Agreements (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Inergy, L.P.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 22, 2004)
10.7	-	Interest Purchase Agreement, dated November 18, 2004, among Star Gas Partners, L.P., Star Gas LLC, Inergy Propane, LLC and Inergy, L.P. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to Inergy, L.P.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 24, 2004)
10.8	-	Registration Rights Agreement dated December 22, 2004, among Inergy, L.P., Inergy Finance Corp., the Guarantors named therein and the Initial Purchasers named therein (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Inergy, L.P.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 27, 2004)
10.9	-	Indenture dated as of December 22, 2004, among Inergy, L.P., Inergy Finance Corp., the Guarantors named therein and US Bank National Association, as Trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Inergy, L.P.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 27, 2004)
10.10	-	Form of 6.875% Senior Notes due 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to Inergy, L.P.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 27, 2004)
10.11	-	Inergy, L.P. Employee Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Inergy, L.P.’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A filed on July 2, 2001)
10.12	-	Amendment to Inergy, L.P. Employee Long-Term Incentive Plan, adopted April 4, 2003 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Inergy, L.P.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 12, 2003)
10.13	-	Form of Promissory Note
10.14**	-	Form of Interest Purchase Agreement
10.15	-	Form of Inergy Holdings, L.P. Employee Unit Purchase Plan
10.16	-	Form of Amendment to Interest Purchase Agreement
21.1**	-	List of subsidiaries of Inergy Holdings, LLC
23.1	-	Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
23.2	-	Consent of KPMG LLP
23.3	-	Consent of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. (contained in Exhibit 5.1)
23.4	-	Consent of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. (contained in Exhibit 8.1)
24.1**	-	Powers of Attorney
99.1**	-	Consent to Serve as Director of Arthur B. Krause
99.2**	-	Consent to Serve as a Director of Warren H. Gfeller

* To be filed by amendment

** Previously filed

II-3

(b) Financial Statement Schedules:

See Index page for Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedules located on page F-1. All other financial statement schedules have been omitted because they either are not required, are immaterial or are not applicable or because equivalent information has been included in the financial statements, the notes thereto or elsewhere herein.

Item 17. Undertakings.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the Underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

The registrant undertakes to send to each limited partner at least on an annual basis a detailed statement of any transactions with Inergy Holdings GP, LLC, our general partner, or its affiliates, and of fees, commissions, compensation and other benefits paid, or accrued to Inergy Holdings GP, LLC or its affiliates for the fiscal year completed, showing the amount paid or accrued to each recipient and the services performed.

The registrant undertakes to provide to the limited partners the financial statements required by Form 10-K for the first full fiscal year of operations of the partnership.

II-4

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Kansas City, State of Missouri, on April 8, 2005.

INERGY HOLDINGS, LLC
By:	/S/ R. BROOKS SHERMAN
Name:	R. Brooks Sherman
Title:	Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature	Title	Date
* John J. Sherman	President, Chief Executive Officer and Sole Member (Principal Executive Officer)	April 8, 2005
/S/ R. BROOKS SHERMAN R. Brooks Sherman	Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)	April 8, 2005

* By:	/S/ R. BROOKS SHERMAN
	R. Brooks Sherman Attorney-in-fact

II-5

EX-4.1

EXHIBIT 4.1

SPECIMEN

CERTIFICATE NO. CERTIFICATE EVIDENCING COMMON UNITS REPRESENTING LIMITED PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS IN INERGY HOLDINGS, L.P. COMMON UNITS

In accordance with Section 4.1 of the Agreement of Limited Partnership of Inergy Holdings, L.P., as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time (the “Partnership Agreement”), Inergy Holdings, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “Partnership”), hereby certifies that the holder (the “Holder”) is the registered owner of Common Units representing limited partner interests in the Partnership (the “Common Units”) transferable on the books of the Partnership, in person or by duly authorized attorney, upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed and delivered to the Partnership for registration or transfer. The rights, preferences and limitations of the Common Units are set forth in, and this Certificate and the Common Units represented hereby are issued and shall in all respects be subject to the terms and provisions of, the Partnership Agreement. Copies of the Partnership Agreement are on file at, and will be furnished without charge on delivery of written request to the Partnership at, the principal office of the Partnership located at Two Brush Creek Boulevard, Suite 200, Kansas City, Missouri 64112. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meanings given them in the Partnership Agreement.

The Holder, by accepting this Certificate, is deemed to have (i) requested admission as, and agreed to become, a Limited Partner and to have agreed to comply with and be bound by and to have executed the Partnership Agreement, (ii) represented and warranted that the Holder has all right, power and authority and, if an individual, the capacity necessary to enter into the Partnership Agreement, (iii) granted the powers of attorney provided for in the Partnership Agreement and (iv) made the waivers and given the consents and approvals contained in the Partnership Agreement.

This Certificate shall not be valid for any purpose unless it has been countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent and Registrar.

Dated:	Inergy Holdings, L.P.
	By:	Inergy Holdings GP, LLC, its General Partner

By:
	President

By:
	Secretary

Countersigned and Registered by:

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
By:
	Authorized Signature

[Reverse of Certificate]

ABBREVIATIONS

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this Certificate, shall be construed as follows according to applicable laws or regulations:

TEN COM	-	as tenants in common	UNIF GIFT/TRANSFERS MIN ACT- TEN
TEN ENT	-	as tenants by the entireties
JT TEN	-	as joint tenants with right of		(Cust)	(Minor)
		survivorship and not as tenants in common	under Uniform Gifts/Transfers to CD Minors Act                                                                        (State)

Additional abbreviations, though not in the above list, may also be used.

ASSIGNMENT OF COMMON UNITS

IN

INERGY HOLDINGS, L.P.

FOR VALUE RECEIVED,                                          hereby assigns, conveys, sells and transfers unto

(Please print or typewrite name and address of Assignee) (Please insert Social Security or other identifying number of Assignee)

                         Common Units representing limited partner interests evidenced by this Certificate, subject to the Partnership Agreement, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                                  as its attorney-in-fact with full power of substitution to transfer the same on the books of Inergy Holdings, L.P.

Date:	NOTE: The signature to any endorsement
	hereon must correspond with the name as written upon the face of this Certificate in every particular, without alteration, enlargement or change.
SIGNATURE(S) MUST BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS,	(Signature)
STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM), PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17d-15.	(Signature)
SIGNATURE(S) GUARANTEED

No transfer of the Common Units evidenced hereby will be registered on the books of the Partnership, unless the Certificate evidencing the Common Units to be transferred is surrendered for registration or transfer.

EX-10.1

EXHIBIT 10.1

INERGY HOLDINGS, LP

LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

SECTION 1. Purpose of the Plan.

The Inergy Holdings, LP Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) is intended to promote the interests of Inergy Holdings, LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “Company”), by providing to employees, consultants and directors of the Company and its Affiliates incentive compensation awards for superior performance that are based on Units. The Plan is also contemplated to enhance the ability of the Company and its Affiliates to attract and retain the services of individuals who are essential for the growth and profitability of the Company and to encourage those individuals to devote their best efforts to advancing the business of the Company.

SECTION 2. Definitions.

As used in the Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, the Person in question. As used herein, the term “control” means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

“Award” means an Option, UAR, Restricted Unit or Phantom Unit granted under the Plan, and shall include any tandem DERs granted with respect to an Award.

“Award Agreement” means the written or electronic agreement by which an Award shall be evidenced.

“Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

“Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board or such other committee of the Board as may be appointed by the Board to administer the Plan.

“Consultant” means an independent contractor, other than a Director, who performs services for the benefit of the Company or an Affiliate.

“DER” or “Distribution Equivalent Right” means a contingent right, granted in tandem with a specific Option, UAR or Phantom Unit, to receive an amount in cash equal to the cash distributions made by the Company with respect to a Unit during the period such tandem Award is outstanding.

“Director” means a member of the Board who is not an Employee.

“Employee” means any employee of the Company or an employee of an Affiliate who performs services for the benefit of the Company or an Affiliate.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

“Fair Market Value” means the closing sales price of a Unit on the applicable date (or if there is no trading in the Units on such date, on the next preceding date on which there was trading) as reported in The Wall Street Journal (or other reporting service approved by the Committee). In the event Units are not publicly traded at the time a determination of fair market value is required to be made hereunder, the determination of fair market value shall be made in good faith by the Committee.

“Option” means an option to purchase Units granted under the Plan.

“Participant” means any Employee, Consultant or Director granted an Award under the Plan.

“Person” means an individual or a corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association, government agency or political subdivision thereof or other entity.

“Phantom Unit” means a phantom (notional) Unit granted under the Plan which upon vesting entitles the Participant to receive a Unit or an amount of cash equal to the Fair Market Value of a Unit, as determined by the Committee in its discretion.

“Restricted Period” means the period established by the Committee with respect to an Award during which the Award remains subject to forfeiture and is either not exercisable by or payable to the Participant, as the case may be.

“Restricted Unit” means a Unit granted under the Plan that is subject to a Restricted Period.

“Rule 16b-3” means Rule 16b-3 promulgated by the SEC under the Exchange Act, or any successor rule or regulation thereto as in effect from time to time.

“SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any successor thereto.

“Unit” means a common unit of the Company.

“UDR” or “Unit Distribution Right” means a distribution made by the Company with respect to a Restricted Unit.

“Unit Appreciation Right” or “UAR” means an Award that, upon exercise, entitles the holder to receive the excess of the Fair Market Value of a Unit on the exercise date over the exercise price established for such Unit Appreciation Right. Such excess shall be paid in Units.

-2-

SECTION 3. Administration.

The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. Subject to the terms of the Plan and applicable law, and in addition to other express powers and authorizations conferred on the Committee by the Plan, the Committee shall have full power and authority to: (i) designate Participants; (ii) determine the type or types of Awards to be granted to a Participant; (iii) determine the number of Units to be covered by Awards; (iv) determine the terms and conditions of any Award; (v) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances Awards may be settled, exercised, canceled, or forfeited; (vi) interpret and administer the Plan and any instrument or agreement relating to an Award made under the Plan; (vii) establish, amend, suspend, or waive such rules and regulations and appoint such agents as it shall deem appropriate for the proper administration of the Plan; and (viii) make any other determination and take any other action that the Committee deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, all designations, determinations, interpretations, and other decisions under or with respect to the Plan or any Award shall be within the sole discretion of the Committee, may be made at any time and shall be final, conclusive, and binding upon all Persons, including the Company, any Affiliate, any Participant, and any beneficiary of any Award.

SECTION 4. Units.

(a) Limits on Units Deliverable. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4(c), the number of Units that may be delivered with respect to Awards under the Plan is 2,000,000; provided, however, that if any Award (including Restricted Units) is terminated, forfeited or expires for any reason without the delivery of Units covered by such Award or Units are withheld from an Award to satisfy the exercise price or tax withholding obligation with respect to such Award, such Units shall again be available for delivery pursuant to other Awards granted under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, there shall not be any limitation on the number of Awards that may be granted under the Plan and paid in cash.

(b) Sources of Units Deliverable Under Awards. Any Units delivered pursuant to an Award shall consist, in whole or in part, of Units acquired in the open market or from any Affiliate or any other Person, newly issued Units, or any combination of the foregoing, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.

(c) Adjustments. In the event that the Committee determines that any distribution (whether in the form of cash, Units, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, split, reverse split, reorganization, merger, Change of Control, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Units or other securities of the Company, issuance of warrants or other rights to purchase Units or other securities of the Company, or other similar transaction or event affects the Units such that an adjustment is determined by the Committee to be appropriate in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, then the Committee shall, in such manner as it may deem equitable, adjust any or all of (i) the number and type of Units (or other securities or property) with respect to which Awards may be granted, (ii) the number and type of Units (or other securities or property) subject to outstanding Awards, (iii) the grant or exercise price with respect to any Award, or (iv) if deemed appropriate, make provision for a cash payment to the

-3-

holder of an outstanding Award; provided, that the number of Units subject to any Award shall always be a whole number.

SECTION 5. Eligibility.

Any Employee, Consultant or Director shall be eligible to be designated a Participant and receive an Award under the Plan.

SECTION 6. Awards.

(a) Options. The Committee shall have the authority to determine the Employees, Consultants and Directors to whom Options shall be granted, the number of Units to be covered by each Option, whether DERs are granted with respect to such Option, the purchase price for such Units and the conditions and limitations applicable to the exercise of the Option, including the following terms and conditions and such additional terms and conditions, as the Committee shall determine, that are not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan.

(i) Exercise Price. The purchase price per Unit purchasable under an Option shall be determined by the Committee at the time the Option is granted and may be more or less than its Fair Market Value as of the date of grant.

(ii) Time and Method of Exercise. The Committee shall determine the Restricted Period, i.e., the time or times at which an Option may be exercised in whole or in part, which may include, without limitation, accelerated vesting upon the achievement of specified performance goals, and, in its discretion, the method or methods by which payment of the exercise price with respect thereto may be made or deemed to have been made, which may include, without limitation, cash, check acceptable to the Company, a “cashless-broker” exercise through a program approved by the Company, with the consent of the Company, the withholding of Units that would otherwise be delivered to the Participant upon the exercise of the Option, other securities or other property, or any combination thereof, having a Fair Market Value on the exercise date equal to the relevant exercise price.

(iii) Forfeitures. Except as otherwise provided in the terms of the Award Agreement, upon termination of a Participant’s employment or consulting with the Company and its Affiliates or membership on the Board, whichever is applicable, for any reason during the applicable Restricted Period, all Options shall be forfeited by the Participant. The Committee may, in its discretion, waive in whole or in part such forfeiture with respect to a Participant’s Options.

(iv) DERs. To the extent provided by the Committee, in its discretion, a grant of Options may include a tandem DER grant, which may provide that such DERs shall be paid directly to the Participant, be credited to a bookkeeping account (with or without interest in the discretion of the Committee) subject to the same vesting restrictions as the tandem Award, or be subject to such other provisions or restrictions as determined by the Committee in its discretion.

-4-

(b) UARs. The Committee shall have the authority to determine the Employees, Consultants and Directors to whom Unit Appreciation Rights shall be granted, the number of Units to be covered by each grant, whether DERs are granted with respect to such Unit Appreciation Right, the exercise price therefor and the conditions and limitations applicable to the exercise of the Unit Appreciation Right, including the following terms and conditions and such additional terms and conditions, as the Committee shall determine, that are not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan. However, UARs may only be granted when the Units are publicly traded and shall terminate if the Units cease to be publicly traded.

(i) Exercise Price. The exercise price per Unit Appreciation Right shall be determined by the Committee at the time the Unit Appreciation Right is granted and may be more or less than the Fair Market Value of a Unit as of the date of grant.

(ii) Time of Exercise. The Committee shall determine the Restricted Period, i.e., the time or times at which a Unit Appreciation Right may be exercised in whole or in part, which may include, without limitation, accelerated vesting upon the achievement of specified performance goals.

(iii) Forfeitures. Except as otherwise provided in the terms of the Award Agreement, upon termination of a Participant’s employment with the Company and its Affiliates or membership on the Board, whichever is applicable, for any reason during the applicable Restricted Period, all outstanding Unit Appreciation Rights awarded the Participant shall be automatically forfeited on such termination. The Committee may, in its discretion, waive in whole or in part such forfeiture with respect to a Participant’s Unit Appreciation Rights.

(iv) Unit Appreciation Right DERs. To the extent provided by the Committee, in its discretion, a grant of Unit Appreciation Rights may include a tandem DER grant, which may provide that such DERs shall be paid directly to the Participant, be credited to a bookkeeping account (with or without interest in the discretion of the Committee) subject to the same vesting restrictions as the tandem Unit Appreciation Rights Award, or be subject to such other provisions or restrictions as determined by the Committee in its discretion.

(c) Phantom Units. The Committee shall have the authority to determine the Employees and Directors to whom Phantom Units shall be granted, the number of Phantom Units to be granted to each such Participant, the Restricted Period, the time or conditions under which the Phantom Units may become vested or forfeited, which may include, without limitation, the accelerated vesting upon the achievement of specified performance goals, and such other terms and conditions as the Committee may establish with respect to such Awards, including whether DERs are granted with respect to such Phantom Units.

(i) DERs. To the extent provided by the Committee, in its discretion, a grant of Phantom Units may include a tandem DER grant, which may provide that such DERs shall be paid directly to the Participant, be credited to a bookkeeping account (with or without interest in the discretion of the Committee) subject to the same vesting

-5-

restrictions as the tandem Award, or be subject to such other provisions or restrictions as determined by the Committee in its discretion.

(ii) Forfeitures. Except as otherwise provided in the terms of the Award Agreement, upon termination of a Participant’s employment with the Company and its Affiliates or membership on the Board, whichever is applicable, for any reason during the applicable Restricted Period, all outstanding Phantom Units awarded the Participant shall be automatically forfeited on such termination. The Committee may, in its discretion, waive in whole or in part such forfeiture with respect to a Participant’s Phantom Units.

(iii) Lapse of Restrictions. Upon or as soon as reasonably practical following the vesting of each Phantom Unit, subject to the provisions of Section 8(b), the Participant shall be entitled to receive from the Company one Unit or cash equal to the Fair Market Value of a Unit, as determined by the Committee in its discretion.

(d) Restricted Units. The Committee shall have the authority to determine the Employees, Consultants and Directors to whom Restricted Units shall be granted, the number of Restricted Units to be granted to each such Participant, the Restricted Period, the conditions under which the Restricted Units may become vested or forfeited, which may include, without limitation, the accelerated vesting upon the achievement of specified performance goals, and such other terms and conditions as the Committee may establish with respect to such Awards.

(i) UDRs. To the extent provided by the Committee, in its discretion, a grant of Restricted Units may provide that distributions made by the Company with respect to the Restricted Units shall be subject to the same forfeiture and other restrictions as the Restricted Unit and, if restricted, such distributions shall be held, without interest, until the Restricted Unit vests or is forfeited with the UDR being paid or forfeited at the same time, as the case may be. Absent such a restriction on the UDRs in the Award Agreement, UDRs shall be paid to the holder of the Restricted Unit without restriction.

(ii) Forfeitures. Except as otherwise provided in the terms of the Award Agreement, upon termination of a Participant’s employment or consulting with the Company and its Affiliates or membership on the Board, whichever is applicable, for any reason during the applicable Restricted Period, all outstanding Restricted Units awarded the Participant shall be automatically forfeited on such termination. The Committee may, in its discretion, waive in whole or in part such forfeiture with respect to a Participant’s Restricted Units.

(iii) Lapse of Restrictions. Upon or as soon as reasonably practical following the vesting of each Restricted Unit, subject to the provisions of Section 8(b), the Participant shall be entitled to have the restrictions removed from his or her Unit certificate so that the Participant then holds an unrestricted Unit.

(e) General.

(i) Awards May Be Granted Separately or Together. Except as provided below, Awards may, in the discretion of the Committee, be granted either alone or in addition to, in tandem with, or in substitution for any other Award granted under the Plan

-6-

or any award granted under any other plan of the Company or any Affiliate. Awards granted in addition to or in tandem with other Awards or awards granted under any other plan of the Company or any Affiliate may be granted either at the same time as or at a different time from the grant of such other Awards or awards. Notwithstanding the foregoing, UARs may not be granted in tandem with an Option.

(ii) Limits on Transfer of Awards.

(A) Except as provided in paragraph (C) below, each Award shall be exercisable or payable only by or to the Participant during the Participant’s lifetime, or by the person to whom the Participant’s rights shall pass by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

(B) Except as provided in paragraphs (A) and (C), no Award and no right under any such Award may be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered by a Participant and any such purported assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance shall be void and unenforceable against the Company or any Affiliate.

(C) To the extent specifically provided or approved by the Committee with respect to an Award, an Award may be transferred by a Participant without consideration to immediate family members or related family trusts, limited partnerships or similar entities on such terms and conditions as the Committee may from time to time establish.

(iii) Term of Awards. The term of each Award shall be for such period as may be determined by the Committee, but shall not exceed 10 years.

(iv) Unit Certificates. All certificates for Units or other securities of the Company delivered under the Plan pursuant to any Award or the exercise thereof shall be subject to such stop transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable under the Plan or the rules, regulations, and other requirements of the SEC, any stock exchange upon which such Units or other securities are then listed, and any applicable federal or state laws, and the Committee may cause a legend or legends to be put on any such certificates to make appropriate reference to such restrictions.

(v) Consideration for Grants. Awards may be granted for such consideration, including services, as the Committee determines.

(vi) Delivery of Units or other Securities and Payment by Participant of Consideration. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan or any Award Agreement to the contrary, delivery of Units pursuant to the exercise or vesting of an Award may be deferred for any period during which, in the good faith determination of the Committee, the Company is not reasonably able to obtain Units to deliver pursuant to such Award without violating the rules or regulations of any applicable law or securities exchange. No Units or other securities shall be delivered pursuant to any Award until payment in full of any amount required to be paid pursuant to the Plan or the applicable Award

-7-

Agreement (including, without limitation, any exercise price or tax withholding) is received by the Company.

(vii) Change in Control, Etc. In the event of a Change in Control (as defined from time to time in the Inergy Long Term Incentive Plan, or its successor), or in the event the Company, Inergy, L.P., Inergy Partners, LLC or Inergy GP, LLC shall become a party to any corporate or partnership merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, reorganization or liquidation, the Committee, in its sole discretion and without the approval of any Person, including any Participant, shall have the full power and discretion to prescribe and amend the terms and conditions of any outstanding Awards granted hereunder. Without limitation, the Committee may (A) provide for the complete or partial acceleration of any time periods relating to the exercise or vesting of any outstanding Award so that such Award may be exercised or paid in full on or before the date such Award would otherwise have been exercisable or payable; (B) cause any Award then outstanding to be assumed by the surviving entity in such transaction; (C) require the mandatory surrender to the Company by any Participant or beneficiary of some or all of the outstanding Awards held by such Person (irrespective of whether such Awards are then exercisable or payable under the provisions of the Plan) as of a date specified by the Company, in which event such Awards shall be cancelled and each Person paid an amount of cash per unit equal to the amount that could have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the holder’s rights had such Award been currently exercisable or payable; (D) require the substitution of a new Award for some or all of the outstanding Awards held by a holder (irrespective of whether such Awards are then exercisable or vested under the provisions of the Plan) provided that any replacement or substituted Award shall be equivalent in economic value to the holder, as determined by the Committee; (E) make such adjustments to any Award then outstanding as the Committee deems appropriate to reflect such merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, reorganization or liquidation; and (F) remove restrictions on any Awards and otherwise modify the requirements for vesting or payment any Awards as the Committee deems to be fair and equitable. The Committee may provide that Awards granted hereunder must be exercised in connection with the closing of such transactions, and that if not so exercised such Awards will expire. Any such determinations by the Committee may be made generally with respect to all Participants, or may be made on a case-by-case basis with respect to particular Participants. No action shall be taken by the Committee that would cause an Award to be subject to the additional 20% income tax provided by Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code.

SECTION 7. Amendment and Termination. Except to the extent prohibited by applicable law:

(a) Amendments to the Plan. Except as required by the rules of the principal securities exchange on which the Units are traded and subject to Section 7(b) below, the Board or the Committee may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue, or terminate the Plan in any manner, without the consent of any member, Participant, other holder or beneficiary of an Award, or other Person.

-8-

(b) Amendments to Awards. Subject to Section 7(a), the Committee may waive any conditions or rights under, amend any terms of, or alter any Award theretofore granted, provided no change, other than pursuant to Section 7(c) or, as determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion, as being necessary or appropriate to comply with applicable law, including, without limitation, Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, in any Award shall materially reduce the benefit of a Participant without the consent of such Participant.

(c) Adjustment of Awards Upon the Occurrence of Certain Unusual or Nonrecurring Events. The Committee may make adjustments in the terms and conditions of, and the criteria included in, Awards in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events (including, without limitation, the events described in Section 4(c) of the Plan) affecting the Company or the financial statements of the Company, or of changes in applicable laws, regulations, or accounting principles, whenever the Committee determines that such adjustments are appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan or any Award.

SECTION 8. General Provisions.

(a) No Rights to Award. No Person shall have any claim to be granted any Award under the Plan, and there is no obligation for uniformity of treatment of Participants. The terms and conditions of Awards need not be the same with respect to each recipient.

(b) Tax Withholding. The Company or any Affiliate is authorized to withhold from any Award, from any payment due or transfer made under any Award or from any compensation or other amount owing to a Participant the amount (in cash, Units, other securities or property, or Units that would otherwise be issued or delivered pursuant to such Award) of any applicable taxes payable in respect of the grant of an Award, its exercise, the lapse of restrictions thereon, or any payment or transfer under an Award or under the Plan and to take such other action as may be necessary in the opinion of the Company to satisfy its withholding obligations for the payment of such taxes.

(c) No Right to Employment. The grant of an Award shall not be construed as giving a Participant the right to be retained in the employ of the Company or any Affiliate or to remain on the Board or a Consultant, as applicable. Further, the Company or an Affiliate may at any time dismiss a Participant from employment, free from any liability or any claim under the Plan, unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan or in any Award Agreement.

(d) Governing Law. The validity, construction, and effect of the Plan and any rules and regulations relating to the Plan shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware law without regard to its conflict of laws principles.

(e) Severability. If any provision of the Plan or any Award is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any jurisdiction or as to any Person or Award, or would disqualify the Plan or any Award under any law deemed applicable by the Committee, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to the applicable laws, or if it cannot be construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Committee, materially altering the intent of the Plan or the Award, such provision shall be stricken as to such

-9-

jurisdiction, Person or Award and the remainder of the Plan and any such Award shall remain in full force and effect.

(f) Other Laws. The Committee may refuse to issue or transfer any Units or other consideration under an Award if, in its sole discretion, it determines that the issuance or transfer of such Units or such other consideration might violate any applicable law or regulation, the rules of the principal securities exchange on which the Units are then traded, or entitle the Company or an Affiliate to recover the same under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, and any payment tendered to the Company by a Participant, other holder or beneficiary in connection with the exercise of such Award shall be promptly refunded to the relevant Participant, holder or beneficiary.

(g) No Trust or Fund Created. Neither the Plan nor any Award shall create or be construed to create a trust or separate fund of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between the Company or any participating Affiliate and a Participant or any other Person. To the extent that any Person acquires a right to receive payments from the Company or any participating Affiliate pursuant to an Award, such right shall be no greater than the right of any general unsecured creditor of the Company or any participating Affiliate.

(h) No Fractional Units. No fractional Units shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan or any Award, and the Committee shall determine whether cash, other securities, or other property shall be paid or transferred in lieu of any fractional Units or whether such fractional Units or any rights thereto shall be canceled, terminated, or otherwise eliminated.

(i) Headings. Headings are given to the Sections and subsections of the Plan solely as a convenience to facilitate reference. Such headings shall not be deemed in any way material or relevant to the construction or interpretation of the Plan or any provision thereof.

(j) Facility Payment. Any amounts payable hereunder to any person under legal disability or who, in the judgment of the Committee, is unable to properly manage his financial affairs, may be paid to the legal representative of such person, or may be applied for the benefit of such person in any manner which the Committee may select, and the Company shall be relieved of any further liability for payment of such amounts.

(k) Gender and Number. Words in the masculine gender shall include the feminine gender, the plural shall include the singular and the singular shall include the plural.

SECTION 9. Term of the Plan.

The Plan shall become effective on the date of the initial public offering of Units and shall continue until the earlier of the date terminated by the Board or the Committee or Units are no longer available for Awards under the Plan. However, unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan or in an applicable Award Agreement, any Award granted prior to such termination, and the authority of the Board or the Committee to amend, alter, adjust, suspend, discontinue, or terminate any such Award or to waive any conditions or rights under such Award, shall extend beyond such termination date.

-10-

EX-10.13

EXHIBIT 10.13

THE INDEBTEDNESS EVIDENCED BY THIS INSTRUMENT IS SUBORDINATE TO THE PRIOR PAYMENT IN FULL OF CERTAIN SENIOR DEBT (AS DEFINED IN THE SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO) PURSUANT TO, AND TO THE EXTENT PROVIDED IN, THAT CERTAIN SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT DATED AS OF NOVEMBER 5, 2004 IN FAVOR OF ENTERPRISE BANK & TRUST, AS THE SAME MAY BE AMENDED, RESTATED, CONSOLIDATED, REPLACED OR OTHERWISE MODIFIED FROM TIME TO TIME. THIS INSTRUMENT MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNTIL THE PURCHASER, ASSIGNEE OR TRANSFEREE HAS BECOME A PARTY TO AND BOUND BY SUCH SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT.

PROMISSORY NOTE

$                         Kansas City, Missouri

November 5, 2004

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, Inergy Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Holdings”), hereby promises to pay to the order of              (“Member”), the principal sum of                          Dollars ($            .00) (the “Loan”), together with interest on the principal amount outstanding hereunder from time to time as hereinafter provided.

Holdings agrees to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of this Note at the rate of         % per annum. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days elapsed. Interest shall accrue from and including
November 16, 2004 and shall be payable on February 15th, May 15th, August 15th and November 15th of each year during the term of the Loan (each, a “Payment Date”), commencing on February 15, 2005.

Holdings agrees to make payments of principal in consecutive quarterly installments of                          ($            .00), commencing on February 15, 2005, and continuing on each Payment Date thereafter until the November 15, 2014 maturity date, when all remaining unpaid principal and interest on this Note shall be due and payable in full.

The indebtedness evidenced by this Note is expressly subordinate and junior in right of payment to the loans, advances, debts, liabilities and other obligations (the “Senior Debt”) owing, arising, due or payable from Holdings to Enterprise Bank & Trust, to the extent and in the manner set forth in the Shareholder Debt Subordination Agreement between Holdings and Enterprise Bank & Trust. Holdings shall not make any payment of the principal or interest on this Note while it is in default with respect to any Senior Debt. This Note is unsecured and entered into by Holdings without guarantee or credit assurance.

If any payment hereunder becomes due on a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday under the law of the State of Missouri, the due date hereof shall be extended to the next succeeding business day and any payment made on such next succeeding business day shall be made with the same effect as though made on the due date.

Holdings shall have the right to prepay the Loan, in full or in part without premium or penalty.

Payments upon this Note shall be made in lawful money of the United States of America, and shall be made at such place as Member may from time to time in writing appoint, provided that in the absence of such appointment, all payments hereon shall be made to Member at Two Brush Creek Boulevard, Suite 200, Kansas City, Missouri 64112.

All payments on the account of the indebtedness evidenced by this Note shall be applied (a) first to interest on the unpaid principal balance hereof at the rate specified above, and (b) the remainder to reduce the outstanding principal balance (first to principal amounts overdue, then to principal amounts currently due and then to installments of principal due in the future in the inverse order of their maturity).

All notices required or permitted to be given hereunder to Holdings shall be given by (a) personal delivery, (b) Federal Express or other overnight delivery service, or (c) certified mail, return receipt requested, and in each case addressed to Holdings at Two Brush Creek Boulevard, Suite 200, Kansas City, MO 64112, Attention: Laura Ozenberger. Such notices shall be deemed given (i) on receipt of personal delivery, (ii) on the first business day following the day deposited with Federal Express or other overnight delivery service, and (iii) on the third business day following the day deposited in the U.S. mails.

This Note shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Missouri, without regard to conflict of law principles.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly caused this Note to be executed and delivered at the place specified above and as of the date first written above.

INERGY HOLDINGS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
By:
	Name: John J. Sherman Title: President

2

EX-10.15

Exhibit 10.15

INERGY HOLDINGS EMPLOYEE UNIT PURCHASE PLAN

SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION

1.1 Establishment. INERGY HOLDINGS GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“IHGP”), hereby establishes, effective                     , 2005, the Inergy Holdings Employee Unit Purchase Plan (the “Plan”) for certain employees of Inergy.

1.2 Purpose. The purpose of the Plan is to promote the interests of Inergy by encouraging all Inergy employees to acquire or increase their ownership of Units and to provide a means whereby such individuals may develop a sense of proprietorship and personal involvement in the development and financial success of Inergy, and to encourage them to devote their best efforts to advance the interests of Inergy.

SECTION 2

DEFINITIONS

2.1 In addition to the terms otherwise defined herein, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below in this Section 2.1.

(a) “1933 Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(b) “1934 Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(c) “Affiliates” means with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, the Person in question. As used herein, the term “control” means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

(d) “Board” means the Board of Directors of Inergy Holdings GP, LLC (“IGP”).

(e) “Committee” means the compensation committee of the Board appointed to administer the Plan pursuant to Section 8.

(f) “Compensation” shall mean an Employee’s cash-based salary or cash-based wages.

(g) “Employee” means any individual who is an employee of Inergy, but excluding any employee covered by a collective bargaining agreement unless such bargaining agreement expressly provides for such individual’s participation in the Plan.

(h) “Fair Market Value” means the closing sales price of a Unit on the applicable date (or if there is no trading in the Units on such date, on the next preceding date on which there was trading) as reported in The Wall Street Journal (or other reporting service approved by the Committee). In the event Units are not publicly traded at

the time a determination of fair market value is required to be made hereunder, the determination of fair market value shall be made in good faith by the Committee.

(i) “Inergy” means, collectively, IHGP; Inergy Holdings, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“IHLP”); Inergy GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and general partner of Inergy, L.P.; Inergy, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ILP”); and their Affiliates; provided, however, that if the context or circumstances surrounding the use of “Inergy” are such that the term means only one or less than all of the aforementioned entities, such reference shall be so limited.

(j) “Offering Period” means the period each calendar quarter (i) that begins on the date immediately following the last day of the immediately preceding Purchase Period and ends on the first day of the immediately following Purchase Period and (ii) during which a percentage of an Employee’s Compensation is withheld and accumulated for the purchase of Units in the immediately upcoming Purchase Period.

(k) “Partnership Agreement” means the Agreement of Limited Partnership of Inergy Holdings, L.P., as amended from time to time.

(l) “Person” means an individual or a corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association, governmental agency or political subdivision thereof or other entity.

(m) “Purchase Period” means the 10-day period following the end of each calendar quarter; provided, however, the Purchase Period shall include such other periods, if any, as may be designated by the Committee from time to time.

(n) “Rule 16b-3” means Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the 1934 Act.

(o) “Unit” means a Common Unit of IHLP.

2.2 Gender and Number. Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the masculine gender shall also include the feminine gender, and the definition of any term herein in the singular shall also include the plural.

SECTION 3

ELIGIBILITY

3.1 Eligibility and Plan Entry Date. All Employees shall be eligible to participate in the Plan. An Employee is eligible to enter the Plan beginning on the first day of the month following thirty (30) days after such individual’s employment commencement date.

3.2 Prior Service Credit. The Committee, in its discretion, may grant prior service credit to individuals that become Employees pursuant to a corporate merger or acquisition.

2

SECTION 4

UNITS AVAILABLE UNDER PLAN

4.1 Unless otherwise increased by the Board, the maximum number of Units that may be purchased for Employees under this Plan is 100,000. Units to be delivered under the Plan may be Units acquired by Inergy in the open market, Units already owned by Inergy, Units acquired by Inergy from any other Person, or any combination of the foregoing. Upon an Employee’s termination of employment with Inergy, all amounts then credited to the Employee’s notional account under the Plan, if any, shall be paid to the terminated Employee as soon as practicable. In the event that any change is made to the Units deliverable under the Plan, the Committee may make appropriate adjustments in the maximum number of Units deliverable under the Plan. The adjustments determined by the Committee shall be final, binding and conclusive.

SECTION 5

PURCHASE OF UNITS

5.1 Employee Withholding Elections. The Committee shall provide an Employee with the ability to purchase Units under this Plan in accordance with the following terms and conditions:

(a) Effective as of the beginning of any month, an Employee may elect to have Inergy withhold from the Employee’s Compensation each future pay period, for the purchase of Units hereunder, a designated percentage of the Employee’s Compensation (in whole percentages only, not to exceed 10%). An Employee may change (within the above limitations) or, subject to Section 5.1(f), stop his or her withholding election at any time; however, only two such changes may be made during any calendar year. All Employee elections and any changes to an election shall be in such written form as the Committee or its delegate may establish from time to time.

(b) Each withholding election made by an Employee hereunder shall be an ongoing election until the earlier of the date changed by the Employee or the date the Employee ceases to be eligible to participate in the Plan.

(c) Inergy shall maintain for each electing Employee a separate notional or ledger account reflecting the aggregate amount of the Employee’s Compensation that has been withheld and not yet applied to the purchase of Units for such Employee. Amounts withheld by Inergy shall not be segregated from Inergy’s general assets and shall not bear interest.

(d) During each Purchase Period, Inergy shall use, to the fullest extent practicable, all amounts then credited to the notional accounts of the electing Employees to purchase Units for such Employees. Purchases of Units may be made at any time or times during the Purchase Period on any securities exchange on which the Units are then traded, in the over-the-counter market and/or in negotiated transactions as the Committee shall determine.

3

(e) Upon an Employee’s termination of employment with Inergy, all amounts then credited to the Employee’s notional account under the Plan, if any, shall be paid to the terminated Employee as soon as reasonably practicable.

(f) Subject to the limitation provided above in Section 5.1(a), an Employee may elect to cease contributing to the Plan. Provided an Employee submits his or her election to stop withholding prior to the five business day period before the beginning of an immediately upcoming Purchase Period, the Employee may elect to cease contributing to the Plan and either (i) have all amounts then credited to such Employee’s notional account returned to the Employee as soon as administratively practicable, or (ii) alternatively, have all amounts then credited to such Employee’s notional account applied toward the purchase of Units in the immediately upcoming Purchase Period. Unless otherwise administratively feasible, to the extent an Employee submits his or her election to stop withholding within the five business day period before the beginning of the immediately upcoming Purchase Period, all amounts credited to such Employee’s notional account will be applied toward the purchase of Units in the immediately following Purchase Period and the Employee’s election to stop withholding shall become effective as of the commencement of the next following Offering Period. All requests to withdraw from the Plan submitted during a Purchase Period will become effective as of the commencement of the immediately following Offering Period.

5.2 Purchase of Units and Plan Expenses. During each Purchase Period and using funds withheld from the Employees’ Compensation pursuant to this Section 5, Inergy shall purchase for the electing Employees the maximum number of Units (including fractional Units) that can be acquired (using the Unit’s Fair Market Value on the date of purchase) based on the sum of (i) amounts then credited to the electing Employees’ notional accounts, and (ii) an amount, as determined from time to time by the Committee, not to exceed 10% of the amount then credited to the electing Employees’ notional accounts. Inergy shall pay, other than from the notional accounts, all brokerage fees and other costs and expenses of the Plan. To the extent that Units are purchased on multiple days or at multiple times during a single Purchase Period, Inergy shall use the average of the Units’ Fair Market Value at the times of purchase as the applicable Unit price upon which Units are allocated to the participating Employees. Notwithstanding that fractional Units may be allocated to an Employee’s account, an Employee who does not have at least one whole Unit credited to his account at the beginning of a Purchase Period must have enough money credited to his notional account to purchase at least one whole Unit. To the extent an Employee does not have enough cash funds credited to his or her notional account to purchase at least one whole Unit, all amounts credited to such Employee’s notional account will be held in a suspense account until such time as there are enough funds for the purchase of at least one whole Unit.

5.3 Withholding of Taxes. To the extent that Inergy is required to withhold any taxes in connection with the purchase of Units, it will be a condition to the ownership of such

4

Units that the Employee make arrangements satisfactory to Inergy for the payment of such taxes, which may include, but not be limited to, a reduction in the Employee’s notional account.

SECTION 6

RESTRICTIONS ON UNITS

6.1 Holding Period. Subject to the exception provided below under Section 6.2, all Units purchased under the Plan shall be subject to a holding period which shall expire on the first anniversary of the date the Units were purchased under the Plan. During such holding period, each Employee shall be prohibited from pledging, transferring, selling or otherwise disposing of the restricted Units. Upon the expiration of the holding period, the Employee may, if he or she desires, make a request to Inergy (or a designated third party Plan administrator, if any) to receive certificates for all of such unrestricted whole Units. Otherwise, such Units shall be held without restriction (1) by Inergy or (2) in the name of the third party administrator (or its designee), if any, for the benefit of the Employee.

6.2 Holding Period Exception. Notwithstanding the holding period imposed above under Section 6.1 and subject to the conditions imposed pursuant to this Section 6.2, an Employee will be permitted to pledge, transfer, sell or otherwise dispose of his or her restricted whole Units during the one year holding period (a “Restricted Transfer”) by notifying Inergy (or its designated third party Plan administrator) of his or her intention to engage in a Restricted Transfer. If a Restricted Transfer occurs, the Employee shall be prohibited from participating in the Plan until the first Offering Period that begins after the first anniversary of the date of the Restricted Transfer (the “Restricted Period”). During the Restricted Period, no amounts shall be withheld from the Employee’s Compensation. Such withholding shall not be allowed to resume, at the earliest, until the first pay period in the Offering Period first commencing after the end of the Restricted Period. To the extent an Employee has amounts credited to his or her notional account under the Plan on the date of a Restricted Transfer, all such amounts will be returned to the Employee. To the extent an Employee has a fractional Unit credited to his or her notional account under the Plan on the date of a Restricted Transfer, such fractional Unit will be liquidated and the Employee will receive his or her pro rata portion of the proceeds from such liquidation.

6.3 Investment Representation. Unless the Units subject to purchase under the Plan have been registered under the 1933 Act and, in the case of any Employee who may be deemed an affiliate (for securities law purposes) of IHLP, such Units have been registered under the 1933 Act for resale by such Employee or Inergy has determined that an exemption from registration is available, Inergy may require prior to and as a condition of the delivery of any Units that the Person purchasing such Units hereunder furnish Inergy with a written representation in a form prescribed by the Committee to the effect that such Person is acquiring such Units solely with a view to investment for his or her own account and not with a view to the resale or distribution of all or any part thereof, and that

5

such Person will not dispose of any of such Units otherwise than in accordance with the provisions of Rule 144 under the 1933 Act unless and until either the Units are registered under the 1933 Act or Inergy is satisfied that an exemption from such registration is available.

6.4 Compliance with Securities Laws. Notwithstanding anything herein or in any other agreement to the contrary, Inergy shall not be obligated to sell or issue any Units to an Employee under the Plan unless and until Inergy is satisfied that such sale or issuance complies with (i) all applicable requirements of the securities exchange on which the Units are traded (or the governing body of the principal market in which such Units are traded, if such Units are not then listed on an exchange), (ii) all applicable provisions of the 1933 Act, and (iii) all other laws or regulations by which Inergy is bound or to which Inergy is subject.

SECTION 7

RIGHTS OF EMPLOYEES; PARTICIPANTS

7.1 Employment. This Plan does not confer upon any Employee any right with respect to continuance of employment or other service with Inergy, nor will it interfere in any way with any right Inergy would otherwise have to terminate such Employee’s employment or other service at any time.

7.2 Nontransferability. No right to purchase Units granted under this Plan shall be assignable or transferable during the lifetime of any Employee either voluntarily or involuntarily, or be subjected to any lien, directly or indirectly, by operation of law, or otherwise, including execution, levy, garnishment, attachment, pledge or bankruptcy.

7.3 Dividend Reinvestment. To the extent that Inergy has a dividend reinvestment plan available to Unit holders, Employees purchasing Units pursuant to this Plan shall be eligible to participate in such dividend reinvestment plan in the same manner as other Unit holders.

SECTION 8

PLAN ADMINISTRATION

8.1 Authority of Committee. The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. Subject to the terms of the Plan and applicable law, and in addition to other express powers and authorizations conferred on the Committee by the Plan, the Committee shall have full power and authority to: (i) determine which persons are Employees who may participate; (ii) determine the number of Units to be purchased by an Employee; (iii) determine the time and manner for purchasing Units; (iv) interpret, construe and administer the Plan; (v) establish, amend, suspend, or waive such rules and regulations and appoint such agents as it shall deem appropriate for the proper administration of the Plan; (vi) make a determination as to the right of any person to receive Units under the Plan; (vii) correct any defect, supply any omission, or reconcile an inconsistency in the Plan; and (viii) make any other determinations and take any other actions that the Committee deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan.

6

8.2 Determination Under the Plan. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, all designations, determinations, interpretations, and other decisions under or with respect to the Plan shall be within the sole discretion of the Committee, may be made at any time, and shall be final, conclusive, and binding upon all persons, including any Employee. No member of the Committee shall be liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith, and all members of the Committee shall, in addition to their rights as directors, be fully protected by Inergy with respect to any such action, determination or interpretation.

SECTION 9

PLAN AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION AND TERMINATION

9.1 This Plan may be amended from time to time by the Committee. This Plan may be terminated at any time by the Committee and, unless Board approval is obtained for an increase in the maximum number of available Units, shall automatically terminate when all Units authorized for purchase pursuant to the Plan have been purchased. On termination of the Plan, all amounts then remaining credited to the notional accounts of Employees shall be returned to such Employees.

SECTION 10

NONEXCLUSIVITY OF THE PLAN

10.1 The sponsorship of the Plan by IHGP shall not be construed as creating any limitations on the power or authority of Inergy to adopt such other or additional incentive or other compensation arrangements of whatever nature as Inergy may deem necessary or desirable or preclude or limit the continuation of any other plan, practice or arrangement for the payment of compensation or fringe benefits to employees, non-employee directors, or consultants generally, or to any class or group of employees, directors, or consultants, which Inergy now has lawfully put into effect, including, without limitation, any retirement, pension, savings and stock purchase plan, insurance, death and disability benefits and executive short-term incentive plans.

SECTION 11

REQUIREMENTS OF LAW

11.1 Requirements of Law. The issuance of Units pursuant to the Plan shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations.

11.2 Rule 16b-3. It is intended that any purchases by a person subject to Section 16 of the 1934 Act meet all of the requirements of Rule 16b-3. If any action or procedure would otherwise not comply with Rule 16b-3, such action or procedure shall be modified, to the extent the Committee deems practicable, to conform to Rule 16b-3.

11.3 Governing Law. The validity, construction and effect of the Plan and any rules and regulations relating to the Plan shall be determined in accordance with applicable Federal law, and to the extent not preempted thereby, with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to conflicts of laws principles.

7

EX-10.16

EXHIBIT 10.16

FIRST AMENDMENT TO

INTEREST PURCHASE AGREEMENT

(                    —    %)

This First Amendment to Interest Purchase Agreement (this “Amendment”) is made and entered into as of March 30, 2005, between                      (“                    ”) and Inergy Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Holdings”).

On                             , the parties entered into an Interest Purchase Agreement (the “Original Agreement”). Pursuant to the terms of the Original Agreement, Holdings issued and sold to                  an Interest in Holdings as a Non-Voting Member with a Percentage Interest of     % in exchange for an aggregate cash payment to Holdings from                  of $                    .

It is anticipated that Holdings will convert from a Delaware limited liability company to a Delaware limited partnership (the “Conversion”) in connection with its initial public offering of common units representing limited partner interests (“Common Units”). As a result of the conversion of Holdings to a Delaware limited partnership, the Interests of all members of Holdings are expected to convert into Common Units.

The parties desire to amend the Original Agreement to document their continuing obligations to one another with respect to the Common Units that will be issued at the time of Holdings’ conversion to a Delaware limited partnership.

Accordingly, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1. Defined Terms.

(a) All capitalized terms used in this Amendment and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Original Agreement.

(b) The term “Purchased Common Units” means all of the Common Units of Holdings issued to                      upon the Conversion in exchange for the Interest in Holdings that                  acquired pursuant to the Original Agreement (which is expected to be                  Common Units), as may be adjusted from time to time as a result of any dividend or distribution payable in securities, reclassification, recharacterization or similar event with respect to Common Units generally.

2. Holdings’ Call. At the time of the Conversion, paragraph 4 of the Original Agreement will be deleted in its entirety and the following new paragraph 4 will be inserted in lieu thereof:

4. Holdings’ Call.

(a) If, on or prior to December 31, 200    ,                      resigns his employment with the General Partner, or an Affiliate of the General Partner as the case may be, for other than Good Reason (as defined in the Employment Agreement) or is terminated by the General Partner or such Affiliate for Cause (as defined in the Employment Agreement), Holdings shall have the right and option,

but not the obligation, to purchase, for cash, part or all of the Purchased Common Units for an amount equal to (A) times (B), where (A) equals the number of Purchased Common Units being purchased by Holdings and (B) equals $    ; provided that if the number of Common Units is adjusted as a result of any dividend or distribution payable in securities, reclassification, recharacterization or similar event with respect to Common Units generally, the amount in (B) shall be increased or decreased appropriately. For example, if the number of Purchased Common Units at the time of the Conversion was         ,                 were to resign for other than Good Reason on January 1, 200     and on September 30, 200    , Holdings effected a two-for-one Common Unit split, the number of Purchased Common Units under (A) would be                  (assuming Holdings elected to purchase all of the Purchased Common Units) and the price in (B) would be $    , for an aggregate purchase price of $                    .

(b) The purchase price provided for in paragraph 4(a) above shall be reduced by the amount, if any, by which any distribution made by Holdings with respect to the Common Units being purchased by Holdings is in excess of the portion of Holdings’ net income allocated to such Common Units (on an aggregate basis and excluding any Section 754 adjustments) during the period such Common Units are held by                 , but in no event shall the purchase price be reduced below $0.00. For example, if in the example in paragraph 4(a) above net income of Holdings allocated to                  with respect to the                 Common Units being purchased by Holdings was $                 and distributions made by Holdings on such                  Common Units were $                 so that distributions exceeded income allocation by $                , then the purchase price would be $                 (i.e., $                 minus $                ).

(c) Holdings’ option under paragraph 4(a) above shall be exercisable by Holdings by giving written notice thereof to                  on or before sixty (60) days after the date                  ceases to be employed by the General Partner or one of its Affiliates, specifying in such notice of exercise the number of Purchased Common Units Holdings would be purchasing and the time of closing, which time shall not be more than thirty (30) days after the date such notice of exercise is given. The closing shall be held at the principal offices of Holdings. At such closing,                  shall execute such instruments, documents and agreements as Holdings may reasonably request to properly assign the Common Units being purchased and Holdings shall make payment to                  of the purchase price.

3.                  Put. At the time of the Conversion, paragraph 5 of the Original Agreement will be deleted in its entirety and the following new paragraph 5 will be inserted in lieu thereof:

5.                  Put.

(a) If, on or prior to December 31, 200    ,                  resigns his employment with the General Partner, or an Affiliate of the General Partner as the

2

case may be, for Good Reason or is terminated by the General Partner or such Affiliate without Cause,                  shall have the right and option, but not the obligation, to sell, for cash, part or all of the Purchased Common Units for an amount equal to (A) times (B), where (A) equals the number of Purchased Common Units being purchased by Holdings and (B) equals $        ; provided that if the number of Common Units is adjusted as a result of any dividend or distribution payable in securities, reclassification, recharacterization or similar event with respect to Common Units generally, the amount in (B) shall be increased or decreased appropriately.

(b) The purchase price provided for in paragraph 5(a) above shall be reduced by an amount, if any, by which any distribution made by Holdings with respect to the Common Units being purchased by Holdings is in excess of the portion of Holdings’ net income allocated to such Common Units (on an aggregate basis and excluding any Section 754 adjustments) during the period such Common Units are held by                 , but in no event shall the purchase price be reduced below $0.00.

(c)                 ’s option under paragraph 5(a) above shall be exercisable by                  by giving written notice thereof to Holdings on or before sixty (60) days after the date                  ceases to be employed by the General Partner or one of its Affiliates, specifying in such notice of exercise the number of Purchased Common Units                  will be selling and the time of closing, which time shall not be more than thirty (30) days after the date such notice of exercise is given. The closing shall be held at the principal offices of Holdings. At such closing,                  shall execute such instruments, documents and agreements as Holdings may reasonably request to properly assign the Common Units being purchased and Holdings shall make payment to                  of the purchase price; provided, however, holdings may, at its election, pay a portion of the purchase price in cash (but not less than 20% of the purchase price) and the balance in four equal consecutive annual installments commencing one year after the Closing, with interest on the unpaid portion at the Prime Rate in effect from time to time, payable at the time annual installments are payable. As used herein, “Prime Rate” means the base rate posted by at least 75% of the thirty (30) largest banks as published in The Wall Street Journal, or if discontinued, the prime or reference rate as announced by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., from time to time.

4. Restriction on Transfer.

(a) Without the prior written consent of Holdings,                  may not give, sell, exchange, assign, transfer, pledge, hypothecate, bequeath, devise or otherwise dispose of or encumber any of the Purchased Common Units until the earlier to occur of (i) January 1, 200     (but only if                  is still employed by the General Partner or an Affiliate of the General Partner or January 1, 200    ) and (ii) the 91st day after                  ceases to be employed by the General Partner or an Affiliate of the General Partner (such earlier date, the “Removal Date”).

3

(b) Until the Removal Date, each certificate representing any of the Purchased Common Units will be endorsed with the legend set forth below. On or after the Removal Date,                  may require Holdings to remove such legend.

THE COMMON UNITS REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON RESALE, TRANSFER AND OTHER LIMITATIONS AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED, TRANSFERRED OR ENCUMBERED EXCEPT IN CONFORMITY WITH THE TERMS OF THE FIRST AMENDMENT TO INTEREST PURCHASE AGREEMENT (            —    %), DATED MARCH 30, 2005, BETWEEN                                   AND INERGY HOLDINGS, LLC.

5. Miscellaneous.

(a) Except as expressly amended hereby, all of the terms, conditions and provisions of the Original Agreement will remain unamended and in full force and effect in accordance with its terms, and the Original Agreement, as amended hereby, is hereby ratified and confirmed. The amendments provided herein must be limited precisely as drafted and do no constitute an amendment of any other term, condition or provision of the Original Agreement.

(b) References in the Original Agreement to “Agreement”, “hereof”, “herein” and words of similar impact are deemed to be a reference to the Original Agreement as amended by this Amendment.

(c) Any notice or communication under the Original Agreement or this Amendment shall be effective only if it is in writing and personally delivered or sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or by a nationally recognized overnight delivery service, with delivery confirmed, addressed as follows:

If to Holdings:	With a copy to:	With a copy to:
John J. Sherman Inergy Holdings Two Brush Creek Blvd., Suite 200 Kansas City, Missouri 64112	Laura L. Ozenberger Inergy Holdings Two Brush Creek Blvd., Suite 200 Kansas City, Missouri 64112	Paul E. McLaughlin Stinson Morrison Hecker LLP 1201 Walnut Street Kansas City, Missouri 64106-2150
If to                 :

or such other persons and/or addresses as shall be furnished in writing by any party to the other party, and shall be deemed to have been given as of the date when so personally delivered, three (3) days after when so deposited with the United States mail properly addressed or the next day when delivered during business hours to such overnight delivery service properly addressed, as the case may be, unless the sending party has actual knowledge that such notice was not received by the intended recipient.

4

(d) This Amendment is binding upon and is for the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. Except as expressly provided herein, nothing in this Amendment, express or implied, is intended to confer on any person other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and assigns any rights, remedies or obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Amendment.

(e) Neither this Amendment nor any of the rights or duties of any party hereto may be transferred or assigned to any person except by a written agreement executed by all of the parties hereto; provided, however, that Holdings may assign any or all of its rights hereunder in connection with a merger, consolidation or sale of substantial assets of Holdings, the General Partner or the MLP.

(f) This Amendment may not be amended or modified except by a writing signed by each of the parties hereto. The failure of a party to require performance of any provision hereof shall not affect its right at a later time to enforce the same. No waiver by a party of any term, covenant, representation or warranty contained herein shall be effective unless in writing. No waiver of the performance or breach of, or default under, any condition or obligation hereof shall be deemed to be a waiver of any other performance, or reach of, or default under the same or any other condition or obligation of this Amendment.

(g) This Amendment and the Original Agreement embody the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and there are no agreements, representations or warranties between the parties other than those set forth or provided herein or therein.

(h) This Amendment shall governed by and construed, interpreted and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Missouri applicable to agreements made and to be performed entirely within such state, including all matters of enforcement, validity and performance.

(i) The parties hereto represent that in the negotiation and drafting of this Amendment they have been represented by and have relied upon the advice of counsel of their choice. The parties affirm that their counsel have both had a substantial role in the drafting and the negotiation of this Amendment and, therefore, this Amendment shall be deemed drafted by all of the parties hereto and the rule of construction that any ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall not be employed in the interpretation of this Amendment.

(j) This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which is deemed to be an original and all of which constitute one agreement that is binding upon the parties, notwithstanding that all parties are not signatories to the same counterpart.

5

The Parties have executed this First Amendment to Interest Purchase Agreement as of the date set forth in the introductory clause.

INERGY HOLDINGS, LLC
By:	/s/ John J. Sherman Name: John J. Sherman Title: President and CEO

6

EX-23.1

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated December 23, 2004, except as to Notes 1 and 9, as to which the date is                     , 2005, in the Registration Statement (Form S-1 No. 333-122466, Amendment No. 2) and the related Prospectus of Inergy Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries for the registration of 3,400,000 of its common units.

Ernst & Young LLP

Kansas City, Missouri

April     , 2005

The foregoing consent is in the form that will be signed upon the completion of the conversion of Inergy Holdings, LLC to Inergy Holdings, L.P. as described in Note 1 to the financial statements.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Kansas City, Missouri

April 7, 2005

EX-23.2

EXHIBIT 23.2

Independent Auditors’ Consent

The Board of Directors

Inergy GP, LLC:

We consent to the use of our report dated December 10, 2004, with respect to the combined balance sheets of Star Gas Propane, L.P. and Subsidiary as of September 30, 2003 and 2004, and the related combined statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss) and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended September 30, 2004 in this Amendment No. 2 to the registration statement on Form S-1 and related prospectus of Inergy Holdings, LLC, and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus.

Our report contains an explanatory paragraph that states that there is substantial doubt about the ability of Star Gas Propane, L.P.’s parent to continue as a going concern and consequently there is substantial doubt about the ability of Star Gas Propane, L.P. to continue as a going concern. The combined financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Our report also refers to the adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Stamford, Connecticut

April 7, 2005

CORRESP

Response Letter to the SEC